diff options
| author |  vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> | 2024-04-23 18:19:31 -0400 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | vnugent <public@vaughnnugent.com> | 2024-04-23 18:19:31 -0400 |
| commit | 7cb7a93de4f6f5e741bc5129e3d928e44f050930 (patch) | |
| tree | ae5c564a0c3c60d0b4dac13ac8e8e3ebf7906ab1 /include | |
| parent | 30e8dda6cbea86bdee6d5dfe48514385d3b9f81b (diff) | |
refactor!: MbedTLS on Windows, switch to uint32
Diffstat (limited to 'include')
102 files changed, 699 insertions, 52160 deletions
diff --git a/include/mbedtls/aes.h b/include/mbedtls/aes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 77ecffd..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/aes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,627 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file aes.h - * - * \brief This file contains AES definitions and functions. - * - * The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved - * cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic - * data. - * - * The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can - * encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see - * <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and - * <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security - * techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric - * ciphers</em>. - * - * The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E - * <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf> - * and described in detail by IEEE P1619 - * <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>. - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H -#define MBEDTLS_AES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */ -#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT 1 /**< AES encryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT 0 /**< AES decryption. */ - -/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */ -/** Invalid key length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0020 -/** Invalid data input length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0022 - -/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */ -/** Invalid input data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0021 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The AES context-type definition. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< The number of rounds. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk_offset); /*!< The offset in array elements to AES - round keys in the buffer. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C) - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[44]; /*!< Aligned data buffer to hold - 10 round keys for 128-bit case. */ -#else - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[68]; /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can - hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for - one of the following purposes: - <ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is - used.</li> - <li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit - case by generating an extra round key. - </li></ul> */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH && !MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C */ -} -mbedtls_aes_context; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS) -/** - * \brief The AES XTS context-type definition. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context { - mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crypt); /*!< The AES context to use for AES block - encryption or decryption. */ - mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tweak); /*!< The AES context used for tweak - computation. */ -} mbedtls_aes_xts_context; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ - -#else /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */ -#include "aes_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified AES context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_aes_init(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES context. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to clear. - * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. - * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_aes_free(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS) -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified AES XTS context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. - * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_aes_xts_init(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context. - * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to clear. - * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. - * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_aes_xts_free(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ - -/** - * \brief This function sets the encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound. - * It must be initialized. - * \param key The encryption key. - * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. - * \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>128 bits</li> - * <li>192 bits</li> - * <li>256 bits</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the decryption key. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound. - * It must be initialized. - * \param key The decryption key. - * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. - * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>128 bits</li> - * <li>192 bits</li> - * <li>256 bits</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS) -/** - * \brief This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and - * sets the encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound. - * It must be initialized. - * \param key The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1 - * concatenated with the XTS key2. - * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. - * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li> - * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and - * sets the decryption key. - * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound. - * It must be initialized. - * \param key The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1 - * concatenated with the XTS key2. - * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. - * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li> - * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ - -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES single-block encryption or - * decryption operation. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter - * (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in - * the \p input parameter. - * - * mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or - * mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first - * call to this API with the same context. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long. - * \param output The buffer where the output data will be written. - * It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long. - - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation - * on full blocks. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode - * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in - * the \p input parameter. - * - * It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input - * data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either - * mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called - * before the first call to this API with the same context. - * - * \note This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size - * must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should - * either save it manually or use the cipher module instead. - * - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a - * multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes). - * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use). - * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH - * on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS) -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption - * operation for an entire XTS data unit. - * - * AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as - * defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be - * provided by \p data_unit. - * - * NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20 - * AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function - * returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH. - * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any - * length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive - * (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks). - * \param data_unit The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16 - * bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this - * is typically the index of the block device sector that - * contains the data. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire - * data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p - * input. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire - * data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p - * output. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is - * smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p - * length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB). - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts(mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - const unsigned char data_unit[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode - * parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer - * defined in the \p input parameter. - * - * For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), - * regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption - * operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is - * because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and - * decryption. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). - * It must point to a valid \c size_t. - * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). - * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - size_t *iv_off, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode - * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined - * in the \p input parameter. - * - * Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for - * both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must - * use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for - * both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT - * \param length The length of the input data. - * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). - * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB) -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode) - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * For OFB, you must set up the context with - * mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are - * performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is - * because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and - * decryption. - * - * The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption, - * therefore no operation mode needs to be specified. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is - * updated so that you can call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted - * in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising - * iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value - * between calls. - * - * For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call - * to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call. - * - * If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector, - * you must either save it manually or use the cipher module - * instead. - * - * \warning For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique - * every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector - * will compromise security. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data. - * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). - * It must point to a valid \c size_t. - * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). - * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - size_t length, - size_t *iv_off, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) -/** - * \brief This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule - * for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you - * must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() - * for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * - * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so - * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with - * the same nonce and key. - * - * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR: - * - * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over - * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to - * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and - * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p - * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be - * updated by this function. - * - * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128 - * blocks of data with the same key. - * - * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p - * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a - * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one - * updated by this function internally. - * - * For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the - * per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that - * case, before calling this function on a new message you need to - * set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce - * value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p - * stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most - * 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key. - * - * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct - * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique. - * The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message - * counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this - * limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted: - * for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt - * more than 2**32 messages with the same key. - * - * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and - * that an AES block is 16 bytes. - * - * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its - * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be - * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data. - * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for - * resuming within the current cipher stream. The - * offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream. - * It must point to a valid \c size_t. - * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. - * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is - * overwritten by the function. - * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - size_t length, - size_t *nc_off, - unsigned char nonce_counter[16], - unsigned char stream_block[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */ - -/** - * \brief Internal AES block encryption function. This is only - * exposed to allow overriding it using - * \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption. - * \param input The plaintext block. - * \param output The output (ciphertext) block. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16]); - -/** - * \brief Internal AES block decryption function. This is only - * exposed to allow overriding it using see - * \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT. - * - * \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption. - * \param input The ciphertext block. - * \param output The output (plaintext) block. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL -int mbedtls_aes_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* aes.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/aria.h b/include/mbedtls/aria.h deleted file mode 100644 index abb8a3d..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/aria.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,341 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file aria.h - * - * \brief ARIA block cipher - * - * The ARIA algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and - * decrypt information. It is defined by the Korean Agency for - * Technology and Standards (KATS) in <em>KS X 1213:2004</em> (in - * Korean, but see http://210.104.33.10/ARIA/index-e.html in English) - * and also described by the IETF in <em>RFC 5794</em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARIA_H -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT 1 /**< ARIA encryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT 0 /**< ARIA decryption. */ - -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< ARIA block size in bytes. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS 16 /**< Maximum number of rounds in ARIA. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */ - -/** Bad input data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C - -/** Invalid data input length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The ARIA context-type definition. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */ - /*! The ARIA round keys. */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS + 1][MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE / 4]; -} -mbedtls_aria_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */ -#include "aria_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified ARIA context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_aria_init(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, - * it must point to an initialized ARIA context. - */ -void mbedtls_aria_free(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound. - * This must be initialized. - * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer - * of size \p keybits Bits. - * \param keybits The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>128 bits</li> - * <li>192 bits</li> - * <li>256 bits</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the decryption key. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound. - * This must be initialized. - * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer - * of size \p keybits Bits. - * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>128 bits</li> - * <li>192 bits</li> - * <li>256 bits</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function performs an ARIA single-block encryption or - * decryption operation. - * - * It performs encryption or decryption (depending on whether - * the key was set for encryption on decryption) on the input - * data buffer defined in the \p input parameter. - * - * mbedtls_aria_init(), and either mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or - * mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called before the first - * call to this API with the same context. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data. - - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], - unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -/** - * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CBC encryption or decryption operation - * on full blocks. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode - * parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in - * the \p input parameter. - * - * It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input - * data is processed. mbedtls_aria_init(), and either - * mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called - * before the first call to this API with the same context. - * - * \note This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size - * must be a multiple of the ARIA block size of 16 Bytes. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should - * either save it manually or use the cipher module instead. - * - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a - * multiple of the block size (16 Bytes). - * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use). - * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) -/** - * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CFB128 encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * It performs the operation defined in the \p mode - * parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer - * defined in the \p input parameter. - * - * For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(), - * regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption - * operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is - * because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and - * decryption. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the same function again on the next - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption. - * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. - * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). - * This must not be larger than 15. - * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). - * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - size_t *iv_off, - unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) -/** - * \brief This function performs an ARIA-CTR encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule - * for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you - * must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() - * for both #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT. - * - * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so - * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with - * the same nonce and key. - * - * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR: - * - * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over - * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to - * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and - * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p - * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be - * updated by this function. - * - * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128 - * blocks of data with the same key. - * - * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p - * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a - * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one - * updated by this function internally. - * - * For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the - * per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that - * case, before calling this function on a new message you need to - * set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce - * value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p - * stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most - * 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key. - * - * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct - * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique. - * The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message - * counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this - * limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted: - * for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt - * more than 2**32 messages with the same key. - * - * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and - * that an ARIA block is 16 bytes. - * - * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its - * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be - * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. - * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. - * \param nc_off The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block, - * for resuming within the current cipher stream. The - * offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a - * stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes. - * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to - * a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes. - * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This must - * point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes. - * This is overwritten by the function. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, - size_t length, - size_t *nc_off, - unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], - unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success, or \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_aria_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* aria.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/asn1.h b/include/mbedtls/asn1.h deleted file mode 100644 index 830458b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/asn1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,641 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file asn1.h - * - * \brief Generic ASN.1 parsing - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_H -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup asn1_module - * \{ - */ - -/** - * \name ASN1 Error codes - * These error codes are combined with other error codes for - * higher error granularity. - * e.g. X.509 and PKCS #7 error codes - * ASN1 is a standard to specify data structures. - * \{ - */ -/** Out of data when parsing an ASN1 data structure. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA -0x0060 -/** ASN1 tag was of an unexpected value. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG -0x0062 -/** Error when trying to determine the length or invalid length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH -0x0064 -/** Actual length differs from expected length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH -0x0066 -/** Data is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA -0x0068 -/** Memory allocation failed */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED -0x006A -/** Buffer too small when writing ASN.1 data structure. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x006C - -/** \} name ASN1 Error codes */ - -/** - * \name DER constants - * These constants comply with the DER encoded ASN.1 type tags. - * DER encoding uses hexadecimal representation. - * An example DER sequence is:\n - * - 0x02 -- tag indicating INTEGER - * - 0x01 -- length in octets - * - 0x05 -- value - * Such sequences are typically read into \c ::mbedtls_x509_buf. - * \{ - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN 0x01 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER 0x02 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING 0x03 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 0x04 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL 0x05 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID 0x06 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED 0x0A -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING 0x0C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SEQUENCE 0x10 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SET 0x11 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING 0x13 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING 0x14 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING 0x16 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTC_TIME 0x17 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_GENERALIZED_TIME 0x18 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING 0x1C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING 0x1E -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRIMITIVE 0x00 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED 0x20 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC 0x80 - -/* Slightly smaller way to check if tag is a string tag - * compared to canonical implementation. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IS_STRING_TAG(tag) \ - ((unsigned int) (tag) < 32u && ( \ - ((1u << (tag)) & ((1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING) | \ - (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING) | \ - (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING) | \ - (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING) | \ - (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING) | \ - (1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING))) != 0)) - -/* - * Bit masks for each of the components of an ASN.1 tag as specified in - * ITU X.690 (08/2015), section 8.1 "General rules for encoding", - * paragraph 8.1.2.2: - * - * Bit 8 7 6 5 1 - * +-------+-----+------------+ - * | Class | P/C | Tag number | - * +-------+-----+------------+ - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_CLASS_MASK 0xC0 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_PC_MASK 0x20 -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_VALUE_MASK 0x1F - -/** \} name DER constants */ - -/** Returns the size of the binary string, without the trailing \\0 */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) - 1) - -/** - * Compares an mbedtls_asn1_buf structure to a reference OID. - * - * Only works for 'defined' oid_str values (MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1), you cannot use a - * 'unsigned char *oid' here! - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP(oid_str, oid_buf) \ - ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf)->len) || \ - memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf)->p, (oid_buf)->len) != 0) - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP_RAW(oid_str, oid_buf, oid_buf_len) \ - ((MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf_len)) || \ - memcmp((oid_str), (oid_buf), (oid_buf_len)) != 0) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures - * \{ - */ - -/** - * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_buf { - int tag; /**< ASN1 type, e.g. MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. */ - size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */ - unsigned char *p; /**< ASN1 data, e.g. in ASCII. */ -} -mbedtls_asn1_buf; - -/** - * Container for ASN1 bit strings. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_bitstring { - size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */ - unsigned char unused_bits; /**< Number of unused bits at the end of the string */ - unsigned char *p; /**< Raw ASN1 data for the bit string */ -} -mbedtls_asn1_bitstring; - -/** - * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence { - mbedtls_asn1_buf buf; /**< Buffer containing the given ASN.1 item. */ - - /** The next entry in the sequence. - * - * The details of memory management for sequences are not documented and - * may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL when - * initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS - * library functions. - */ - struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence *next; -} -mbedtls_asn1_sequence; - -/** - * Container for a sequence or list of 'named' ASN.1 data items - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data { - mbedtls_asn1_buf oid; /**< The object identifier. */ - mbedtls_asn1_buf val; /**< The named value. */ - - /** The next entry in the sequence. - * - * The details of memory management for named data sequences are not - * documented and may change in future versions. Set this field to \p NULL - * when initializing a structure, and do not modify it except via Mbed TLS - * library functions. - */ - struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data *next; - - /** Merge next item into the current one? - * - * This field exists for the sake of Mbed TLS's X.509 certificate parsing - * code and may change in future versions of the library. - */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_merged); -} -mbedtls_asn1_named_data; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) -/** - * \brief Get the length of an ASN.1 element. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the length. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the first byte of the length, - * i.e. immediately after the tag. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length - * read from the ASN.1 input. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element - * would end beyond \p end. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_len(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - size_t *len); - -/** - * \brief Get the tag and length of the element. - * Check for the requested tag. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the tag and length. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length - * read from the ASN.1 input. - * \param tag The expected tag. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the data does not start - * with the requested tag. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element - * would end beyond \p end. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_tag(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - size_t *len, int tag); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Retrieve a boolean ASN.1 tag and its value. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the ASN.1 element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param val On success, the parsed value (\c 0 or \c 1). - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 BOOLEAN. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_bool(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - int *val); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the ASN.1 element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param val On success, the parsed value. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 INTEGER. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does - * not fit in an \c int. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_int(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - int *val); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve an enumerated ASN.1 tag and its value. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the ASN.1 element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param val On success, the parsed value. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 ENUMERATED. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does - * not fit in an \c int. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_enum(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - int *val); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag and its value. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param bs On success, ::mbedtls_asn1_bitstring information about - * the parsed value. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains - * extra data after a valid BIT STRING. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag without unused bits and its - * value. - * Updates the pointer to the beginning of the bit/octet string. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * of the content of the BIT STRING. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param len On success, \c *len is the length of the content in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the input starts with - * a valid BIT STRING with a nonzero number of unused bits. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - size_t *len); - -/** - * \brief Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>". - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag. - * - * This function allocates memory for the sequence elements. You can free - * the allocated memory with mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free(). - * - * \note On error, this function may return a partial list in \p cur. - * You must set `cur->next = NULL` before calling this function! - * Otherwise it is impossible to distinguish a previously non-null - * pointer from a pointer to an object allocated by this function. - * - * \note If the sequence is empty, this function does not modify - * \c *cur. If the sequence is valid and non-empty, this - * function sets `cur->buf.tag` to \p tag. This allows - * callers to distinguish between an empty sequence and - * a one-element sequence. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param cur A ::mbedtls_asn1_sequence which this function fills. - * When this function returns, \c *cur is the head of a linked - * list. Each node in this list is allocated with - * mbedtls_calloc() apart from \p cur itself, and should - * therefore be freed with mbedtls_free(). - * The list describes the content of the sequence. - * The head of the list (i.e. \c *cur itself) describes the - * first element, `*cur->next` describes the second element, etc. - * For each element, `buf.tag == tag`, `buf.len` is the length - * of the content of the content of the element, and `buf.p` - * points to the first byte of the content (i.e. immediately - * past the length of the element). - * Note that list elements may be allocated even on error. - * \param tag Each element of the sequence must have this tag. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains - * extra data after a valid SEQUENCE OF \p tag. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts with - * an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag that - * is different from \p tag. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur, - int tag); -/** - * \brief Free a heap-allocated linked list presentation of - * an ASN.1 sequence, including the first element. - * - * There are two common ways to manage the memory used for the representation - * of a parsed ASN.1 sequence: - * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` with mbedtls_calloc(). - * Pass this node as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of(). - * When you have finished processing the sequence, - * call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head`. - * - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` in any manner, - * for example on the stack. Make sure that `head->next == NULL`. - * Pass `head` as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of(). - * When you have finished processing the sequence, - * call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head->cur`, - * then free `head` itself in the appropriate manner. - * - * \param seq The address of the first sequence component. This may - * be \c NULL, in which case this functions returns - * immediately. - */ -void mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free(mbedtls_asn1_sequence *seq); - -/** - * \brief Traverse an ASN.1 SEQUENCE container and - * call a callback for each entry. - * - * This function checks that the input is a SEQUENCE of elements that - * each have a "must" tag, and calls a callback function on the elements - * that have a "may" tag. - * - * For example, to validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of `tag1` and call - * `cb` on each element, use - * ``` - * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xff, tag1, 0, 0, cb, ctx); - * ``` - * - * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of ANY and call `cb` on - * each element, use - * ``` - * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0, 0, 0, 0, cb, ctx); - * ``` - * - * To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of CHOICE {NULL, OCTET STRING} - * and call `cb` on each element that is an OCTET STRING, use - * ``` - * mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xff, 0x04, cb, ctx); - * ``` - * - * The callback is called on the elements with a "may" tag from left to - * right. If the input is not a valid SEQUENCE of elements with a "must" tag, - * the callback is called on the elements up to the leftmost point where - * the input is invalid. - * - * \warning This function is still experimental and may change - * at any time. - * - * \param p The address of the pointer to the beginning of - * the ASN.1 SEQUENCE header. This is updated to - * point to the end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container - * on a successful invocation. - * \param end The end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container. - * \param tag_must_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within - * the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_must_val. - * \param tag_must_val The required value of each ASN.1 tag found in the - * SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_must_mask. - * Mismatching tags lead to an error. - * For example, a value of \c 0 for both \p tag_must_mask - * and \p tag_must_val means that every tag is allowed, - * while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_must_mask means - * that \p tag_must_val is the only allowed tag. - * \param tag_may_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within - * the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_may_val. - * \param tag_may_val The desired value of each ASN.1 tag found in the - * SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_may_mask. - * Mismatching tags will be silently ignored. - * For example, a value of \c 0 for \p tag_may_mask and - * \p tag_may_val means that any tag will be considered, - * while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_may_mask means - * that all tags with value different from \p tag_may_val - * will be ignored. - * \param cb The callback to trigger for each component - * in the ASN.1 SEQUENCE that matches \p tag_may_val. - * The callback function is called with the following - * parameters: - * - \p ctx. - * - The tag of the current element. - * - A pointer to the start of the current element's - * content inside the input. - * - The length of the content of the current element. - * If the callback returns a non-zero value, - * the function stops immediately, - * forwarding the callback's return value. - * \param ctx The context to be passed to the callback \p cb. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful the entire ASN.1 SEQUENCE - * was traversed without parsing or callback errors. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input - * contains extra data after a valid SEQUENCE - * of elements with an accepted tag. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts - * with an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag - * that is not accepted. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE. - * \return A non-zero error code forwarded from the callback - * \p cb in case the latter returns a non-zero value. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of( - unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - unsigned char tag_must_mask, unsigned char tag_must_val, - unsigned char tag_may_mask, unsigned char tag_may_val, - int (*cb)(void *ctx, int tag, - unsigned char *start, size_t len), - void *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -/** - * \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the ASN.1 element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param X On success, the parsed value. - * - * \return 0 if successful. - * \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with - * a valid ASN.1 INTEGER. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does - * not fit in an \c int. - * \return An MPI error code if the parsed value is too large. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_mpi *X); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */ - -/** - * \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full - * AlgorithmIdentifier. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param alg The buffer to receive the OID. - * \param params The buffer to receive the parameters. - * This is zeroized if there are no parameters. - * - * \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg, mbedtls_asn1_buf *params); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence with NULL or no - * params. - * Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full - * AlgorithmIdentifier. - * - * \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element. - * On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte - * beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element. - * On error, the value of \c *p is undefined. - * \param end End of data. - * \param alg The buffer to receive the OID. - * - * \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg_null(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg); - -/** - * \brief Find a specific named_data entry in a sequence or list based on - * the OID. - * - * \param list The list to seek through - * \param oid The OID to look for - * \param len Size of the OID - * - * \return NULL if not found, or a pointer to the existing entry. - */ -const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_find_named_data(const mbedtls_asn1_named_data *list, - const char *oid, size_t len); - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief Free a mbedtls_asn1_named_data entry - * - * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a - * future version of the library. - * Please use mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list() - * or mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow(). - * - * \param entry The named data entry to free. - * This function calls mbedtls_free() on - * `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p`. - */ -void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *entry); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -/** - * \brief Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list. - * - * \param head Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free. - * This function calls mbedtls_free() on - * `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p` and then on `entry` - * for each list entry, and sets \c *head to \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head); - -/** - * \brief Free all shallow entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list, - * but do not free internal pointer targets. - * - * \param name Head of the list of named data entries to free. - * This function calls mbedtls_free() on each list element. - */ -void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list_shallow(mbedtls_asn1_named_data *name); - -/** \} name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures */ -/** \} addtogroup asn1_module */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ - -#endif /* asn1.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h b/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7af4aba..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,389 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file asn1write.h - * - * \brief ASN.1 buffer writing functionality - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" - -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) \ - do \ - { \ - if ((ret = (f)) < 0) \ - return ret; \ - else \ - (g) += ret; \ - } while (0) - -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_CLEANUP_ADD(g, f) \ - do \ - { \ - if ((ret = (f)) < 0) \ - goto cleanup; \ - else \ - (g) += ret; \ - } while (0) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param len The length value to write. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_len(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - size_t len); -/** - * \brief Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param tag The tag to write. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - unsigned char tag); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C || MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write raw buffer data. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param buf The data buffer to write. - * \param size The length of the data buffer. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t size); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -/** - * \brief Write an arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param X The MPI to write. - * It must be non-negative. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const mbedtls_mpi *X); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */ - -/** - * \brief Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_null(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start); - -/** - * \brief Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param oid The OID to write. - * \param oid_len The length of the OID. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len); - -/** - * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write. - * \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID. - * \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written. - * If 0, NULL parameters are added - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - size_t par_len); - -/** - * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write. - * \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID. - * \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written. - * \param has_par If there are any parameters. If 0, par_len must be 0. If 1 - * and \p par_len is 0, NULL parameters are added. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier_ext(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - size_t par_len, int has_par); - -/** - * \brief Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param boolean The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - int boolean); - -/** - * \brief Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param val The integer value to write. - * It must be non-negative. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_int(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val); - -/** - * \brief Write an enum tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED) and value - * in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param val The integer value to write. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_enum(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, int val); - -/** - * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific - * string encoding tag. - - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param tag The string encoding tag to write, e.g. - * #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. - * \param text The string to write. - * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might - * be strictly larger than the number of characters). - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - int tag, const char *text, - size_t text_len); - -/** - * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString - * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING). - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param text The string to write. - * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might - * be strictly larger than the number of characters). - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *start, - const char *text, size_t text_len); - -/** - * \brief Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String - * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING). - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param text The string to write. - * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might - * be strictly larger than the number of characters). - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const char *text, size_t text_len); - -/** - * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String - * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING). - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param text The string to write. - * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might - * be strictly larger than the number of characters). - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const char *text, size_t text_len); - -/** - * \brief Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and - * value in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param buf The bitstring to write. - * \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits); - -/** - * \brief This function writes a named bitstring tag - * (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and value in ASN.1 format. - * - * As stated in RFC 5280 Appendix B, trailing zeroes are - * omitted when encoding named bitstrings in DER. - * - * \note This function works backwards within the data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer which is used for bounds-checking. - * \param buf The bitstring to write. - * \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_named_bitstring(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t bits); - -/** - * \brief Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING) - * and value in ASN.1 format. - * - * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. - * - * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. - * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. - * \param buf The buffer holding the data to write. - * \param size The length of the data buffer \p buf. - * - * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t size); - -/** - * \brief Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a - * sequence or list based on the OID. If not already in there, - * a new entry is added to the head of the list. - * Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data! - * - * \param list The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek - * through (will be updated in case of a new entry). - * \param oid The OID to look for. - * \param oid_len The size of the OID. - * \param val The associated data to store. If this is \c NULL, - * no data is copied to the new or existing buffer. - * \param val_len The minimum length of the data buffer needed. - * If this is 0, do not allocate a buffer for the associated - * data. - * If the OID was already present, enlarge, shrink or free - * the existing buffer to fit \p val_len. - * - * \return A pointer to the new / existing entry on success. - * \return \c NULL if there was a memory allocation error. - */ -mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - const unsigned char *val, - size_t val_len); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/base64.h b/include/mbedtls/base64.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f459b7..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/base64.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file base64.h - * - * \brief RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_BASE64_H -#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Output buffer too small. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x002A -/** Invalid character in input. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x002C - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format - * - * \param dst destination buffer - * \param dlen size of the destination buffer - * \param olen number of bytes written - * \param src source buffer - * \param slen amount of data to be encoded - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * *olen is always updated to reflect the amount - * of data that has (or would have) been written. - * If that length cannot be represented, then no data is - * written to the buffer and *olen is set to the maximum - * length representable as a size_t. - * - * \note Call this function with dlen = 0 to obtain the - * required buffer size in *olen - */ -int mbedtls_base64_encode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *src, size_t slen); - -/** - * \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer - * - * \param dst destination buffer (can be NULL for checking size) - * \param dlen size of the destination buffer - * \param olen number of bytes written - * \param src source buffer - * \param slen amount of data to be decoded - * - * \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER if the input data is - * not correct. *olen is always updated to reflect the amount - * of data that has (or would have) been written. - * - * \note Call this function with *dst = NULL or dlen = 0 to obtain - * the required buffer size in *olen - */ -int mbedtls_base64_decode(unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *src, size_t slen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -int mbedtls_base64_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* base64.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/bignum.h b/include/mbedtls/bignum.h deleted file mode 100644 index 931e06d..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/bignum.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1084 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file bignum.h - * - * \brief Multi-precision integer library - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -#include <stdio.h> -#endif - -/** An error occurred while reading from or writing to a file. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x0002 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0004 -/** There is an invalid character in the digit string. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0006 -/** The buffer is too small to write to. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0008 -/** The input arguments are negative or result in illegal output. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE -0x000A -/** The input argument for division is zero, which is not allowed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO -0x000C -/** The input arguments are not acceptable. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE -0x000E -/** Memory allocation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED -0x0010 - -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(f) \ - do \ - { \ - if ((ret = (f)) != 0) \ - goto cleanup; \ - } while (0) - -/* - * Maximum size MPIs are allowed to grow to in number of limbs. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS 10000 - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE) -/* - * Maximum window size used for modular exponentiation. Default: 2 - * Minimum value: 1. Maximum value: 6. - * - * Result is an array of ( 2 ** MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE ) MPIs used - * for the sliding window calculation. (So 64 by default) - * - * Reduction in size, reduces speed. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE 2 /**< Maximum window size used. */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE) -/* - * Maximum size of MPIs allowed in bits and bytes for user-MPIs. - * ( Default: 512 bytes => 4096 bits, Maximum tested: 2048 bytes => 16384 bits ) - * - * Note: Calculations can temporarily result in larger MPIs. So the number - * of limbs required (MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS) is higher. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE */ - -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS (8 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE) /**< Maximum number of bits for usable MPIs. */ - -/* - * When reading from files with mbedtls_mpi_read_file() and writing to files with - * mbedtls_mpi_write_file() the buffer should have space - * for a (short) label, the MPI (in the provided radix), the newline - * characters and the '\0'. - * - * By default we assume at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix of 10 - * (decimal) and a maximum of 4096 bit numbers (1234 decimal chars). - * Autosized at compile time for at least a 10 char label, a minimum radix - * of 10 (decimal) for a number of MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS size. - * - * This used to be statically sized to 1250 for a maximum of 4096 bit - * numbers (1234 decimal chars). - * - * Calculate using the formula: - * MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE = ceil(MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS / ln(10) * ln(2)) + - * LabelSize + 6 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 (100 * MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS) -#define MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 332 -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE (((MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 + \ - MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 - 1) / \ - MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100) + 10 + 6) - -/* - * Define the base integer type, architecture-wise. - * - * 32 or 64-bit integer types can be forced regardless of the underlying - * architecture by defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 - * respectively and undefining MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM. - * - * Double-width integers (e.g. 128-bit in 64-bit architectures) can be - * disabled by defining MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) - #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_AMD64) -/* Always choose 64-bit when using MSC */ - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */ -typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint; -typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint; -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX - #elif defined(__GNUC__) && ( \ - defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \ - defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || \ - defined(__ia64__) || defined(__alpha__) || \ - (defined(__sparc__) && defined(__arch64__)) || \ - defined(__s390x__) || defined(__mips64) || \ - defined(__aarch64__)) - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 - #endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */ -typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint; -typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint; -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION) -/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */ -typedef unsigned int mbedtls_t_udbl __attribute__((mode(TI))); - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */ - #elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && defined(__aarch64__) -/* - * __ARMCC_VERSION is defined for both armcc and armclang and - * __aarch64__ is only defined by armclang when compiling 64-bit code - */ - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */ -typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint; -typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint; -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION) -/* mbedtls_t_udbl defined as 128-bit unsigned int */ -typedef __uint128_t mbedtls_t_udbl; - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */ - #elif defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) -/* Force 64-bit integers with unknown compiler */ -typedef int64_t mbedtls_mpi_sint; -typedef uint64_t mbedtls_mpi_uint; -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT64_MAX - #endif -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) -/* Default to 32-bit compilation */ - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 */ -typedef int32_t mbedtls_mpi_sint; -typedef uint32_t mbedtls_mpi_uint; -#define MBEDTLS_MPI_UINT_MAX UINT32_MAX - #if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION) -typedef uint64_t mbedtls_t_udbl; - #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_UDBL - #endif /* !MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */ - -/* - * Sanity check that exactly one of MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 or MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 is defined, - * so that code elsewhere doesn't have to check. - */ -#if (!(defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64))) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)) -#error "Only 32-bit or 64-bit limbs are supported in bignum" -#endif - -/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_uint - * \brief The type of machine digits in a bignum, called _limbs_. - * - * This is always an unsigned integer type with no padding bits. The size - * is platform-dependent. - */ - -/** \typedef mbedtls_mpi_sint - * \brief The signed type corresponding to #mbedtls_mpi_uint. - * - * This is always an signed integer type with no padding bits. The size - * is platform-dependent. - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief MPI structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_mpi { - /** Pointer to limbs. - * - * This may be \c NULL if \c n is 0. - */ - mbedtls_mpi_uint *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p); - - /** Sign: -1 if the mpi is negative, 1 otherwise. - * - * The number 0 must be represented with `s = +1`. Although many library - * functions treat all-limbs-zero as equivalent to a valid representation - * of 0 regardless of the sign bit, there are exceptions, so bignum - * functions and external callers must always set \c s to +1 for the - * number zero. - * - * Note that this implies that calloc() or `... = {0}` does not create - * a valid MPI representation. You must call mbedtls_mpi_init(). - */ - signed short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s); - - /** Total number of limbs in \c p. */ - unsigned short MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(n); - /* Make sure that MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS fits in n. - * Use the same limit value on all platforms so that we don't have to - * think about different behavior on the rare platforms where - * unsigned short can store values larger than the minimum required by - * the C language, which is 65535. - */ -#if MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535 -#error "MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS > 65535 is not supported" -#endif -} -mbedtls_mpi; - -/** - * \brief Initialize an MPI context. - * - * This makes the MPI ready to be set or freed, - * but does not define a value for the MPI. - * - * \param X The MPI context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_mpi_init(mbedtls_mpi *X); - -/** - * \brief This function frees the components of an MPI context. - * - * \param X The MPI context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is - * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized MPI. - */ -void mbedtls_mpi_free(mbedtls_mpi *X); - -/** - * \brief Enlarge an MPI to the specified number of limbs. - * - * \note This function does nothing if the MPI is - * already large enough. - * - * \param X The MPI to grow. It must be initialized. - * \param nblimbs The target number of limbs. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_grow(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs); - -/** - * \brief This function resizes an MPI downwards, keeping at least the - * specified number of limbs. - * - * If \c X is smaller than \c nblimbs, it is resized up - * instead. - * - * \param X The MPI to shrink. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param nblimbs The minimum number of limbs to keep. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed - * (this can only happen when resizing up). - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_shrink(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs); - -/** - * \brief Make a copy of an MPI. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param Y The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \note The limb-buffer in the destination MPI is enlarged - * if necessary to hold the value in the source MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_copy(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y); - -/** - * \brief Swap the contents of two MPIs. - * - * \param X The first MPI. It must be initialized. - * \param Y The second MPI. It must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_mpi_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y); - -/** - * \brief Perform a safe conditional copy of MPI which doesn't - * reveal whether the condition was true or not. - * - * \param X The MPI to conditionally assign to. This must point - * to an initialized MPI. - * \param Y The MPI to be assigned from. This must point to an - * initialized MPI. - * \param assign The condition deciding whether to perform the - * assignment or not. Must be either 0 or 1: - * * \c 1: Perform the assignment `X = Y`. - * * \c 0: Keep the original value of \p X. - * - * \note This function is equivalent to - * `if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_copy( X, Y );` - * except that it avoids leaking any information about whether - * the assignment was done or not (the above code may leak - * information through branch prediction and/or memory access - * patterns analysis). - * - * \warning If \p assign is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function - * is indeterminate, and the resulting value in \p X might be - * neither its original value nor the value in \p Y. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_assign(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char assign); - -/** - * \brief Perform a safe conditional swap which doesn't - * reveal whether the condition was true or not. - * - * \param X The first MPI. This must be initialized. - * \param Y The second MPI. This must be initialized. - * \param swap The condition deciding whether to perform - * the swap or not. Must be either 0 or 1: - * * \c 1: Swap the values of \p X and \p Y. - * * \c 0: Keep the original values of \p X and \p Y. - * - * \note This function is equivalent to - * if( swap ) mbedtls_mpi_swap( X, Y ); - * except that it avoids leaking any information about whether - * the swap was done or not (the above code may leak - * information through branch prediction and/or memory access - * patterns analysis). - * - * \warning If \p swap is neither 0 nor 1, the result of this function - * is indeterminate, and both \p X and \p Y might end up with - * values different to either of the original ones. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_swap(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char swap); - -/** - * \brief Store integer value in MPI. - * - * \param X The MPI to set. This must be initialized. - * \param z The value to use. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_lset(mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z); - -/** - * \brief Get a specific bit from an MPI. - * - * \param X The MPI to query. This must be initialized. - * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to query. - * - * \return \c 0 or \c 1 on success, depending on whether bit \c pos - * of \c X is unset or set. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_get_bit(const mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos); - -/** - * \brief Modify a specific bit in an MPI. - * - * \note This function will grow the target MPI if necessary to set a - * bit to \c 1 in a not yet existing limb. It will not grow if - * the bit should be set to \c 0. - * - * \param X The MPI to modify. This must be initialized. - * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to modify. - * \param val The desired value of bit \c pos: \c 0 or \c 1. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_set_bit(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos, unsigned char val); - -/** - * \brief Return the number of bits of value \c 0 before the - * least significant bit of value \c 1. - * - * \note This is the same as the zero-based index of - * the least significant bit of value \c 1. - * - * \param X The MPI to query. - * - * \return The number of bits of value \c 0 before the least significant - * bit of value \c 1 in \p X. - */ -size_t mbedtls_mpi_lsb(const mbedtls_mpi *X); - -/** - * \brief Return the number of bits up to and including the most - * significant bit of value \c 1. - * - * * \note This is same as the one-based index of the most - * significant bit of value \c 1. - * - * \param X The MPI to query. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return The number of bits up to and including the most - * significant bit of value \c 1. - */ -size_t mbedtls_mpi_bitlen(const mbedtls_mpi *X); - -/** - * \brief Return the total size of an MPI value in bytes. - * - * \param X The MPI to use. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \note The value returned by this function may be less than - * the number of bytes used to store \p X internally. - * This happens if and only if there are trailing bytes - * of value zero. - * - * \return The least number of bytes capable of storing - * the absolute value of \p X. - */ -size_t mbedtls_mpi_size(const mbedtls_mpi *X); - -/** - * \brief Import an MPI from an ASCII string. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param radix The numeric base of the input string. - * \param s Null-terminated string buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_read_string(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, const char *s); - -/** - * \brief Export an MPI to an ASCII string. - * - * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param radix The numeric base of the output string. - * \param buf The buffer to write the string to. This must be writable - * buffer of length \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The available size in Bytes of \p buf. - * \param olen The address at which to store the length of the string - * written, including the final \c NULL byte. This must - * not be \c NULL. - * - * \note You can call this function with `buflen == 0` to obtain the - * minimum required buffer size in `*olen`. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer \p buf - * is too small to hold the value of \p X in the desired base. - * In this case, `*olen` is nonetheless updated to contain the - * size of \p buf required for a successful call. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_string(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, - char *buf, size_t buflen, size_t *olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief Read an MPI from a line in an opened file. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param radix The numeric base of the string representation used - * in the source line. - * \param fin The input file handle to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * - * \note On success, this function advances the file stream - * to the end of the current line or to EOF. - * - * The function returns \c 0 on an empty line. - * - * Leading whitespaces are ignored, as is a - * '0x' prefix for radix \c 16. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the file read buffer - * is too small. - * \return Another negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_read_file(mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, FILE *fin); - -/** - * \brief Export an MPI into an opened file. - * - * \param p A string prefix to emit prior to the MPI data. - * For example, this might be a label, or "0x" when - * printing in base \c 16. This may be \c NULL if no prefix - * is needed. - * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param radix The numeric base to be used in the emitted string. - * \param fout The output file handle. This may be \c NULL, in which case - * the output is written to \c stdout. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_file(const char *p, const mbedtls_mpi *X, - int radix, FILE *fout); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -/** - * \brief Import an MPI from unsigned big endian binary data. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length - * \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary(mbedtls_mpi *X, const unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Import X from unsigned binary data, little endian - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length - * \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary_le(mbedtls_mpi *X, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Export X into unsigned binary data, big endian. - * Always fills the whole buffer, which will start with zeros - * if the number is smaller. - * - * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length - * \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't - * large enough to hold the value of \p X. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary(const mbedtls_mpi *X, unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Export X into unsigned binary data, little endian. - * Always fills the whole buffer, which will end with zeros - * if the number is smaller. - * - * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length - * \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't - * large enough to hold the value of \p X. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary_le(const mbedtls_mpi *X, - unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Perform a left-shift on an MPI: X <<= count - * - * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * The MPI pointed by \p X may be resized to fit - * the resulting number. - * \param count The number of bits to shift by. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_shift_l(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count); - -/** - * \brief Perform a right-shift on an MPI: X >>= count - * - * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param count The number of bits to shift by. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_shift_r(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count); - -/** - * \brief Compare the absolute values of two MPIs. - * - * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 1 if `|X|` is greater than `|Y|`. - * \return \c -1 if `|X|` is lesser than `|Y|`. - * \return \c 0 if `|X|` is equal to `|Y|`. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_abs(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y); - -/** - * \brief Compare two MPIs. - * - * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p Y. - * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p Y. - * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p Y. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_mpi(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y); - -/** - * \brief Check if an MPI is less than the other in constant time. - * - * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI - * with the same allocated length as Y. - * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI - * with the same allocated length as X. - * \param ret The result of the comparison: - * \c 1 if \p X is less than \p Y. - * \c 0 if \p X is greater than or equal to \p Y. - * - * \return 0 on success. - * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the allocated length of - * the two input MPIs is not the same. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_lt_mpi_ct(const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, - unsigned *ret); - -/** - * \brief Compare an MPI with an integer. - * - * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param z The integer value to compare \p X to. - * - * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p z. - * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p z. - * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p z. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_int(const mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z); - -/** - * \brief Perform an unsigned addition of MPIs: X = |A| + |B| - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform an unsigned subtraction of MPIs: X = |A| - |B| - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is greater than \p A. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a signed addition of MPIs: X = A + B - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of MPIs: X = A - B - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a signed addition of an MPI and an integer: X = A + b - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param b The second summand. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - mbedtls_mpi_sint b); - -/** - * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of an MPI and an integer: - * X = A - b - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param b The subtrahend. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - mbedtls_mpi_sint b); - -/** - * \brief Perform a multiplication of two MPIs: X = A * B - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The second factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mul_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a multiplication of an MPI with an unsigned integer: - * X = A * b - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param b The second factor. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mul_int(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - mbedtls_mpi_uint b); - -/** - * \brief Perform a division with remainder of two MPIs: - * A = Q * B + R - * - * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient. - * This may be \c NULL if the value of the - * quotient is not needed. This must not alias A or B. - * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value. - * This may be \c NULL if the value of the - * remainder is not needed. This must not alias A or B. - * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The divisor. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_div_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a division with remainder of an MPI by an integer: - * A = Q * b + R - * - * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient. - * This may be \c NULL if the value of the - * quotient is not needed. This must not alias A. - * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value. - * This may be \c NULL if the value of the - * remainder is not needed. This must not alias A. - * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPi. - * \param b The divisor. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_div_int(mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - mbedtls_mpi_sint b); - -/** - * \brief Perform a modular reduction. R = A mod B - * - * \param R The destination MPI for the residue value. - * This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of. - * This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The base of the modular reduction. - * This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is negative. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mod_mpi(mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Perform a modular reduction with respect to an integer. - * r = A mod b - * - * \param r The address at which to store the residue. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of. - * This must point to an initialized MPi. - * \param b The integer base of the modular reduction. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p b is negative. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mod_int(mbedtls_mpi_uint *r, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - mbedtls_mpi_sint b); - -/** - * \brief Perform a sliding-window exponentiation: X = A^E mod N - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * This must not alias E or N. - * \param A The base of the exponentiation. - * This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param E The exponent MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param N The base for the modular reduction. This must point to an - * initialized MPI. - * \param prec_RR A helper MPI depending solely on \p N which can be used to - * speed-up multiple modular exponentiations for the same value - * of \p N. This may be \c NULL. If it is not \c NULL, it must - * point to an initialized MPI. If it hasn't been used after - * the call to mbedtls_mpi_init(), this function will compute - * the helper value and store it in \p prec_RR for reuse on - * subsequent calls to this function. Otherwise, the function - * will assume that \p prec_RR holds the helper value set by a - * previous call to mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(), and reuse it. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \c N is negative or - * even, or if \c E is negative. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failures. - * - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *E, const mbedtls_mpi *N, - mbedtls_mpi *prec_RR); - -/** - * \brief Fill an MPI with a number of random bytes. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param size The number of random bytes to generate. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on failure. - * - * \note The bytes obtained from the RNG are interpreted - * as a big-endian representation of an MPI; this can - * be relevant in applications like deterministic ECDSA. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_fill_random(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t size, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** Generate a random number uniformly in a range. - * - * This function generates a random number between \p min inclusive and - * \p N exclusive. - * - * The procedure complies with RFC 6979 §3.3 (deterministic ECDSA) - * when the RNG is a suitably parametrized instance of HMAC_DRBG - * and \p min is \c 1. - * - * \note There are `N - min` possible outputs. The lower bound - * \p min can be reached, but the upper bound \p N cannot. - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param min The minimum value to return. - * It must be nonnegative. - * \param N The upper bound of the range, exclusive. - * In other words, this is one plus the maximum value to return. - * \p N must be strictly larger than \p min. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p min or \p N is invalid - * or if they are incompatible. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if the implementation was - * unable to find a suitable value within a limited number - * of attempts. This has a negligible probability if \p N - * is significantly larger than \p min, which is the case - * for all usual cryptographic applications. - * \return Another negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_random(mbedtls_mpi *X, - mbedtls_mpi_sint min, - const mbedtls_mpi *N, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Compute the greatest common divisor: G = gcd(A, B) - * - * \param G The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The first operand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param B The second operand. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_gcd(mbedtls_mpi *G, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *B); - -/** - * \brief Compute the modular inverse: X = A^-1 mod N - * - * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param A The MPI to calculate the modular inverse of. This must point - * to an initialized MPI. - * \param N The base of the modular inversion. This must point to an - * initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p N is less than - * or equal to one. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p A has no modular - * inverse with respect to \p N. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_inv_mod(mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, - const mbedtls_mpi *N); - -/** - * \brief Miller-Rabin primality test. - * - * \warning If \p X is potentially generated by an adversary, for example - * when validating cryptographic parameters that you didn't - * generate yourself and that are supposed to be prime, then - * \p rounds should be at least the half of the security - * strength of the cryptographic algorithm. On the other hand, - * if \p X is chosen uniformly or non-adversarially (as is the - * case when mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime calls this function), then - * \p rounds can be much lower. - * - * \param X The MPI to check for primality. - * This must point to an initialized MPI. - * \param rounds The number of bases to perform the Miller-Rabin primality - * test for. The probability of returning 0 on a composite is - * at most 2<sup>-2*\p rounds </sup>. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. - * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use - * a context parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful, i.e. \p X is probably prime. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p X is not prime. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime_ext(const mbedtls_mpi *X, int rounds, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); -/** - * \brief Flags for mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime() - * - * Each of these flags is a constraint on the result X returned by - * mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime(). - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_DH = 0x0001, /**< (X-1)/2 is prime too */ - MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_LOW_ERR = 0x0002, /**< lower error rate from 2<sup>-80</sup> to 2<sup>-128</sup> */ -} mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t; - -/** - * \brief Generate a prime number. - * - * \param X The destination MPI to store the generated prime in. - * This must point to an initialized MPi. - * \param nbits The required size of the destination MPI in bits. - * This must be between \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS. - * \param flags A mask of flags of type #mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. - * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use - * a context parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful, in which case \p X holds a - * probably prime number. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if `nbits` is not between - * \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS. - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime(mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nbits, int flags, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* bignum.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/build_info.h b/include/mbedtls/build_info.h deleted file mode 100644 index 87e3c2e..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/build_info.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/build_info.h - * - * \brief Build-time configuration info - * - * Include this file if you need to depend on the - * configuration options defined in mbedtls_config.h or MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H -#define MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H - -/* - * This set of compile-time defines can be used to determine the version number - * of the Mbed TLS library used. Run-time variables for the same can be found in - * version.h - */ - -/** - * The version number x.y.z is split into three parts. - * Major, Minor, Patchlevel - */ -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MAJOR 3 -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MINOR 5 -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_PATCH 2 - -/** - * The single version number has the following structure: - * MMNNPP00 - * Major version | Minor version | Patch version - */ -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER 0x03050200 -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING "3.5.2" -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING_FULL "Mbed TLS 3.5.2" - -/* Macros for build-time platform detection */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64) && \ - (defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM64EC)) -#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM64 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32) && \ - (defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) || \ - defined(_M_ARMT) || defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)) -#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_ARM32 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64) && \ - (defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \ - ((defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64)) && !defined(_M_ARM64EC))) -#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X64 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86) && \ - (defined(__i386__) || defined(_X86_) || \ - (defined(_M_IX86) && !defined(_M_I86))) -#define MBEDTLS_ARCH_IS_X86 -#endif - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) -#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 -#endif - -/* Define `inline` on some non-C99-compliant compilers. */ -#if (defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus) -#define inline __inline -#endif - -/* X.509, TLS and non-PSA crypto configuration */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE) -#include "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h" -#else -#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION) && ( \ - MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION < 0x03000000 || \ - MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION > MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER) -#error "Invalid config version, defined value of MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION is unsupported" -#endif - -/* Target and application specific configurations - * - * Allow user to override any previous default. - * - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE -#endif - -/* PSA crypto configuration */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE -#else -#include "psa/crypto_config.h" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE -#endif -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) */ - -/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY if - * MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH and MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined - * to ensure a 128-bit key size in CTR_DRBG. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH) && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY -#endif - -/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_C if needed by a module that didn't require it - * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_C -#endif - -/* PSA crypto specific configuration options - * - If config_psa.h reads a configuration option in preprocessor directive, - * this symbol should be set before its inclusion. (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_C) - * - If config_psa.h writes a configuration option in conditional directive, - * this symbol should be consulted after its inclusion. - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT) - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) /* PSA_WANT_xxx influences MBEDTLS_xxx */ || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) /* MBEDTLS_xxx influences PSA_WANT_xxx */ -#include "mbedtls/config_psa.h" -#endif - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h" - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h" - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h" - -/* Make sure all configuration symbols are set before including check_config.h, - * even the ones that are calculated programmatically. */ -#include "mbedtls/check_config.h" - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_BUILD_INFO_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/camellia.h b/include/mbedtls/camellia.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c674fe..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/camellia.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file camellia.h - * - * \brief Camellia block cipher - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H -#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT 0 - -/** Bad input data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0024 - -/** Invalid data input length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief CAMELLIA context structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_camellia_context { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr); /*!< number of rounds */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk)[68]; /*!< CAMELLIA round keys */ -} -mbedtls_camellia_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */ -#include "camellia_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize a CAMELLIA context. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be initialized. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_camellia_init(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clear a CAMELLIA context. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function returns immediately. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_camellia_free(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for encryption. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param key The encryption key to use. This must be a readable buffer - * of size \p keybits Bits. - * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128, - * \c 192 or \c 256. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for decryption. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer - * of size \p keybits Bits. - * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128, - * \c 192 or \c 256. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption operation. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. - * \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer - * of size \c 16 Bytes. - * \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer - * of size \c 16 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the function same function again on the following - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length in Bytes of the input data \p input. - * This must be a multiple of \c 16 Bytes. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer - * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated to allow streaming - * use as explained above. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must point to a - * readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must point to a - * writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption - * operation. - * - * \note Due to the nature of CFB mode, you should use the same - * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls - * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via - * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode - * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the function same function again on the following - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of the input data \p input. Any value is allowed. - * \param iv_off The current offset in the IV. This must be smaller - * than \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to allow - * the aforementioned streaming usage. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer - * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to - * allow the aforementioned streaming usage. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a readable - * buffer of size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The buffer to hold the output data. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - size_t *iv_off, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) -/** - * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation. - * - * *note Due to the nature of CTR mode, you should use the same - * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls - * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via - * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether the mode - * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. - * - * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so - * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with - * the same nonce and key. - * - * There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR: - * - * 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over - * successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to - * set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and - * then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p - * stream_block across calls to this function as they will be - * updated by this function. - * - * With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128 - * blocks of data with the same key. - * - * 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p - * nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a - * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one - * updated by this function internally. - * - * For example, you might reserve the first \c 12 Bytes for the - * per-message nonce, and the last \c 4 Bytes for internal use. - * In that case, before calling this function on a new message you - * need to set the first \c 12 Bytes of \p nonce_counter to your - * chosen nonce value, the last four to \c 0, and \p nc_off to \c 0 - * (which will cause \p stream_block to be ignored). That way, you - * can encrypt at most \c 2**96 messages of up to \c 2**32 blocks - * each with the same key. - * - * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct - * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be - * unique. The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a - * message counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, - * but this limits the number of messages that can be securely - * encrypted: for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should - * not encrypt more than 2**32 messages with the same key. - * - * Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and - * that a CAMELLIA block is \c 16 Bytes. - * - * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its - * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be - * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. - * - * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. - * Any value is allowed. - * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block (for resuming - * within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to - * should be \c 0 at the start of a stream. It is updated - * at the end of this call. - * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must be a read/write - * buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. - * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must be a - * read/write buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The input data stream. This must be a readable buffer of - * size \p length Bytes. - * \param output The output data stream. This must be a writable buffer - * of size \p length Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, - size_t length, - size_t *nc_off, - unsigned char nonce_counter[16], - unsigned char stream_block[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -int mbedtls_camellia_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* camellia.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ccm.h b/include/mbedtls/ccm.h deleted file mode 100644 index a98111b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ccm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,518 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ccm.h - * - * \brief This file provides an API for the CCM authenticated encryption - * mode for block ciphers. - * - * CCM combines Counter mode encryption with CBC-MAC authentication - * for 128-bit block ciphers. - * - * Input to CCM includes the following elements: - * <ul><li>Payload - data that is both authenticated and encrypted.</li> - * <li>Associated data (Adata) - data that is authenticated but not - * encrypted, For example, a header.</li> - * <li>Nonce - A unique value that is assigned to the payload and the - * associated data.</li></ul> - * - * Definition of CCM: - * http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf - * RFC 3610 "Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)" - * - * Related: - * RFC 5116 "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated Encryption" - * - * Definition of CCM*: - * IEEE 802.15.4 - IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - * Integer representation is fixed most-significant-octet-first order and - * the representation of octets is most-significant-bit-first order. This is - * consistent with RFC 3610. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CCM_H -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT 2 -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT 3 - -/** Bad input parameters to the function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D -/** Authenticated decryption failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed - * to the APIs called. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16]; /*!< The Y working buffer */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctr)[16]; /*!< The counter buffer */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(plaintext_len); /*!< Total plaintext length */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len); /*!< Total authentication data length */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tag_len); /*!< Total tag length */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(processed); /*!< Track how many bytes of input data - were processed (chunked input). - Used independently for both auth data - and plaintext/ciphertext. - This variable is set to zero after - auth data input is finished. */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q); /*!< The Q working value */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /*!< The operation to perform: - #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or - #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or - #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or - #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT. */ - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /*!< Working value holding context's - state. Used for chunked data input */ -} -mbedtls_ccm_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */ -#include "ccm_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified CCM context, - * to make references valid, and prepare the context - * for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free(). - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ccm_init(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the CCM context set in the - * \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized - * context. - * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. - * \param key The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param keybits The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_setkey(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified CCM context - * and underlying cipher sub-context. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function - * has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_ccm_free(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM. - * - * \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate - * the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610: - * Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use - * \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the - * output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be - * initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, - * or 13. The length L of the message length field is - * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param ad The additional data field. If \p ad_len is greater than - * zero, \p ad must be a readable buffer of at least that - * length. - * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a - * writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: - * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, - unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM*. - * - * \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate - * the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610: - * Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use - * \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the - * output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide. - * - * \note When using this function in a variable tag length context, - * the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to - * this function. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be - * initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * For tag length = 0, input length is ignored. - * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, - * or 13. The length L of the message length field is - * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least \p ad_len Bytes. - * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a - * writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: - * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. - * - * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no - * longer authenticated. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, - unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a - * buffer. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be - * initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, - * or 13. The length L of the message length field is - * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer - * of at least that \p ad_len Bytes.. - * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: - * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, - const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a CCM* authenticated decryption of a - * buffer. - * - * \note When using this function in a variable tag length context, - * the tag length has to be decoded from \p iv and passed to - * this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted - * accordingly.) - * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be - * initialized and bound to a key. - * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * For tag length = 0, input length is ignored. - * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, - * or 13. The length L of the message length field is - * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param ad The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least that \p ad_len Bytes. - * \param ad_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least - * that length. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes. - * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. - * - * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos - * longer authenticated. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_star_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, - const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a CCM encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * This function and mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() must be called - * before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or - * mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before - * or after mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). - * - * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CCM_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_CCM_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_CCM_STAR_DECRYPT. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer - * of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, - * or 13. The length L of the message length field is - * 15 - \p iv_len. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * \p ctx is in an invalid state, - * \p mode is invalid, - * \p iv_len is invalid (lower than \c 7 or greater than - * \c 13). - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_starts(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char *iv, - size_t iv_len); - -/** - * \brief This function declares the lengths of the message - * and additional data for a CCM encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * This function and mbedtls_ccm_starts() must be called - * before calling mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() or - * mbedtls_ccm_update(). This function can be called before - * or after mbedtls_ccm_starts(). - * - * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param total_ad_len The total length of additional data in bytes. - * This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`. - * \param plaintext_len The length in bytes of the plaintext to encrypt or - * result of the decryption (thus not encompassing the - * additional data that are not encrypted). - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate in Bytes: - * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. - * For CCM*, zero is also valid. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * \p ctx is in an invalid state, - * \p total_ad_len is greater than \c 0xFF00. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - size_t total_ad_len, - size_t plaintext_len, - size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer as associated data - * (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a CCM - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * You may call this function zero, one or more times - * to pass successive parts of the additional data. The - * lengths \p ad_len of the data parts should eventually add - * up exactly to the total length of additional data - * \c total_ad_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). You - * may not call this function after calling - * mbedtls_ccm_update(). - * - * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with - * mbedtls_ccm_starts(), the lengths of the message and - * additional data must have been declared with - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() and this must not have yet - * received any input with mbedtls_ccm_update(). - * \param ad The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL - * if \p ad_len is \c 0. - * \param ad_len The length of the additional data. If \c 0, - * \p ad may be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * \p ctx is in an invalid state, - * total input length too long. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_update_ad(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *ad, - size_t ad_len); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CCM - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * You may call this function zero, one or more times - * to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to - * encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to - * decrypt. After the last part of the input, call - * mbedtls_ccm_finish(). The lengths \p input_len of the - * data parts should eventually add up exactly to the - * plaintext length \c plaintext_len passed to - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). - * - * This function may produce output in one of the following - * ways: - * - Immediate output: the output length is always equal - * to the input length. - * - Buffered output: except for the last part of input data, - * the output consists of a whole number of 16-byte blocks. - * If the total input length so far (not including - * associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A* with *A* < 16 then - * the total output length is 16 \* *B*. - * For the last part of input data, the output length is - * equal to the input length plus the number of bytes (*A*) - * buffered in the previous call to the function (if any). - * The function uses the plaintext length - * \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() - * to detect the last part of input data. - * - * In particular: - * - It is always correct to call this function with - * \p output_size >= \p input_len + 15. - * - If \p input_len is a multiple of 16 for all the calls - * to this function during an operation (not necessary for - * the last one) then it is correct to use \p output_size - * =\p input_len. - * - * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with - * mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and - * additional data must have been declared with - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_len - * is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer - * of at least \p input_len bytes. - * \param input_len The length of the input data in bytes. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size - * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of - * at least \p output_size bytes. - * \param output_size The size of the output buffer in bytes. - * See the function description regarding the output size. - * \param output_len On success, \p *output_len contains the actual - * length of the output written in \p output. - * On failure, the content of \p *output_len is - * unspecified. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * \p ctx is in an invalid state, - * total input length too long, - * or \p output_size too small. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_update(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t input_len, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, - size_t *output_len); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the CCM operation and generates - * the authentication tag. - * - * It wraps up the CCM stream, and generates the - * tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes. - * - * \note This function is not implemented in Mbed TLS yet. - * - * \param ctx The CCM context. This must have been started with - * mbedtls_ccm_starts() and the lengths of the message and - * additional data must have been declared with - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). - * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. If \p tag_len is greater - * than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least \p - * tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag. Must match the tag length passed to - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths() function. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * \p ctx is in an invalid state, - * invalid value of \p tag_len, - * the total amount of additional data passed to - * mbedtls_ccm_update_ad() was lower than the total length of - * additional data \c total_ad_len passed to - * mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(), - * the total amount of input data passed to - * mbedtls_ccm_update() was lower than the plaintext length - * \c plaintext_len passed to mbedtls_ccm_set_lengths(). - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_finish(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, - unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -/** - * \brief The CCM checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ccm_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h b/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h deleted file mode 100644 index 680fe36..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file chacha20.h - * - * \brief This file contains ChaCha20 definitions and functions. - * - * ChaCha20 is a stream cipher that can encrypt and decrypt - * information. ChaCha was created by Daniel Bernstein as a variant of - * its Salsa cipher https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf - * ChaCha20 is the variant with 20 rounds, that was also standardized - * in RFC 7539. - * - * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com> - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Invalid input parameter(s). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0051 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT) - -typedef struct mbedtls_chacha20_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[16]; /*! The state (before round operations). */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream8)[64]; /*! Leftover keystream bytes. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keystream_bytes_used); /*! Number of keystream bytes already used. */ -} -mbedtls_chacha20_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */ -#include "chacha20_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20 context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. - * - * It is usually followed by calls to - * \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and - * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts(), then one or more calls to - * to \c mbedtls_chacha20_update(), and finally to - * \c mbedtls_chacha20_free(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_chacha20_init(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified - * ChaCha20 context. - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized context. - * - */ -void mbedtls_chacha20_free(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the encryption/decryption key. - * - * \note After using this function, you must also call - * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() to set a nonce before you - * start encrypting/decrypting data with - * \c mbedtls_chacha_update(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the key should be bound. - * It must be initialized. - * \param key The encryption/decryption key. This must be \c 32 Bytes - * in length. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or key is NULL. - */ -int mbedtls_chacha20_setkey(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[32]); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the nonce and initial counter value. - * - * \note A ChaCha20 context can be re-used with the same key by - * calling this function to change the nonce. - * - * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key. - * This would void any confidentiality guarantees for the - * messages encrypted with the same nonce and key. - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the nonce should be bound. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size. - * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or nonce is - * NULL. - */ -int mbedtls_chacha20_starts(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, - const unsigned char nonce[12], - uint32_t counter); - -/** - * \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data. - * - * Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is - * used for encrypting and decrypting data. - * - * \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or - * point to non-overlapping buffers. - * - * \note \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and - * \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() must be called at least once - * to setup the context before this function can be called. - * - * \note This function can be called multiple times in a row in - * order to encrypt of decrypt data piecewise with the same - * key and nonce. - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to use for encryption or decryption. - * It must be initialized and bound to a key and nonce. - * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chacha20_update(mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, - size_t size, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data with ChaCha20 and - * the given key and nonce. - * - * Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is - * used for encrypting and decrypting data. - * - * \warning You must never use the same (key, nonce) pair more than - * once. This would void any confidentiality guarantees for - * the messages encrypted with the same nonce and key. - * - * \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or - * point to non-overlapping buffers. - * - * \param key The encryption/decryption key. - * This must be \c 32 Bytes in length. - * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size. - * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0. - * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chacha20_crypt(const unsigned char key[32], - const unsigned char nonce[12], - uint32_t counter, - size_t size, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief The ChaCha20 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chacha20_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h b/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3dc21e3..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,342 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file chachapoly.h - * - * \brief This file contains the AEAD-ChaCha20-Poly1305 definitions and - * functions. - * - * ChaCha20-Poly1305 is an algorithm for Authenticated Encryption - * with Associated Data (AEAD) that can be used to encrypt and - * authenticate data. It is based on ChaCha20 and Poly1305 by Daniel - * Bernstein and was standardized in RFC 7539. - * - * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com> - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -/* for shared error codes */ -#include "mbedtls/poly1305.h" - -/** The requested operation is not permitted in the current state. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE -0x0054 -/** Authenticated decryption failed: data was not authentic. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED -0x0056 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT, /**< The mode value for performing encryption. */ - MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT /**< The mode value for performing decryption. */ -} -mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT) - -#include "mbedtls/chacha20.h" - -typedef struct mbedtls_chachapoly_context { - mbedtls_chacha20_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chacha20_ctx); /**< The ChaCha20 context. */ - mbedtls_poly1305_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(poly1305_ctx); /**< The Poly1305 context. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aad_len); /**< The length (bytes) of the Additional Authenticated Data. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphertext_len); /**< The length (bytes) of the ciphertext. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /**< The current state of the context. */ - mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /**< Cipher mode (encrypt or decrypt). */ -} -mbedtls_chachapoly_context; - -#else /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */ -#include "chachapoly_alt.h" -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. It must be followed by a call to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey() before any operation can be - * done, and to \c mbedtls_chachapoly_free() once all - * operations with that context have been finished. - * - * In order to encrypt or decrypt full messages at once, for - * each message you should make a single call to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_crypt_and_tag() or - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt(). - * - * In order to encrypt messages piecewise, for each - * message you should make a call to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(), then 0 or more calls to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(), then 0 or more calls to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), then one call to - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish(). - * - * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged! Always - * use \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt() when possible! - * - * If however this is not possible because the data is too - * large to fit in memory, you need to: - * - * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts() and (if needed) - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad() as above, - * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update() multiple times and - * ensure its output (the plaintext) is NOT used in any other - * way than placing it in temporary storage at this point, - * - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish() to compute the - * authentication tag and compared it in constant time to the - * tag received with the ciphertext. - * - * If the tags are not equal, you must immediately discard - * all previous outputs of \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), - * otherwise you can now safely use the plaintext. - * - * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to initialize. Must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_chachapoly_init(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified - * ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. - * - * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function is a no-op. - */ -void mbedtls_chachapoly_free(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305 - * symmetric encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to which the key should be - * bound. This must be initialized. - * \param key The \c 256 Bit (\c 32 Bytes) key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[32]); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a ChaCha20-Poly1305 encryption or - * decryption operation. - * - * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key. - * This would void any confidentiality and authenticity - * guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce - * and key. - * - * \note If the context is being used for AAD only (no data to - * encrypt or decrypt) then \p mode can be set to any value. - * - * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the - * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param nonce The nonce/IV to use for the message. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 12 Bytes. - * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT (discouraged, see warning). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - const unsigned char nonce[12], - mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t mode); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds additional data to be authenticated - * into an ongoing ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation. - * - * The Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), also called - * Associated Data (AD) is only authenticated but not - * encrypted nor included in the encrypted output. It is - * usually transmitted separately from the ciphertext or - * computed locally by each party. - * - * \note This function is called before data is encrypted/decrypted. - * I.e. call this function to process the AAD before calling - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(). - * - * You may call this function multiple times to process - * an arbitrary amount of AAD. It is permitted to call - * this function 0 times, if no AAD is used. - * - * This function cannot be called any more if data has - * been processed by \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), - * or if the context has been finished. - * - * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the - * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized - * and bound to a key. - * \param aad_len The length in Bytes of the AAD. The length has no - * restrictions. - * \param aad Buffer containing the AAD. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if \p ctx or \p aad are NULL. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE - * if the operations has not been started or has been - * finished, or if the AAD has been finished. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *aad, - size_t aad_len); - -/** - * \brief Thus function feeds data to be encrypted or decrypted - * into an on-going ChaCha20-Poly1305 - * operation. - * - * The direction (encryption or decryption) depends on the - * mode that was given when calling - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(). - * - * You may call this function multiple times to process - * an arbitrary amount of data. It is permitted to call - * this function 0 times, if no data is to be encrypted - * or decrypted. - * - * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the - * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param len The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`. - * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is - * written. This must be able to hold \p len bytes. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE - * if the operation has not been started or has been - * finished. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_update(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - size_t len, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function finished the ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation and - * generates the MAC (authentication tag). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param mac The buffer to where the 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written. - * - * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the - * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE - * if the operation has not been started or has been - * finished. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - unsigned char mac[16]); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305 - * authenticated encryption with the previously-set key. - * - * \note Before using this function, you must set the key with - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(). - * - * \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key. - * This would void any confidentiality and authenticity - * guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce - * and key. - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key). - * This must be initialized. - * \param length The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * \param nonce The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use. - * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated - * data (AAD). This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. - * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process. - * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data - * is written. This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * \param tag The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC - * is written. This must not be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - size_t length, - const unsigned char nonce[12], - const unsigned char *aad, - size_t aad_len, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output, - unsigned char tag[16]); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305 - * authenticated decryption with the previously-set key. - * - * \note Before using this function, you must set the key with - * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(). - * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key). - * \param length The length (in Bytes) of the data to decrypt. - * \param nonce The \c 96 Bit (\c 12 bytes) nonce/IV to use. - * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD). - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. - * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. - * \param input The buffer containing the data to decrypt. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * \param output The buffer to where the decrypted data is written. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED - * if the data was not authentic. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, - size_t length, - const unsigned char nonce[12], - const unsigned char *aad, - size_t aad_len, - const unsigned char tag[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief The ChaCha20-Poly1305 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_chachapoly_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/check_config.h b/include/mbedtls/check_config.h deleted file mode 100644 index e479ef3..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/check_config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1206 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file check_config.h - * - * \brief Consistency checks for configuration options - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H - -/* *INDENT-OFF* */ -/* - * We assume CHAR_BIT is 8 in many places. In practice, this is true on our - * target platforms, so not an issue, but let's just be extra sure. - */ -#include <limits.h> -#if CHAR_BIT != 8 -#error "Mbed TLS requires a platform with 8-bit chars" -#endif - -#include <stdint.h> - -#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C is required on Windows" -#endif - -/* Fix the config here. Not convenient to put an #ifdef _WIN32 in mbedtls_config.h as - * it would confuse config.py. */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT -#endif -#endif /* _MINGW32__ || (_MSC_VER && (_MSC_VER <= 1900)) */ - -#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED) && defined(MBEDTLS_NET_C) -#error "The NET module is not available for mbed OS - please use the network functions provided by Mbed OS" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) && \ - !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__) -#error "MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING only works with GCC and Clang" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE without MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME does not make sense" -#endif - -/* Check that each MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx symbol has its PSA_WANT_ECC_xxx counterpart - * when PSA crypto is enabled. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) || defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -/* SECP224K1 is buggy in PSA API so we skip this check */ -#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED defined, but not its PSA counterpart" -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG || MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ - -/* Limitations on ECC key types acceleration: if we have any of `PUBLIC_KEY`, - * `KEY_PAIR_BASIC`, `KEY_PAIR_IMPORT`, `KEY_PAIR_EXPORT` then we must have - * all 4 of them. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC key type acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md" -#endif /* not all of public, basic, import, export */ -#endif /* one of public, basic, import, export */ - -/* Limitations on ECC curves acceleration: partial curve acceleration is only - * supported with crypto excluding PK, X.509 or TLS. - * Note: no need to check X.509 as it depends on PK. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) -#error "Unsupported partial support for ECC curves acceleration, see docs/driver-only-builds.md" -#endif /* modules beyond what's supported */ -#endif /* not all curves accelerated */ -#endif /* some curve accelerated */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_DHM_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_CMAC_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECDH_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \ - !( defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) ) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \ - !( defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but it cannot coexist with an alternative ECP implementation" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || ( \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* Helpers for hash dependencies, will be undefined at the end of the file */ -/* Do SHA-256, 384, 512 to cover Entropy and TLS. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256)) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA384 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512)) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA512 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \ - !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256)) -#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 64) -#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) || !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA512)) \ - && defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) && (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN > 32) -#error "MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN value too high" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256) -#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(__has_feature) -#if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer) -#define MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN -#endif -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN) -#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN requires building with MemorySanitizer" -#endif -#undef MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) && ( \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_CCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_CCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && ( \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_GCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_GCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK defined, but no alternative implementation enabled" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_HKDF_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* Helper for JPAKE dependencies, will be undefined at the end of the file */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_JPAKE -#endif -#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_JPAKE -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -/* Helper for curve SECP256R1 */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_CURVE_SECP256R1 -#endif -#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_CURVE_SECP256R1 -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_JPAKE) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_CURVE_SECP256R1) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* Use of EC J-PAKE in TLS requires SHA-256. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256) -#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) ) -#error "!MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE requires MBEDTLS_SHA512_C, MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or MBEDTLS_SHA1_C" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !( \ - defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512)))) -#error "MBEDTLS_MD_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) && \ - ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_C requires MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE requires MBEDTLS_LMS_C" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_BASE64_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS) -#error "MBEDTLS_PK_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) &&\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO is" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) &&\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must be defined if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO is" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ||\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) &&\ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) &&\ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO) &&\ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) ||\ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \ - !( ( ( defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) ) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) ) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites (missing RNG)" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) && \ - ! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS" -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) -#warning "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS" -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \ - ! defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \ - !( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with actual entropy sources" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but none of the PKCS1 versions enabled" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) -#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA512_C" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*" -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT || MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && !defined(__aarch64__) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Aarch64 system" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) -#error "Must only define one of MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_* defined without MBEDTLS_SHA256_C" -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT) || defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_*ALT can't be used with MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_*" -#endif - -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY) && \ - !defined(__aarch64__) && !defined(_M_ARM64) -#error "MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY defined on non-Aarch64 system" -#endif - -/* TLS 1.3 requires separate HKDF parts from PSA, - * and at least one ciphersuite, so at least SHA-256 or SHA-384 - * from PSA to use with HKDF. - * - * Note: for dependencies common with TLS 1.2 (running handshake hash), - * see MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \ - !(defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) && \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) && \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384))) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#if !( (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH)) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && \ - ( defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) || defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#if !( defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#endif - -/* - * The current implementation of TLS 1.3 requires MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 defined without MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \ - !(defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) ) -#error "One or more versions of the TLS protocol are enabled " \ - "but no key exchange methods defined with MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_xxxx" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE) && \ - ((MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE < 0) || \ - (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE > UINT32_MAX)) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE must be in the range(0..UINT32_MAX)" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* TLS 1.2 and 1.3 require SHA-256 or SHA-384 (running handshake hash) */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if !(defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384)) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) || \ - !(defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA384)) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) && \ - !( defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C defined, but no protocols are active" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX) && \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX > 255 -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX) && \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX > 255 -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0 -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS" -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) -#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS" -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT && MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT != 0 */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C) && \ - !( defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH) && \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH >= 256 -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH must be less than 256" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL) -#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL) -#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif -#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL) -#error "MBEDTLS_THREADING_C defined, single threading implementation required" -#endif -#undef MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES) && !defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C) -#error "MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) && \ - (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) && \ - (!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) && \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) -#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 && MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */ - -#if ( defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) ) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM) -#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32/MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM cannot be defined simultaneously" -#endif /* (MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 || MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) && MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION) && !( defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* Reject attempts to enable options that have been removed and that could - * cause a build to succeed but with features removed. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/2599" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 (SSL v3.0 support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO (SSL v2 ClientHello support) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT (compatibility with the buggy implementation of truncated HMAC in Mbed TLS up to 2.7) was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_TLS_DEFAULT_ALLOW_SHA1_IN_CERTIFICATES was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See the ChangeLog entry if you really need SHA-1-signed certificates." -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4031" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4313" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4335" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC) //no-check-names -#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC was removed in Mbed TLS 3.0. See https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/4341" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C) && ( ( !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) ) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) ) || ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) ) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) ) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) ) || \ - ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) ) ) -#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C is defined, but not all prerequisites" -#endif - -/* Undefine helper symbols */ -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_JPAKE -#undef MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA256 -#undef MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA384 -#undef MBEDTLS_MD_HAVE_SHA512 -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_CURVE_SECP256R1 - -/* - * Avoid warning from -pedantic. This is a convenient place for this - * workaround since this is included by every single file before the - * #if defined(MBEDTLS_xxx_C) that results in empty translation units. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_iso_c_forbids_empty_translation_units; - -/* *INDENT-ON* */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHECK_CONFIG_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/cipher.h b/include/mbedtls/cipher.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2596baa..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/cipher.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1183 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file cipher.h - * - * \brief This file contains an abstraction interface for use with the cipher - * primitives provided by the library. It provides a common interface to all of - * the available cipher operations. - * - * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com> - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM -#endif - -/** The selected feature is not available. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x6080 -/** Bad input parameters. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x6100 -/** Failed to allocate memory. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED -0x6180 -/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING -0x6200 -/** Decryption of block requires a full block. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED -0x6280 -/** Authentication failed (for AEAD modes). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED -0x6300 -/** The context is invalid. For example, because it was freed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_CONTEXT -0x6380 - -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN 0x01 /**< Cipher accepts IVs of variable length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN 0x02 /**< Cipher accepts keys of variable length. */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Supported cipher types. - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger - * ciphers instead. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0, /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher ID lists. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NULL, /**< The identity cipher, treated as a stream cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES, /**< The AES cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_DES, /**< The DES cipher. \warning DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_3DES, /**< The Triple DES cipher. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA, /**< The Camellia cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_ARIA, /**< The Aria cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CHACHA20, /**< The ChaCha20 cipher. */ -} mbedtls_cipher_id_t; - -/** - * \brief Supported {cipher type, cipher mode} pairs. - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering stronger - * ciphers instead. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE = 0, /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher-pair lists. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL, /**< The identity stream cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CFB128, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CTR, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_ECB, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CBC, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CFB128, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CTR, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_GCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_ECB, /**< DES cipher with ECB mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_CBC, /**< DES cipher with CBC mode. \warning DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_ECB, /**< DES cipher with EDE ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_CBC, /**< DES cipher with EDE CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB, /**< DES cipher with EDE3 ECB mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_CBC, /**< DES cipher with EDE3 CBC mode. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_ECB, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and ECB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CBC, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CBC mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CFB128, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CTR, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CTR mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_GCM, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and GCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM_STAR_NO_TAG mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_OFB, /**< AES 128-bit cipher in OFB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_OFB, /**< AES 192-bit cipher in OFB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_OFB, /**< AES 256-bit cipher in OFB mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_XTS, /**< AES 128-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_XTS, /**< AES 256-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20, /**< ChaCha20 stream cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305, /**< ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD cipher. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KW, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KW mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KW, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KW mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KW, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KW mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KWP mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KWP mode. */ - MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KWP, /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KWP mode. */ -} mbedtls_cipher_type_t; - -/** Supported cipher modes. */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE = 0, /**< None. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, /**< The ECB cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC, /**< The CBC cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CFB, /**< The CFB cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_OFB, /**< The OFB cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CTR, /**< The CTR cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_GCM, /**< The GCM cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_STREAM, /**< The stream cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM, /**< The CCM cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG, /**< The CCM*-no-tag cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_XTS, /**< The XTS cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_CHACHAPOLY, /**< The ChaCha-Poly cipher mode. */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_KW, /**< The SP800-38F KW mode */ - MBEDTLS_MODE_KWP, /**< The SP800-38F KWP mode */ -} mbedtls_cipher_mode_t; - -/** Supported cipher padding types. */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_PADDING_PKCS7 = 0, /**< PKCS7 padding (default). */ - MBEDTLS_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS, /**< ISO/IEC 7816-4 padding. */ - MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN, /**< ANSI X.923 padding. */ - MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS, /**< Zero padding (not reversible). */ - MBEDTLS_PADDING_NONE, /**< Never pad (full blocks only). */ -} mbedtls_cipher_padding_t; - -/** Type of operation. */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE = -1, - MBEDTLS_DECRYPT = 0, - MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT, -} mbedtls_operation_t; - -enum { - /** Undefined key length. */ - MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE = 0, - /** Key length, in bits (including parity), for DES keys. \warning DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES = 64, - /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in two-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE = 128, - /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in three-key EDE. \warning 3DES is considered weak. */ - MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3 = 192, -}; - -/** Maximum length of any IV, in Bytes. */ -/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers. - * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_IV_LENGTH defined - * in library/ssl_misc.h. */ -#define MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH 16 - -/** Maximum block size of any cipher, in Bytes. */ -/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers. - * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined - * in library/ssl_misc.h. */ -#define MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH 16 - -/** Maximum key length, in Bytes. */ -/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers. - * For now, only check whether XTS is enabled which uses 64 Byte keys, - * and use 32 Bytes as an upper bound for the maximum key length otherwise. - * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined - * in library/ssl_misc.h, which however deliberately ignores the case of XTS - * since the latter isn't used in SSL/TLS. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS) -#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 64 -#else -#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH 32 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ - -/** - * Base cipher information (opaque struct). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t mbedtls_cipher_base_t; - -/** - * CMAC context (opaque struct). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t mbedtls_cmac_context_t; - -/** - * Cipher information. Allows calling cipher functions - * in a generic way. - * - * \note The library does not support custom cipher info structures, - * only built-in structures returned by the functions - * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(), - * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(), - * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(), - * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_psa(). - * - * \note Some fields store a value that has been right-shifted to save - * code-size, so should not be used directly. The accessor - * functions adjust for this and return the "natural" value. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_info_t { - /** Name of the cipher. */ - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); - - /** The block size, in bytes. */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size) : 5; - - /** IV or nonce size, in bytes (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT). - * For ciphers that accept variable IV sizes, - * this is the recommended size. - */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) : 3; - - /** The cipher key length, in bits (right shifted by #MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT). - * This is the default length for variable sized ciphers. - * Includes parity bits for ciphers like DES. - */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) : 4; - - /** The cipher mode (as per mbedtls_cipher_mode_t). - * For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC. - */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode) : 4; - - /** Full cipher identifier (as per mbedtls_cipher_type_t). - * For example, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC. - * - * This could be 7 bits, but 8 bits retains byte alignment for the - * next field, which reduces code size to access that field. - */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type) : 8; - - /** Bitflag comprised of MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN and - * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN indicating whether the - * cipher supports variable IV or variable key sizes, respectively. - */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) : 2; - - /** Index to LUT for base cipher information and functions. */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_idx) : 5; - -} mbedtls_cipher_info_t; - -/* For internal use only. - * These are used to more compactly represent the fields above. */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT 6 -#define MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT 2 -/** - * Generic cipher context. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_context_t { - /** Information about the associated cipher. */ - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info); - - /** Key length to use. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen); - - /** Operation that the key of the context has been - * initialized for. - */ - mbedtls_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING) - /** Padding functions to use, if relevant for - * the specific cipher mode. - */ - void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_padding))(unsigned char *output, size_t olen, size_t data_len); - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(get_padding))(unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, size_t *data_len); -#endif - - /** Buffer for input that has not been processed yet. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_data)[MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH]; - - /** Number of Bytes that have not been processed yet. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len); - - /** Current IV or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode, data unit (or sector) number - * for XTS-mode. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv)[MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH]; - - /** IV size in Bytes, for ciphers with variable-length IVs. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size); - - /** The cipher-specific context. */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) - /** CMAC-specific context. */ - mbedtls_cmac_context_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac_ctx); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) - /** Indicates whether the cipher operations should be performed - * by Mbed TLS' own crypto library or an external implementation - * of the PSA Crypto API. - * This is unset if the cipher context was established through - * mbedtls_cipher_setup(), and set if it was established through - * mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa(). - */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_enabled); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO && !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -} mbedtls_cipher_context_t; - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the list of ciphers supported - * by the generic cipher module. - * - * For any cipher identifier in the returned list, you can - * obtain the corresponding generic cipher information structure - * via mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(), which can then be used - * to prepare a cipher context via mbedtls_cipher_setup(). - * - * - * \return A statically-allocated array of cipher identifiers - * of type cipher_type_t. The last entry is zero. - */ -const int *mbedtls_cipher_list(void); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information - * structure associated with the given cipher name. - * - * \param cipher_name Name of the cipher to search for. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * - * \return The cipher information structure associated with the - * given \p cipher_name. - * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. - */ -const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(const char *cipher_name); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information - * structure associated with the given cipher type. - * - * \param cipher_type Type of the cipher to search for. - * - * \return The cipher information structure associated with the - * given \p cipher_type. - * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. - */ -const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(const mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information - * structure associated with the given cipher ID, - * key size and mode. - * - * \param cipher_id The ID of the cipher to search for. For example, - * #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES. - * \param key_bitlen The length of the key in bits. - * \param mode The cipher mode. For example, #MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC. - * - * \return The cipher information structure associated with the - * given \p cipher_id. - * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. - */ -const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values(const mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher_id, - int key_bitlen, - const mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mode); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the identifier for a cipher info structure. - * - * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query. - * This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The full cipher identifier (\c MBEDTLS_CIPHER_xxx). - * \return #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_type( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE; - } else { - return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); - } -} - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the operation mode for a cipher info structure. - * - * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query. - * This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The cipher mode (\c MBEDTLS_MODE_xxx). - * \return #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_mode( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE; - } else { - return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); - } -} - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the key size for a cipher info structure. - * - * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query. - * This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The key length in bits. - * For variable-sized ciphers, this is the default length. - * For DES, this includes the parity bits. - * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_key_bitlen( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return 0; - } else { - return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) << MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT; - } -} - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the human-readable name for a - * cipher info structure. - * - * \param[in] info The cipher info structure to query. - * This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The cipher name, which is a human readable string, - * with static storage duration. - * \return \c NULL if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_info_get_name( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return NULL; - } else { - return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); - } -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the size of the IV or nonce - * for the cipher info structure, in bytes. - * - * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The recommended IV size. - * \return \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce. - * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_iv_size( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return ((size_t) info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) << MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT; -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the block size of the given - * cipher info structure in bytes. - * - * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return The block size of the cipher. - * \return \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher. - * \return \c 0 if \p info is \c NULL. - */ -static inline size_t mbedtls_cipher_info_get_block_size( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return (size_t) (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size)); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns a non-zero value if the key length for - * the given cipher is variable. - * - * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return Non-zero if the key length is variable, \c 0 otherwise. - * \return \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_key_bitlen( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN; -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns a non-zero value if the IV size for - * the given cipher is variable. - * - * \param info The cipher info structure. This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return Non-zero if the IV size is variable, \c 0 otherwise. - * \return \c 0 if the given pointer is \c NULL. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_info_has_variable_iv_size( - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info) -{ - if (info == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) & MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN; -} - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a \p ctx as NONE. - * - * \param ctx The context to be initialized. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_cipher_init(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function frees and clears the cipher-specific - * context of \p ctx. Freeing \p ctx itself remains the - * responsibility of the caller. - * - * \param ctx The context to be freed. If this is \c NULL, the - * function has no effect, otherwise this must point to an - * initialized context. - */ -void mbedtls_cipher_free(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx); - - -/** - * \brief This function prepares a cipher context for - * use with the given cipher primitive. - * - * \note After calling this function, you should call - * mbedtls_cipher_setkey() and, if the mode uses padding, - * mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(), then for each - * message to encrypt or decrypt with this key, either: - * - mbedtls_cipher_crypt() for one-shot processing with - * non-AEAD modes; - * - mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or - * mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() for one-shot - * processing with AEAD modes or NIST_KW; - * - for multi-part processing, see the documentation of - * mbedtls_cipher_reset(). - * - * \param ctx The context to prepare. This must be initialized by - * a call to mbedtls_cipher_init() first. - * \param cipher_info The cipher to use. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the - * cipher-specific context fails. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_setup(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief This function initializes a cipher context for - * PSA-based use with the given cipher primitive. - * - * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a - * future version of the library. - * Please use psa_aead_xxx() / psa_cipher_xxx() directly - * instead. - * - * \note See #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO for information on PSA. - * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. May not be \c NULL. - * \param cipher_info The cipher to use. - * \param taglen For AEAD ciphers, the length in bytes of the - * authentication tag to use. Subsequent uses of - * mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or - * mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() must provide - * the same tag length. - * For non-AEAD ciphers, the value must be \c 0. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the - * cipher-specific context fails. - */ -int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info, - size_t taglen); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -/** - * \brief This function returns the block size of the given cipher - * in bytes. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. - * - * \return The block size of the underlying cipher. - * \return \c 1 if the cipher is a stream cipher. - * \return \c 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized. - */ -static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(ctx != NULL, 0); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return (unsigned int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the mode of operation for - * the cipher. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The mode of operation. - * \return #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. - */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE; - } - - return (mbedtls_cipher_mode_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the size of the IV or nonce - * of the cipher, in Bytes. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The recommended IV size if no IV has been set. - * \return \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce. - * \return The actual size if an IV has been set. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(ctx != NULL, 0); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) != 0) { - return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size); - } - - return (int) (((int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size)) << - MBEDTLS_IV_SIZE_SHIFT); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the type of the given cipher. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The type of the cipher. - * \return #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. - */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( - ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE; - } - - return (mbedtls_cipher_type_t) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the name of the given cipher - * as a string. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The name of the cipher. - * \return NULL if \p ctx has not been not initialized. - */ -static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(ctx != NULL, 0); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return 0; - } - - return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the key length of the cipher. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The key length of the cipher in bits. - * \return #MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE if \p ctx has not been - * initialized. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( - ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE; - } - - return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen) << - MBEDTLS_KEY_BITLEN_SHIFT; -} - -/** - * \brief This function returns the operation of the given cipher. - * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. - * - * \return The type of operation: #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT. - * \return #MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. - */ -static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation( - const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx) -{ - MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( - ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE); - if (ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL) { - return MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE; - } - - return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation); -} - -/** - * \brief This function sets the key to use with the given context. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a cipher information structure. - * \param key The key to use. This must be a readable buffer of at - * least \p key_bitlen Bits. - * \param key_bitlen The key length to use, in Bits. - * \param operation The operation that the key will be used for: - * #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_setkey(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, - int key_bitlen, - const mbedtls_operation_t operation); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING) -/** - * \brief This function sets the padding mode, for cipher modes - * that use padding. - * - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a cipher information structure. - * \param mode The padding mode. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE - * if the selected padding mode is not supported. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the cipher mode - * does not support padding. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING */ - -/** - * \brief This function sets the initialization vector (IV) - * or nonce. - * - * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these - * ciphers, this function has no effect. - * - * \note For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20, the nonce length must - * be 12, and the initial counter value is 0. - * - * \note For #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305, the nonce length - * must be 12. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a cipher information structure. - * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. This - * must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. - * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_set_iv(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *iv, - size_t iv_len); - -/** - * \brief This function resets the cipher state. - * - * \note With non-AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message - * is as follows: - * 1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce. - * 2. mbedtls_cipher_reset() - * 3. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times - * 4. mbedtls_cipher_finish() - * . - * This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple - * messages with the same key. - * - * \note With AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message - * is as follows: - * 1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce. - * 2. mbedtls_cipher_reset() - * 3. mbedtls_cipher_update_ad() - * 4. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times - * 5. mbedtls_cipher_finish() - * 6. mbedtls_cipher_check_tag() (for decryption) or - * mbedtls_cipher_write_tag() (for encryption). - * . - * This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple - * messages with the same key. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be bound to a key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) -/** - * \brief This function adds additional data for AEAD ciphers. - * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. - * \param ad The additional data to use. This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes. - * \param ad_len The length of \p ad in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_update_ad(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */ - -/** - * \brief The generic cipher update function. It encrypts or - * decrypts using the given cipher context. Writes as - * many block-sized blocks of data as possible to output. - * Any data that cannot be written immediately is either - * added to the next block, or flushed when - * mbedtls_cipher_finish() is called. - * Exception: For MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, expects a single block - * in size. For example, 16 Bytes for AES. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a key. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to - * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the - * same buffer as \p input. - * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE on an - * unsupported mode for a cipher. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, unsigned char *output, - size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief The generic cipher finalization function. If data still - * needs to be flushed from an incomplete block, the data - * contained in it is padded to the size of - * the last block, and written to the \p output buffer. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a key. - * \param output The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable - * buffer of at least block_size Bytes. - * \param olen The length of the data written to the \p output buffer. - * This may not be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption - * expecting a full block but not receiving one. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding - * while decrypting. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - unsigned char *output, size_t *olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) -/** - * \brief This function writes a tag for AEAD ciphers. - * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized, - * bound to a key, and have just completed a cipher - * operation through mbedtls_cipher_finish() the tag for - * which should be written. - * \param tag The buffer to write the tag to. This must be a writable - * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to write. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_write_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function checks the tag for AEAD ciphers. - * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. - * \param tag The buffer holding the tag. This must be a readable - * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to check. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_check_tag(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */ - -/** - * \brief The generic all-in-one encryption/decryption function, - * for all ciphers except AEAD constructs. - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. - * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len - * Bytes. - * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. - * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size - * IV. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to - * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the - * same buffer as \p input. - * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * - * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these - * ciphers, use \p iv = NULL and \p iv_len = 0. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption - * expecting a full block but not receiving one. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding - * while decrypting. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_crypt(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, size_t *olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD) || defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C) -/** - * \brief The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function. - * - * \note For AEAD modes, the tag will be appended to the - * ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116. - * (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.) - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW. - * \param iv The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p - * iv_len is \c 0. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must - * satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used. - * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may - * be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0. - * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be - * \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be a - * writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and - * must not be \c NULL. - * \param output_len The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD - * ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen + \p tag_len. - * For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen + 8 - * (rounded up to a multiple of 8 if KWP is used); - * \p ilen + 15 is always a safe value. - * \param olen This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes - * written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a - * writable object of type \c size_t. - * \param tag_len The desired length of the authentication tag. For AEAD - * ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by - * the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0. - * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_len, - size_t *olen, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function. - * - * \note If the data is not authentic, then the output buffer - * is zeroed out to prevent the unauthentic plaintext being - * used, making this interface safer. - * - * \note For AEAD modes, the tag must be appended to the - * ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116. - * (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.) - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and - * bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW. - * \param iv The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p - * iv_len is \c 0. - * \param iv_len The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must - * satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used. - * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may - * be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0. - * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be - * \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. For AEAD ciphers this - * must be at least \p tag_len. For NIST_KW this must be - * at least \c 8. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be a - * writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and - * may be \c NULL if \p output_len is \c 0. - * \param output_len The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD - * ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen - \p tag_len. - * For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen - 8. - * \param olen This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes - * written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a - * writable object of type \c size_t. - * \param tag_len The actual length of the authentication tag. For AEAD - * ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by - * the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0. - * For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED if data is not authentic. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_len, - size_t *olen, size_t tag_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD || MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/cmac.h b/include/mbedtls/cmac.h deleted file mode 100644 index 97b86fc..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/cmac.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file cmac.h - * - * \brief This file contains CMAC definitions and functions. - * - * The Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC) Mode for - * Authentication is defined in <em>RFC-4493: The AES-CMAC Algorithm</em>. - * It is supported with AES and DES. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CMAC_H -#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#define MBEDTLS_AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16 -#define MBEDTLS_DES3_BLOCK_SIZE 8 - -/* We don't support Camellia or ARIA in this module */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 16 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of AES. */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 8 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of 3DES. */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** The longest block supported by the cipher module. - * - * \deprecated - * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the CMAC module, - * use #MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE. - * For the maximum block size of a cipher supported by the cipher module, - * use #MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH. - */ -/* Before Mbed TLS 3.5, this was the maximum block size supported by the CMAC - * module, so it didn't take Camellia or ARIA into account. Since the name - * of the macro doesn't even convey "CMAC", this was misleading. Now the size - * is sufficient for any cipher, but the name is defined in cmac.h for - * backward compatibility. */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT) - -/** - * The CMAC context structure. - */ -struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t { - /** The internal state of the CMAC algorithm. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE]; - - /** Unprocessed data - either data that was not block aligned and is still - * pending processing, or the final block. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_block)[MBEDTLS_CMAC_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE]; - - /** The length of data pending processing. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len); -}; - -#else /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */ -#include "cmac_alt.h" -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function starts a new CMAC computation - * by setting the CMAC key, and preparing to authenticate - * the input data. - * It must be called with an initialized cipher context. - * - * Once this function has completed, data can be supplied - * to the CMAC computation by calling - * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update(). - * - * To start a CMAC computation using the same key as a previous - * CMAC computation, use mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish(). - * - * \note When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate - * implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers - * may not be supported by that implementation, and thus - * return an error. Alternate implementations must support - * AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES. - * - * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation, initialized - * as one of the following types: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB, - * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB, - * or MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB. - * \param key The CMAC key. - * \param keybits The length of the CMAC key in bits. - * Must be supported by the cipher. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, size_t keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CMAC - * computation. - * - * The CMAC computation must have previously been started - * by calling mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts() or - * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(). - * - * Call this function as many times as needed to input the - * data to be authenticated. - * Once all of the required data has been input, - * call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish() to obtain the result - * of the CMAC operation. - * - * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if parameter verification fails. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes an ongoing CMAC operation, and - * writes the result to the output buffer. - * - * It should be followed either by - * mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(), which starts another CMAC - * operation with the same key, or mbedtls_cipher_free(), - * which clears the cipher context. - * - * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation. - * \param output The output buffer for the CMAC checksum result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if parameter verification fails. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a new CMAC operation with the same - * key as the previous one. - * - * It should be called after finishing the previous CMAC - * operation with mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish(). - * After calling this function, - * call mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update() to supply the new - * CMAC operation with data. - * - * \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if parameter verification fails. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the full generic CMAC - * on the input buffer with the provided key. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The CMAC result is calculated as - * output = generic CMAC(cmac key, input buffer). - * - * \note When the CMAC implementation is supplied by an alternate - * implementation (through #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT), some ciphers - * may not be supported by that implementation, and thus - * return an error. Alternate implementations must support - * AES-128 and AES-256, and may support AES-192 and 3DES. - * - * \param cipher_info The cipher information. - * \param key The CMAC key. - * \param keylen The length of the CMAC key in bits. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the generic CMAC result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if parameter verification fails. - */ -int mbedtls_cipher_cmac(const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info, - const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -/** - * \brief This function implements the AES-CMAC-PRF-128 pseudorandom - * function, as defined in - * <em>RFC-4615: The Advanced Encryption Standard-Cipher-based - * Message Authentication Code-Pseudo-Random Function-128 - * (AES-CMAC-PRF-128) Algorithm for the Internet Key - * Exchange Protocol (IKE).</em> - * - * \param key The key to use. - * \param key_len The key length in Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param output The buffer holding the generated 16 Bytes of - * pseudorandom output. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_aes_cmac_prf_128(const unsigned char *key, size_t key_len, - const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len, - unsigned char output[16]); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && (defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)) -/** - * \brief The CMAC checkup routine. - * - * \note In case the CMAC routines are provided by an alternative - * implementation (i.e. #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is defined), the - * checkup routine will succeed even if the implementation does - * not support the less widely used AES-192 or 3DES primitives. - * The self-test requires at least AES-128 and AES-256 to be - * supported by the underlying implementation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_cmac_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && ( MBEDTLS_AES_C || MBEDTLS_DES_C ) */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h b/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h deleted file mode 100644 index 096341b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/compat-2.x.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file compat-2.x.h - * - * \brief Compatibility definitions - * - * \deprecated Use the new names directly instead - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) -#warning "Including compat-2.x.h is deprecated" -#endif - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H -#define MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H - -/* - * Macros for renamed functions - */ -#define mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update -#define mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_ret mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update -#define mbedtls_md5_starts_ret mbedtls_md5_starts -#define mbedtls_md5_update_ret mbedtls_md5_update -#define mbedtls_md5_finish_ret mbedtls_md5_finish -#define mbedtls_md5_ret mbedtls_md5 -#define mbedtls_ripemd160_starts_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_starts -#define mbedtls_ripemd160_update_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_update -#define mbedtls_ripemd160_finish_ret mbedtls_ripemd160_finish -#define mbedtls_ripemd160_ret mbedtls_ripemd160 -#define mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret mbedtls_sha1_starts -#define mbedtls_sha1_update_ret mbedtls_sha1_update -#define mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret mbedtls_sha1_finish -#define mbedtls_sha1_ret mbedtls_sha1 -#define mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret mbedtls_sha256_starts -#define mbedtls_sha256_update_ret mbedtls_sha256_update -#define mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret mbedtls_sha256_finish -#define mbedtls_sha256_ret mbedtls_sha256 -#define mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret mbedtls_sha512_starts -#define mbedtls_sha512_update_ret mbedtls_sha512_update -#define mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret mbedtls_sha512_finish -#define mbedtls_sha512_ret mbedtls_sha512 - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_COMPAT2X_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h deleted file mode 100644 index f769765..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_crypto.h - * \brief Adjust legacy configuration configuration - * - * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx - * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling - * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a - * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options - * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option - * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we - * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API. - * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we - * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with - * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not - * MBEDTLS_xxx_B. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H - -/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT based on MBEDTLS_MD_C. - * This allows checking for MD_LIGHT rather than MD_LIGHT || MD_C. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT -#endif - -/* Auto-enable MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT if needed by a module that didn't require it - * in a previous release, to ensure backwards compatibility. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT -#endif - -/* MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT is auto-enabled by the following symbols: - * - MBEDTLS_ECP_C because now it consists of MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT plus functions - * for curve arithmetic. As a consequence if MBEDTLS_ECP_C is required for - * some reason, then MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT should be enabled as well. - * - MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED and MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED because - * these features are not supported in PSA so the only way to have them is - * to enable the built-in solution. - * Both of them are temporary dependencies: - * - PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED will be removed after #7779 and #7789 - * - support for compressed points should also be added to PSA, but in this - * case there is no associated issue to track it yet. - * - PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE because Weierstrass key derivation - * still depends on ECP_LIGHT. - * - PK_C + USE_PSA + PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA is a temporary dependency which will - * be fixed by #7453. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT -#endif - -/* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED is introduced in MbedTLS version 3.5, while - * in previous version compressed points were automatically supported as long - * as PK_PARSE_C and ECP_C were enabled. As a consequence, for backward - * compatibility, we auto-enable PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED when these conditions - * are met. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED -#endif - -/* Helper symbol to state that there is support for ECDH, either through - * library implementation (ECDH_C) or through PSA. */ -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)) || \ - (!defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)) -#define MBEDTLS_CAN_ECDH -#endif - -/* PK module can achieve ECDSA functionalities by means of either software - * implementations (ECDSA_C) or through a PSA driver. The following defines - * are meant to list these capabilities in a general way which abstracts how - * they are implemented under the hood. */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN -#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */ -#else /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SOME -#endif - -/* If MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is defined, make sure MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT - * is defined as well to include all PSA code. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ - -/* The PK wrappers need pk_write functions to format RSA key objects - * when they are dispatching to the PSA API. This happens under USE_PSA_CRYPTO, - * and also even without USE_PSA_CRYPTO for mbedtls_pk_sign_ext(). */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_C -#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C -#endif - -/* Helpers to state that each key is supported either on the builtin or PSA side. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP521R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP512R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE448 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP384R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP384R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_BP256R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256K1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP256R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_CURVE25519 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224K1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP224R1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192K1 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_HAVE_SECP192R1 -#endif - -/* Helper symbol to state that the PK module has support for EC keys. This - * can either be provided through the legacy ECP solution or through the - * PSA friendly MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA (see pk.h for its description). */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA || MBEDTLS_ECP_C */ - -/* Historically pkparse did not check the CBC padding when decrypting - * a key. This was a bug, which is now fixed. As a consequence, pkparse - * now needs PKCS7 padding support, but existing configurations might not - * enable it, so we enable it here. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_CRYPTO_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h deleted file mode 100644 index ab18d98..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: activate legacy implementations - * - * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, activate legacy implementations - * of cryptographic mechanisms as needed to fulfill the needs of the PSA - * configuration. Generally speaking, we activate a legacy mechanism if - * it's needed for a requested PSA mechanism and there is no PSA driver - * for it. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H - -/* Define appropriate ACCEL macros for the p256-m driver. - * In the future, those should be generated from the drivers JSON description. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE -#endif - -/* - * ECC: support for a feature is controlled by a triplet or a pair: - * (curve, key_type public/basic, alg) or (curve, key_type_<action>). - * - * A triplet/pair is accelerated if all of is components are accelerated; - * otherwise each component needs to be built in. - * - * We proceed in two passes: - * 1. Check if acceleration is complete for curves, key types, algs. - * 2. Then enable built-ins for each thing that's either not accelerated of - * doesn't have complete acceleration of the other triplet/pair components. - * - * Note: this needs psa/crypto_adjust_keypair_types.h to have been included - * already, so that we know the full set of key types that are requested. - */ - -/* ECC: curves: is acceleration complete? */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES -#endif - -/* ECC: algs: is acceleration complete? */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS -#endif - -/* ECC: key types: is acceleration complete? */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#endif - -/* Special case: we don't support cooked key derivation in drivers yet */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#undef MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE -#endif - -/* Note: the condition is always true as DERIVE can't be accelerated yet */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES -#endif - -/* ECC: curves: enable built-ins as needed. - * - * We need the curve built-in: - * - if it's not accelerated, or - * - if there's a key type with missing acceleration, or - * - if there's a alg with missing acceleration. - */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_192) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_521) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_192) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED -/* https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541 */ -#error "SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API in Mbed TLS." -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_K1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */ - -/* ECC: algs: enable built-ins as needed. - * - * We need the alg built-in: - * - if it's not accelerated, or - * - if there's a relevant curve (see below) with missing acceleration, or - * - if there's a key type among (public, basic) with missing acceleration. - * - * Relevant curves are: - * - all curves for ECDH - * - Weierstrass curves for (deterministic) ECDSA - * - secp256r1 for EC J-PAKE - */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C -#define MBEDTLS_MD_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_WEIERSTRASS_CURVES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_JPAKE) || \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ECC_SECP_R1_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_KEY_TYPES_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE */ - -/* ECC: key types: enable built-ins as needed. - * - * We need the key type built-in: - * - if it's not accelerated, or - * - if there's a curve with missing acceleration, or - * - only for public/basic: if there's an alg with missing acceleration. - */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_ALGS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */ - -/* Note: the condition is always true as DERIVE can't be accelerated yet */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ECC_ACCEL_INCOMPLETE_CURVES) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* missing accel */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE */ - -/* End of ECC section */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1 -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_FFDH */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF) -/* - * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from - * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) -/* - * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from - * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) -/* - * The PSA implementation has its own implementation of HKDF, separate from - * hkdf.c. No need to enable MBEDTLS_HKDF_C here. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1 -#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC 1 -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C -#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C -#define MBEDTLS_PK_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */ - -/* If any of the block modes are requested that don't have an - * associated HW assist, define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE for checking - * in the block cipher key types. */ -#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR)) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB)) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB)) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING)) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7)) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC)) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE 1 -#endif - -#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_GCM)) || \ - (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM)) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_AEAD 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 1 -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_AES */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_AEAD) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1 -#define MBEDTLS_AES_C -#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_AEAD) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C -#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_AEAD) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C -#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_DES */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1 -#define MBEDTLS_DES_C -#endif /*PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_MODE */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C -#endif /*!MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */ - -/* If any of the software block ciphers are selected, define - * PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER, which can be used in any of these - * situations. */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_DES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_MAC) -#error "CBC-MAC is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS." -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_MAC 1 -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_MAC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CMAC */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC */ - -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC) -#define PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2 1 -#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_HMAC || PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2_CMAC */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CTR) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CFB) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_OFB) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1 -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_BLOCK_CIPHER) -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CCM) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1 -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_GCM) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_AES) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA) || \ - defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1 -#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C -#endif -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20) -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C -#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 */ -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */ -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_LEGACY_FROM_PSA_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h deleted file mode 100644 index c31a462..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: construct PSA configuration from legacy - * - * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled, we automatically enable - * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA interface when the corresponding - * legacy mechanism is enabled. In many cases, this just enables the PSA - * wrapper code around the legacy implementation, but we also do this for - * some mechanisms where PSA has its own independent implementation so - * that high-level modules that can use either cryptographic API have the - * same feature set in both cases. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H - -/* - * Ensure PSA_WANT_* defines are setup properly if MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG - * is not defined - */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY 1 - -// Only add in DETERMINISTIC support if ECDSA is also enabled -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -/* Normally we wouldn't enable this because it's not implemented in ecp.c, - * but since it used to be available any time ECP_C was enabled, let's enable - * it anyway for the sake of backwards compatibility */ -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -/* See comment for PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE above. */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_DH_FAMILY_RFC7919 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_FFDH 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C */ - -/* Enable PSA HKDF algorithm if mbedtls HKDF is supported. - * PSA HKDF EXTRACT and PSA HKDF EXPAND have minimal cost when - * PSA HKDF is enabled, so enable both algorithms together - * with PSA HKDF. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HKDF_C */ - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_HMAC 1 - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_GENPRIME) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_GENPRIME */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_DES 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1 -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1 -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1 -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1 -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1 -#endif - -/* SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541) */ -#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1 -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_FROM_LEGACY_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a55c3f..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: automatic enablement from legacy - * - * To simplify some edge cases, we automatically enable certain cryptographic - * mechanisms in the PSA API if they are enabled in the legacy API. The general - * idea is that if legacy module M uses mechanism A internally, and A has - * both a legacy and a PSA implementation, we enable A through PSA whenever - * it's enabled through legacy. This facilitates the transition to PSA - * implementations of A for users of M. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H - -/****************************************************************/ -/* Hashes that are built in are also enabled in PSA. - * This simplifies dependency declarations especially - * for modules that obey MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO. */ -/****************************************************************/ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1 -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1 -#endif - -/* Ensure that the PSA's supported curves (PSA_WANT_ECC_xxx) are always a - * superset of the builtin ones (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx). */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 */ -#endif /*MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED */ - -/* SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541) */ -#if 0 && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1 -#endif /* PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_PSA_SUPERSET_LEGACY_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8415f3e..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_ssl.h - * \brief Adjust TLS configuration - * - * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx - * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling - * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a - * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options - * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option - * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we - * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API. - * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we - * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with - * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not - * MBEDTLS_xxx_B. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H - -/* The following blocks make it easier to disable all of TLS, - * or of TLS 1.2 or 1.3 or DTLS, without having to manually disable all - * key exchanges, options and extensions related to them. */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED -#undef MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \ - (defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED)) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_2_SOME_ECC -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_SSL_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h b/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h deleted file mode 100644 index 346c8ae..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_adjust_x509.h - * \brief Adjust X.509 configuration - * - * Automatically enable certain dependencies. Generally, MBEDLTS_xxx - * configurations need to be explicitly enabled by the user: enabling - * MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not MBEDTLS_xxx_B when A requires B results in a - * compilation error. However, we do automatically enable certain options - * in some circumstances. One case is if MBEDTLS_xxx_B is an internal option - * used to identify parts of a module that are used by other module, and we - * don't want to make the symbol MBEDTLS_xxx_B part of the public API. - * Another case is if A didn't depend on B in earlier versions, and we - * want to use B in A but we need to preserve backward compatibility with - * configurations that explicitly activate MBEDTLS_xxx_A but not - * MBEDTLS_xxx_B. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_ADJUST_X509_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h b/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h deleted file mode 100644 index 17da61b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls/config_psa.h - * \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines) - * - * This set of compile-time options takes settings defined in - * include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h and include/psa/crypto_config.h and uses - * those definitions to define symbols used in the library code. - * - * Users and integrators should not edit this file, please edit - * include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h for MBEDTLS_XXX settings or - * include/psa/crypto_config.h for PSA_WANT_XXX settings. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H - -#include "psa/crypto_legacy.h" - -#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h" - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_superset_legacy.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) - -/* Require built-in implementations based on PSA requirements */ - -/* We need this to have a complete list of requirements - * before we deduce what built-ins are required. */ -#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h" - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_legacy_from_psa.h" - -#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */ - -/* Infer PSA requirements from Mbed TLS capabilities */ - -#include "mbedtls/config_adjust_psa_from_legacy.h" - -/* Hopefully the file above will have enabled keypair symbols in a consistent - * way, but including this here fixes them if that wasn't the case. */ -#include "psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h" - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SOME_PAKE 1 -#endif - -#include "psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h" - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h b/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h deleted file mode 100644 index d31bff6..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/constant_time.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Constant-time functions - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H -#define MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Constant-time buffer comparison without branches. - * - * This is equivalent to the standard memcmp function, but is likely to be - * compiled to code using bitwise operations rather than a branch, such that - * the time taken is constant w.r.t. the data pointed to by \p a and \p b, - * and w.r.t. whether \p a and \p b are equal or not. It is not constant-time - * w.r.t. \p n . - * - * This function can be used to write constant-time code by replacing branches - * with bit operations using masks. - * - * \param a Pointer to the first buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL. - * \param b Pointer to the second buffer, containing at least \p n bytes. May not be NULL. - * \param n The number of bytes to compare. - * - * \return Zero if the contents of the two buffers are the same, - * otherwise non-zero. - */ -int mbedtls_ct_memcmp(const void *a, - const void *b, - size_t n); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONSTANT_TIME_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h b/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h deleted file mode 100644 index d1f19e6..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,564 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ctr_drbg.h - * - * \brief This file contains definitions and functions for the - * CTR_DRBG pseudorandom generator. - * - * CTR_DRBG is a standardized way of building a PRNG from a block-cipher - * in counter mode operation, as defined in <em>NIST SP 800-90A: - * Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random - * Bit Generators</em>. - * - * The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 (default) or AES-128 - * (if \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled at compile time) - * as the underlying block cipher, with a derivation function. - * - * The security strength as defined in NIST SP 800-90A is - * 128 bits when AES-128 is used (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY enabled) - * and 256 bits otherwise, provided that #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN is - * kept at its default value (and not overridden in mbedtls_config.h) and that the - * DRBG instance is set up with default parameters. - * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more - * information. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/aes.h" -#include "entropy.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - -/** The entropy source failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x0034 -/** The requested random buffer length is too big. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0036 -/** The input (entropy + additional data) is too large. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0038 -/** Read or write error in file. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003A - -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< The block size used by the cipher. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 16 -/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher. - * - * Compile-time choice: 16 bytes (128 bits) - * because #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled. - */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32 -/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher. - * - * Compile-time choice: 32 bytes (256 bits) - * because \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled. - */ -#endif - -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8) /**< The key size for the DRBG operation, in bits. */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE) /**< The seed length, calculated as (counter + AES key). */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them using the compiler command - * line. - * \{ - */ - -/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN - * - * \brief The amount of entropy used per seed by default, in bytes. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR) -/** This is 48 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-512. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48 - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */ - -/** This is 32 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-256. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) -/** \warning To achieve a 256-bit security strength, you must pass a nonce - * to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(). - */ -#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 32 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR */ -#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 -/**< The interval before reseed is performed by default. */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 -/**< The maximum number of additional input Bytes. */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 -/**< The maximum number of requested Bytes per call. */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT) -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 -/**< The maximum size of seed or reseed buffer in bytes. */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF 0 -/**< Prediction resistance is disabled. */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON 1 -/**< Prediction resistance is enabled. */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN >= MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 3 / 2 -/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source. - * - * This is \c 0 because a single read from the entropy source is sufficient - * to include a nonce. - * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN 0 -#else -/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source. - * - * This is half of the default entropy length because a single read from - * the entropy source does not provide enough material to form a nonce. - * See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN (MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN + 1) / 2 -#endif - -/** - * \brief The CTR_DRBG context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(counter)[16]; /*!< The counter (V). */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter); /*!< The reseed counter. - * This is the number of requests that have - * been made since the last (re)seeding, - * minus one. - * Before the initial seeding, this field - * contains the amount of entropy in bytes - * to use as a nonce for the initial seeding, - * or -1 if no nonce length has been explicitly - * set (see mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len()). - */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance); /*!< This determines whether prediction - resistance is enabled, that is - whether to systematically reseed before - each random generation. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len); /*!< The amount of entropy grabbed on each - seed or reseed operation, in bytes. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval); /*!< The reseed interval. - * This is the maximum number of requests - * that can be made between reseedings. */ - - mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aes_ctx); /*!< The AES context. */ - - /* - * Callbacks (Entropy) - */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t); - /*!< The entropy callback function. */ - - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy); /*!< The context for the entropy function. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if f_entropy != NULL. - * This means that the mutex is initialized during the initial seeding - * in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(). - * - * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it - * and do not access the mutex directly in application code. - */ - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); -#endif -} -mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context; - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the CTR_DRBG context, - * and prepares it for mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() - * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(). - * - * \note The reseed interval is - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL by default. - * You can override it by calling - * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval(). - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to initialize. - */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function seeds and sets up the CTR_DRBG - * entropy source for future reseeds. - * - * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is - * to use the entropy module: - * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func(); - * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized - * with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default - * entropy sources). - * - * The entropy length is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN by default. - * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len(). - * - * The entropy nonce length is: - * - \c 0 if the entropy length is at least 3/2 times the entropy length, - * which guarantees that the security strength is the maximum permitted - * by the key size and entropy length according to NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1; - * - Half the entropy length otherwise. - * You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len(). - * With the default entropy length, the entropy nonce length is - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN. - * - * You can provide a nonce and personalization string in addition to the - * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible. - * See SP 800-90A §8.6.7 for more details about nonces. - * - * The _seed_material_ value passed to the derivation function in - * the CTR_DRBG Instantiate Process described in NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1.3.2 - * is the concatenation of the following strings: - * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy - * length. - */ -#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN == 0 -/** - * - If mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len() has been called, a string - * obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the specified length. - */ -#else -/** - * - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy nonce - * length. If the entropy nonce length is \c 0, this function does not - * make a second call to \p f_entropy. - */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/** - * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support, - * after this function returns successfully, - * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random() - * from multiple threads. Other operations, including - * reseeding, are not thread-safe. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ -/** - * - The \p custom string. - * - * \note To achieve the nominal security strength permitted - * by CTR_DRBG, the entropy length must be: - * - at least 16 bytes for a 128-bit strength - * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128); - * - at least 32 bytes for a 256-bit strength - * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256). - * - * In addition, if you do not pass a nonce in \p custom, - * the sum of the entropy length - * and the entropy nonce length must be: - * - at least 24 bytes for a 128-bit strength - * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128); - * - at least 48 bytes for a 256-bit strength - * (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256). - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to seed. - * It must have been initialized with - * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init(). - * After a successful call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(), - * you may not call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() again on - * the same context unless you call - * mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free() and mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init() - * again first. - * After a failed call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(), - * you must call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(). - * \param f_entropy The entropy callback, taking as arguments the - * \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the - * length of the buffer. - * \p f_entropy is always called with a buffer size - * less than or equal to the entropy length. - * \param p_entropy The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy. - * \param custom The personalization string. - * This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization - * string is empty regardless of the value of \p len. - * \param len The length of the personalization string. - * This must be at most - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - * - #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_entropy, - const unsigned char *custom, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function resets CTR_DRBG context to the state immediately - * after initial call of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init(). - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to clear. - */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function turns prediction resistance on or off. - * The default value is off. - * - * \note If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of - * every call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add() - * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random(). - * Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient - * throughput. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param resistance #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF. - */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - int resistance); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each - * seed or reseed. - * - * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN. - * - * \note The security strength of CTR_DRBG is bounded by the - * entropy length. Thus: - * - When using AES-256 - * (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled, - * which is the default), - * \p len must be at least 32 (in bytes) - * to achieve a 256-bit strength. - * - When using AES-128 - * (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled) - * \p len must be at least 16 (in bytes) - * to achieve a 128-bit strength. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param len The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - * and at most the maximum length accepted by the - * entropy function that is set in the context. - */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed - * as a nonce for the initial seeding. - * - * Call this function before calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() to read - * a nonce from the entropy source during the initial seeding. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param len The amount of entropy to grab for the nonce, in bytes. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - * and at most the maximum length accepted by the - * entropy function that is set in the context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if \p len is - * more than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - * if the initial seeding has already taken place. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the reseed interval. - * - * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random() - * or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function - * is called again. - * - * The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param interval The reseed interval. - */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - int interval); - -/** - * \brief This function reseeds the CTR_DRBG context, that is - * extracts data from the entropy source. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param additional Additional data to add to the state. Can be \c NULL. - * \param len The length of the additional data. - * This must be less than - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len - * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length - * configured for the context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *additional, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param additional The data to update the state with. This must not be - * \c NULL unless \p add_len is \c 0. - * \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes. This must be at - * most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if - * \p add_len is more than - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT. - * \return An error from the underlying AES cipher on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *additional, - size_t add_len); - -/** - * \brief This function updates a CTR_DRBG instance with additional - * data and uses it to generate random data. - * - * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded - * or prediction resistance is enabled. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a - * #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure. - * \param output The buffer to fill. - * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes. - * \param additional Additional data to update. Can be \c NULL, in which - * case the additional data is empty regardless of - * the value of \p add_len. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data - * if \p additional is not \c NULL. - * This must be less than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT - * and less than - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len - * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length - * configured for the context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_len, - const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len); - -/** - * \brief This function uses CTR_DRBG to generate random data. - * - * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded - * or prediction resistance is enabled. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/** - * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support, - * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random() - * from multiple threads. Other operations, including - * reseeding, are not thread-safe. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ -/** - * \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a - * #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure. - * \param output The buffer to fill. - * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random(void *p_rng, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief This function writes a seed file. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param path The name of the file. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed - * failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path); - -/** - * \brief This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed - * is added to this instance. - * - * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. - * \param path The name of the file. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on - * reseed failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing - * seed file is too large. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The CTR_DRBG checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ctr_drbg.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/debug.h b/include/mbedtls/debug.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0aef2ed..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/debug.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file debug.h - * - * \brief Functions for controlling and providing debug output from the library. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H -#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ssl.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C) - -#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS(...) __VA_ARGS__ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_msg(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, \ - MBEDTLS_DEBUG_STRIP_PARENS args) - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_ret(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, ret) - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_buf(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, buf, len) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_mpi(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X) -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_ecp(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, X) -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) \ - mbedtls_debug_print_crt(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, crt) -#else -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) do { } while (0) -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr) \ - mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh(ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, ecdh, attr) -#endif - -#else /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG(level, args) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET(level, text, ret) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF(level, text, buf, len) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI(level, text, X) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP(level, text, X) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT(level, text, crt) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH(level, ecdh, attr) do { } while (0) - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */ - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE - * - * Mark a function as having printf attributes, and thus enable checking - * via -wFormat and other flags. This does nothing on builds with compilers - * that do not support the format attribute - * - * Module: library/debug.c - * Caller: - * - * This module provides debugging functions. - */ -#if defined(__has_attribute) -#if __has_attribute(format) -#if defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1 -#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) \ - __attribute__((__format__(gnu_printf, string_index, first_to_check))) -#else /* defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 1 */ -#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) \ - __attribute__((format(printf, string_index, first_to_check))) -#endif -#else /* __has_attribute(format) */ -#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) -#endif /* __has_attribute(format) */ -#else /* defined(__has_attribute) */ -#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(string_index, first_to_check) -#endif - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET - * - * MBEDTLS_PRINTF_xxx: Due to issues with older window compilers - * and MinGW we need to define the printf specifier for size_t - * and long long per platform. - * - * Module: library/debug.c - * Caller: - * - * This module provides debugging functions. - */ -#if (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800) - #include <inttypes.h> - #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET PRIuPTR - #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG "I64d" -#else \ - /* (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800) */ - #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_SIZET "zu" - #define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_LONGLONG "lld" -#endif \ - /* (defined(__MINGW32__) && __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO == 0) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800) */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME) -#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME PRId64 -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Set the threshold error level to handle globally all debug output. - * Debug messages that have a level over the threshold value are - * discarded. - * (Default value: 0 = No debug ) - * - * \param threshold threshold level of messages to filter on. Messages at a - * higher level will be discarded. - * - Debug levels - * - 0 No debug - * - 1 Error - * - 2 State change - * - 3 Informational - * - 4 Verbose - */ -void mbedtls_debug_set_threshold(int threshold); - -/** - * \brief Print a message to the debug output. This function is always used - * through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG() macro, which supplies the ssl - * context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the message has occurred in - * \param line line number the message has occurred at - * \param format format specifier, in printf format - * \param ... variables used by the format specifier - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_msg(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const char *format, ...) MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(5, 6); - -/** - * \brief Print the return value of a function to the debug output. This - * function is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET() macro, - * which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param text the name of the function that returned the error - * \param ret the return code value - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_ret(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const char *text, int ret); - -/** - * \brief Output a buffer of size len bytes to the debug output. This function - * is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF() macro, - * which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param text a name or label for the buffer being dumped. Normally the - * variable or buffer name - * \param buf the buffer to be outputted - * \param len length of the buffer - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_buf(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, const char *text, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) -/** - * \brief Print a MPI variable to the debug output. This function is always - * used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI() macro, which supplies the - * ssl context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param text a name or label for the MPI being output. Normally the - * variable name - * \param X the MPI variable - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_mpi(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const char *text, const mbedtls_mpi *X); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -/** - * \brief Print an ECP point to the debug output. This function is always - * used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP() macro, which supplies the - * ssl context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param text a name or label for the ECP point being output. Normally the - * variable name - * \param X the ECP point - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_ecp(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const char *text, const mbedtls_ecp_point *X); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -/** - * \brief Print a X.509 certificate structure to the debug output. This - * function is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT() macro, - * which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param text a name or label for the certificate being output - * \param crt X.509 certificate structure - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_print_crt(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const char *text, const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt); -#endif - -/* Note: the MBEDTLS_ECDH_C guard here is mandatory because this debug function - only works for the built-in implementation. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Q, - MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_QP, - MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Z, -} mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr; - -/** - * \brief Print a field of the ECDH structure in the SSL context to the debug - * output. This function is always used through the - * MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH() macro, which supplies the ssl context, file - * and line number parameters. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level error level of the debug message - * \param file file the error has occurred in - * \param line line number the error has occurred in - * \param ecdh the ECDH context - * \param attr the identifier of the attribute being output - * - * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the - * library only. - */ -void mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, - const char *file, int line, - const mbedtls_ecdh_context *ecdh, - mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr attr); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED && - MBEDTLS_ECDH_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* debug.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/des.h b/include/mbedtls/des.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b097a1..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/des.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file des.h - * - * \brief DES block cipher - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - * - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_DES_H -#define MBEDTLS_DES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#define MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT 0 - -/** The data input has an invalid length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0032 - -#define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE 8 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief DES context structure - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_des_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[32]; /*!< DES subkeys */ -} -mbedtls_des_context; - -/** - * \brief Triple-DES context structure - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_des3_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sk)[96]; /*!< 3DES subkeys */ -} -mbedtls_des3_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */ -#include "des_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize DES context - * - * \param ctx DES context to be initialized - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des_init(mbedtls_des_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clear DES context - * - * \param ctx DES context to be cleared - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des_free(mbedtls_des_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Initialize Triple-DES context - * - * \param ctx DES3 context to be initialized - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des3_init(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clear Triple-DES context - * - * \param ctx DES3 context to be cleared - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des3_free(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set key parity on the given key to odd. - * - * DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with - * a parity bit to allow verification. - * - * \param key 8-byte secret key - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des_key_set_parity(unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -/** - * \brief Check that key parity on the given key is odd. - * - * DES keys are 56 bits long, but each byte is padded with - * a parity bit to allow verification. - * - * \param key 8-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 is parity was ok, 1 if parity was not correct. - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_key_check_key_parity(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -/** - * \brief Check that key is not a weak or semi-weak DES key - * - * \param key 8-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 if no weak key was found, 1 if a weak key was identified. - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_key_check_weak(const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -/** - * \brief DES key schedule (56-bit, encryption) - * - * \param ctx DES context to be initialized - * \param key 8-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_setkey_enc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -/** - * \brief DES key schedule (56-bit, decryption) - * - * \param ctx DES context to be initialized - * \param key 8-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_setkey_dec(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -/** - * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, encryption) - * - * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized - * \param key 16-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_set2key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]); - -/** - * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (112-bit, decryption) - * - * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized - * \param key 16-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_set2key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 2]); - -/** - * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, encryption) - * - * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized - * \param key 24-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_set3key_enc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]); - -/** - * \brief Triple-DES key schedule (168-bit, decryption) - * - * \param ctx 3DES context to be initialized - * \param key 24-byte secret key - * - * \return 0 - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_set3key_dec(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE * 3]); - -/** - * \brief DES-ECB block encryption/decryption - * - * \param ctx DES context - * \param input 64-bit input block - * \param output 64-bit output block - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, - const unsigned char input[8], - unsigned char output[8]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -/** - * \brief DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the function same function again on the following - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * \param ctx DES context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[8], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */ - -/** - * \brief 3DES-ECB block encryption/decryption - * - * \param ctx 3DES context - * \param input 64-bit input block - * \param output 64-bit output block - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - const unsigned char input[8], - unsigned char output[8]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) -/** - * \brief 3DES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption - * - * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can - * call the function same function again on the following - * block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was - * encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage. - * If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the - * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher - * module instead. - * - * \param ctx 3DES context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_DES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_des3_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[8], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */ - -/** - * \brief Internal function for key expansion. - * (Only exposed to allow overriding it, - * see MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT) - * - * \param SK Round keys - * \param key Base key - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers - * instead. - */ -void mbedtls_des_setkey(uint32_t SK[32], - const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL -int mbedtls_des_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* des.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/dhm.h b/include/mbedtls/dhm.h deleted file mode 100644 index fcba3d2..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/dhm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,972 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file dhm.h - * - * \brief This file contains Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange - * definitions and functions. - * - * Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (DHM) key exchange is defined in - * <em>RFC-2631: Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement Method</em> and - * <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #3: Diffie - * Hellman Key Agreement Standard</em>. - * - * <em>RFC-3526: More Modular Exponential (MODP) Diffie-Hellman groups for - * Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines a number of standardized - * Diffie-Hellman groups for IKE. - * - * <em>RFC-5114: Additional Diffie-Hellman Groups for Use with IETF - * Standards</em> defines a number of standardized Diffie-Hellman - * groups that can be used. - * - * \warning The security of the DHM key exchange relies on the proper choice - * of prime modulus - optimally, it should be a safe prime. The usage - * of non-safe primes both decreases the difficulty of the underlying - * discrete logarithm problem and can lead to small subgroup attacks - * leaking private exponent bits when invalid public keys are used - * and not detected. This is especially relevant if the same DHM - * parameters are reused for multiple key exchanges as in static DHM, - * while the criticality of small-subgroup attacks is lower for - * ephemeral DHM. - * - * \warning For performance reasons, the code does neither perform primality - * nor safe primality tests, nor the expensive checks for invalid - * subgroups. Moreover, even if these were performed, non-standardized - * primes cannot be trusted because of the possibility of backdoors - * that can't be effectively checked for. - * - * \warning Diffie-Hellman-Merkle is therefore a security risk when not using - * standardized primes generated using a trustworthy ("nothing up - * my sleeve") method, such as the RFC 3526 / 7919 primes. In the TLS - * protocol, DH parameters need to be negotiated, so using the default - * primes systematically is not always an option. If possible, use - * Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), which has better performance, - * and for which the TLS protocol mandates the use of standard - * parameters. - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_DHM_H -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" - -/* - * DHM Error codes - */ -/** Bad input parameters. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x3080 -/** Reading of the DHM parameters failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PARAMS_FAILED -0x3100 -/** Making of the DHM parameters failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PARAMS_FAILED -0x3180 -/** Reading of the public values failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_READ_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x3200 -/** Making of the public value failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_MAKE_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x3280 -/** Calculation of the DHM secret failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_CALC_SECRET_FAILED -0x3300 -/** The ASN.1 data is not formatted correctly. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_INVALID_FORMAT -0x3380 -/** Allocation of memory failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_ALLOC_FAILED -0x3400 -/** Read or write of file failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x3480 -/** Setting the modulus and generator failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_SET_GROUP_FAILED -0x3580 - -/** Which parameter to access in mbedtls_dhm_get_value(). */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_P, /*!< The prime modulus. */ - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_G, /*!< The generator. */ - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_X, /*!< Our secret value. */ - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GX, /*!< Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */ - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_GY, /*!< The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */ - MBEDTLS_DHM_PARAM_K, /*!< The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */ -} mbedtls_dhm_parameter; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT) - -/** - * \brief The DHM context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_dhm_context { - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P); /*!< The prime modulus. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(G); /*!< The generator. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X); /*!< Our secret value. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GX); /*!< Our public key = \c G^X mod \c P. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(GY); /*!< The public key of the peer = \c G^Y mod \c P. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(K); /*!< The shared secret = \c G^(XY) mod \c P. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP); /*!< The cached value = \c R^2 mod \c P. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The blinding value. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The unblinding value. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pX); /*!< The previous \c X. */ -} -mbedtls_dhm_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */ -#include "dhm_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the DHM context. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to initialize. - */ -void mbedtls_dhm_init(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function parses the DHM parameters in a - * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message - * (DHM modulus, generator, and public key). - * - * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client - * sets up its DHM context from the server's public - * DHM key material. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param p On input, *p must be the start of the input buffer. - * On output, *p is updated to point to the end of the data - * that has been read. On success, this is the first byte - * past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters. - * On error, this is the point at which an error has been - * detected, which is usually not useful except to debug - * failures. - * \param end The end of the input buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_read_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end); - -/** - * \brief This function generates a DHM key pair and exports its - * public part together with the DHM parameters in the format - * used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message. - * - * \note This function assumes that the DHM parameters \c ctx->P - * and \c ctx->G have already been properly set. For that, use - * mbedtls_dhm_set_group() below in conjunction with - * mbedtls_mpi_read_binary() and mbedtls_mpi_read_string(). - * - * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server generates - * and exports its DHM key material. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized - * and have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not - * already have imported the peer's public key. - * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes - * written on success. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of - * sufficient size to hold the reduced binary presentation of - * the modulus, the generator and the public key, each wrapped - * with a 2-byte length field. It is the responsibility of the - * caller to ensure that enough space is available. Refer to - * mbedtls_mpi_size() to computing the byte-size of an MPI. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_make_params(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size, - unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the prime modulus and generator. - * - * \note This function can be used to set \c ctx->P, \c ctx->G - * in preparation for mbedtls_dhm_make_params(). - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to configure. This must be initialized. - * \param P The MPI holding the DHM prime modulus. This must be - * an initialized MPI. - * \param G The MPI holding the DHM generator. This must be an - * initialized MPI. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_set_group(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_mpi *P, - const mbedtls_mpi *G); - -/** - * \brief This function imports the raw public value of the peer. - * - * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server imports - * the Client's public DHM key. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and have - * its DHM parameters set, e.g. via mbedtls_dhm_set_group(). - * It may or may not already have generated its own private key. - * \param input The input buffer containing the \c G^Y value of the peer. - * This must be a readable buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The size of the input buffer \p input in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_read_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function creates a DHM key pair and exports - * the raw public key in big-endian format. - * - * \note The destination buffer is always fully written - * so as to contain a big-endian representation of G^X mod P. - * If it is larger than \c ctx->len, it is padded accordingly - * with zero-bytes at the beginning. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and - * have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not already - * have imported the peer's public key. - * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes. - * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of - * size \p olen Bytes. - * \param olen The length of the destination buffer. This must be at least - * equal to `ctx->len` (the size of \c P). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_make_public(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size, - unsigned char *output, size_t olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret - * \c (G^Y)^X mod \c P. - * - * \note If \p f_rng is not \c NULL, it is used to blind the input as - * a countermeasure against timing attacks. Blinding is used - * only if our private key \c X is re-used, and not used - * otherwise. We recommend always passing a non-NULL - * \p f_rng argument. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized - * and have its own private key generated and the peer's - * public key imported. - * \param output The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This - * must be a writable buffer of size \p output_size Bytes. - * \param output_size The size of the destination buffer. This must be at - * least the size of \c ctx->len (the size of \c P). - * \param olen On exit, holds the actual number of Bytes written. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL. Used for - * blinding. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_calc_secret(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bits. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to query. - * - * \return The size of the prime modulus in bits, - * i.e. the number n such that 2^(n-1) <= P < 2^n. - */ -size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the size of the prime modulus in bytes. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to query. - * - * \return The size of the prime modulus in bytes, - * i.e. the number n such that 2^(8*(n-1)) <= P < 2^(8*n). - */ -size_t mbedtls_dhm_get_len(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function copies a parameter of a DHM key. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to query. - * \param param The parameter to copy. - * \param dest The MPI object to copy the value into. It must be - * initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p param is invalid. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code if the copy fails. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_get_value(const mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - mbedtls_dhm_parameter param, - mbedtls_mpi *dest); - -/** - * \brief This function frees and clears the components - * of a DHM context. - * - * \param ctx The DHM context to free and clear. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, - * it must point to an initialized DHM context. - */ -void mbedtls_dhm_free(mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief This function parses DHM parameters in PEM or DER format. - * - * \param dhm The DHM context to import the DHM parameters into. - * This must be initialized. - * \param dhmin The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of - * length \p dhminlen Bytes. - * \param dhminlen The size of the input buffer \p dhmin, including the - * terminating \c NULL Byte for PEM data. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error - * code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhm(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const unsigned char *dhmin, - size_t dhminlen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief This function loads and parses DHM parameters from a file. - * - * \param dhm The DHM context to load the parameters to. - * This must be initialized. - * \param path The filename to read the DHM parameters from. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhmfile(mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The DMH checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_dhm_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -/** - * RFC 3526, RFC 5114 and RFC 7919 standardize a number of - * Diffie-Hellman groups, some of which are included here - * for use within the SSL/TLS module and the user's convenience - * when configuring the Diffie-Hellman parameters by hand - * through \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param. - * - * The following lists the source of the above groups in the standards: - * - RFC 5114 section 2.2: 2048-bit MODP Group with 224-bit Prime Order Subgroup - * - RFC 3526 section 3: 2048-bit MODP Group - * - RFC 3526 section 4: 3072-bit MODP Group - * - RFC 3526 section 5: 4096-bit MODP Group - * - RFC 7919 section A.1: ffdhe2048 - * - RFC 7919 section A.2: ffdhe3072 - * - RFC 7919 section A.3: ffdhe4096 - * - RFC 7919 section A.4: ffdhe6144 - * - RFC 7919 section A.5: ffdhe8192 - * - * The constants with suffix "_p" denote the chosen prime moduli, while - * the constants with suffix "_g" denote the chosen generator - * of the associated prime field. - * - * The constants further suffixed with "_bin" are provided in binary format, - * while all other constants represent null-terminated strings holding the - * hexadecimal presentation of the respective numbers. - * - * The primes from RFC 3526 and RFC 7919 have been generating by the following - * trust-worthy procedure: - * - Fix N in { 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144, 8192 } and consider the N-bit number - * the first and last 64 bits are all 1, and the remaining N - 128 bits of - * which are 0x7ff...ff. - * - Add the smallest multiple of the first N - 129 bits of the binary expansion - * of pi (for RFC 5236) or e (for RFC 7919) to this intermediate bit-string - * such that the resulting integer is a safe-prime. - * - The result is the respective RFC 3526 / 7919 prime, and the corresponding - * generator is always chosen to be 2 (which is a square for these prime, - * hence the corresponding subgroup has order (p-1)/2 and avoids leaking a - * bit in the private exponent). - * - */ - -/* - * Trustworthy DHM parameters in binary form - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \ - 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \ - 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \ - 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \ - 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \ - 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \ - 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \ - 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \ - 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \ - 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \ - 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \ - 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \ - 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \ - 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \ - 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \ - 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \ - 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \ - 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \ - 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \ - 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \ - 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \ - 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \ - 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \ - 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \ - 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \ - 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \ - 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \ - 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \ - 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \ - 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAC, 0xAA, 0x68, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \ - 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \ - 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \ - 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \ - 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \ - 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \ - 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \ - 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \ - 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \ - 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \ - 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \ - 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \ - 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \ - 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \ - 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \ - 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \ - 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \ - 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \ - 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \ - 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \ - 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \ - 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \ - 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \ - 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \ - 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \ - 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \ - 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \ - 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \ - 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \ - 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D, \ - 0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33, \ - 0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64, \ - 0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A, \ - 0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D, \ - 0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7, \ - 0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7, \ - 0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D, \ - 0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B, \ - 0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64, \ - 0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64, \ - 0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C, \ - 0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C, \ - 0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2, \ - 0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31, \ - 0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E, \ - 0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x3A, 0xD2, 0xCA, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xC9, 0x0F, 0xDA, 0xA2, 0x21, 0x68, 0xC2, 0x34, \ - 0xC4, 0xC6, 0x62, 0x8B, 0x80, 0xDC, 0x1C, 0xD1, \ - 0x29, 0x02, 0x4E, 0x08, 0x8A, 0x67, 0xCC, 0x74, \ - 0x02, 0x0B, 0xBE, 0xA6, 0x3B, 0x13, 0x9B, 0x22, \ - 0x51, 0x4A, 0x08, 0x79, 0x8E, 0x34, 0x04, 0xDD, \ - 0xEF, 0x95, 0x19, 0xB3, 0xCD, 0x3A, 0x43, 0x1B, \ - 0x30, 0x2B, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0xF2, 0x5F, 0x14, 0x37, \ - 0x4F, 0xE1, 0x35, 0x6D, 0x6D, 0x51, 0xC2, 0x45, \ - 0xE4, 0x85, 0xB5, 0x76, 0x62, 0x5E, 0x7E, 0xC6, \ - 0xF4, 0x4C, 0x42, 0xE9, 0xA6, 0x37, 0xED, 0x6B, \ - 0x0B, 0xFF, 0x5C, 0xB6, 0xF4, 0x06, 0xB7, 0xED, \ - 0xEE, 0x38, 0x6B, 0xFB, 0x5A, 0x89, 0x9F, 0xA5, \ - 0xAE, 0x9F, 0x24, 0x11, 0x7C, 0x4B, 0x1F, 0xE6, \ - 0x49, 0x28, 0x66, 0x51, 0xEC, 0xE4, 0x5B, 0x3D, \ - 0xC2, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xB8, 0xA1, 0x63, 0xBF, 0x05, \ - 0x98, 0xDA, 0x48, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x55, 0xD3, 0x9A, \ - 0x69, 0x16, 0x3F, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x24, 0xCF, 0x5F, \ - 0x83, 0x65, 0x5D, 0x23, 0xDC, 0xA3, 0xAD, 0x96, \ - 0x1C, 0x62, 0xF3, 0x56, 0x20, 0x85, 0x52, 0xBB, \ - 0x9E, 0xD5, 0x29, 0x07, 0x70, 0x96, 0x96, 0x6D, \ - 0x67, 0x0C, 0x35, 0x4E, 0x4A, 0xBC, 0x98, 0x04, \ - 0xF1, 0x74, 0x6C, 0x08, 0xCA, 0x18, 0x21, 0x7C, \ - 0x32, 0x90, 0x5E, 0x46, 0x2E, 0x36, 0xCE, 0x3B, \ - 0xE3, 0x9E, 0x77, 0x2C, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x86, 0x03, \ - 0x9B, 0x27, 0x83, 0xA2, 0xEC, 0x07, 0xA2, 0x8F, \ - 0xB5, 0xC5, 0x5D, 0xF0, 0x6F, 0x4C, 0x52, 0xC9, \ - 0xDE, 0x2B, 0xCB, 0xF6, 0x95, 0x58, 0x17, 0x18, \ - 0x39, 0x95, 0x49, 0x7C, 0xEA, 0x95, 0x6A, 0xE5, \ - 0x15, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x18, 0x98, 0xFA, 0x05, 0x10, \ - 0x15, 0x72, 0x8E, 0x5A, 0x8A, 0xAA, 0xC4, 0x2D, \ - 0xAD, 0x33, 0x17, 0x0D, 0x04, 0x50, 0x7A, 0x33, \ - 0xA8, 0x55, 0x21, 0xAB, 0xDF, 0x1C, 0xBA, 0x64, \ - 0xEC, 0xFB, 0x85, 0x04, 0x58, 0xDB, 0xEF, 0x0A, \ - 0x8A, 0xEA, 0x71, 0x57, 0x5D, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7D, \ - 0xB3, 0x97, 0x0F, 0x85, 0xA6, 0xE1, 0xE4, 0xC7, \ - 0xAB, 0xF5, 0xAE, 0x8C, 0xDB, 0x09, 0x33, 0xD7, \ - 0x1E, 0x8C, 0x94, 0xE0, 0x4A, 0x25, 0x61, 0x9D, \ - 0xCE, 0xE3, 0xD2, 0x26, 0x1A, 0xD2, 0xEE, 0x6B, \ - 0xF1, 0x2F, 0xFA, 0x06, 0xD9, 0x8A, 0x08, 0x64, \ - 0xD8, 0x76, 0x02, 0x73, 0x3E, 0xC8, 0x6A, 0x64, \ - 0x52, 0x1F, 0x2B, 0x18, 0x17, 0x7B, 0x20, 0x0C, \ - 0xBB, 0xE1, 0x17, 0x57, 0x7A, 0x61, 0x5D, 0x6C, \ - 0x77, 0x09, 0x88, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0xD9, 0x46, 0xE2, \ - 0x08, 0xE2, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x74, 0xE5, 0xAB, 0x31, \ - 0x43, 0xDB, 0x5B, 0xFC, 0xE0, 0xFD, 0x10, 0x8E, \ - 0x4B, 0x82, 0xD1, 0x20, 0xA9, 0x21, 0x08, 0x01, \ - 0x1A, 0x72, 0x3C, 0x12, 0xA7, 0x87, 0xE6, 0xD7, \ - 0x88, 0x71, 0x9A, 0x10, 0xBD, 0xBA, 0x5B, 0x26, \ - 0x99, 0xC3, 0x27, 0x18, 0x6A, 0xF4, 0xE2, 0x3C, \ - 0x1A, 0x94, 0x68, 0x34, 0xB6, 0x15, 0x0B, 0xDA, \ - 0x25, 0x83, 0xE9, 0xCA, 0x2A, 0xD4, 0x4C, 0xE8, \ - 0xDB, 0xBB, 0xC2, 0xDB, 0x04, 0xDE, 0x8E, 0xF9, \ - 0x2E, 0x8E, 0xFC, 0x14, 0x1F, 0xBE, 0xCA, 0xA6, \ - 0x28, 0x7C, 0x59, 0x47, 0x4E, 0x6B, 0xC0, 0x5D, \ - 0x99, 0xB2, 0x96, 0x4F, 0xA0, 0x90, 0xC3, 0xA2, \ - 0x23, 0x3B, 0xA1, 0x86, 0x51, 0x5B, 0xE7, 0xED, \ - 0x1F, 0x61, 0x29, 0x70, 0xCE, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0xAF, \ - 0xB8, 0x1B, 0xDD, 0x76, 0x21, 0x70, 0x48, 0x1C, \ - 0xD0, 0x06, 0x91, 0x27, 0xD5, 0xB0, 0x5A, 0xA9, \ - 0x93, 0xB4, 0xEA, 0x98, 0x8D, 0x8F, 0xDD, 0xC1, \ - 0x86, 0xFF, 0xB7, 0xDC, 0x90, 0xA6, 0xC0, 0x8F, \ - 0x4D, 0xF4, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x34, 0x06, 0x31, 0x99, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_4096_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \ - 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \ - 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \ - 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \ - 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \ - 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \ - 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \ - 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \ - 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \ - 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \ - 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \ - 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \ - 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \ - 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \ - 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \ - 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \ - 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \ - 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \ - 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \ - 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \ - 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \ - 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \ - 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \ - 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \ - 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \ - 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \ - 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \ - 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \ - 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \ - 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x28, 0x5C, 0x97, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE2048_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \ - 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \ - 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \ - 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \ - 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \ - 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \ - 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \ - 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \ - 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \ - 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \ - 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \ - 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \ - 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \ - 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \ - 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \ - 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \ - 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \ - 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \ - 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \ - 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \ - 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \ - 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \ - 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \ - 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \ - 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \ - 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \ - 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \ - 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \ - 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \ - 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \ - 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \ - 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \ - 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \ - 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \ - 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \ - 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \ - 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \ - 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \ - 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \ - 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \ - 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \ - 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \ - 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \ - 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \ - 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \ - 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0xC6, 0x2E, 0x37, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE3072_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \ - 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \ - 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \ - 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \ - 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \ - 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \ - 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \ - 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \ - 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \ - 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \ - 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \ - 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \ - 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \ - 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \ - 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \ - 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \ - 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \ - 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \ - 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \ - 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \ - 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \ - 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \ - 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \ - 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \ - 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \ - 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \ - 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \ - 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \ - 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \ - 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \ - 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \ - 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \ - 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \ - 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \ - 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \ - 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \ - 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \ - 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \ - 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \ - 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \ - 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \ - 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \ - 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \ - 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \ - 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \ - 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \ - 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \ - 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \ - 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \ - 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \ - 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \ - 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \ - 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \ - 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \ - 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \ - 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \ - 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \ - 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \ - 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \ - 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \ - 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \ - 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x65, 0x5F, 0x6A, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE4096_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \ - 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \ - 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \ - 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \ - 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \ - 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \ - 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \ - 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \ - 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \ - 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \ - 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \ - 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \ - 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \ - 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \ - 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \ - 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \ - 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \ - 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \ - 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \ - 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \ - 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \ - 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \ - 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \ - 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \ - 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \ - 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \ - 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \ - 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \ - 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \ - 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \ - 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \ - 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \ - 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \ - 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \ - 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \ - 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \ - 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \ - 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \ - 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \ - 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \ - 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \ - 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \ - 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \ - 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \ - 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \ - 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \ - 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \ - 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \ - 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \ - 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \ - 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \ - 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \ - 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \ - 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \ - 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \ - 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \ - 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \ - 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \ - 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \ - 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \ - 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \ - 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \ - 0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \ - 0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \ - 0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \ - 0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \ - 0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \ - 0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \ - 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \ - 0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \ - 0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \ - 0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \ - 0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \ - 0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \ - 0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \ - 0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \ - 0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \ - 0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \ - 0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \ - 0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \ - 0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \ - 0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \ - 0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \ - 0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \ - 0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \ - 0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \ - 0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \ - 0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \ - 0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \ - 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \ - 0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \ - 0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \ - 0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \ - 0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xD0, 0xE4, 0x0E, 0x65, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE6144_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_P_BIN { \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, \ - 0xAD, 0xF8, 0x54, 0x58, 0xA2, 0xBB, 0x4A, 0x9A, \ - 0xAF, 0xDC, 0x56, 0x20, 0x27, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0xF1, \ - 0xD8, 0xB9, 0xC5, 0x83, 0xCE, 0x2D, 0x36, 0x95, \ - 0xA9, 0xE1, 0x36, 0x41, 0x14, 0x64, 0x33, 0xFB, \ - 0xCC, 0x93, 0x9D, 0xCE, 0x24, 0x9B, 0x3E, 0xF9, \ - 0x7D, 0x2F, 0xE3, 0x63, 0x63, 0x0C, 0x75, 0xD8, \ - 0xF6, 0x81, 0xB2, 0x02, 0xAE, 0xC4, 0x61, 0x7A, \ - 0xD3, 0xDF, 0x1E, 0xD5, 0xD5, 0xFD, 0x65, 0x61, \ - 0x24, 0x33, 0xF5, 0x1F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x6E, 0xD0, \ - 0x85, 0x63, 0x65, 0x55, 0x3D, 0xED, 0x1A, 0xF3, \ - 0xB5, 0x57, 0x13, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x57, 0xC9, 0x35, \ - 0x98, 0x4F, 0x0C, 0x70, 0xE0, 0xE6, 0x8B, 0x77, \ - 0xE2, 0xA6, 0x89, 0xDA, 0xF3, 0xEF, 0xE8, 0x72, \ - 0x1D, 0xF1, 0x58, 0xA1, 0x36, 0xAD, 0xE7, 0x35, \ - 0x30, 0xAC, 0xCA, 0x4F, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x79, 0x7A, \ - 0xBC, 0x0A, 0xB1, 0x82, 0xB3, 0x24, 0xFB, 0x61, \ - 0xD1, 0x08, 0xA9, 0x4B, 0xB2, 0xC8, 0xE3, 0xFB, \ - 0xB9, 0x6A, 0xDA, 0xB7, 0x60, 0xD7, 0xF4, 0x68, \ - 0x1D, 0x4F, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xDE, 0x39, 0x4D, 0xF4, \ - 0xAE, 0x56, 0xED, 0xE7, 0x63, 0x72, 0xBB, 0x19, \ - 0x0B, 0x07, 0xA7, 0xC8, 0xEE, 0x0A, 0x6D, 0x70, \ - 0x9E, 0x02, 0xFC, 0xE1, 0xCD, 0xF7, 0xE2, 0xEC, \ - 0xC0, 0x34, 0x04, 0xCD, 0x28, 0x34, 0x2F, 0x61, \ - 0x91, 0x72, 0xFE, 0x9C, 0xE9, 0x85, 0x83, 0xFF, \ - 0x8E, 0x4F, 0x12, 0x32, 0xEE, 0xF2, 0x81, 0x83, \ - 0xC3, 0xFE, 0x3B, 0x1B, 0x4C, 0x6F, 0xAD, 0x73, \ - 0x3B, 0xB5, 0xFC, 0xBC, 0x2E, 0xC2, 0x20, 0x05, \ - 0xC5, 0x8E, 0xF1, 0x83, 0x7D, 0x16, 0x83, 0xB2, \ - 0xC6, 0xF3, 0x4A, 0x26, 0xC1, 0xB2, 0xEF, 0xFA, \ - 0x88, 0x6B, 0x42, 0x38, 0x61, 0x1F, 0xCF, 0xDC, \ - 0xDE, 0x35, 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x65, 0x19, 0x03, 0x5B, \ - 0xBC, 0x34, 0xF4, 0xDE, 0xF9, 0x9C, 0x02, 0x38, \ - 0x61, 0xB4, 0x6F, 0xC9, 0xD6, 0xE6, 0xC9, 0x07, \ - 0x7A, 0xD9, 0x1D, 0x26, 0x91, 0xF7, 0xF7, 0xEE, \ - 0x59, 0x8C, 0xB0, 0xFA, 0xC1, 0x86, 0xD9, 0x1C, \ - 0xAE, 0xFE, 0x13, 0x09, 0x85, 0x13, 0x92, 0x70, \ - 0xB4, 0x13, 0x0C, 0x93, 0xBC, 0x43, 0x79, 0x44, \ - 0xF4, 0xFD, 0x44, 0x52, 0xE2, 0xD7, 0x4D, 0xD3, \ - 0x64, 0xF2, 0xE2, 0x1E, 0x71, 0xF5, 0x4B, 0xFF, \ - 0x5C, 0xAE, 0x82, 0xAB, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0xF6, 0x9E, \ - 0xE8, 0x6D, 0x2B, 0xC5, 0x22, 0x36, 0x3A, 0x0D, \ - 0xAB, 0xC5, 0x21, 0x97, 0x9B, 0x0D, 0xEA, 0xDA, \ - 0x1D, 0xBF, 0x9A, 0x42, 0xD5, 0xC4, 0x48, 0x4E, \ - 0x0A, 0xBC, 0xD0, 0x6B, 0xFA, 0x53, 0xDD, 0xEF, \ - 0x3C, 0x1B, 0x20, 0xEE, 0x3F, 0xD5, 0x9D, 0x7C, \ - 0x25, 0xE4, 0x1D, 0x2B, 0x66, 0x9E, 0x1E, 0xF1, \ - 0x6E, 0x6F, 0x52, 0xC3, 0x16, 0x4D, 0xF4, 0xFB, \ - 0x79, 0x30, 0xE9, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0x88, 0x57, 0xB6, \ - 0xAC, 0x7D, 0x5F, 0x42, 0xD6, 0x9F, 0x6D, 0x18, \ - 0x77, 0x63, 0xCF, 0x1D, 0x55, 0x03, 0x40, 0x04, \ - 0x87, 0xF5, 0x5B, 0xA5, 0x7E, 0x31, 0xCC, 0x7A, \ - 0x71, 0x35, 0xC8, 0x86, 0xEF, 0xB4, 0x31, 0x8A, \ - 0xED, 0x6A, 0x1E, 0x01, 0x2D, 0x9E, 0x68, 0x32, \ - 0xA9, 0x07, 0x60, 0x0A, 0x91, 0x81, 0x30, 0xC4, \ - 0x6D, 0xC7, 0x78, 0xF9, 0x71, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x38, \ - 0x09, 0x29, 0x99, 0xA3, 0x33, 0xCB, 0x8B, 0x7A, \ - 0x1A, 0x1D, 0xB9, 0x3D, 0x71, 0x40, 0x00, 0x3C, \ - 0x2A, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0xA9, 0xF9, 0x8D, 0x0A, 0xCC, \ - 0x0A, 0x82, 0x91, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x7D, 0xCF, \ - 0x8E, 0xC9, 0xB5, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x88, 0xA4, 0x6B, \ - 0x4D, 0xB5, 0xA8, 0x51, 0xF4, 0x41, 0x82, 0xE1, \ - 0xC6, 0x8A, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x5E, 0x0D, 0xD9, 0x02, \ - 0x0B, 0xFD, 0x64, 0xB6, 0x45, 0x03, 0x6C, 0x7A, \ - 0x4E, 0x67, 0x7D, 0x2C, 0x38, 0x53, 0x2A, 0x3A, \ - 0x23, 0xBA, 0x44, 0x42, 0xCA, 0xF5, 0x3E, 0xA6, \ - 0x3B, 0xB4, 0x54, 0x32, 0x9B, 0x76, 0x24, 0xC8, \ - 0x91, 0x7B, 0xDD, 0x64, 0xB1, 0xC0, 0xFD, 0x4C, \ - 0xB3, 0x8E, 0x8C, 0x33, 0x4C, 0x70, 0x1C, 0x3A, \ - 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x06, 0x57, 0xFC, 0xCF, 0xEC, 0x71, \ - 0x9B, 0x1F, 0x5C, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x46, 0x04, 0x1F, \ - 0x38, 0x81, 0x47, 0xFB, 0x4C, 0xFD, 0xB4, 0x77, \ - 0xA5, 0x24, 0x71, 0xF7, 0xA9, 0xA9, 0x69, 0x10, \ - 0xB8, 0x55, 0x32, 0x2E, 0xDB, 0x63, 0x40, 0xD8, \ - 0xA0, 0x0E, 0xF0, 0x92, 0x35, 0x05, 0x11, 0xE3, \ - 0x0A, 0xBE, 0xC1, 0xFF, 0xF9, 0xE3, 0xA2, 0x6E, \ - 0x7F, 0xB2, 0x9F, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x23, 0xC3, \ - 0x58, 0x7E, 0x38, 0xDA, 0x00, 0x77, 0xD9, 0xB4, \ - 0x76, 0x3E, 0x4E, 0x4B, 0x94, 0xB2, 0xBB, 0xC1, \ - 0x94, 0xC6, 0x65, 0x1E, 0x77, 0xCA, 0xF9, 0x92, \ - 0xEE, 0xAA, 0xC0, 0x23, 0x2A, 0x28, 0x1B, 0xF6, \ - 0xB3, 0xA7, 0x39, 0xC1, 0x22, 0x61, 0x16, 0x82, \ - 0x0A, 0xE8, 0xDB, 0x58, 0x47, 0xA6, 0x7C, 0xBE, \ - 0xF9, 0xC9, 0x09, 0x1B, 0x46, 0x2D, 0x53, 0x8C, \ - 0xD7, 0x2B, 0x03, 0x74, 0x6A, 0xE7, 0x7F, 0x5E, \ - 0x62, 0x29, 0x2C, 0x31, 0x15, 0x62, 0xA8, 0x46, \ - 0x50, 0x5D, 0xC8, 0x2D, 0xB8, 0x54, 0x33, 0x8A, \ - 0xE4, 0x9F, 0x52, 0x35, 0xC9, 0x5B, 0x91, 0x17, \ - 0x8C, 0xCF, 0x2D, 0xD5, 0xCA, 0xCE, 0xF4, 0x03, \ - 0xEC, 0x9D, 0x18, 0x10, 0xC6, 0x27, 0x2B, 0x04, \ - 0x5B, 0x3B, 0x71, 0xF9, 0xDC, 0x6B, 0x80, 0xD6, \ - 0x3F, 0xDD, 0x4A, 0x8E, 0x9A, 0xDB, 0x1E, 0x69, \ - 0x62, 0xA6, 0x95, 0x26, 0xD4, 0x31, 0x61, 0xC1, \ - 0xA4, 0x1D, 0x57, 0x0D, 0x79, 0x38, 0xDA, 0xD4, \ - 0xA4, 0x0E, 0x32, 0x9C, 0xCF, 0xF4, 0x6A, 0xAA, \ - 0x36, 0xAD, 0x00, 0x4C, 0xF6, 0x00, 0xC8, 0x38, \ - 0x1E, 0x42, 0x5A, 0x31, 0xD9, 0x51, 0xAE, 0x64, \ - 0xFD, 0xB2, 0x3F, 0xCE, 0xC9, 0x50, 0x9D, 0x43, \ - 0x68, 0x7F, 0xEB, 0x69, 0xED, 0xD1, 0xCC, 0x5E, \ - 0x0B, 0x8C, 0xC3, 0xBD, 0xF6, 0x4B, 0x10, 0xEF, \ - 0x86, 0xB6, 0x31, 0x42, 0xA3, 0xAB, 0x88, 0x29, \ - 0x55, 0x5B, 0x2F, 0x74, 0x7C, 0x93, 0x26, 0x65, \ - 0xCB, 0x2C, 0x0F, 0x1C, 0xC0, 0x1B, 0xD7, 0x02, \ - 0x29, 0x38, 0x88, 0x39, 0xD2, 0xAF, 0x05, 0xE4, \ - 0x54, 0x50, 0x4A, 0xC7, 0x8B, 0x75, 0x82, 0x82, \ - 0x28, 0x46, 0xC0, 0xBA, 0x35, 0xC3, 0x5F, 0x5C, \ - 0x59, 0x16, 0x0C, 0xC0, 0x46, 0xFD, 0x82, 0x51, \ - 0x54, 0x1F, 0xC6, 0x8C, 0x9C, 0x86, 0xB0, 0x22, \ - 0xBB, 0x70, 0x99, 0x87, 0x6A, 0x46, 0x0E, 0x74, \ - 0x51, 0xA8, 0xA9, 0x31, 0x09, 0x70, 0x3F, 0xEE, \ - 0x1C, 0x21, 0x7E, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x26, 0xE5, 0x2C, \ - 0x51, 0xAA, 0x69, 0x1E, 0x0E, 0x42, 0x3C, 0xFC, \ - 0x99, 0xE9, 0xE3, 0x16, 0x50, 0xC1, 0x21, 0x7B, \ - 0x62, 0x48, 0x16, 0xCD, 0xAD, 0x9A, 0x95, 0xF9, \ - 0xD5, 0xB8, 0x01, 0x94, 0x88, 0xD9, 0xC0, 0xA0, \ - 0xA1, 0xFE, 0x30, 0x75, 0xA5, 0x77, 0xE2, 0x31, \ - 0x83, 0xF8, 0x1D, 0x4A, 0x3F, 0x2F, 0xA4, 0x57, \ - 0x1E, 0xFC, 0x8C, 0xE0, 0xBA, 0x8A, 0x4F, 0xE8, \ - 0xB6, 0x85, 0x5D, 0xFE, 0x72, 0xB0, 0xA6, 0x6E, \ - 0xDE, 0xD2, 0xFB, 0xAB, 0xFB, 0xE5, 0x8A, 0x30, \ - 0xFA, 0xFA, 0xBE, 0x1C, 0x5D, 0x71, 0xA8, 0x7E, \ - 0x2F, 0x74, 0x1E, 0xF8, 0xC1, 0xFE, 0x86, 0xFE, \ - 0xA6, 0xBB, 0xFD, 0xE5, 0x30, 0x67, 0x7F, 0x0D, \ - 0x97, 0xD1, 0x1D, 0x49, 0xF7, 0xA8, 0x44, 0x3D, \ - 0x08, 0x22, 0xE5, 0x06, 0xA9, 0xF4, 0x61, 0x4E, \ - 0x01, 0x1E, 0x2A, 0x94, 0x83, 0x8F, 0xF8, 0x8C, \ - 0xD6, 0x8C, 0x8B, 0xB7, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0x42, 0x4C, \ - 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF } - -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC7919_FFDHE8192_G_BIN { 0x02 } - -#endif /* dhm.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h b/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h deleted file mode 100644 index 792db79..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,441 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ecdh.h - * - * \brief This file contains ECDH definitions and functions. - * - * The Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol is an anonymous - * key agreement protocol allowing two parties to establish a shared - * secret over an insecure channel. Each party must have an - * elliptic-curve public–private key pair. - * - * For more information, see <em>NIST SP 800-56A Rev. 2: Recommendation for - * Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm - * Cryptography</em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDH_H -#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" - -/* - * Mbed TLS supports two formats for ECDH contexts (#mbedtls_ecdh_context - * defined in `ecdh.h`). For most applications, the choice of format makes - * no difference, since all library functions can work with either format, - * except that the new format is incompatible with MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE. - - * The new format used when this option is disabled is smaller - * (56 bytes on a 32-bit platform). In future versions of the library, it - * will support alternative implementations of ECDH operations. - * The new format is incompatible with applications that access - * context fields directly and with restartable ECP operations. - */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT -#else -#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) -#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT -#include "everest/everest.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Defines the source of the imported EC key. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */ - MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */ -} mbedtls_ecdh_side; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT) -/** - * Defines the ECDH implementation used. - * - * Later versions of the library may add new variants, therefore users should - * not make any assumptions about them. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_NONE = 0, /*!< Implementation not defined. */ - MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_MBEDTLS_2_0,/*!< The default Mbed TLS implementation */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) - MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST /*!< Everest implementation */ -#endif -} mbedtls_ecdh_variant; - -/** - * The context used by the default ECDH implementation. - * - * Later versions might change the structure of this context, therefore users - * should not make any assumptions about the structure of - * mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed { - mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< The elliptic curve used. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< The private key. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The public key. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp); /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z); /*!< The shared secret. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */ -#endif -} mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed; -#endif - -/** - * - * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same - * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type - * should not be shared between multiple threads. - * \brief The ECDH context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context { -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT) - mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< The elliptic curve used. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< The private key. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The public key. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Qp); /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(z); /*!< The shared secret. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The blinding value. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The unblinding value. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(_d); /*!< The previous \p d. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled); /*!< The flag for restartable mode. */ - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs); /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ -#else - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages - as defined in RFC 4492. */ - mbedtls_ecp_group_id MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp_id);/*!< The elliptic curve used. */ - mbedtls_ecdh_variant MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(var); /*!< The ECDH implementation/structure used. */ - union { - mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mbed_ecdh); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) - mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(everest_ecdh); -#endif - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); /*!< Implementation-specific context. The - context in use is specified by the \c var - field. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_enabled); /*!< The flag for restartable mode. Functions of - an alternative implementation not supporting - restartable mode must return - MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED error - if this flag is set. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT */ -} -mbedtls_ecdh_context; - -/** - * \brief Check whether a given group can be used for ECDH. - * - * \param gid The ECP group ID to check. - * - * \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an ECDH keypair on an elliptic - * curve. - * - * This function performs the first of two core computations - * implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The second core - * computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared(). - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have - * domain parameters loaded, for example through - * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(). - * \param d The destination MPI (private key). - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The destination point (public key). - * This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or - * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function computes the shared secret. - * - * This function performs the second of two core computations - * implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The first core - * computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public(). - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement - * countermeasures against side-channel attacks. - * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul(). - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have - * domain parameters loaded, for example through - * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(). - * \param z The destination MPI (shared secret). - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The public key from another party. - * This must be initialized. - * \param d Our secret exponent (private key). - * This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a - * context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or - * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *d, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes an ECDH context. - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdh_init(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information - * given. - * - * This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but - * before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call - * this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(). - * - * This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE - * ciphersuites. - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized. - * \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_setup(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id); - -/** - * \brief This function frees a context. - * - * \param ctx The context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function does nothing. If it is not \c NULL, - * it must point to an initialized ECDH context. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdh_free(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an EC key pair and exports its - * in the format used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake - * message. - * - * This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE - * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().) - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup(). - * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. - * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of - * length \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function parses the ECDHE parameters in a - * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message. - * - * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client - * sets up its ECDHE context from the server's public - * ECDHE key material. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDHE context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param buf On input, \c *buf must be the start of the input buffer. - * On output, \c *buf is updated to point to the end of the - * data that has been read. On success, this is the first byte - * past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters. - * On error, this is the point at which an error has been - * detected, which is usually not useful except to debug - * failures. - * \param end The end of the input buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - const unsigned char **buf, - const unsigned char *end); - -/** - * \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key. - * - * It is used by clients and servers in place of the - * ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH - * parameters from the EC key information of a certificate. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized. - * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized. - * \param side Defines the source of the key. Possible values are: - * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS: The key is ours. - * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS: The key is that of the peer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - mbedtls_ecdh_side side); - -/** - * \brief This function generates a public key and exports it - * as a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload. - * - * This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E) - * ciphersuites. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a group, the latter usually by - * mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(). - * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The size of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function parses and processes the ECDHE payload of a - * TLS ClientKeyExchange message. - * - * This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E) - * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and - * mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().) - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized - * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup(). - * \param buf The pointer to the ClientKeyExchange payload. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen); - -/** - * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret. - * - * This is the last function used by both TLS client - * and servers. - * - * \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement - * countermeasures against side-channel attacks. - * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul(). - * - * \see ecp.h - - * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized - * and have its own private key generated and the peer's - * public key imported. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of - * Bytes written on success. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param buf The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This - * must be a writable buffer of size \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng - * doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_calc_secret(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief This function enables restartable EC computations for this - * context. (Default: disabled.) - * - * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() - * - * \note It is not possible to safely disable restartable - * computations once enabled, except by free-ing the context, - * which cancels possible in-progress operations. - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart(mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ecdh.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h b/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2ecf349..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,671 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ecdsa.h - * - * \brief This file contains ECDSA definitions and functions. - * - * The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) is defined in - * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): - * SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>. - * The use of ECDSA for TLS is defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve - * Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>. - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -/** - * \brief Maximum ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size - * - * \param bits Curve size in bits - * \return Maximum signature size in bytes - * - * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument - * is one. It may evaluate its argument multiple times. - */ -/* - * Ecdsa-Sig-Value ::= SEQUENCE { - * r INTEGER, - * s INTEGER - * } - * - * For each of r and s, the value (V) may include an extra initial "0" bit. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(bits) \ - (/*T,L of SEQUENCE*/ ((bits) >= 61 * 8 ? 3 : 2) + \ - /*T,L of r,s*/ 2 * (((bits) >= 127 * 8 ? 3 : 2) + \ - /*V of r,s*/ ((bits) + 8) / 8)) - -/** The maximal size of an ECDSA signature in Bytes. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN(MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief The ECDSA context structure. - * - * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same - * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type - * should not be shared between multiple threads. - * - * \note pk_wrap module assumes that "ecdsa_context" is identical - * to "ecp_keypair" (see for example structure - * "mbedtls_eckey_info" where ECDSA sign/verify functions - * are used also for EC key) - */ -typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - -/** - * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_verify() - * - * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx; - -/** - * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign() - * - * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) -/** - * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign_det() - * - * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx; -#endif - -/** - * \brief General context for resuming ECDSA operations - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ecp); /*!< base context for ECP restart and - shared administrative info */ - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver); /*!< ecdsa_verify() sub-context */ - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); /*!< ecdsa_sign() sub-context */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(det); /*!< ecdsa_sign_det() sub-context */ -#endif -} mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ -typedef void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx; - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/** - * \brief This function checks whether a given group can be used - * for ECDSA. - * - * \param gid The ECP group ID to check. - * - * \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do(mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid); - -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message. - * - * \note The deterministic version implemented in - * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() is usually preferred. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated - * as defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.3, step 5. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized. - * \param buf The content to be signed. This is usually the hash of - * the original data to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX - * or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s, - const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message, deterministic version. - * - * For more information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic - * Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic - * Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as - * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.3, step 5. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized - * and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(). - * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data. - * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This - * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context - * parameter. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, - mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng_blind); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT) -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message, in a restartable way. - * - * \note The deterministic version implemented in - * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable() is usually - * preferred. - * - * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() but - * it can return early and restart according to the - * limit set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to - * reduce blocking. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger - * than the bitlength of the group order, then the - * hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for - * Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic - * Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized - * and setup, for example through - * mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(). - * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. - * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL - * to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it - * must point to an initialized restart context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c - * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_restartable( - mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s, - const mbedtls_mpi *d, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng_blind, - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) - -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message, in a restartable way. - * - * \note This function is like \c - * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() but it can return - * early and restart according to the limit set with - * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger - * than the bitlength of the group order, then the - * hash is truncated as defined in <em>Standards for - * Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic - * Curve Cryptography</em>, section 4.1.3, step 5. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part - * the signature. This must be initialized. - * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized - * and setup, for example through - * mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(). - * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data. - * \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be - * \c NULL. - * \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng_blind. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng_blind doesn't need a context parameter. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL - * to disable restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it - * must point to an initialized restart context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c - * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_restartable( - mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s, - const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng_blind, - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */ - -/** - * \brief This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as - * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.4, step 3. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be - * initialized and setup. - * \param r The first integer of the signature. - * This must be initialized. - * \param s The second integer of the signature. - * This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r, - const mbedtls_mpi *s); - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT) -/** - * \brief This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a - * previously-hashed message, in a restartable manner - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as - * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.4, step 3. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * \p blen is zero. - * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be - * initialized and setup. - * \param r The first integer of the signature. - * This must be initialized. - * \param s The second integer of the signature. - * This must be initialized. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable - * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an - * initialized restart context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX - * error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - const mbedtls_mpi *r, - const mbedtls_mpi *s, - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it - * to a buffer, serialized as defined in <em>RFC-4492: - * Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for - * Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>. - * - * \warning It is not thread-safe to use the same context in - * multiple threads. - * - * \note The deterministic version is used if - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is defined. For more - * information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic Usage - * of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic - * Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as - * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.3, step 5. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized - * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example - * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(). - * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message. - * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes. - * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a - * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the - * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if - * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. - * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes. - * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of - * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise, - * it is used only for blinding and may be set to \c NULL, but - * doing so is DEPRECATED. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or - * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, - unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it - * to a buffer, in a restartable way. - * - * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() - * - * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() - * but it can return early and restart according to the limit - * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized - * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example - * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(). - * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message. - * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes. - * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a - * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the - * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if - * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. - * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes. - * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of - * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise, - * it is unused and may be set to \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable - * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an - * initialized restart context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or - * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, - unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *slen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature. - * - * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the - * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as - * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group - * (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section - * 4.1.4, step 3. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized - * and have a group and public key bound to it. - * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes. - * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash. - * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p slen Bytes. - * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid - * signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX - * error code on failure for any other reason. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen); - -/** - * \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature, - * in a restartable way. - * - * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature() - * - * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature() - * but it can return early and restart according to the limit - * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized - * and have a group and public key bound to it. - * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p hlen Bytes. - * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash. - * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p slen Bytes. - * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable - * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an - * initialized restart context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid - * signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX - * error code on failure for any other reason. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature_restartable(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen, - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an ECDSA keypair on the given curve. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to store the keypair in. - * This must be initialized. - * \param gid The elliptic curve to use. One of the various - * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function sets up an ECDSA context from an EC key pair. - * - * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to setup. This must be initialized. - * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized and hold - * a private-public key pair or a public key. In the former - * case, the ECDSA context may be used for signature creation - * and verification after this call. In the latter case, it - * may be used for signature verification. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes an ECDSA context. - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdsa_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function frees an ECDSA context. - * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to free. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function does nothing. If it - * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdsa_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Initialize a restart context. - * - * \param ctx The restart context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_init(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the components of a restart context. - * - * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function does nothing. If it - * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_free(mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ecdsa.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h b/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h deleted file mode 100644 index c2148a2..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ecjpake.h - * - * \brief Elliptic curve J-PAKE - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H -#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -/* - * J-PAKE is a password-authenticated key exchange that allows deriving a - * strong shared secret from a (potentially low entropy) pre-shared - * passphrase, with forward secrecy and mutual authentication. - * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Password_Authenticated_Key_Exchange_by_Juggling - * - * This file implements the Elliptic Curve variant of J-PAKE, - * as defined in Chapter 7.4 of the Thread v1.0 Specification, - * available to members of the Thread Group http://threadgroup.org/ - * - * As the J-PAKE algorithm is inherently symmetric, so is our API. - * Each party needs to send its first round message, in any order, to the - * other party, then each sends its second round message, in any order. - * The payloads are serialized in a way suitable for use in TLS, but could - * also be use outside TLS. - */ -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Roles in the EC J-PAKE exchange - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT = 0, /**< Client */ - MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER, /**< Server */ - MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_NONE, /**< Undefined */ -} mbedtls_ecjpake_role; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT) -/** - * EC J-PAKE context structure. - * - * J-PAKE is a symmetric protocol, except for the identifiers used in - * Zero-Knowledge Proofs, and the serialization of the second message - * (KeyExchange) as defined by the Thread spec. - * - * In order to benefit from this symmetry, we choose a different naming - * convention from the Thread v1.0 spec. Correspondence is indicated in the - * description as a pair C: client name, S: server name - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecjpake_context { - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_type); /**< Hash to use */ - mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /**< Elliptic curve */ - mbedtls_ecjpake_role MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(role); /**< Are we client or server? */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(point_format); /**< Format for point export */ - - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm1); /**< My public key 1 C: X1, S: X3 */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xm2); /**< My public key 2 C: X2, S: X4 */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp1); /**< Peer public key 1 C: X3, S: X1 */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp2); /**< Peer public key 2 C: X4, S: X2 */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Xp); /**< Peer public key C: Xs, S: Xc */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm1); /**< My private key 1 C: x1, S: x3 */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(xm2); /**< My private key 2 C: x2, S: x4 */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s); /**< Pre-shared secret (passphrase) */ -} mbedtls_ecjpake_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */ -#include "ecjpake_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize an ECJPAKE context. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ecjpake_init(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set up an ECJPAKE context for use. - * - * \note Currently the only values for hash/curve allowed by the - * standard are #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/#MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to set up. This must be initialized. - * \param role The role of the caller. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT or #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER. - * \param hash The identifier of the hash function to use, - * for example #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256. - * \param curve The identifier of the elliptic curve to use, - * for example #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1. - * \param secret The pre-shared secret (passphrase). This must be - * a readable not empty buffer of length \p len Bytes. It need - * only be valid for the duration of this call. - * \param len The length of the pre-shared secret \p secret. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - mbedtls_ecjpake_role role, - mbedtls_md_type_t hash, - mbedtls_ecp_group_id curve, - const unsigned char *secret, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Set the point format for future reads and writes. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to configure. - * \param point_format The point format to use: - * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED (default) - * or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p point_format - * is invalid. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_set_point_format(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - int point_format); - -/** - * \brief Check if an ECJPAKE context is ready for use. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to check. This must be - * initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 if the context is ready for use. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_check(const mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Generate and write the first round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension, - * excluding extension type and length bytes). - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be - * initialized and set up. - * \param buf The buffer to write the contents to. This must be a - * writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total number - * of Bytes written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This - * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Read and process the first round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension, - * excluding extension type and length bytes). - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized - * and set up. - * \param buf The buffer holding the first round message. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Generate and write the second round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange). - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized, - * set up, and already have performed round one. - * \param buf The buffer to write the round two contents to. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The size of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes - * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This - * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Read and process the second round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange). - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized - * and set up and already have performed round one. - * \param buf The buffer holding the second round message. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Derive the shared secret - * (TLS: Pre-Master Secret). - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized, - * set up and have performed both round one and two. - * \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes - * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This - * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Write the shared key material to be passed to a Key - * Derivation Function as described in RFC8236. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized, - * set up and have performed both round one and two. - * \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. - * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of bytes - * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This - * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_shared_key(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This clears an ECJPAKE context and frees any - * embedded data structure. - * - * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to free. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function does nothing. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECJPAKE context. - */ -void mbedtls_ecjpake_free(mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed - */ -int mbedtls_ecjpake_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* ecjpake.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ecp.h b/include/mbedtls/ecp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f5e880..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ecp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1362 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ecp.h - * - * \brief This file provides an API for Elliptic Curves over GF(P) (ECP). - * - * The use of ECP in cryptography and TLS is defined in - * <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG): SEC1 - * Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em> and - * <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites - * for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>. - * - * <em>RFC-2409: The Internet Key Exchange (IKE)</em> defines ECP - * group types. - * - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECP_H -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" - -/* - * ECP error codes - */ -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x4F80 -/** The buffer is too small to write to. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x4F00 -/** The requested feature is not available, for example, the requested curve is not supported. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x4E80 -/** The signature is not valid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_VERIFY_FAILED -0x4E00 -/** Memory allocation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_ALLOC_FAILED -0x4D80 -/** Generation of random value, such as ephemeral key, failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED -0x4D00 -/** Invalid private or public key. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY -0x4C80 -/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x4C00 -/** Operation in progress, call again with the same parameters to continue. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS -0x4B00 - -/* Flags indicating whether to include code that is specific to certain - * types of curves. These flags are for internal library use only. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Domain-parameter identifiers: curve, subgroup, and generator. - * - * \note Only curves over prime fields are supported. - * - * \warning This library does not support validation of arbitrary domain - * parameters. Therefore, only standardized domain parameters from trusted - * sources should be used. See mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - */ -/* Note: when adding a new curve: - * - Add it at the end of this enum, otherwise you'll break the ABI by - * changing the numerical value for existing curves. - * - Increment MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX below if needed. - * - Update the calculation of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS below. - * - Add the corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx_ENABLED macro definition to - * mbedtls_config.h. - * - List the curve as a dependency of MBEDTLS_ECP_C and - * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C if supported in check_config.h. - * - Add the curve to the appropriate curve type macro - * MBEDTLS_ECP_yyy_ENABLED above. - * - Add the necessary definitions to ecp_curves.c. - * - Add the curve to the ecp_supported_curves array in ecp.c. - * - Add the curve to applicable profiles in x509_crt.c. - * - Add the curve to applicable presets in ssl_tls.c. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE = 0, /*!< Curve not defined. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 192-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 224-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 256-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 384-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1, /*!< Domain parameters for the 521-bit curve defined by FIPS 186-4 and SEC1. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit Brainpool curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 384-bit Brainpool curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1, /*!< Domain parameters for 512-bit Brainpool curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519, /*!< Domain parameters for Curve25519. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 192-bit "Koblitz" curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 224-bit "Koblitz" curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1, /*!< Domain parameters for 256-bit "Koblitz" curve. */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448, /*!< Domain parameters for Curve448. */ -} mbedtls_ecp_group_id; - -/** - * The number of supported curves, plus one for #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_MAX 14 - -/* - * Curve types - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_NONE = 0, - MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS, /* y^2 = x^3 + a x + b */ - MBEDTLS_ECP_TYPE_MONTGOMERY, /* y^2 = x^3 + a x^2 + x */ -} mbedtls_ecp_curve_type; - -/** - * Curve information, for use by other modules. - * - * The fields of this structure are part of the public API and can be - * accessed directly by applications. Future versions of the library may - * add extra fields or reorder existing fields. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_curve_info { - mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id; /*!< An internal identifier. */ - uint16_t tls_id; /*!< The TLS NamedCurve identifier. */ - uint16_t bit_size; /*!< The curve size in bits. */ - const char *name; /*!< A human-friendly name. */ -} mbedtls_ecp_curve_info; - -/** - * \brief The ECP point structure, in Jacobian coordinates. - * - * \note All functions expect and return points satisfying - * the following condition: <code>Z == 0</code> or - * <code>Z == 1</code>. Other values of \p Z are - * used only by internal functions. - * The point is zero, or "at infinity", if <code>Z == 0</code>. - * Otherwise, \p X and \p Y are its standard (affine) - * coordinates. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_point { - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(X); /*!< The X coordinate of the ECP point. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Y); /*!< The Y coordinate of the ECP point. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Z); /*!< The Z coordinate of the ECP point. */ -} -mbedtls_ecp_point; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) -/* - * default Mbed TLS elliptic curve arithmetic implementation - * - * (in case MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT is defined then the developer has to provide an - * alternative implementation for the whole module and it will replace this - * one.) - */ - -/** - * \brief The ECP group structure. - * - * We consider two types of curve equations: - * <ul><li>Short Weierstrass: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x + B mod P</code> - * (SEC1 + RFC-4492)</li> - * <li>Montgomery: <code>y^2 = x^3 + A x^2 + x mod P</code> (Curve25519, - * Curve448)</li></ul> - * In both cases, the generator (\p G) for a prime-order subgroup is fixed. - * - * For Short Weierstrass, this subgroup is the whole curve, and its - * cardinality is denoted by \p N. Our code requires that \p N is an - * odd prime as mbedtls_ecp_mul() requires an odd number, and - * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign() requires that it is prime for blinding purposes. - * - * The default implementation only initializes \p A without setting it to the - * authentic value for curves with <code>A = -3</code>(SECP256R1, etc), in which - * case you need to load \p A by yourself when using domain parameters directly, - * for example: - * \code - * mbedtls_mpi_init(&A); - * mbedtls_ecp_group_init(&grp); - * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_ecp_group_load(&grp, grp_id)); - * if (mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(&grp)) { - * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_sub_int(&A, &grp.P, 3)); - * } else { - * CHECK_RETURN(mbedtls_mpi_copy(&A, &grp.A)); - * } - * - * do_something_with_a(&A); - * - * cleanup: - * mbedtls_mpi_free(&A); - * mbedtls_ecp_group_free(&grp); - * \endcode - * - * For Montgomery curves, we do not store \p A, but <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>, - * which is the quantity used in the formulas. Additionally, \p nbits is - * not the size of \p N but the required size for private keys. - * - * If \p modp is NULL, reduction modulo \p P is done using a generic algorithm. - * Otherwise, \p modp must point to a function that takes an \p mbedtls_mpi in the - * range of <code>0..2^(2*pbits)-1</code>, and transforms it in-place to an integer - * which is congruent mod \p P to the given MPI, and is close enough to \p pbits - * in size, so that it may be efficiently brought in the 0..P-1 range by a few - * additions or subtractions. Therefore, it is only an approximative modular - * reduction. It must return 0 on success and non-zero on failure. - * - * \note Alternative implementations of the ECP module must obey the - * following constraints. - * * Group IDs must be distinct: if two group structures have - * the same ID, then they must be identical. - * * The fields \c id, \c P, \c A, \c B, \c G, \c N, - * \c pbits and \c nbits must have the same type and semantics - * as in the built-in implementation. - * They must be available for reading, but direct modification - * of these fields does not need to be supported. - * They do not need to be at the same offset in the structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_group { - mbedtls_ecp_group_id id; /*!< An internal group identifier. */ - mbedtls_mpi P; /*!< The prime modulus of the base field. */ - mbedtls_mpi A; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p A in the equation. Note that - \p A is not set to the authentic value in some cases. - Refer to detailed description of ::mbedtls_ecp_group if - using domain parameters in the structure. - For Montgomery curves: <code>(A + 2) / 4</code>. */ - mbedtls_mpi B; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: \p B in the equation. - For Montgomery curves: unused. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point G; /*!< The generator of the subgroup used. */ - mbedtls_mpi N; /*!< The order of \p G. */ - size_t pbits; /*!< The number of bits in \p P.*/ - size_t nbits; /*!< For Short Weierstrass: The number of bits in \p P. - For Montgomery curves: the number of bits in the - private keys. */ - /* End of public fields */ - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(h); /*!< \internal 1 if the constants are static. */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(modp))(mbedtls_mpi *); /*!< The function for fast pseudo-reduction - mod \p P (see above).*/ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_pre))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *); /*!< Unused. */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_post))(mbedtls_ecp_point *, void *); /*!< Unused. */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(t_data); /*!< Unused. */ - mbedtls_ecp_point *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T); /*!< Pre-computed points for ecp_mul_comb(). */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_size); /*!< The number of dynamic allocated pre-computed points. */ -} -mbedtls_ecp_group; - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h, or define them using the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE) -/* - * Maximum "window" size used for point multiplication. - * Default: a point where higher memory usage yields diminishing performance - * returns. - * Minimum value: 2. Maximum value: 7. - * - * Result is an array of at most ( 1 << ( MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE - 1 ) ) - * points used for point multiplication. This value is directly tied to EC - * peak memory usage, so decreasing it by one should roughly cut memory usage - * by two (if large curves are in use). - * - * Reduction in size may reduce speed, but larger curves are impacted first. - * Sample performances (in ECDHE handshakes/s, with FIXED_POINT_OPTIM = 1): - * w-size: 6 5 4 3 2 - * 521 145 141 135 120 97 - * 384 214 209 198 177 146 - * 256 320 320 303 262 226 - * 224 475 475 453 398 342 - * 192 640 640 633 587 476 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 4 /**< The maximum window size used. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM) -/* - * Trade code size for speed on fixed-point multiplication. - * - * This speeds up repeated multiplication of the generator (that is, the - * multiplication in ECDSA signatures, and half of the multiplications in - * ECDSA verification and ECDHE) by a factor roughly 3 to 4. - * - * For each n-bit Short Weierstrass curve that is enabled, this adds 4n bytes - * of code size if n < 384 and 8n otherwise. - * - * Change this value to 0 to reduce code size. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 1 /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM */ - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */ -#include "ecp_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT */ - -/** - * The maximum size of the groups, that is, of \c N and \c P. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT) -/* Dummy definition to help code that has optional ECP support and - * defines an MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES-sized array unconditionally. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 1 -/* Note: the curves must be listed in DECREASING size! */ -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 521 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 512 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 448 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 384 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 256 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 255 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 225 // n is slightly above 2^224 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 224 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS 192 -#else /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */ -#error "Missing definition of MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS" -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_ECP_LIGHT */ - -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES ((MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS + 7) / 8) -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_PT_LEN (2 * MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES + 1) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - -/** - * \brief Internal restart context for multiplication - * - * \note Opaque struct - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx; - -/** - * \brief Internal restart context for ecp_muladd() - * - * \note Opaque struct - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx; - -/** - * \brief General context for resuming ECC operations - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ops_done); /*!< current ops count */ - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(depth); /*!< call depth (0 = top-level) */ - mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rsm); /*!< ecp_mul_comb() sub-context */ - mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ma); /*!< ecp_muladd() sub-context */ -} mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx; - -/* - * Operation counts for restartable functions - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_CHK 3 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_check_pubkey() */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_DBL 8 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_double_jac() */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_ADD 11 /*!< basic ops count for see ecp_add_mixed() */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_INV 120 /*!< empirical equivalent for mpi_mod_inv() */ - -/** - * \brief Internal; for restartable functions in other modules. - * Check and update basic ops budget. - * - * \param grp Group structure - * \param rs_ctx Restart context - * \param ops Number of basic ops to do - * - * \return \c 0 if doing \p ops basic ops is still allowed, - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx, - unsigned ops); - -/* Utility macro for checking and updating ops budget */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops) \ - MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK(mbedtls_ecp_check_budget(grp, rs_ctx, \ - (unsigned) (ops))); - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET(ops) /* no-op; for compatibility */ - -/* We want to declare restartable versions of existing functions anyway */ -typedef void mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx; - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/** - * \brief The ECP key-pair structure. - * - * A generic key-pair that may be used for ECDSA and fixed ECDH, for example. - * - * \note Members are deliberately in the same order as in the - * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_keypair { - mbedtls_ecp_group MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(grp); /*!< Elliptic curve and base point */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(d); /*!< our secret value */ - mbedtls_ecp_point MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< our public value */ -} -mbedtls_ecp_keypair; - -/** - * The uncompressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves - * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED 0 -/** - * The compressed point format for Short Weierstrass curves - * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX). - * - * \warning While this format is supported for all concerned curves for - * writing, when it comes to parsing, it is not supported for all - * curves. Specifically, parsing compressed points on - * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1 is not - * supported. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED 1 - -/* - * Some other constants from RFC 4492 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE 3 /**< The named_curve of ECCurveType. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Set the maximum number of basic operations done in a row. - * - * If more operations are needed to complete a computation, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS will be returned by the - * function performing the computation. It is then the - * caller's responsibility to either call again with the same - * parameters until it returns 0 or an error code; or to free - * the restart context if the operation is to be aborted. - * - * It is strictly required that all input parameters and the - * restart context be the same on successive calls for the - * same operation, but output parameters need not be the - * same; they must not be used until the function finally - * returns 0. - * - * This only applies to functions whose documentation - * mentions they may return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS for functions in the - * SSL module). For functions that accept a "restart context" - * argument, passing NULL disables restart and makes the - * function equivalent to the function with the same name - * with \c _restartable removed. For functions in the ECDH - * module, restart is disabled unless the function accepts - * an "ECDH context" argument and - * mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() was previously called on - * that context. For function in the SSL module, restart is - * only enabled for specific sides and key exchanges - * (currently only for clients and ECDHE-ECDSA). - * - * \warning Using the PSA interruptible interfaces with keys in local - * storage and no accelerator driver will also call this - * function to set the values specified via those interfaces, - * overwriting values previously set. Care should be taken if - * mixing these two interfaces. - * - * \param max_ops Maximum number of basic operations done in a row. - * Default: 0 (unlimited). - * Lower (non-zero) values mean ECC functions will block for - * a lesser maximum amount of time. - * - * \note A "basic operation" is defined as a rough equivalent of a - * multiplication in GF(p) for the NIST P-256 curve. - * As an indication, with default settings, a scalar - * multiplication (full run of \c mbedtls_ecp_mul()) is: - * - about 3300 basic operations for P-256 - * - about 9400 basic operations for P-384 - * - * \note Very low values are not always respected: sometimes - * functions need to block for a minimum number of - * operations, and will do so even if max_ops is set to a - * lower value. That minimum depends on the curve size, and - * can be made lower by decreasing the value of - * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE. As an indication, here is the - * lowest effective value for various curves and values of - * that parameter (w for short): - * w=6 w=5 w=4 w=3 w=2 - * P-256 208 208 160 136 124 - * P-384 682 416 320 272 248 - * P-521 1364 832 640 544 496 - * - * \note This setting is currently ignored by Curve25519. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(unsigned max_ops); - -/** - * \brief Check if restart is enabled (max_ops != 0) - * - * \return \c 0 if \c max_ops == 0 (restart disabled) - * \return \c 1 otherwise (restart enabled) - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_restart_is_enabled(void); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/* - * Get the type of a curve - */ -mbedtls_ecp_curve_type mbedtls_ecp_get_type(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the information defined in - * mbedtls_ecp_curve_info() for all supported curves. - * - * \note This function returns information about all curves - * supported by the library. Some curves may not be - * supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do() - * or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is - * supported for ECDH or ECDSA. - * - * \return A statically allocated array. The last entry is 0. - */ -const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_list(void); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the list of internal group - * identifiers of all supported curves in the order of - * preference. - * - * \note This function returns information about all curves - * supported by the library. Some curves may not be - * supported for all algorithms. Call mbedtls_ecdh_can_do() - * or mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do() to check if a curve is - * supported for ECDH or ECDSA. - * - * \return A statically allocated array, - * terminated with MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE. - */ -const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *mbedtls_ecp_grp_id_list(void); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves curve information from an internal - * group identifier. - * - * \param grp_id An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value. - * - * \return The associated curve information on success. - * \return NULL on failure. - */ -const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_grp_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves curve information from a TLS - * NamedCurve value. - * - * \param tls_id An \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX value. - * - * \return The associated curve information on success. - * \return NULL on failure. - */ -const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_tls_id(uint16_t tls_id); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves curve information from a - * human-readable name. - * - * \param name The human-readable name. - * - * \return The associated curve information on success. - * \return NULL on failure. - */ -const mbedtls_ecp_curve_info *mbedtls_ecp_curve_info_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a point as zero. - * - * \param pt The point to initialize. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_point_init(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes an ECP group context - * without loading any domain parameters. - * - * \note After this function is called, domain parameters - * for various ECP groups can be loaded through the - * mbedtls_ecp_group_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group() - * functions. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_group_init(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a key pair as an invalid one. - * - * \param key The key pair to initialize. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_init(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key); - -/** - * \brief This function frees the components of a point. - * - * \param pt The point to free. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_point_free(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt); - -/** - * \brief This function frees the components of an ECP group. - * - * \param grp The group to free. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP group. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_group_free(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp); - -/** - * \brief This function frees the components of a key pair. - * - * \param key The key pair to free. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP key pair. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_free(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Initialize a restart context. - * - * \param ctx The restart context to initialize. This must - * not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_restart_init(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the components of a restart context. - * - * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not - * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized restart context. - */ -void mbedtls_ecp_restart_free(mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/** - * \brief This function copies the contents of point \p Q into - * point \p P. - * - * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized. - * \param Q The source point. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return Another negative error code for other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_copy(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q); - -/** - * \brief This function copies the contents of group \p src into - * group \p dst. - * - * \param dst The destination group. This must be initialized. - * \param src The source group. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_group_copy(mbedtls_ecp_group *dst, - const mbedtls_ecp_group *src); - -/** - * \brief This function sets a point to the point at infinity. - * - * \param pt The point to set. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_set_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt); - -/** - * \brief This function checks if a point is the point at infinity. - * - * \param pt The point to test. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 1 if the point is zero. - * \return \c 0 if the point is non-zero. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_is_zero(mbedtls_ecp_point *pt); - -/** - * \brief This function compares two points. - * - * \note This assumes that the points are normalized. Otherwise, - * they may compare as "not equal" even if they are. - * - * \param P The first point to compare. This must be initialized. - * \param Q The second point to compare. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 if the points are equal. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the points are not equal. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_point_cmp(const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q); - -/** - * \brief This function imports a non-zero point from two ASCII - * strings. - * - * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized. - * \param radix The numeric base of the input. - * \param x The first affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string. - * \param y The second affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_string(mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int radix, - const char *x, const char *y); - -/** - * \brief This function exports a point into unsigned binary data. - * - * \param grp The group to which the point should belong. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param P The point to export. This must be initialized. - * \param format The point format. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED. - * (For groups without these formats, this parameter is - * ignored. But it still has to be either of the above - * values.) - * \param olen The address at which to store the length of - * the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer - * is too small to hold the point. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format - * or the export for the given group is not implemented. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - int format, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief This function imports a point from unsigned binary data. - * - * \note This function does not check that the point actually - * belongs to the given group, see mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey() - * for that. - * - * \note For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for - * limitations. - * - * \param grp The group to which the point should belong. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param P The destination context to import the point to. - * This must be initialized. - * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the import for the - * given group is not implemented. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_binary(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function imports a point from a TLS ECPoint record. - * - * \note On function return, \p *buf is updated to point immediately - * after the ECPoint record. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param pt The destination point. - * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. - * \param len The length of the buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization - * failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, - const unsigned char **buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function exports a point as a TLS ECPoint record - * defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param pt The point to be exported. This must be initialized. - * \param format The point format to use. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED. - * \param olen The address at which to store the length in Bytes - * of the data written. - * \param buf The target buffer. This must be a writable buffer of - * length \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The length of the target buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer - * is too small to hold the exported point. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_point(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, - int format, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen); - -/** - * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context - * from a standardized set of domain parameters. - * - * \note The index should be a value of the NamedCurve enum, - * as defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography - * (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>, - * usually in the form of an \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macro. - * - * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized. - * \param id The identifier of the domain parameter set to load. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p id doesn't - * correspond to a known group. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_group_load(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_group_id id); - -/** - * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context from a TLS - * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. - * - * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after - * the ECParameters record on exit. - * - * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized. - * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. - * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not - * recognized. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const unsigned char **buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function extracts an elliptic curve group ID from a - * TLS ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. - * - * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after - * the ECParameters record on exit. - * - * \param grp The address at which to store the group id. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. - * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not - * recognized. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group_id(mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp, - const unsigned char **buf, - size_t len); -/** - * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve as a TLS - * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to be exported. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * \param buf The buffer to write to. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \p blen Bytes. - * \param blen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output - * buffer is too small to hold the exported group. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a scalar multiplication of a point - * by an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P. - * - * It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads. - * - * \note To prevent timing attacks, this function - * executes the exact same sequence of base-field - * operations for any valid \p m. It avoids any if-branch or - * array index depending on the value of \p m. It also uses - * \p f_rng to randomize some intermediate results. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. - * This must be initialized. - * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized. - * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c - * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private - * key, or \p P is not a valid public key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_mul(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, - const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function performs multiplication of a point by - * an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P in a restartable way. - * - * \see mbedtls_ecp_mul() - * - * \note This function does the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_mul(), but - * it can return early and restart according to the limit set - * with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. - * This must be initialized. - * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized. - * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c - * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private - * key, or \p P is not a valid public key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, - const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng, - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED) -/** - * \brief This function checks if domain parameter A of the curve is - * \c -3. - * - * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves. - * It may not be included in builds without any short - * Weierstrass curve. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * - * \return \c 1 if <code>A = -3</code>. - * \return \c 0 Otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_ecp_group_a_is_minus_3(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp) -{ - return grp->A.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p) == NULL; -} - -/** - * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two - * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q - * - * It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads. - * - * \note In contrast to mbedtls_ecp_mul(), this function does not - * guarantee a constant execution flow and timing. - * - * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves. - * It may not be included in builds without any short - * Weierstrass curve. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. - * This must be initialized. - * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P. - * This must be initialized. - * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized. - * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q. - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n. - * This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not - * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public - * keys. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not - * designate a short Weierstrass curve. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_muladd(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, - const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q); - -/** - * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two - * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q in a - * restartable way. - * - * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd() - * - * \note This function works the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd(), - * but it can return early and restart according to the limit - * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \note This function is only defined for short Weierstrass curves. - * It may not be included in builds without any short - * Weierstrass curve. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to use. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. - * This must be initialized. - * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P. - * This must be initialized. - * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized. - * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q. - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n. - * This must be initialized. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not - * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public - * keys. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p grp does not - * designate a short Weierstrass curve. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_muladd_restartable( - mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, - const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED */ - -/** - * \brief This function checks that a point is a valid public key - * on this curve. - * - * It only checks that the point is non-zero, has - * valid coordinates and lies on the curve. It does not verify - * that it is indeed a multiple of \c G. This additional - * check is computationally more expensive, is not required - * by standards, and should not be necessary if the group - * used has a small cofactor. In particular, it is useless for - * the NIST groups which all have a cofactor of 1. - * - * \note This function uses bare components rather than an - * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure, to ease use with other - * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or - * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. - * - * \param grp The ECP group the point should belong to. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param pt The point to check. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid public key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not - * a valid public key for the given curve. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt); - -/** - * \brief This function checks that an \c mbedtls_mpi is a - * valid private key for this curve. - * - * \note This function uses bare components rather than an - * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other - * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or - * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. - * - * \param grp The ECP group the private key should belong to. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param d The integer to check. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid private key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not a valid - * private key for the given curve. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_mpi *d); - -/** - * \brief This function generates a private key. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to generate a private key for. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code - * on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_mpi *d, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function generates a keypair with a configurable base - * point. - * - * \note This function uses bare components rather than an - * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other - * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or - * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param G The base point to use. This must be initialized - * and belong to \p grp. It replaces the default base - * point \c grp->G used by mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair(). - * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The destination point (public part). - * This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may - * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code - * on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair_base(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *G, - mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an ECP keypair. - * - * \note This function uses bare components rather than an - * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other - * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or - * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. - * - * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for. - * This must be initialized and have group parameters - * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). - * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). - * This must be initialized. - * \param Q The destination point (public part). - * This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may - * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code - * on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair(mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, - mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an ECP key. - * - * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier. - * \param key The destination key. This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may - * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code - * on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_gen_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function reads an elliptic curve private key. - * - * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier. - * \param key The destination key. - * \param buf The buffer containing the binary representation of the - * key. (Big endian integer for Weierstrass curves, byte - * string for Montgomery curves.) - * \param buflen The length of the buffer in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY error if the key is - * invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for - * the group is not implemented. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_read_key(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve private key. - * - * \param key The private key. - * \param buf The output buffer for containing the binary representation - * of the key. (Big endian integer for Weierstrass curves, byte - * string for Montgomery curves.) - * \param buflen The total length of the buffer in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the \p key - representation is larger than the available space in \p buf. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the operation for - * the group is not implemented. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_write_key(mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief This function checks that the keypair objects - * \p pub and \p prv have the same group and the - * same public point, and that the private key in - * \p prv is consistent with the public key. - * - * \param pub The keypair structure holding the public key. This - * must be initialized. If it contains a private key, that - * part is ignored. - * \param prv The keypair structure holding the full keypair. - * This must be initialized. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c - * NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success, meaning that the keys are valid and match. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keys are invalid or do not match. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX - * error code on calculation failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv( - const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *pub, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *prv, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief This function exports generic key-pair parameters. - * - * \param key The key pair to export from. - * \param grp Slot for exported ECP group. - * It must point to an initialized ECP group. - * \param d Slot for the exported secret value. - * It must point to an initialized mpi. - * \param Q Slot for the exported public value. - * It must point to an initialized ECP point. - * - * \return \c 0 on success, - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if key id doesn't - * correspond to a known group. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_export(const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The ECP checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ecp_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ecp.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/entropy.h b/include/mbedtls/entropy.h deleted file mode 100644 index 20fd687..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/entropy.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file entropy.h - * - * \brief Entropy accumulator implementation - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -#include "md.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512 -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE 64 /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-512) */ -#else -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA256_ACCUMULATOR -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MD MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE 32 /**< Block size of entropy accumulator (SHA-256) */ -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - - -/** Critical entropy source failure. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x003C -/** No more sources can be added. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES -0x003E -/** No sources have been added to poll. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_SOURCES_DEFINED -0x0040 -/** No strong sources have been added to poll. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_NO_STRONG_SOURCE -0x003D -/** Read/write error in file. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003F - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES) -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 20 /**< Maximum number of sources supported */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER) -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER 128 /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum size of seed we read from seed file */ -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_MANUAL MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES - -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG 1 /**< Entropy source is strong */ -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK 0 /**< Entropy source is weak */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Entropy poll callback pointer - * - * \param data Callback-specific data pointer - * \param output Data to fill - * \param len Maximum size to provide - * \param olen The actual amount of bytes put into the buffer (Can be 0) - * - * \return 0 if no critical failures occurred, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED otherwise - */ -typedef int (*mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr)(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len, - size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief Entropy source state - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_source_state { - mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_source); /**< The entropy source callback */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_source); /**< The callback data pointer */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(size); /**< Amount received in bytes */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(threshold); /**< Minimum bytes required before release */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(strong); /**< Is the source strong? */ -} -mbedtls_entropy_source_state; - -/** - * \brief Entropy context structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_context { - mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator); - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(accumulator_started); /* 0 after init. - * 1 after the first update. - * -1 after free. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source_count); /* Number of entries used in source. */ - mbedtls_entropy_source_state MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(source)[MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES]; -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< mutex */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(initial_entropy_run); -#endif -} -mbedtls_entropy_context; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY) -/** - * \brief Platform-specific entropy poll callback - */ -int mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll(void *data, - unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen); -#endif - -/** - * \brief Initialize the context - * - * \param ctx Entropy context to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_entropy_init(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the data in the context - * - * \param ctx Entropy context to free - */ -void mbedtls_entropy_free(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Adds an entropy source to poll - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * \param f_source Entropy function - * \param p_source Function data - * \param threshold Minimum required from source before entropy is released - * ( with mbedtls_entropy_func() ) (in bytes) - * \param strong MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_STRONG or - * MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SOURCE_WEAK. - * At least one strong source needs to be added. - * Weaker sources (such as the cycle counter) can be used as - * a complement. - * - * \return 0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_add_source(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, - mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr f_source, void *p_source, - size_t threshold, int strong); - -/** - * \brief Trigger an extra gather poll for the accumulator - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_gather(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve entropy from the accumulator - * (Maximum length: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE) - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param data Entropy context - * \param output Buffer to fill - * \param len Number of bytes desired, must be at most MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_func(void *data, unsigned char *output, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Add data to the accumulator manually - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * \param data Data to add - * \param len Length of data - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_update_manual(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *data, size_t len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) -/** - * \brief Trigger an update of the seed file in NV by using the - * current entropy pool. - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_update_nv_seed(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief Write a seed file - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * \param path Name of the file - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_write_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path); - -/** - * \brief Read and update a seed file. Seed is added to this - * instance. No more than MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE bytes are - * read from the seed file. The rest is ignored. - * - * \param ctx Entropy context - * \param path Name of the file - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_update_seed_file(mbedtls_entropy_context *ctx, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * This module self-test also calls the entropy self-test, - * mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test(); - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_self_test(int verbose); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * Verifies the integrity of the hardware entropy source - * provided by the function 'mbedtls_hardware_poll()'. - * - * Note this is the only hardware entropy source that is known - * at link time, and other entropy sources configured - * dynamically at runtime by the function - * mbedtls_entropy_add_source() will not be tested. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed - */ -int mbedtls_entropy_source_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* entropy.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/error.h b/include/mbedtls/error.h deleted file mode 100644 index 186589a..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file error.h - * - * \brief Error to string translation - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ERROR_H -#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** - * Error code layout. - * - * Currently we try to keep all error codes within the negative space of 16 - * bits signed integers to support all platforms (-0x0001 - -0x7FFF). In - * addition we'd like to give two layers of information on the error if - * possible. - * - * For that purpose the error codes are segmented in the following manner: - * - * 16 bit error code bit-segmentation - * - * 1 bit - Unused (sign bit) - * 3 bits - High level module ID - * 5 bits - Module-dependent error code - * 7 bits - Low level module errors - * - * For historical reasons, low-level error codes are divided in even and odd, - * even codes were assigned first, and -1 is reserved for other errors. - * - * Low-level module errors (0x0002-0x007E, 0x0001-0x007F) - * - * Module Nr Codes assigned - * ERROR 2 0x006E 0x0001 - * MPI 7 0x0002-0x0010 - * GCM 3 0x0012-0x0016 0x0013-0x0013 - * THREADING 3 0x001A-0x001E - * AES 5 0x0020-0x0022 0x0021-0x0025 - * CAMELLIA 3 0x0024-0x0026 0x0027-0x0027 - * BASE64 2 0x002A-0x002C - * OID 1 0x002E-0x002E 0x000B-0x000B - * PADLOCK 1 0x0030-0x0030 - * DES 2 0x0032-0x0032 0x0033-0x0033 - * CTR_DBRG 4 0x0034-0x003A - * ENTROPY 3 0x003C-0x0040 0x003D-0x003F - * NET 13 0x0042-0x0052 0x0043-0x0049 - * ARIA 4 0x0058-0x005E - * ASN1 7 0x0060-0x006C - * CMAC 1 0x007A-0x007A - * PBKDF2 1 0x007C-0x007C - * HMAC_DRBG 4 0x0003-0x0009 - * CCM 3 0x000D-0x0011 - * MD5 1 0x002F-0x002F - * RIPEMD160 1 0x0031-0x0031 - * SHA1 1 0x0035-0x0035 0x0073-0x0073 - * SHA256 1 0x0037-0x0037 0x0074-0x0074 - * SHA512 1 0x0039-0x0039 0x0075-0x0075 - * SHA-3 1 0x0076-0x0076 - * CHACHA20 3 0x0051-0x0055 - * POLY1305 3 0x0057-0x005B - * CHACHAPOLY 2 0x0054-0x0056 - * PLATFORM 2 0x0070-0x0072 - * LMS 5 0x0011-0x0019 - * - * High-level module nr (3 bits - 0x0...-0x7...) - * Name ID Nr of Errors - * PEM 1 9 - * PKCS#12 1 4 (Started from top) - * X509 2 20 - * PKCS5 2 4 (Started from top) - * DHM 3 11 - * PK 3 15 (Started from top) - * RSA 4 11 - * ECP 4 10 (Started from top) - * MD 5 5 - * HKDF 5 1 (Started from top) - * PKCS7 5 12 (Started from 0x5300) - * SSL 5 2 (Started from 0x5F00) - * CIPHER 6 8 (Started from 0x6080) - * SSL 6 22 (Started from top, plus 0x6000) - * SSL 7 20 (Started from 0x7000, gaps at - * 0x7380, 0x7900-0x7980, 0x7A80-0x7E80) - * - * Module dependent error code (5 bits 0x.00.-0x.F8.) - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** Generic error */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR -0x0001 -/** This is a bug in the library */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED -0x006E - -/** Hardware accelerator failed */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0070 -/** The requested feature is not supported by the platform */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED -0x0072 - -/** - * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together. - * - * Wrapper macro for mbedtls_error_add(). See that function for - * more details. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD(high, low) \ - mbedtls_error_add(high, low, __FILE__, __LINE__) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS) -/** - * \brief Testing hook called before adding/combining two error codes together. - * Only used when invasive testing is enabled via MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS. - */ -extern void (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(int, int, const char *, int); -#endif - -/** - * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together. - * - * This function can be called directly however it is usually - * called via the #MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD macro. - * - * While a value of zero is not a negative error code, it is still an - * error code (that denotes success) and can be combined with both a - * negative error code or another value of zero. - * - * \note When invasive testing is enabled via #MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS, also try to - * call \link mbedtls_test_hook_error_add \endlink. - * - * \param high high-level error code. See error.h for more details. - * \param low low-level error code. See error.h for more details. - * \param file file where this error code addition occurred. - * \param line line where this error code addition occurred. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_error_add(int high, int low, - const char *file, int line) -{ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS) - if (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add != NULL) { - (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)(high, low, file, line); - } -#endif - (void) file; - (void) line; - - return high + low; -} - -/** - * \brief Translate an Mbed TLS error code into a string representation. - * The result is truncated if necessary and always includes a - * terminating null byte. - * - * \param errnum error code - * \param buffer buffer to place representation in - * \param buflen length of the buffer - */ -void mbedtls_strerror(int errnum, char *buffer, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Translate the high-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string - * representation. - * - * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller - * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for - * logging purposes. - * - * \param error_code error code - * - * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error - * code is unknown. - */ -const char *mbedtls_high_level_strerr(int error_code); - -/** - * \brief Translate the low-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string - * representation. - * - * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller - * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for - * logging purposes. - * - * \param error_code error code - * - * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error - * code is unknown. - */ -const char *mbedtls_low_level_strerr(int error_code); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* error.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/gcm.h b/include/mbedtls/gcm.h deleted file mode 100644 index 837cecc..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/gcm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file gcm.h - * - * \brief This file contains GCM definitions and functions. - * - * The Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) for 128-bit block ciphers is defined - * in <em>D. McGrew, J. Viega, The Galois/Counter Mode of Operation - * (GCM), Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol.</em> - * - * For more information on GCM, see <em>NIST SP 800-38D: Recommendation for - * Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC</em>. - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_GCM_H -#define MBEDTLS_GCM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#include <stdint.h> - -#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT 0 - -/** Authenticated decryption failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x0012 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT -0x0014 -/** An output buffer is too small. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0016 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT) - -/** - * \brief The GCM context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_gcm_context { - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(HL)[16]; /*!< Precalculated HTable low. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(HH)[16]; /*!< Precalculated HTable high. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len); /*!< The total length of the encrypted data. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_len); /*!< The total length of the additional data. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base_ectr)[16]; /*!< The first ECTR for tag. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(y)[16]; /*!< The Y working value. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[16]; /*!< The buf working value. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode); /*!< The operation to perform: - #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or - #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT. */ -} -mbedtls_gcm_context; - -#else /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */ -#include "gcm_alt.h" -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified GCM context, - * to make references valid, and prepares the context - * for mbedtls_gcm_setkey() or mbedtls_gcm_free(). - * - * The function does not bind the GCM context to a particular - * cipher, nor set the key. For this purpose, use - * mbedtls_gcm_setkey(). - * - * \param ctx The GCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_gcm_init(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function associates a GCM context with a - * cipher algorithm and a key. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. - * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of at - * least \p keybits bits. - * \param keybits The key size in bits. Valid options are: - * <ul><li>128 bits</li> - * <li>192 bits</li> - * <li>256 bits</li></ul> - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_setkey(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits); - -/** - * \brief This function performs GCM encryption or decryption of a buffer. - * - * \note For encryption, the output buffer can be the same as the - * input buffer. For decryption, the output buffer cannot be - * the same as input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output - * buffer must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer. - * - * \warning When this function performs a decryption, it outputs the - * authentication tag and does not verify that the data is - * authentic. You should use this function to perform encryption - * only. For decryption, use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context to use for encryption or decryption. This - * must be initialized. - * \param mode The operation to perform: - * - #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT to perform authenticated encryption. - * The ciphertext is written to \p output and the - * authentication tag is written to \p tag. - * - #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT to perform decryption. - * The plaintext is written to \p output and the - * authentication tag is written to \p tag. - * Note that this mode is not recommended, because it does - * not verify the authenticity of the data. For this reason, - * you should use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead of - * calling this function in decryption mode. - * \param length The length of the input data, which is equal to the length - * of the output data. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at - * least that size in Bytes. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that - * size in Bytes. - * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. If \p length is greater - * than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least that - * size in Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. - * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable - * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if the encryption or decryption was performed - * successfully. Note that in #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT mode, - * this does not indicate that the data is authentic. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are - * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the encryption - * or decryption failed. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_crypt_and_tag(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, - size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *add, - size_t add_len, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output, - size_t tag_len, - unsigned char *tag); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a GCM authenticated decryption of a - * buffer. - * - * \note For decryption, the output buffer cannot be the same as - * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer - * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param length The length of the ciphertext to decrypt, which is also - * the length of the decrypted plaintext. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer - * of at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at - * least that size in Bytes. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data. - * \param tag The buffer holding the tag to verify. This must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to verify. - * \param input The buffer holding the ciphertext. If \p length is greater - * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that - * size. - * \param output The buffer for holding the decrypted plaintext. If \p length - * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at - * least that size. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful and authenticated. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are - * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the decryption - * failed. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - size_t length, - const unsigned char *iv, - size_t iv_len, - const unsigned char *add, - size_t add_len, - const unsigned char *tag, - size_t tag_len, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a GCM encryption or decryption - * operation. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT. - * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of - * at least \p iv_len Bytes. - * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_starts(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char *iv, - size_t iv_len); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer as associated data - * (authenticated but not encrypted data) in a GCM - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * Call this function after mbedtls_gcm_starts() to pass - * the associated data. If the associated data is empty, - * you do not need to call this function. You may not - * call this function after calling mbedtls_cipher_update(). - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must have been started with - * mbedtls_gcm_starts() and must not have yet received - * any input with mbedtls_gcm_update(). - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL - * if \p add_len is \c 0. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data. If \c 0, - * \p add may be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_update_ad(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *add, - size_t add_len); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing GCM - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * You may call this function zero, one or more times - * to pass successive parts of the input: the plaintext to - * encrypt, or the ciphertext (not including the tag) to - * decrypt. After the last part of the input, call - * mbedtls_gcm_finish(). - * - * This function may produce output in one of the following - * ways: - * - Immediate output: the output length is always equal - * to the input length. - * - Buffered output: the output consists of a whole number - * of 16-byte blocks. If the total input length so far - * (not including associated data) is 16 \* *B* + *A* - * with *A* < 16 then the total output length is 16 \* *B*. - * - * In particular: - * - It is always correct to call this function with - * \p output_size >= \p input_length + 15. - * - If \p input_length is a multiple of 16 for all the calls - * to this function during an operation, then it is - * correct to use \p output_size = \p input_length. - * - * \note For decryption, the output buffer cannot be the same as - * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer - * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p input_length - * is greater than zero, this must be a readable buffer - * of at least \p input_length bytes. - * \param input_length The length of the input data in bytes. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. If \p output_size - * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of - * of at least \p output_size bytes. - * \param output_size The size of the output buffer in bytes. - * See the function description regarding the output size. - * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual - * length of the output written in \p output. - * On failure, the content of \p *output_length is - * unspecified. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * total input length too long, - * unsupported input/output buffer overlap detected, - * or \p output_size too small. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_update(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t input_length, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the GCM operation and generates - * the authentication tag. - * - * It wraps up the GCM stream, and generates the - * tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. - * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a writable - * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. This must be at least - * four. - * \param output The buffer for the final output. - * If \p output_size is nonzero, this must be a writable - * buffer of at least \p output_size bytes. - * \param output_size The size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * This must be large enough for the output that - * mbedtls_gcm_update() has not produced. In particular: - * - If mbedtls_gcm_update() produces immediate output, - * or if the total input size is a multiple of \c 16, - * then mbedtls_gcm_finish() never produces any output, - * so \p output_size can be \c 0. - * - \p output_size never needs to be more than \c 15. - * \param output_length On success, \p *output_length contains the actual - * length of the output written in \p output. - * On failure, the content of \p *output_length is - * unspecified. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure: - * invalid value of \p tag_len, - * or \p output_size too small. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_finish(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length, - unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len); - -/** - * \brief This function clears a GCM context and the underlying - * cipher sub-context. - * - * \param ctx The GCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the call has - * no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_gcm_free(mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The GCM checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_gcm_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - - -#endif /* gcm.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h b/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 930e93f..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file hkdf.h - * - * \brief This file contains the HKDF interface. - * - * The HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) is - * specified by RFC 5869. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_HKDF_H -#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -/** - * \name HKDF Error codes - * \{ - */ -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5F80 -/** \} name */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief This is the HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function - * (HKDF). - * - * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash - * function output in bytes. - * \param salt An optional salt value (a non-secret random value); - * if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros of - * md.size length is used as the salt. - * \param salt_len The length in bytes of the optional \p salt. - * \param ikm The input keying material. - * \param ikm_len The length in bytes of \p ikm. - * \param info An optional context and application specific information - * string. This can be a zero-length string. - * \param info_len The length of \p info in bytes. - * \param okm The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes. - * \param okm_len The length of the output keying material in bytes. This - * must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes. - * - * \return 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid. - * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying - * MD layer. - */ -int mbedtls_hkdf(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *salt, - size_t salt_len, const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len, - const unsigned char *info, size_t info_len, - unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len); - -/** - * \brief Take the input keying material \p ikm and extract from it a - * fixed-length pseudorandom key \p prk. - * - * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been - * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3 - * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use - * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead. - * - * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the - * hash function output in bytes. - * \param salt An optional salt value (a non-secret random value); - * if the salt is not provided, a string of all zeros - * of md.size length is used as the salt. - * \param salt_len The length in bytes of the optional \p salt. - * \param ikm The input keying material. - * \param ikm_len The length in bytes of \p ikm. - * \param[out] prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. - * - * \return 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid. - * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying - * MD layer. - */ -int mbedtls_hkdf_extract(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, - const unsigned char *salt, size_t salt_len, - const unsigned char *ikm, size_t ikm_len, - unsigned char *prk); - -/** - * \brief Expand the supplied \p prk into several additional pseudorandom - * keys, which is the output of the HKDF. - * - * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been - * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3 - * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use - * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead. - * - * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash - * function output in bytes. - * \param prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. \p prk is - * usually the output from the HKDF extract step. - * \param prk_len The length in bytes of \p prk. - * \param info An optional context and application specific information - * string. This can be a zero-length string. - * \param info_len The length of \p info in bytes. - * \param okm The output keying material of \p okm_len bytes. - * \param okm_len The length of the output keying material in bytes. This - * must be less than or equal to 255 * md.size bytes. - * - * \return 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HKDF_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the parameters are invalid. - * \return An MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_* error for errors returned from the underlying - * MD layer. - */ -int mbedtls_hkdf_expand(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *prk, - size_t prk_len, const unsigned char *info, - size_t info_len, unsigned char *okm, size_t okm_len); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* hkdf.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h b/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 18b1b75..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,434 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file hmac_drbg.h - * - * \brief The HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator. - * - * This module implements the HMAC_DRBG pseudorandom generator described - * in <em>NIST SP 800-90A: Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using - * Deterministic Random Bit Generators</em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - -/* - * Error codes - */ -/** Too many random requested in single call. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0003 -/** Input too large (Entropy + additional). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0005 -/** Read/write error in file. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x0007 -/** The entropy source failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x0009 - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL) -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT) -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST) -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT) -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF 0 /**< No prediction resistance */ -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON 1 /**< Prediction resistance enabled */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * HMAC_DRBG context. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context { - /* Working state: the key K is not stored explicitly, - * but is implied by the HMAC context */ - mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx); /*!< HMAC context (inc. K) */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(V)[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE]; /*!< V in the spec */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_counter); /*!< reseed counter */ - - /* Administrative state */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(entropy_len); /*!< entropy bytes grabbed on each (re)seed */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prediction_resistance); /*!< enable prediction resistance (Automatic - reseed before every random generation) */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(reseed_interval); /*!< reseed interval */ - - /* Callbacks */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_entropy))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t); /*!< entropy function */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_entropy); /*!< context for the entropy function */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized if and only if - * md_ctx->md_info != NULL. This means that the mutex is initialized - * during the initial seeding in mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() or - * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() and freed in mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free(). - * - * Note that this invariant may change without notice. Do not rely on it - * and do not access the mutex directly in application code. - */ - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); -#endif -} mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context; - -/** - * \brief HMAC_DRBG context initialization. - * - * This function makes the context ready for mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(), - * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf() or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free(). - * - * \note The reseed interval is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL - * by default. Override this value by calling - * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval(). - * - * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief HMAC_DRBG initial seeding. - * - * Set the initial seed and set up the entropy source for future reseeds. - * - * A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is - * to use the entropy module: - * - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func(); - * - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized - * with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default - * entropy sources). - * - * You can provide a personalization string in addition to the - * entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible. - * - * \note By default, the security strength as defined by NIST is: - * - 128 bits if \p md_info is SHA-1; - * - 192 bits if \p md_info is SHA-224; - * - 256 bits if \p md_info is SHA-256, SHA-384 or SHA-512. - * Note that SHA-256 is just as efficient as SHA-224. - * The security strength can be reduced if a smaller - * entropy length is set with - * mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len(). - * - * \note The default entropy length is the security strength - * (converted from bits to bytes). You can override - * it by calling mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len(). - * - * \note During the initial seeding, this function calls - * the entropy source to obtain a nonce - * whose length is half the entropy length. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/** - * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support, - * after this function returns successfully, - * it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random() - * from multiple threads. Other operations, including - * reseeding, are not thread-safe. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ -/** - * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be seeded. - * \param md_info MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG. - * \param f_entropy The entropy callback, taking as arguments the - * \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the - * length of the buffer. - * \p f_entropy is always called with a length that is - * less than or equal to the entropy length. - * \param p_entropy The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy. - * \param custom The personalization string. - * This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization - * string is empty regardless of the value of \p len. - * \param len The length of the personalization string. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT - * and also at most - * #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len * 3 / 2 - * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length - * described above. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is - * invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough - * memory to allocate context data. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - * if the call to \p f_entropy failed. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, - int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_entropy, - const unsigned char *custom, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Initialisation of simplified HMAC_DRBG (never reseeds). - * - * This function is meant for use in algorithms that need a pseudorandom - * input such as deterministic ECDSA. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/** - * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support, - * after this function returns successfully, - * it is safe to call mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random() - * from multiple threads. Other operations, including - * reseeding, are not thread-safe. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ -/** - * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context to be initialised. - * \param md_info MD algorithm to use for HMAC_DRBG. - * \param data Concatenation of the initial entropy string and - * the additional data. - * \param data_len Length of \p data in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. or - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info is - * invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED if there was not enough - * memory to allocate context data. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed_buf(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, - const unsigned char *data, size_t data_len); - -/** - * \brief This function turns prediction resistance on or off. - * The default value is off. - * - * \note If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of - * every call to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add() - * or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random(). - * Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient - * throughput. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param resistance #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_PR_OFF. - */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_prediction_resistance(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - int resistance); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each - * seed or reseed. - * - * See the documentation of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_seed() for the default value. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param len The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes. - */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Set the reseed interval. - * - * The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random() - * or mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function - * is called again. - * - * The default value is #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param interval The reseed interval. - */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - int interval); - -/** - * \brief This function updates the state of the HMAC_DRBG context. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param additional The data to update the state with. - * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data. - * \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes. - * Unused if \p additional is \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success, or an error from the underlying - * hash calculation. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len); - -/** - * \brief This function reseeds the HMAC_DRBG context, that is - * extracts data from the entropy source. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param additional Additional data to add to the state. - * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data - * and \p len should be \c 0. - * \param len The length of the additional data. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT - * and also at most - * #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len - * where \c entropy_len is the entropy length - * (see mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_entropy_len()). - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - * if a call to the entropy function failed. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_reseed(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *additional, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief This function updates an HMAC_DRBG instance with additional - * data and uses it to generate random data. - * - * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded - * or prediction resistance is enabled. - * - * \note This function is not thread-safe. It is not safe - * to call this function if another thread might be - * concurrently obtaining random numbers from the same - * context or updating or reseeding the same context. - * - * \param p_rng The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a - * #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure. - * \param output The buffer to fill. - * \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST. - * \param additional Additional data to update with. - * If this is \c NULL, there is no additional data - * and \p add_len should be \c 0. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - * if a call to the entropy source failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if - * \p output_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if - * \p add_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add(void *p_rng, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_len, - const unsigned char *additional, - size_t add_len); - -/** - * \brief This function uses HMAC_DRBG to generate random data. - * - * This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded - * or prediction resistance is enabled. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/** - * \note When Mbed TLS is built with threading support, - * it is safe to call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random() - * from multiple threads. Other operations, including - * reseeding, are not thread-safe. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ -/** - * \param p_rng The HMAC_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a - * #mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context structure. - * \param output The buffer to fill. - * \param out_len The length of the buffer in bytes. - * This must be at most #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED - * if a call to the entropy source failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG if - * \p out_len > #MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t out_len); - -/** - * \brief This function resets HMAC_DRBG context to the state immediately - * after initial call of mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init(). - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context to free. - */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief This function writes a seed file. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param path The name of the file. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed - * failure. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_write_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path); - -/** - * \brief This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed - * is added to this instance. - * - * \param ctx The HMAC_DRBG context. - * \param path The name of the file. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on - * reseed failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing - * seed file is too large. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_seed_file(mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief The HMAC_DRBG Checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return \c 1 if the test failed. - */ -int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_self_test(int verbose); -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* hmac_drbg.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/lms.h b/include/mbedtls/lms.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95fce21..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/lms.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,440 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file lms.h - * - * \brief This file provides an API for the LMS post-quantum-safe stateful-hash - public-key signature scheme as defined in RFC8554 and NIST.SP.200-208. - * This implementation currently only supports a single parameter set - * MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 in order to reduce complexity. This is one - * of the signature schemes recommended by the IETF draft SUIT standard - * for IOT firmware upgrades (RFC9019). - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_LMS_H -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H - -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stddef.h> - -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0011 /**< Bad data has been input to an LMS function */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_OUT_OF_PRIVATE_KEYS -0x0013 /**< Specified LMS key has utilised all of its private keys */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_VERIFY_FAILED -0x0015 /**< LMS signature verification failed */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_ALLOC_FAILED -0x0017 /**< LMS failed to allocate space for a private key */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_LMS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0019 /**< Input/output buffer is too small to contain requited data */ - -/* Currently only defined for SHA256, 32 is the max hash output size */ -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX (32u) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX (34u) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 32u : 0) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN (16u) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN (4u) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN (4u) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 ? 34u : 0) -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type)) - -#define MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_C_RANDOM_VALUE_LEN(type) + \ - (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT(type) * \ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN(type))) - - -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN (4) -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 10u : 0) - -/* The length of a hash output, Currently only implemented for SHA256. - * Max is 32 bytes. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type) ((type) == MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 ? 32 : 0) -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX 32 - -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN(type, otstype) (MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN + \ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SIG_LEN(otstype) + \ - MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \ - (MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) * \ - MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type))) - -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN(type) (MBEDTLS_LMS_TYPE_LEN + \ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_TYPE_LEN + \ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN + \ - MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES(type)) - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** The Identifier of the LMS parameter set, as per - * https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml - * We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly H10, for the sake of simplicity. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_LMS_SHA256_M32_H10 = 0x6, -} mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t; - -/** The Identifier of the LMOTS parameter set, as per - * https://www.iana.org/assignments/leighton-micali-signatures/leighton-micali-signatures.xhtml. - * We are only implementing a subset of the types, particularly N32_W8, for the sake of simplicity. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_SHA256_N32_W8 = 4 -} mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t; - -/** LMOTS parameters structure. - * - * This contains the metadata associated with an LMOTS key, detailing the - * algorithm type, the key ID, and the leaf identifier should be key be part of - * a LMS key. - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key - identifier. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_leaf_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_Q_LEAF_ID_LEN]); /*!< Which - leaf of the LMS key this is. - 0 if the key is not part of an LMS key. */ - mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as - per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is - currently supported. */ -} mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t; - -/** LMOTS public context structure. - * - * A LMOTS public key is a hash output, and the applicable parameter set. - * - * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either - * be imported or generated from a private context. - * - * \dot - * digraph lmots_public_t { - * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"]; - * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"]; - * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"]; - * } - * \enddot - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params); - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(public_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX]; - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key. - Boolean values only. */ -} mbedtls_lmots_public_t; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) -/** LMOTS private context structure. - * - * A LMOTS private key is one hash output for each of digit of the digest + - * checksum, and the applicable parameter set. - * - * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either - * be imported or generated from a private context. - * - * \dot - * digraph lmots_public_t { - * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"]; - * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"]; - * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="sign"]; - * } - * \enddot - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_lmots_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params); - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(private_key)[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_P_SIG_DIGIT_COUNT_MAX][ - MBEDTLS_LMOTS_N_HASH_LEN_MAX]; - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key. - Boolean values only. */ -} mbedtls_lmots_private_t; -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */ - - -/** LMS parameters structure. - * - * This contains the metadata associated with an LMS key, detailing the - * algorithm type, the type of the underlying OTS algorithm, and the key ID. - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(I_key_identifier[MBEDTLS_LMOTS_I_KEY_ID_LEN]); /*!< The key - identifier. */ - mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(otstype); /*!< The LM-OTS key type identifier as - per IANA. Only SHA256_N32_W8 is - currently supported. */ - mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); /*!< The LMS key type identifier as per - IANA. Only SHA256_M32_H10 is currently - supported. */ -} mbedtls_lms_parameters_t; - -/** LMS public context structure. - * - * A LMS public key is the hash output that is the root of the Merkle tree, and - * the applicable parameter set - * - * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either - * be imported or generated from a private context. - * - * \dot - * digraph lms_public_t { - * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"]; - * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> INIT [label="free"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="import_public_key"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="calculate_public_key from private key"]; - * HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY -> HAVE_PUBLIC_KEY [label="export_public_key"]; - * } - * \enddot - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params); - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(T_1_pub_key)[MBEDTLS_LMS_M_NODE_BYTES_MAX]; /*!< The public key, in - the form of the Merkle tree root node. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_public_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a public key. - Boolean values only. */ -} mbedtls_lms_public_t; - - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) -/** LMS private context structure. - * - * A LMS private key is a set of LMOTS private keys, an index to the next usable - * key, and the applicable parameter set. - * - * The context must be initialized before it is used. A public key must either - * be imported or generated from a private context. - * - * \dot - * digraph lms_public_t { - * UNINITIALIZED -> INIT [label="init"]; - * HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY -> INIT [label="free"]; - * INIT -> HAVE_PRIVATE_KEY [label="generate_private_key"]; - * } - * \enddot - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_lms_parameters_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(params); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(q_next_usable_key); /*!< The index of the next OTS key that has not - been used. */ - mbedtls_lmots_private_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_private_keys); /*!< The private key material. One OTS key - for each leaf node in the Merkle tree. NULL - when have_private_key is 0 and non-NULL otherwise. - is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) in length. */ - mbedtls_lmots_public_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ots_public_keys); /*!< The OTS key public keys, used to - build the Merkle tree. NULL - when have_private_key is 0 and - non-NULL otherwise. - Is 2^MBEDTLS_LMS_H_TREE_HEIGHT(type) - in length. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(have_private_key); /*!< Whether the context contains a private key. - Boolean values only. */ -} mbedtls_lms_private_t; -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes an LMS public context - * - * \param ctx The uninitialized LMS context that will then be - * initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_lms_public_init(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function uninitializes an LMS public context - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS context that will then be - * uninitialized. - */ -void mbedtls_lms_public_free(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function imports an LMS public key into a - * public LMS context. - * - * \note Before this function is called, the context must - * have been initialized. - * - * \note See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of - * this public key. - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS context store the key in. - * \param key The buffer from which the key will be read. - * #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN bytes will be read from - * this. - * \param key_size The size of the key being imported. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_import_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, size_t key_size); - -/** - * \brief This function exports an LMS public key from a - * LMS public context that already contains a public - * key. - * - * \note Before this function is called, the context must - * have been initialized and the context must contain - * a public key. - * - * \note See IETF RFC8554 for details of the encoding of - * this public key. - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context that contains - * the public key. - * \param key The buffer into which the key will be output. Must - * be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_PUBLIC_KEY_LEN in size. - * \param key_size The size of the key buffer. - * \param key_len If not NULL, will be written with the size of the - * key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_export_public_key(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx, - unsigned char *key, size_t key_size, - size_t *key_len); - -/** - * \brief This function verifies a LMS signature, using a - * LMS context that contains a public key. - * - * \note Before this function is called, the context must - * have been initialized and must contain a public key - * (either by import or generation). - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context from which the - * public key will be read. - * \param msg The buffer from which the message will be read. - * \param msg_size The size of the message that will be read. - * \param sig The buf from which the signature will be read. - * #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN bytes will be read from - * this. - * \param sig_size The size of the signature to be verified. - * - * \return \c 0 on successful verification. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_verify(const mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *msg, size_t msg_size, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) -/** - * \brief This function initializes an LMS private context - * - * \param ctx The uninitialized LMS private context that will - * then be initialized. */ -void mbedtls_lms_private_init(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function uninitializes an LMS private context - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS private context that will then - * be uninitialized. - */ -void mbedtls_lms_private_free(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an LMS private key, and - * stores in into an LMS private context. - * - * \warning This function is **not intended for use in - * production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with - * handling stateful keys. The API for this function - * may change considerably in future versions. - * - * \note The seed must have at least 256 bits of entropy. - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMOTS context to generate the key - * into. - * \param type The LMS parameter set identifier. - * \param otstype The LMOTS parameter set identifier. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used to generate the key ID. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to f_rng - * \param seed The seed used to deterministically generate the - * key. - * \param seed_size The length of the seed. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_generate_private_key(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx, - mbedtls_lms_algorithm_type_t type, - mbedtls_lmots_algorithm_type_t otstype, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, const unsigned char *seed, - size_t seed_size); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates an LMS public key from a - * LMS context that already contains a private key. - * - * \note Before this function is called, the context must - * have been initialized and the context must contain - * a private key. - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS public context to calculate the key - * from and store it into. - * - * \param priv_ctx The LMS private context to read the private key - * from. This must have been initialized and contain a - * private key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_calculate_public_key(mbedtls_lms_public_t *ctx, - const mbedtls_lms_private_t *priv_ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function creates a LMS signature, using a - * LMS context that contains unused private keys. - * - * \warning This function is **not intended for use in - * production**, due to as-yet unsolved problems with - * handling stateful keys. The API for this function - * may change considerably in future versions. - * - * \note Before this function is called, the context must - * have been initialized and must contain a private - * key. - * - * \note Each of the LMOTS private keys inside a LMS private - * key can only be used once. If they are reused, then - * attackers may be able to forge signatures with that - * key. This is all handled transparently, but it is - * important to not perform copy operations on LMS - * contexts that contain private key material. - * - * \param ctx The initialized LMS private context from which the - * private key will be read. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used for signature - * generation. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to f_rng - * \param msg The buffer from which the message will be read. - * \param msg_size The size of the message that will be read. - * \param sig The buf into which the signature will be stored. - * Must be at least #MBEDTLS_LMS_SIG_LEN in size. - * \param sig_size The size of the buffer the signature will be - * written into. - * \param sig_len If not NULL, will be written with the size of the - * signature. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_lms_sign(mbedtls_lms_private_t *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, const unsigned char *msg, - unsigned int msg_size, unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, - size_t *sig_len); -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE) */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_LMS_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h b/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1456b9..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4116 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file mbedtls_config.h - * - * \brief Configuration options (set of defines) - * - * This set of compile-time options may be used to enable - * or disable features selectively, and reduce the global - * memory footprint. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -/** - * This is an optional version symbol that enables compatibility handling of - * config files. - * - * It is equal to the #MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER of the Mbed TLS version that - * introduced the config format we want to be compatible with. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_VERSION 0x03000000 - -/** - * \name SECTION: System support - * - * This section sets system specific settings. - * \{ - */ - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM - * - * The compiler has support for asm(). - * - * Requires support for asm() in compiler. - * - * Used in: - * library/aesni.h - * library/aria.c - * library/bn_mul.h - * library/constant_time.c - * library/padlock.h - * - * Required by: - * MBEDTLS_AESCE_C - * MBEDTLS_AESNI_C (on some platforms) - * MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C - * - * Comment to disable the use of assembly code. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION - * - * The platform lacks support for double-width integer division (64-bit - * division on a 32-bit platform, 128-bit division on a 64-bit platform). - * - * Used in: - * include/mbedtls/bignum.h - * library/bignum.c - * - * The bignum code uses double-width division to speed up some operations. - * Double-width division is often implemented in software that needs to - * be linked with the program. The presence of a double-width integer - * type is usually detected automatically through preprocessor macros, - * but the automatic detection cannot know whether the code needs to - * and can be linked with an implementation of division for that type. - * By default division is assumed to be usable if the type is present. - * Uncomment this option to prevent the use of double-width division. - * - * Note that division for the native integer type is always required. - * Furthermore, a 64-bit type is always required even on a 32-bit - * platform, but it need not support multiplication or division. In some - * cases it is also desirable to disable some double-width operations. For - * example, if double-width division is implemented in software, disabling - * it can reduce code size in some embedded targets. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_NO_UDBL_DIVISION - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION - * - * The platform lacks support for 32x32 -> 64-bit multiplication. - * - * Used in: - * library/poly1305.c - * - * Some parts of the library may use multiplication of two unsigned 32-bit - * operands with a 64-bit result in order to speed up computations. On some - * platforms, this is not available in hardware and has to be implemented in - * software, usually in a library provided by the toolchain. - * - * Sometimes it is not desirable to have to link to that library. This option - * removes the dependency of that library on platforms that lack a hardware - * 64-bit multiplier by embedding a software implementation in Mbed TLS. - * - * Note that depending on the compiler, this may decrease performance compared - * to using the library function provided by the toolchain. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_NO_64BIT_MULTIPLICATION - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2 - * - * CPU supports SSE2 instruction set. - * - * Uncomment if the CPU supports SSE2 (IA-32 specific). - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_SSE2 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME - * - * System has time.h and time(). - * The time does not need to be correct, only time differences are used, - * by contrast with MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE - * - * Defining MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME allows you to specify MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT, - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME. - * - * Comment if your system does not support time functions. - * - * \note If MBEDTLS_TIMING_C is set - to enable the semi-portable timing - * interface - timing.c will include time.h on suitable platforms - * regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless - * MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE - * - * System has time.h, time(), and an implementation for - * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() (see below). - * The time needs to be correct (not necessarily very accurate, but at least - * the date should be correct). This is used to verify the validity period of - * X.509 certificates. - * - * Comment if your system does not have a correct clock. - * - * \note mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() is an abstraction in platform_util.h that - * behaves similarly to the gmtime_r() function from the C standard. Refer to - * the documentation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() for more information. - * - * \note It is possible to configure an implementation for - * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() at compile-time by using the macro - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY - * - * Enable the memory allocation layer. - * - * By default Mbed TLS uses the system-provided calloc() and free(). - * This allows different allocators (self-implemented or provided) to be - * provided to the platform abstraction layer. - * - * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY without the - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACROs will provide - * "mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free()" allowing you to set an alternative calloc() and - * free() function pointer at runtime. - * - * Enabling #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY and specifying - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{CALLOC,FREE}_MACROs will allow you to specify the - * alternate function at compile time. - * - * An overview of how the value of mbedtls_calloc is determined: - * - * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY - * - mbedtls_calloc = calloc - * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY - * - if (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO): - * - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO - * - if !(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO): - * - Dynamic setup via mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free is now possible with a default value MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC. - * - How is MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC handled? - * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS: - * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is not set to anything; - * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR can be included if present; - * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS: - * - if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is present: - * - User-defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is respected; - * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC: - * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = calloc - * - * - At this point the presence of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC is checked. - * - if !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC - * - MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC = uninitialized_calloc - * - * - mbedtls_calloc = MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC. - * - * Defining MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC at the same time is not possible. - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO must both be defined or undefined at the same time. - * #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE do not have to be defined at the same time, as, if they are used, - * dynamic setup of these functions is possible. See the tree above to see how are they handled in all cases. - * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer. - * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - * - * Enable this layer to allow use of alternative memory allocators. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS - * - * Do not assign standard functions in the platform layer (e.g. calloc() to - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and printf() to MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) - * - * This makes sure there are no linking errors on platforms that do not support - * these functions. You will HAVE to provide alternatives, either at runtime - * via the platform_set_xxx() functions or at compile time by setting - * the MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_XXX defines, or enabling a - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - * - * Uncomment to prevent default assignment of standard functions in the - * platform layer. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT - * - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS support the - * function in the platform abstraction layer. - * - * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT, Mbed TLS will - * provide a function "mbedtls_platform_set_printf()" that allows you to set an - * alternative printf function pointer. - * - * All these define require MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C to be defined! - * - * \note MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT is required on Windows; - * it will be enabled automatically by check_config.h - * - * \warning MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot be defined at the same time as - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO! - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME - * - * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of specific base - * platform function - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT - -/** - * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of - * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(). This replaces the default implementation in - * platform_util.c. - * - * gmtime() is not a thread-safe function as defined in the C standard. The - * library will try to use safer implementations of this function, such as - * gmtime_r() when available. However, if Mbed TLS cannot identify the target - * system, the implementation of mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() will default to - * using the standard gmtime(). In this case, calls from the library to - * gmtime() will be guarded by the global mutex mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex - * if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled. We recommend that calls from outside the - * library are also guarded with this mutex to avoid race conditions. However, - * if the macro MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, Mbed TLS will - * unconditionally use the implementation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() - * supplied at compile time. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT - -/** - * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of - * mbedtls_platform_zeroize(), to wipe sensitive data in memory. This replaces - * the default implementation in platform_util.c. - * - * By default, the library uses a system function such as memset_s() - * (optional feature of C11), explicit_bzero() (BSD and compatible), or - * SecureZeroMemory (Windows). If no such function is detected, the library - * falls back to a plain C implementation. Compilers are technically - * permitted to optimize this implementation out, meaning that the memory is - * not actually wiped. The library tries to prevent that, but the C language - * makes it impossible to guarantee that the memory will always be wiped. - * - * If your platform provides a guaranteed method to wipe memory which - * `platform_util.c` does not detect, define this macro to the name of - * a function that takes two arguments, a `void *` pointer and a length, - * and wipes that many bytes starting at the specified address. For example, - * if your platform has explicit_bzero() but `platform_util.c` does not - * detect its presence, define `MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT` to be - * `explicit_bzero` to use that function as mbedtls_platform_zeroize(). - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING - * - * Mark deprecated functions and features so that they generate a warning if - * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the - * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a - * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality. - * - * This only works with GCC and Clang. With other compilers, you may want to - * use MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED - * - * Uncomment to get warnings on using deprecated functions and features. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED - * - * Remove deprecated functions and features so that they generate an error if - * used. Functionality deprecated in one version will usually be removed in the - * next version. You can enable this to help you prepare the transition to a - * new major version by making sure your code is not using this functionality. - * - * Uncomment to get errors on using deprecated functions and features. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED - -/** \} name SECTION: System support */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support - * - * This section sets support for features that are or are not needed - * within the modules that are enabled. - * \{ - */ - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT - * - * Uncomment to provide your own alternate implementation for - * mbedtls_timing_get_timer(), mbedtls_set_alarm(), mbedtls_set/get_delay() - * - * Only works if you have MBEDTLS_TIMING_C enabled. - * - * You will need to provide a header "timing_alt.h" and an implementation at - * compile time. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ALT - * - * MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your - * alternate core implementation of a symmetric crypto, an arithmetic or hash - * module (e.g. platform specific assembly optimized implementations). Keep - * in mind that the function prototypes should remain the same. - * - * This replaces the whole module. If you only want to replace one of the - * functions, use one of the MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT flags. - * - * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_AES_ALT, Mbed TLS will no longer - * provide the "struct mbedtls_aes_context" definition and omit the base - * function declarations and implementations. "aes_alt.h" will be included from - * "aes.h" to include the new function definitions. - * - * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding - * module. - * - * \warning MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their - * use constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend - * avoiding dependencies on them, and considering stronger message - * digests and ciphers instead. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_DES_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_DHM_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_GCM_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT - -/* - * When replacing the elliptic curve module, please consider, that it is - * implemented with two .c files: - * - ecp.c - * - ecp_curves.c - * You can replace them very much like all the other MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT - * macros as described above. The only difference is that you have to make sure - * that you provide functionality for both .c files. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT - * - * MBEDTLS__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use you - * alternate core implementation of symmetric crypto or hash function. Keep in - * mind that function prototypes should remain the same. - * - * This replaces only one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still - * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS__MODULE_NAME__ALT flags. - * - * Example: In case you uncomment MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT, Mbed TLS will - * no longer provide the mbedtls_sha1_process() function, but it will still provide - * the other function (using your mbedtls_sha1_process() function) and the definition - * of mbedtls_sha1_context, so your implementation of mbedtls_sha1_process must be compatible - * with this definition. - * - * \note If you use the AES_xxx_ALT macros, then it is recommended to also set - * MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES in order to help the linker garbage-collect the AES - * tables. - * - * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding - * function. - * - * \warning MD5, DES and SHA-1 are considered weak and their use - * constitutes a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding - * dependencies on them, and considering stronger message digests - * and ciphers instead. - * - * \warning If both MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT and MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC are - * enabled, then the deterministic ECDH signature functions pass the - * the static HMAC-DRBG as RNG to mbedtls_ecdsa_sign(). Therefore - * alternative implementations should use the RNG only for generating - * the ephemeral key and nothing else. If this is not possible, then - * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC should be disabled and an alternative - * implementation should be provided for mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext(). - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MD5_PROCESS_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_PROCESS_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_PROCESS_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_PROCESS_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_DES_SETKEY_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_DES_CRYPT_ECB_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_DES3_CRYPT_ECB_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_ENC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_SETKEY_DEC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT - * - * Expose a part of the internal interface of the Elliptic Curve Point module. - * - * MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT: Uncomment a macro to let Mbed TLS use your - * alternative core implementation of elliptic curve arithmetic. Keep in mind - * that function prototypes should remain the same. - * - * This partially replaces one function. The header file from Mbed TLS is still - * used, in contrast to the MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT flag. The original implementation - * is still present and it is used for group structures not supported by the - * alternative. - * - * The original implementation can in addition be removed by setting the - * MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK option, in which case any function for which the - * corresponding MBEDTLS_ECP__FUNCTION_NAME__ALT macro is defined will not be - * able to fallback to curves not supported by the alternative implementation. - * - * Any of these options become available by defining MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT - * and implementing the following functions: - * unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable( - * const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) - * int mbedtls_internal_ecp_init( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) - * void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) - * The mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable function should return 1 if the - * replacement functions implement arithmetic for the given group and 0 - * otherwise. - * The functions mbedtls_internal_ecp_init and mbedtls_internal_ecp_free are - * called before and after each point operation and provide an opportunity to - * implement optimized set up and tear down instructions. - * - * Example: In case you set MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT and - * MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT, Mbed TLS will still provide the ecp_double_jac() - * function, but will use your mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_jac() if the group - * for the operation is supported by your implementation (i.e. your - * mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable() function returns 1 for this group). If the - * group is not supported by your implementation, then the original Mbed TLS - * implementation of ecp_double_jac() is used instead, unless this fallback - * behaviour is disabled by setting MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK (in which case - * ecp_double_jac() will return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE). - * - * The function prototypes and the definition of mbedtls_ecp_group and - * mbedtls_ecp_point will not change based on MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT, so your - * implementation of mbedtls_internal_ecp__function_name__ must be compatible - * with their definitions. - * - * Uncomment a macro to enable alternate implementation of the corresponding - * function. - */ -/* Required for all the functions in this section */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT -/* Turn off software fallback for curves not supported in hardware */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_FALLBACK -/* Support for Weierstrass curves with Jacobi representation */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT -/* Support for curves with Montgomery arithmetic */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT - * - * Uncomment this macro to let Mbed TLS use your own implementation of a - * hardware entropy collector. - * - * Your function must be called \c mbedtls_hardware_poll(), have the same - * prototype as declared in library/entropy_poll.h, and accept NULL as first - * argument. - * - * Uncomment to use your own hardware entropy collector. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES - * - * Use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM. - * - * Uncomment this macro to use precomputed AES tables stored in ROM. - * Comment this macro to generate AES tables in RAM at runtime. - * - * Tradeoff: Using precomputed ROM tables reduces RAM usage by ~8kb - * (or ~2kb if \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES is used) and reduces the - * initialization time before the first AES operation can be performed. - * It comes at the cost of additional ~8kb ROM use (resp. ~2kb if \c - * MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES below is used), and potentially degraded - * performance if ROM access is slower than RAM access. - * - * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES - * - * Use less ROM/RAM for AES tables. - * - * Uncommenting this macro omits 75% of the AES tables from - * ROM / RAM (depending on the value of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES) - * by computing their values on the fly during operations - * (the tables are entry-wise rotations of one another). - * - * Tradeoff: Uncommenting this reduces the RAM / ROM footprint - * by ~6kb but at the cost of more arithmetic operations during - * runtime. Specifically, one has to compare 4 accesses within - * different tables to 4 accesses with additional arithmetic - * operations within the same table. The performance gain/loss - * depends on the system and memory details. - * - * This option is independent of \c MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH - * - * Use only 128-bit keys in AES operations to save ROM. - * - * Uncomment this macro to remove support for AES operations that use 192- - * or 256-bit keys. - * - * Uncommenting this macro reduces the size of AES code by ~300 bytes - * on v8-M/Thumb2. - * - * Module: library/aes.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH - -/* - * Disable plain C implementation for AES. - * - * When the plain C implementation is enabled, and an implementation using a - * special CPU feature (such as MBEDTLS_AESCE_C) is also enabled, runtime - * detection will be used to select between them. - * - * If only one implementation is present, runtime detection will not be used. - * This configuration will crash at runtime if running on a CPU without the - * necessary features. It will not build unless at least one of MBEDTLS_AESCE_C - * and/or MBEDTLS_AESNI_C is enabled & present in the build. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_AES_USE_HARDWARE_ONLY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY - * - * Use less ROM for the Camellia implementation (saves about 768 bytes). - * - * Uncomment this macro to use less memory for Camellia. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING - * - * If this macro is defined, emit a compile-time warning if application code - * calls a function without checking its return value, but the return value - * should generally be checked in portable applications. - * - * This is only supported on platforms where #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is - * implemented. Otherwise this option has no effect. - * - * Uncomment to get warnings on using fallible functions without checking - * their return value. - * - * \note This feature is a work in progress. - * Warnings will be added to more functions in the future. - * - * \note A few functions are considered critical, and ignoring the return - * value of these functions will trigger a warning even if this - * macro is not defined. To completely disable return value check - * warnings, define #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN with an empty expansion. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC - * - * Enable Cipher Block Chaining mode (CBC) for symmetric ciphers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB - * - * Enable Cipher Feedback mode (CFB) for symmetric ciphers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR - * - * Enable Counter Block Cipher mode (CTR) for symmetric ciphers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB - * - * Enable Output Feedback mode (OFB) for symmetric ciphers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS - * - * Enable Xor-encrypt-xor with ciphertext stealing mode (XTS) for AES. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER - * - * Enable NULL cipher. - * Warning: Only do so when you know what you are doing. This allows for - * encryption or channels without any security! - * - * To enable the following ciphersuites: - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA - * - * Uncomment this macro to enable the NULL cipher and ciphersuites - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 - * - * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_XXX: Uncomment or comment macros to add support for - * specific padding modes in the cipher layer with cipher modes that support - * padding (e.g. CBC) - * - * If you disable all padding modes, only full blocks can be used with CBC. - * - * Enable padding modes in the cipher layer. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS - -/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY - * - * Uncomment this macro to use a 128-bit key in the CTR_DRBG module. - * Without this, CTR_DRBG uses a 256-bit key - * unless \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY - -/** - * Enable the verified implementations of ECDH primitives from Project Everest - * (currently only Curve25519). This feature changes the layout of ECDH - * contexts and therefore is a compatibility break for applications that access - * fields of a mbedtls_ecdh_context structure directly. See also - * MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT in include/mbedtls/ecdh.h. - * - * The Everest code is provided under the Apache 2.0 license only; therefore enabling this - * option is not compatible with taking the library under the GPL v2.0-or-later license. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED - * - * MBEDTLS_ECP_XXXX_ENABLED: Enables specific curves within the Elliptic Curve - * module. By default all supported curves are enabled. - * - * Comment macros to disable the curve and functions for it - */ -/* Short Weierstrass curves (supporting ECP, ECDH, ECDSA) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED -/* Montgomery curves (supporting ECP) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM - * - * Enable specific 'modulo p' routines for each NIST prime. - * Depending on the prime and architecture, makes operations 4 to 8 times - * faster on the corresponding curve. - * - * Comment this macro to disable NIST curves optimisation. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE - * - * Enable "non-blocking" ECC operations that can return early and be resumed. - * - * This allows various functions to pause by returning - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or, for functions in the SSL module, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS) and then be called later again in - * order to further progress and eventually complete their operation. This is - * controlled through mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() which limits the maximum - * number of ECC operations a function may perform before pausing; see - * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() for more information. - * - * This is useful in non-threaded environments if you want to avoid blocking - * for too long on ECC (and, hence, X.509 or SSL/TLS) operations. - * - * This option: - * - Adds xxx_restartable() variants of existing operations in the - * following modules, with corresponding restart context types: - * - ECP (for Short Weierstrass curves only): scalar multiplication (mul), - * linear combination (muladd); - * - ECDSA: signature generation & verification; - * - PK: signature generation & verification; - * - X509: certificate chain verification. - * - Adds mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() in the ECDH module. - * - Changes the behaviour of TLS 1.2 clients (not servers) when using the - * ECDHE-ECDSA key exchange (not other key exchanges) to make all ECC - * computations restartable: - * - ECDH operations from the key exchange, only for Short Weierstrass - * curves, only when MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is not enabled. - * - verification of the server's key exchange signature; - * - verification of the server's certificate chain; - * - generation of the client's signature if client authentication is used, - * with an ECC key/certificate. - * - * \note In the cases above, the usual SSL/TLS functions, such as - * mbedtls_ssl_handshake(), can now return - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS. - * - * \note When this option and MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO are both enabled, - * restartable operations in PK, X.509 and TLS (see above) are not - * using PSA. On the other hand, ECDH computations in TLS are using - * PSA, and are not restartable. These are temporary limitations that - * should be lifted in the future. - * - * \note This option only works with the default software implementation of - * elliptic curve functionality. It is incompatible with - * MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDH_XXX_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_XXX_ALT. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C - * - * Uncomment this macro to enable restartable ECC computations. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE - -/** - * Uncomment to enable using new bignum code in the ECC modules. - * - * \warning This is currently experimental, incomplete and therefore should not - * be used in production. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WITH_MPI_UINT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC - * - * Enable deterministic ECDSA (RFC 6979). - * Standard ECDSA is "fragile" in the sense that lack of entropy when signing - * may result in a compromise of the long-term signing key. This is avoided by - * the deterministic variant. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C, MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C - * - * Comment this macro to disable deterministic ECDSA. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED - * - * Enable the PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED - * - * Enable the DHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * - * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it - * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters. - * If possible, it is recommended users should consider - * preferring other methods of key exchange. - * See dhm.h for more details. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECDHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED - * - * Enable the RSA-PSK based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15, - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the RSA-only based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15, - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the DHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_DHM_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C, MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15, - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA - * - * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it - * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters. - * If possible, it is recommended users should consider - * preferring other methods of key exchange. - * See dhm.h for more details. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECDHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) - * MBEDTLS_RSA_C - * MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECDHE-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) - * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECDH-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) - * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECDH-RSA based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECDH_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) - * MBEDTLS_RSA_C - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED - * - * Enable the ECJPAKE based ciphersuite modes in SSL / TLS. - * - * \warning This is currently experimental. EC J-PAKE support is based on the - * Thread v1.0.0 specification; incompatible changes to the specification - * might still happen. For this reason, this is disabled by default. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) - * SHA-256 (via MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or a PSA driver) - * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED - * - * \warning If SHA-256 is provided only by a PSA driver, you must call - * psa_crypto_init() before the first hanshake (even if - * MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is disabled). - * - * This enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED - * - * Enhance support for reading EC keys using variants of SEC1 not allowed by - * RFC 5915 and RFC 5480. - * - * Currently this means parsing the SpecifiedECDomain choice of EC - * parameters (only known groups are supported, not arbitrary domains, to - * avoid validation issues). - * - * Disable if you only need to support RFC 5915 + 5480 key formats. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED - * - * Enable the support for parsing public keys of type Short Weierstrass - * (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX) which are using the - * compressed point format. This parsing is done through ECP module's functions. - * - * \note As explained in the description of MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED (in ecp.h) - * the only unsupported curves are MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1 and - * MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY - * - * Enable a dummy error function to make use of mbedtls_strerror() in - * third party libraries easier when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is disabled - * (no effect when MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled). - * - * You can safely disable this if MBEDTLS_ERROR_C is enabled, or if you're - * not using mbedtls_strerror() or error_strerror() in your application. - * - * Disable if you run into name conflicts and want to really remove the - * mbedtls_strerror() - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_GENPRIME - * - * Enable the prime-number generation code. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_FS_IO - * - * Enable functions that use the filesystem. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES - * - * Do not add default entropy sources in mbedtls_entropy_init(). - * - * This is useful to have more control over the added entropy sources in an - * application. - * - * Uncomment this macro to prevent loading of default entropy functions. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY - * - * Do not use built-in platform entropy functions. - * This is useful if your platform does not support - * standards like the /dev/urandom or Windows CryptoAPI. - * - * Uncomment this macro to disable the built-in platform entropy functions. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 - * - * Force the entropy accumulator to use a SHA-256 accumulator instead of the - * default SHA-512 based one (if both are available). - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C - * - * On 32-bit systems SHA-256 can be much faster than SHA-512. Use this option - * if you have performance concerns. - * - * This option is only useful if both MBEDTLS_SHA256_C and - * MBEDTLS_SHA512_C are defined. Otherwise the available hash module is used. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED - * - * Enable the non-volatile (NV) seed file-based entropy source. - * (Also enables the NV seed read/write functions in the platform layer) - * - * This is crucial (if not required) on systems that do not have a - * cryptographic entropy source (in hardware or kernel) available. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - * - * \note The read/write functions that are used by the entropy source are - * determined in the platform layer, and can be modified at runtime and/or - * compile-time depending on the flags (MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_*) used. - * - * \note If you use the default implementation functions that read a seedfile - * with regular fopen(), please make sure you make a seedfile with the - * proper name (defined in MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE) and at - * least MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE bytes in size that can be read from - * and written to or you will get an entropy source error! The default - * implementation will only use the first MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE - * bytes from the file. - * - * \note The entropy collector will write to the seed file before entropy is - * given to an external source, to update it. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED - -/* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER - * - * Enable key identifiers that encode a key owner identifier. - * - * The owner of a key is identified by a value of type ::mbedtls_key_owner_id_t - * which is currently hard-coded to be int32_t. - * - * Note that this option is meant for internal use only and may be removed - * without notice. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG - * - * Enable debugging of buffer allocator memory issues. Automatically prints - * (to stderr) all (fatal) messages on memory allocation issues. Enables - * function for 'debug output' of allocated memory. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C - * - * Uncomment this macro to let the buffer allocator print out error messages. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE - * - * Include backtrace information with each allocated block. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C - * GLIBC-compatible backtrace() and backtrace_symbols() support - * - * Uncomment this macro to include backtrace information - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT - * - * Support external private RSA keys (eg from a HSM) in the PK layer. - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for external private RSA keys. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 - * - * Enable support for PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C - * - * This enables support for PKCS#1 v1.5 operations. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 - * - * Enable support for PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_RSA_C - * - * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must - * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS#1 v2.1 operation. - * - * This enables support for RSAES-OAEP and RSASSA-PSS operations. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS - * - * Enable support for platform built-in keys. If you enable this feature, - * you must implement the function mbedtls_psa_platform_get_builtin_key(). - * See the documentation of that function for more information. - * - * Built-in keys are typically derived from a hardware unique key or - * stored in a secure element. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C. - * - * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed - * without notice. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT - * - * Enable support for PSA crypto client. - * - * \note This option allows to include the code necessary for a PSA - * crypto client when the PSA crypto implementation is not included in - * the library (MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C disabled). The code included is the - * code to set and get PSA key attributes. - * The development of PSA drivers partially relying on the library to - * fulfill the hardware gaps is another possible usage of this option. - * - * \warning This interface is experimental and may change or be removed - * without notice. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CLIENT - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG - * - * Make the PSA Crypto module use an external random generator provided - * by a driver, instead of Mbed TLS's entropy and DRBG modules. - * - * \note This random generator must deliver random numbers with cryptographic - * quality and high performance. It must supply unpredictable numbers - * with a uniform distribution. The implementation of this function - * is responsible for ensuring that the random generator is seeded - * with sufficient entropy. If you have a hardware TRNG which is slow - * or delivers non-uniform output, declare it as an entropy source - * with mbedtls_entropy_add_source() instead of enabling this option. - * - * If you enable this option, you must configure the type - * ::mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t in psa/crypto_platform.h - * and define a function called mbedtls_psa_external_get_random() - * with the following prototype: - * ``` - * psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_external_get_random( - * mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t *context, - * uint8_t *output, size_t output_size, size_t *output_length); - * ); - * ``` - * The \c context value is initialized to 0 before the first call. - * The function must fill the \c output buffer with \c output_size bytes - * of random data and set \c *output_length to \c output_size. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - * \warning If you enable this option, code that uses the PSA cryptography - * interface will not use any of the entropy sources set up for - * the entropy module, nor the NV seed that MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED - * enables. - * - * \note This option is experimental and may be removed without notice. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM - * - * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM is defined, the code is built for SPM (Secure - * Partition Manager) integration which separates the code into two parts: a - * NSPE (Non-Secure Process Environment) and an SPE (Secure Process - * Environment). - * - * If you enable this option, your build environment must include a header - * file `"crypto_spe.h"` (either in the `psa` subdirectory of the Mbed TLS - * header files, or in another directory on the compiler's include search - * path). Alternatively, your platform may customize the header - * `psa/crypto_platform.h`, in which case it can skip or replace the - * inclusion of `"crypto_spe.h"`. - * - * Module: library/psa_crypto.c - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM - -/** - * Uncomment to enable p256-m. This is an alternative implementation of - * key generation, ECDH and (randomized) ECDSA on the curve SECP256R1. - * Compared to the default implementation: - * - * - p256-m has a much smaller code size and RAM footprint. - * - p256-m is only available via the PSA API. This includes the pk module - * when #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled. - * - p256-m does not support deterministic ECDSA, EC-JPAKE, custom protocols - * over the core arithmetic, or deterministic derivation of keys. - * - * We recommend enabling this option if your application uses the PSA API - * and the only elliptic curve support it needs is ECDH and ECDSA over - * SECP256R1. - * - * If you enable this option, you do not need to enable any ECC-related - * MBEDTLS_xxx option. You do need to separately request support for the - * cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA API: - * - #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG for PSA-based - * configuration; - * - #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO if you want to use p256-m from PK, X.509 or TLS; - * - #PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256; - * - #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH and/or #PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA as needed; - * - #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY, #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC, - * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT, - * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT and/or - * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE as needed. - * - * \note To benefit from the smaller code size of p256-m, make sure that you - * do not enable any ECC-related option not supported by p256-m: this - * would cause the built-in ECC implementation to be built as well, in - * order to provide the required option. - * Make sure #PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA, #PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE and - * #PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE, and curves other than - * SECP256R1 are disabled as they are not supported by this driver. - * Also, avoid defining #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED or - * #MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED as those currently require a subset of - * the built-in ECC implementation, see docs/driver-only-builds.md. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY - * - * Enable support for entropy injection at first boot. This feature is - * required on systems that do not have a built-in entropy source (TRNG). - * This feature is currently not supported on systems that have a built-in - * entropy source. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C, MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT - * - * Do not use the Chinese Remainder Theorem - * for the RSA private operation. - * - * Uncomment this macro to disable the use of CRT in RSA. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_NO_CRT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST - * - * Enable the checkup functions (*_self_test). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER - * - * Enable an implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but also - * lower performance. - * - * The default implementation is meant to be a reasonable compromise between - * performance and size. This version optimizes more aggressively for size at - * the expense of performance. Eg on Cortex-M4 it reduces the size of - * mbedtls_sha256_process() from ~2KB to ~0.5KB for a performance hit of about - * 30%. - * - * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA256. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER - * - * Enable an implementation of SHA-512 that has lower ROM footprint but also - * lower performance. - * - * Uncomment to enable the smaller implementation of SHA512. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES - * - * Enable sending of alert messages in case of encountered errors as per RFC. - * If you choose not to send the alert messages, Mbed TLS can still communicate - * with other servers, only debugging of failures is harder. - * - * The advantage of not sending alert messages, is that no information is given - * about reasons for failures thus preventing adversaries of gaining intel. - * - * Enable sending of all alert messages - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID - * - * Enable support for the DTLS Connection ID (CID) extension, - * which allows to identify DTLS connections across changes - * in the underlying transport. The CID functionality is described - * in RFC 9146. - * - * Setting this option enables the SSL APIs `mbedtls_ssl_set_cid()`, - * mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid()`, `mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid()` and - * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid()`. See the corresponding documentation for - * more information. - * - * The maximum lengths of outgoing and incoming CIDs can be configured - * through the options - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - * - * Uncomment to enable the Connection ID extension. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID - - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT - * - * Defines whether RFC 9146 (default) or the legacy version - * (version draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05, - * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05) - * is used. - * - * Set the value to 0 for the standard version, and - * 1 for the legacy draft version. - * - * \deprecated Support for the legacy version of the DTLS - * Connection ID feature is deprecated. Please - * switch to the standardized version defined - * in RFC 9146 enabled by utilizing - * MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID without use - * of MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE - * - * Enable asynchronous external private key operations in SSL. This allows - * you to configure an SSL connection to call an external cryptographic - * module to perform private key operations instead of performing the - * operation inside the library. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION - * - * Enable serialization of the TLS context structures, through use of the - * functions mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load(). - * - * This pair of functions allows one side of a connection to serialize the - * context associated with the connection, then free or re-use that context - * while the serialized state is persisted elsewhere, and finally deserialize - * that state to a live context for resuming read/write operations on the - * connection. From a protocol perspective, the state of the connection is - * unaffected, in particular this is entirely transparent to the peer. - * - * Note: this is distinct from TLS session resumption, which is part of the - * protocol and fully visible by the peer. TLS session resumption enables - * establishing new connections associated to a saved session with shorter, - * lighter handshakes, while context serialization is a local optimization in - * handling a single, potentially long-lived connection. - * - * Enabling these APIs makes some SSL structures larger, as 64 extra bytes are - * saved after the handshake to allow for more efficient serialization, so if - * you don't need this feature you'll save RAM by disabling it. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_GCM_C or MBEDTLS_CCM_C or MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C - * - * Comment to disable the context serialization APIs. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL - * - * Enable the debug messages in SSL module for all issues. - * Debug messages have been disabled in some places to prevent timing - * attacks due to (unbalanced) debugging function calls. - * - * If you need all error reporting you should enable this during debugging, - * but remove this for production servers that should log as well. - * - * Uncomment this macro to report all debug messages on errors introducing - * a timing side-channel. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC - * - * Enable support for Encrypt-then-MAC, RFC 7366. - * - * This allows peers that both support it to use a more robust protection for - * ciphersuites using CBC, providing deep resistance against timing attacks - * on the padding or underlying cipher. - * - * This only affects CBC ciphersuites, and is useless if none is defined. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for Encrypt-then-MAC - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET - * - * Enable support for RFC 7627: Session Hash and Extended Master Secret - * Extension. - * - * This was introduced as "the proper fix" to the Triple Handshake family of - * attacks, but it is recommended to always use it (even if you disable - * renegotiation), since it actually fixes a more fundamental issue in the - * original SSL/TLS design, and has implications beyond Triple Handshake. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for Extended Master Secret. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE - * - * This option controls the availability of the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert() - * giving access to the peer's certificate after completion of the handshake. - * - * Unless you need mbedtls_ssl_peer_cert() in your application, it is - * recommended to disable this option for reduced RAM usage. - * - * \note If this option is disabled, mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert() is still - * defined, but always returns \c NULL. - * - * \note This option has no influence on the protection against the - * triple handshake attack. Even if it is disabled, Mbed TLS will - * still ensure that certificates do not change during renegotiation, - * for example by keeping a hash of the peer's certificate. - * - * \note This option is required if MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is set. - * - * Comment this macro to disable storing the peer's certificate - * after the handshake. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION - * - * Enable support for TLS renegotiation. - * - * The two main uses of renegotiation are (1) refresh keys on long-lived - * connections and (2) client authentication after the initial handshake. - * If you don't need renegotiation, it's probably better to disable it, since - * it has been associated with security issues in the past and is easy to - * misuse/misunderstand. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - * - * Comment this to disable support for renegotiation. - * - * \note Even if this option is disabled, both client and server are aware - * of the Renegotiation Indication Extension (RFC 5746) used to - * prevent the SSL renegotiation attack (see RFC 5746 Sect. 1). - * (See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation for the - * configuration of this extension). - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH - * - * Enable support for RFC 6066 max_fragment_length extension in SSL. - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for the max_fragment_length extension - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT - * - * Enable support for RFC 8449 record_size_limit extension in SSL (TLS 1.3 only). - * - * \warning This extension is currently in development and must NOT be used except - * for testing purposes. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 - * - * Uncomment this macro to enable support for the record_size_limit extension - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - * - * Enable support for TLS 1.2 (and DTLS 1.2 if DTLS is enabled). - * - * Requires: Without MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO: MBEDTLS_MD_C and - * (MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or MBEDTLS_SHA384_C or - * SHA-256 or SHA-512 provided by a PSA driver) - * With MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO: - * PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 or PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 - * - * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, or if the hash(es) used - * are only provided by PSA drivers, you must call psa_crypto_init() before - * doing any TLS operations. - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for TLS 1.2 / DTLS 1.2 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 - * - * Enable support for TLS 1.3. - * - * \note See docs/architecture/tls13-support.md for a description of the TLS - * 1.3 support that this option enables. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - * \note TLS 1.3 uses PSA crypto for cryptographic operations that are - * directly performed by TLS 1.3 code. As a consequence, you must - * call psa_crypto_init() before the first TLS 1.3 handshake. - * - * \note Cryptographic operations performed indirectly via another module - * (X.509, PK) or by code shared with TLS 1.2 (record protection, - * running handshake hash) only use PSA crypto if - * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled. - * - * Uncomment this macro to enable the support for TLS 1.3. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE - * - * Enable TLS 1.3 middlebox compatibility mode. - * - * As specified in Section D.4 of RFC 8446, TLS 1.3 offers a compatibility - * mode to make a TLS 1.3 connection more likely to pass through middle boxes - * expecting TLS 1.2 traffic. - * - * Turning on the compatibility mode comes at the cost of a few added bytes - * on the wire, but it doesn't affect compatibility with TLS 1.3 implementations - * that don't use it. Therefore, unless transmission bandwidth is critical and - * you know that middlebox compatibility issues won't occur, it is therefore - * recommended to set this option. - * - * Comment to disable compatibility mode for TLS 1.3. If - * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any - * effect on the build. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED - * - * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK key exchange mode. - * - * Comment to disable support for the PSK key exchange mode in TLS 1.3. If - * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any - * effect on the build. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED - * - * Enable TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchange mode. - * - * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * and at least one of: - * MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C or (MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO and PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) - * MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 - * - * Comment to disable support for the ephemeral key exchange mode in TLS 1.3. - * If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not have any - * effect on the build. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED - * - * Enable TLS 1.3 PSK ephemeral key exchange mode. - * - * Requires: PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH or PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH - * - * Comment to disable support for the PSK ephemeral key exchange mode in - * TLS 1.3. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 is not enabled, this option does not - * have any effect on the build. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA - * - * Enable support for RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 early data. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS and either - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED - * - * Comment this to disable support for early data. If MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 - * is not enabled, this option does not have any effect on the build. - * - * This feature is experimental, not completed and thus not ready for - * production. - * - * \note The maximum amount of early data can be set with - * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - * - * Enable support for DTLS (all available versions). - * - * Enable this and MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 to enable DTLS 1.2. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for DTLS - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN - * - * Enable support for RFC 7301 Application Layer Protocol Negotiation. - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for ALPN. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY - * - * Enable support for the anti-replay mechanism in DTLS. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C - * MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - * - * \warning Disabling this is often a security risk! - * See mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay() for details. - * - * Comment this to disable anti-replay in DTLS. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY - * - * Enable support for HelloVerifyRequest on DTLS servers. - * - * This feature is highly recommended to prevent DTLS servers being used as - * amplifiers in DoS attacks against other hosts. It should always be enabled - * unless you know for sure amplification cannot be a problem in the - * environment in which your server operates. - * - * \warning Disabling this can be a security risk! (see above) - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - * - * Comment this to disable support for HelloVerifyRequest. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP - * - * Enable support for negotiation of DTLS-SRTP (RFC 5764) - * through the use_srtp extension. - * - * \note This feature provides the minimum functionality required - * to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP and to allow the derivation of - * the associated SRTP packet protection key material. - * In particular, the SRTP packet protection itself, as well as the - * demultiplexing of RTP and DTLS packets at the datagram layer - * (see Section 5 of RFC 5764), are not handled by this feature. - * Instead, after successful completion of a handshake negotiating - * the use of DTLS-SRTP, the extended key exporter API - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_export_keys_cb() should be used to implement - * the key exporter described in Section 4.2 of RFC 5764 and RFC 5705 - * (this is implemented in the SSL example programs). - * The resulting key should then be passed to an SRTP stack. - * - * Setting this option enables the runtime API - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles() - * through which the supported DTLS-SRTP protection - * profiles can be configured. You must call this API at - * runtime if you wish to negotiate the use of DTLS-SRTP. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS - * - * Uncomment this to enable support for use_srtp extension. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE - * - * Enable server-side support for clients that reconnect from the same port. - * - * Some clients unexpectedly close the connection and try to reconnect using the - * same source port. This needs special support from the server to handle the - * new connection securely, as described in section 4.2.8 of RFC 6347. This - * flag enables that support. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY - * - * Comment this to disable support for clients reusing the source port. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS - * - * Enable support for RFC 5077 session tickets in SSL. - * Client-side, provides full support for session tickets (maintenance of a - * session store remains the responsibility of the application, though). - * Server-side, you also need to provide callbacks for writing and parsing - * tickets, including authenticated encryption and key management. Example - * callbacks are provided by MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C. - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for SSL session tickets - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION - * - * Enable support for RFC 6066 server name indication (SNI) in SSL. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * Comment this macro to disable support for server name indication in SSL - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH - * - * When this option is enabled, the SSL buffer will be resized automatically - * based on the negotiated maximum fragment length in each direction. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN - * - * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with - * clang's MemorySanitizer. This causes some existing tests to also test - * this non-functional property of the code under test. - * - * This setting requires compiling with clang -fsanitize=memory. The test - * suites can then be run normally. - * - * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered - * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time. - * - * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND - * - * Enable testing of the constant-flow nature of some sensitive functions with - * valgrind's memcheck tool. This causes some existing tests to also test - * this non-functional property of the code under test. - * - * This setting requires valgrind headers for building, and is only useful for - * testing if the tests suites are run with valgrind's memcheck. This can be - * done for an individual test suite with 'valgrind ./test_suite_xxx', or when - * using CMake, this can be done for all test suites with 'make memcheck'. - * - * \warning This macro is only used for extended testing; it is not considered - * part of the library's API, so it may change or disappear at any time. - * - * Uncomment to enable testing of the constant-flow nature of selected code. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_VALGRIND - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS - * - * Enable features for invasive testing such as introspection functions and - * hooks for fault injection. This enables additional unit tests. - * - * Merely enabling this feature should not change the behavior of the product. - * It only adds new code, and new branching points where the default behavior - * is the same as when this feature is disabled. - * However, this feature increases the attack surface: there is an added - * risk of vulnerabilities, and more gadgets that can make exploits easier. - * Therefore this feature must never be enabled in production. - * - * See `docs/architecture/testing/mbed-crypto-invasive-testing.md` for more - * information. - * - * Uncomment to enable invasive tests. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT - * - * Provide your own alternate threading implementation. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C - * - * Uncomment this to allow your own alternate threading implementation. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD - * - * Enable the pthread wrapper layer for the threading layer. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_THREADING_C - * - * Uncomment this to enable pthread mutexes. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO - * - * Make the X.509 and TLS libraries use PSA for cryptographic operations as - * much as possible, and enable new APIs for using keys handled by PSA Crypto. - * - * \note Development of this option is currently in progress, and parts of Mbed - * TLS's X.509 and TLS modules are not ported to PSA yet. However, these parts - * will still continue to work as usual, so enabling this option should not - * break backwards compatibility. - * - * \warning If you enable this option, you need to call `psa_crypto_init()` - * before calling any function from the SSL/TLS, X.509 or PK modules, except - * for the various mbedtls_xxx_init() functions which can be called at any time. - * - * \note An important and desirable effect of this option is that it allows - * PK, X.509 and TLS to take advantage of PSA drivers. For example, enabling - * this option is what allows use of drivers for ECDSA, ECDH and EC J-PAKE in - * those modules. However, note that even with this option disabled, some code - * in PK, X.509, TLS or the crypto library might still use PSA drivers, if it - * can determine it's safe to do so; currently that's the case for hashes. - * - * \note See docs/use-psa-crypto.md for a complete description this option. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C. - * - * Uncomment this to enable internal use of PSA Crypto and new associated APIs. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG - * - * This setting allows support for cryptographic mechanisms through the PSA - * API to be configured separately from support through the mbedtls API. - * - * When this option is disabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic - * mechanisms that can be implemented on top of the `mbedtls_xxx` API - * configured with `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols. - * - * When this option is enabled, the PSA API exposes the cryptographic - * mechanisms requested by the `PSA_WANT_XXX` symbols defined in - * include/psa/crypto_config.h. The corresponding `MBEDTLS_XXX` settings are - * automatically enabled if required (i.e. if no PSA driver provides the - * mechanism). You may still freely enable additional `MBEDTLS_XXX` symbols - * in mbedtls_config.h. - * - * If the symbol #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE is defined, it specifies - * an alternative header to include instead of include/psa/crypto_config.h. - * - * \warning This option is experimental, in that the set of `PSA_WANT_XXX` - * symbols is not completely finalized yet, and the configuration - * tooling is not ideally adapted to having two separate configuration - * files. - * Future minor releases of Mbed TLS may make minor changes to those - * symbols, but we will endeavor to provide a transition path. - * Nonetheless, this option is considered mature enough to use in - * production, as long as you accept that you may need to make - * minor changes to psa/crypto_config.h when upgrading Mbed TLS. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES - * - * Allow run-time checking of compile-time enabled features. Thus allowing users - * to check at run-time if the library is for instance compiled with threading - * support via mbedtls_version_check_feature(). - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_VERSION_C - * - * Comment this to disable run-time checking and save ROM space - */ -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK - * - * If set, this enables the X.509 API `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()` - * and the SSL API `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` which allow users to configure - * the set of trusted certificates through a callback instead of a linked - * list. - * - * This is useful for example in environments where a large number of trusted - * certificates is present and storing them in a linked list isn't efficient - * enough, or when the set of trusted certificates changes frequently. - * - * See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb()` and - * `mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb()` for more information. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * Uncomment to enable trusted certificate callbacks. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO - * - * Disable mbedtls_x509_*_info() and related APIs. - * - * Uncomment to omit mbedtls_x509_*_info(), as well as mbedtls_debug_print_crt() - * and other functions/constants only used by these functions, thus reducing - * the code footprint by several KB. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT - * - * Enable parsing and verification of X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRS - * signed with RSASSA-PSS (aka PKCS#1 v2.1). - * - * Comment this macro to disallow using RSASSA-PSS in certificates. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT -/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS feature support */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules - * - * This section enables or disables entire modules in Mbed TLS - * \{ - */ - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AESNI_C - * - * Enable AES-NI support on x86-64 or x86-32. - * - * \note AESNI is only supported with certain compilers and target options: - * - Visual Studio 2013: supported. - * - GCC, x86-64, target not explicitly supporting AESNI: - * requires MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM. - * - GCC, x86-32, target not explicitly supporting AESNI: - * not supported. - * - GCC, x86-64 or x86-32, target supporting AESNI: supported. - * For this assembly-less implementation, you must currently compile - * `library/aesni.c` and `library/aes.c` with machine options to enable - * SSE2 and AESNI instructions: `gcc -msse2 -maes -mpclmul` or - * `clang -maes -mpclmul`. - * - Non-x86 targets: this option is silently ignored. - * - Other compilers: this option is silently ignored. - * - * \note - * Above, "GCC" includes compatible compilers such as Clang. - * The limitations on target support are likely to be relaxed in the future. - * - * Module: library/aesni.c - * Caller: library/aes.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM (on some platforms, see note) - * - * This modules adds support for the AES-NI instructions on x86. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AESCE_C - * - * Enable AES cryptographic extension support on 64-bit Arm. - * - * Module: library/aesce.c - * Caller: library/aes.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C - * - * \warning Runtime detection only works on Linux. For non-Linux operating - * system, Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions must be supported by - * the CPU when this option is enabled. - * - * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0, - * armclang 6.6, GCC 6.0 or MSVC 2019 version 16.11.2. - * - * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for - * armclang <= 6.9 - * - * This module adds support for the AES Armv8-A Cryptographic Extensions on Aarch64 systems. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_AESCE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_AES_C - * - * Enable the AES block cipher. - * - * Module: library/aes.c - * Caller: library/cipher.c - * library/pem.c - * library/ctr_drbg.c - * - * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA - * - * PEM_PARSE uses AES for decrypting encrypted keys. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_AES_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C - * - * Enable the generic ASN1 parser. - * - * Module: library/asn1.c - * Caller: library/x509.c - * library/dhm.c - * library/pkcs12.c - * library/pkcs5.c - * library/pkparse.c - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C - * - * Enable the generic ASN1 writer. - * - * Module: library/asn1write.c - * Caller: library/ecdsa.c - * library/pkwrite.c - * library/x509_create.c - * library/x509write_crt.c - * library/x509write_csr.c - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_BASE64_C - * - * Enable the Base64 module. - * - * Module: library/base64.c - * Caller: library/pem.c - * - * This module is required for PEM support (required by X.509). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C - * - * Enable the multi-precision integer library. - * - * Module: library/bignum.c - * library/bignum_core.c - * library/bignum_mod.c - * library/bignum_mod_raw.c - * Caller: library/dhm.c - * library/ecp.c - * library/ecdsa.c - * library/rsa.c - * library/rsa_alt_helpers.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * - * This module is required for RSA, DHM and ECC (ECDH, ECDSA) support. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C - * - * Enable the Camellia block cipher. - * - * Module: library/camellia.c - * Caller: library/cipher.c - * - * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ARIA_C - * - * Enable the ARIA block cipher. - * - * Module: library/aria.c - * Caller: library/cipher.c - * - * This module enables the following ciphersuites (if other requisites are - * enabled as well): - * - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 - * MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CCM_C - * - * Enable the Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM) mode for 128-bit block cipher. - * - * Module: library/ccm.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or - * MBEDTLS_ARIA_C - * - * This module enables the AES-CCM ciphersuites, if other requisites are - * enabled as well. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C - * - * Enable the ChaCha20 stream cipher. - * - * Module: library/chacha20.c - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C - * - * Enable the ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm. - * - * Module: library/chachapoly.c - * - * This module requires: MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C, MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C - * - * Enable the generic cipher layer. - * - * Module: library/cipher.c - * Caller: library/ccm.c - * library/cmac.c - * library/gcm.c - * library/nist_kw.c - * library/pkcs12.c - * library/pkcs5.c - * library/psa_crypto_aead.c - * library/psa_crypto_mac.c - * library/ssl_ciphersuites.c - * library/ssl_msg.c - * library/ssl_ticket.c (unless MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled) - * - * Uncomment to enable generic cipher wrappers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CMAC_C - * - * Enable the CMAC (Cipher-based Message Authentication Code) mode for block - * ciphers. - * - * \note When #MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT is active, meaning that the underlying - * implementation of the CMAC algorithm is provided by an alternate - * implementation, that alternate implementation may opt to not support - * AES-192 or 3DES as underlying block ciphers for the CMAC operation. - * - * Module: library/cmac.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_DES_C - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C - * - * Enable the CTR_DRBG AES-based random generator. - * The CTR_DRBG generator uses AES-256 by default. - * To use AES-128 instead, enable \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY above. - * - * \note AES-128 will be used if \c MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH is set. - * - * \note To achieve a 256-bit security strength with CTR_DRBG, - * you must use AES-256 *and* use sufficient entropy. - * See ctr_drbg.h for more details. - * - * Module: library/ctr_drbg.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C - * - * This module provides the CTR_DRBG AES random number generator. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C - * - * Enable the debug functions. - * - * Module: library/debug.c - * Caller: library/ssl_msg.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl_tls12_*.c - * library/ssl_tls13_*.c - * - * This module provides debugging functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_DES_C - * - * Enable the DES block cipher. - * - * Module: library/des.c - * Caller: library/pem.c - * library/cipher.c - * - * PEM_PARSE uses DES/3DES for decrypting encrypted keys. - * - * \warning DES/3DES are considered weak ciphers and their use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_DES_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_DHM_C - * - * Enable the Diffie-Hellman-Merkle module. - * - * Module: library/dhm.c - * Caller: library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * This module is used by the following key exchanges: - * DHE-RSA, DHE-PSK - * - * \warning Using DHE constitutes a security risk as it - * is not possible to validate custom DH parameters. - * If possible, it is recommended users should consider - * preferring other methods of key exchange. - * See dhm.h for more details. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_DHM_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECDH_C - * - * Enable the elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman library. - * - * Module: library/ecdh.c - * Caller: library/psa_crypto.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * This module is used by the following key exchanges: - * ECDHE-ECDSA, ECDHE-RSA, DHE-PSK - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C - * - * Enable the elliptic curve DSA library. - * - * Module: library/ecdsa.c - * Caller: - * - * This module is used by the following key exchanges: - * ECDHE-ECDSA - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C, MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, - * and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED for a - * short Weierstrass curve. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C - * - * Enable the elliptic curve J-PAKE library. - * - * \note EC J-PAKE support is based on the Thread v1.0.0 specification. - * It has not been reviewed for compliance with newer standards such as - * Thread v1.1 or RFC 8236. - * - * Module: library/ecjpake.c - * Caller: - * - * This module is used by the following key exchanges: - * ECJPAKE - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ECP_C and either MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must - * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any EC J-PAKE operations. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_C - * - * Enable the elliptic curve over GF(p) library. - * - * Module: library/ecp.c - * Caller: library/ecdh.c - * library/ecdsa.c - * library/ecjpake.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C and at least one MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX_ENABLED - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C - * - * Enable the platform-specific entropy code. - * - * Module: library/entropy.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C or MBEDTLS_SHA256_C - * - * This module provides a generic entropy pool - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_ERROR_C - * - * Enable error code to error string conversion. - * - * Module: library/error.c - * Caller: - * - * This module enables mbedtls_strerror(). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_GCM_C - * - * Enable the Galois/Counter Mode (GCM). - * - * Module: library/gcm.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_AES_C or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C or - * MBEDTLS_ARIA_C - * - * This module enables the AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-GCM ciphersuites, if other - * requisites are enabled as well. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HKDF_C - * - * Enable the HKDF algorithm (RFC 5869). - * - * Module: library/hkdf.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C - * - * This module adds support for the Hashed Message Authentication Code - * (HMAC)-based key derivation function (HKDF). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C - * - * Enable the HMAC_DRBG random generator. - * - * Module: library/hmac_drbg.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C - * - * Uncomment to enable the HMAC_DRBG random number generator. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_C - * - * Enable the LMS stateful-hash asymmetric signature algorithm. - * - * Module: library/lms.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - * Uncomment to enable the LMS verification algorithm and public key operations. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_LMS_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE - * - * Enable LMS private-key operations and signing code. Functions enabled by this - * option are experimental, and should not be used in production. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_LMS_C - * - * Uncomment to enable the LMS signature algorithm and private key operations. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_LMS_PRIVATE - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C - * - * Enable the Key Wrapping mode for 128-bit block ciphers, - * as defined in NIST SP 800-38F. Only KW and KWP modes - * are supported. At the moment, only AES is approved by NIST. - * - * Module: library/nist_kw.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C and MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_MD_C - * - * Enable the generic layer for message digest (hashing) and HMAC. - * - * Requires: one of: MBEDTLS_MD5_C, MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C, MBEDTLS_SHA1_C, - * MBEDTLS_SHA224_C, MBEDTLS_SHA256_C, MBEDTLS_SHA384_C, - * MBEDTLS_SHA512_C, or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C with at least - * one hash. - * Module: library/md.c - * Caller: library/constant_time.c - * library/ecdsa.c - * library/ecjpake.c - * library/hkdf.c - * library/hmac_drbg.c - * library/pk.c - * library/pkcs5.c - * library/pkcs12.c - * library/psa_crypto_ecp.c - * library/psa_crypto_rsa.c - * library/rsa.c - * library/ssl_cookie.c - * library/ssl_msg.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/x509.c - * library/x509_crt.c - * library/x509write_crt.c - * library/x509write_csr.c - * - * Uncomment to enable generic message digest wrappers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MD_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_MD5_C - * - * Enable the MD5 hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/md5.c - * Caller: library/md.c - * library/pem.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * - * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters. - * Further, it is used for checking MD5-signed certificates, and for PBKDF1 - * when decrypting PEM-encoded encrypted keys. - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a - * security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies on - * it, and considering stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C - * - * Enable the buffer allocator implementation that makes use of a (stack) - * based buffer to 'allocate' dynamic memory. (replaces calloc() and free() - * calls) - * - * Module: library/memory_buffer_alloc.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY (to use it within Mbed TLS) - * - * Enable this module to enable the buffer memory allocator. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_NET_C - * - * Enable the TCP and UDP over IPv6/IPv4 networking routines. - * - * \note This module only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux, BSD and OS X) - * and Windows. For other platforms, you'll want to disable it, and write your - * own networking callbacks to be passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). - * - * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new - * environment: - * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS - * - * Module: library/net_sockets.c - * - * This module provides networking routines. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_NET_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_OID_C - * - * Enable the OID database. - * - * Module: library/oid.c - * Caller: library/asn1write.c - * library/pkcs5.c - * library/pkparse.c - * library/pkwrite.c - * library/rsa.c - * library/x509.c - * library/x509_create.c - * library/x509_crl.c - * library/x509_crt.c - * library/x509_csr.c - * library/x509write_crt.c - * library/x509write_csr.c - * - * This modules translates between OIDs and internal values. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C - * - * Enable VIA Padlock support on x86. - * - * Module: library/padlock.c - * Caller: library/aes.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM - * - * This modules adds support for the VIA PadLock on x86. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C - * - * Enable PEM decoding / parsing. - * - * Module: library/pem.c - * Caller: library/dhm.c - * library/pkparse.c - * library/x509_crl.c - * library/x509_crt.c - * library/x509_csr.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C - * optionally MBEDTLS_MD5_C, or PSA Crypto with MD5 (see below) - * - * \warning When parsing password-protected files, if MD5 is provided only by - * a PSA driver, you must call psa_crypto_init() before the first file. - * - * This modules adds support for decoding / parsing PEM files. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C - * - * Enable PEM encoding / writing. - * - * Module: library/pem.c - * Caller: library/pkwrite.c - * library/x509write_crt.c - * library/x509write_csr.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BASE64_C - * - * This modules adds support for encoding / writing PEM files. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_C - * - * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key layer. - * - * Module: library/pk.c - * Caller: library/psa_crypto_rsa.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * library/x509.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_MD_C, MBEDTLS_RSA_C or MBEDTLS_ECP_C - * - * Uncomment to enable generic public key wrappers. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C - * - * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key parser. - * - * Module: library/pkparse.c - * Caller: library/x509_crt.c - * library/x509_csr.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PK_C - * - * Uncomment to enable generic public key parse functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C - * - * Enable the generic public (asymmetric) key writer. - * - * Module: library/pkwrite.c - * Caller: library/x509write.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PK_C - * - * Uncomment to enable generic public key write functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C - * - * Enable PKCS#5 functions. - * - * Module: library/pkcs5.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C - * Auto-enables: MBEDTLS_MD_C - * - * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must - * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS5 operations. - * - * This module adds support for the PKCS#5 functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C - * - * Enable PKCS #7 core for using PKCS #7-formatted signatures. - * RFC Link - https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315 - * - * Module: library/pkcs7.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C, - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C, - * MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C - * - * This module is required for the PKCS #7 parsing modules. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C - * - * Enable PKCS#12 PBE functions. - * Adds algorithms for parsing PKCS#8 encrypted private keys - * - * Module: library/pkcs12.c - * Caller: library/pkparse.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C and either - * MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C. - * - * \warning If using a hash that is only provided by PSA drivers, you must - * call psa_crypto_init() before doing any PKCS12 operations. - * - * This module enables PKCS#12 functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - * - * Enable the platform abstraction layer that allows you to re-assign - * functions like calloc(), free(), snprintf(), printf(), fprintf(), exit(). - * - * Enabling MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C enables to use of MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT - * or MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO directives, allowing the functions mentioned - * above to be specified at runtime or compile time respectively. - * - * \note This abstraction layer must be enabled on Windows (including MSYS2) - * as other modules rely on it for a fixed snprintf implementation. - * - * Module: library/platform.c - * Caller: Most other .c files - * - * This module enables abstraction of common (libc) functions. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C - * - * Enable the Poly1305 MAC algorithm. - * - * Module: library/poly1305.c - * Caller: library/chachapoly.c - */ -#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - * - * Enable the Platform Security Architecture cryptography API. - * - * Module: library/psa_crypto.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, - * either MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C, - * or MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C and MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C, - * or MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C - * - * Enable dynamic secure element support in the Platform Security Architecture - * cryptography API. - * - * \deprecated This feature is deprecated. Please switch to the PSA driver - * interface. - * - * Module: library/psa_crypto_se.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C, MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C - * - * Enable the Platform Security Architecture persistent key storage. - * - * Module: library/psa_crypto_storage.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C, - * either MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C or a native implementation of - * the PSA ITS interface - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C - * - * Enable the emulation of the Platform Security Architecture - * Internal Trusted Storage (PSA ITS) over files. - * - * Module: library/psa_its_file.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_FS_IO - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C - * - * Enable the RIPEMD-160 hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/ripemd160.c - * Caller: library/md.c - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_RSA_C - * - * Enable the RSA public-key cryptosystem. - * - * Module: library/rsa.c - * library/rsa_alt_helpers.c - * Caller: library/pk.c - * library/psa_crypto.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * This module is used by the following key exchanges: - * RSA, DHE-RSA, ECDHE-RSA, RSA-PSK - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA1_C - * - * Enable the SHA1 cryptographic hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/sha1.c - * Caller: library/md.c - * library/psa_crypto_hash.c - * - * This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters, - * and for SHA1-signed certificates. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes - * a security risk. If possible, we recommend avoiding dependencies - * on it, and considering stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA224_C - * - * Enable the SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/sha256.c - * Caller: library/md.c - * library/ssl_cookie.c - * - * This module adds support for SHA-224. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA224_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_C - * - * Enable the SHA-256 cryptographic hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/sha256.c - * Caller: library/entropy.c - * library/md.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * This module adds support for SHA-256. - * This module is required for the SSL/TLS 1.2 PRF function. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - * - * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms - * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime. - * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation. - * - * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building - * for a non-Aarch64 build it will be silently ignored. - * - * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0, - * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0. - * - * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for - * armclang <= 6.9 - * - * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the - * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C. - * - * Module: library/sha256.c - * - * Uncomment to have the library check for the A64 SHA-256 crypto extensions - * and use them if available. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY - * - * Enable acceleration of the SHA-256 and SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithms - * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime - * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur. - * - * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with - * MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - * - * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 4.0, - * armclang 6.6 or GCC 6.0. - * - * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8-a+crypto for - * armclang <= 6.9 - * - * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same - * time as MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA256_C. - * - * Module: library/sha256.c - * - * Uncomment to have the library use the A64 SHA-256 crypto extensions - * unconditionally. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA384_C - * - * Enable the SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/sha512.c - * Caller: library/md.c - * library/psa_crypto_hash.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * Comment to disable SHA-384 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA384_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_C - * - * Enable SHA-512 cryptographic hash algorithms. - * - * Module: library/sha512.c - * Caller: library/entropy.c - * library/md.c - * library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl_cookie.c - * - * This module adds support for SHA-512. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA3_C - * - * Enable the SHA3 cryptographic hash algorithm. - * - * Module: library/sha3.c - * - * This module adds support for SHA3. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - * - * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms - * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions if they are available at runtime. - * If not, the library will fall back to the C implementation. - * - * \note If MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT is defined when building - * for a non-Aarch64 build it will be silently ignored. - * - * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0, - * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0. - * - * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for - * armclang 6.9 - * - * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT cannot be defined at the - * same time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C. - * - * Module: library/sha512.c - * - * Uncomment to have the library check for the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions - * and use them if available. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY - * - * Enable acceleration of the SHA-512 and SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithms - * with the ARMv8 cryptographic extensions, which must be available at runtime - * or else an illegal instruction fault will occur. - * - * \note This allows builds with a smaller code size than with - * MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT - * - * \note Minimum compiler versions for this feature are Clang 7.0, - * armclang 6.9 or GCC 8.0. - * - * \note \c CFLAGS must be set to a minimum of \c -march=armv8.2-a+sha3 for - * armclang 6.9 - * - * \warning MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY cannot be defined at the same - * time as MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_IF_PRESENT. - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SHA512_C. - * - * Module: library/sha512.c - * - * Uncomment to have the library use the A64 SHA-512 crypto extensions - * unconditionally. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_USE_A64_CRYPTO_ONLY - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C - * - * Enable simple SSL cache implementation. - * - * Module: library/ssl_cache.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C - * - * Enable basic implementation of DTLS cookies for hello verification. - * - * Module: library/ssl_cookie.c - * Caller: - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C - * - * Enable an implementation of TLS server-side callbacks for session tickets. - * - * Module: library/ssl_ticket.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: (MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C || MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && - * (MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C - * - * Enable the SSL/TLS client code. - * - * Module: library/ssl*_client.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C - * - * This module is required for SSL/TLS client support. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C - * - * Enable the SSL/TLS server code. - * - * Module: library/ssl*_server.c - * Caller: - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C - * - * This module is required for SSL/TLS server support. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C - * - * Enable the generic SSL/TLS code. - * - * Module: library/ssl_tls.c - * Caller: library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C, MBEDTLS_MD_C - * and at least one of the MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_XXX defines - * - * This module is required for SSL/TLS. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_THREADING_C - * - * Enable the threading abstraction layer. - * By default Mbed TLS assumes it is used in a non-threaded environment or that - * contexts are not shared between threads. If you do intend to use contexts - * between threads, you will need to enable this layer to prevent race - * conditions. See also our Knowledge Base article about threading: - * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/thread-safety-and-multi-threading - * - * Module: library/threading.c - * - * This allows different threading implementations (self-implemented or - * provided). - * - * You will have to enable either MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT or - * MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD. - * - * Enable this layer to allow use of mutexes within Mbed TLS - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_TIMING_C - * - * Enable the semi-portable timing interface. - * - * \note The provided implementation only works on POSIX/Unix (including Linux, - * BSD and OS X) and Windows. On other platforms, you can either disable that - * module and provide your own implementations of the callbacks needed by - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb() for DTLS, or leave it enabled and provide - * your own implementation of the whole module by setting - * \c MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT in the current file. - * - * \note The timing module will include time.h on suitable platforms - * regardless of the setting of MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME, unless - * MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT is used. See timing.c for more information. - * - * \note See also our Knowledge Base article about porting to a new - * environment: - * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS - * - * Module: library/timing.c - */ -#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_VERSION_C - * - * Enable run-time version information. - * - * Module: library/version.c - * - * This module provides run-time version information. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C - * - * Enable X.509 core for using certificates. - * - * Module: library/x509.c - * Caller: library/x509_crl.c - * library/x509_crt.c - * library/x509_csr.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C, MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C, - * (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) - * - * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call - * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 operation. - * - * This module is required for the X.509 parsing modules. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - * - * Enable X.509 certificate parsing. - * - * Module: library/x509_crt.c - * Caller: library/ssl_tls.c - * library/ssl*_client.c - * library/ssl*_server.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C - * - * This module is required for X.509 certificate parsing. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C - * - * Enable X.509 CRL parsing. - * - * Module: library/x509_crl.c - * Caller: library/x509_crt.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C - * - * This module is required for X.509 CRL parsing. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C - * - * Enable X.509 Certificate Signing Request (CSR) parsing. - * - * Module: library/x509_csr.c - * Caller: library/x509_crt_write.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C - * - * This module is used for reading X.509 certificate request. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C - * - * Enable X.509 core for creating certificates. - * - * Module: library/x509_create.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C, MBEDTLS_OID_C, MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C, - * (MBEDTLS_MD_C or MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) - * - * \warning If building with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO, you must call - * psa_crypto_init() before doing any X.509 create operation. - * - * This module is the basis for creating X.509 certificates and CSRs. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C - * - * Enable creating X.509 certificates. - * - * Module: library/x509_crt_write.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C - * - * This module is required for X.509 certificate creation. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C - * - * Enable creating X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR). - * - * Module: library/x509_csr_write.c - * - * Requires: MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C - * - * This module is required for X.509 certificate request writing. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C - -/** \} name SECTION: Mbed TLS modules */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: General configuration options - * - * This section contains Mbed TLS build settings that are not associated - * with a particular module. - * - * \{ - */ - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of - * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"`. - * This header file specifies the compile-time configuration of Mbed TLS. - * Unlike other configuration options, this one must be defined on the - * compiler command line: a definition in `mbedtls_config.h` would have - * no effect. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE "mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h" - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included after - * `"mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE. - * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability - * to undefine options that are enabled by default. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null" - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of - * `"psa/crypto_config.h"`. - * This header file specifies which cryptographic mechanisms are available - * through the PSA API when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled, and - * is not used when #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE "psa/crypto_config.h" - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included after - * `"psa/crypto_config.h"` or #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_FILE. - * This allows you to modify the default configuration, including the ability - * to undefine options that are enabled by default. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_USER_CONFIG_FILE "/dev/null" - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of - * `"psa/crypto_platform.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers - * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the platform on - * which the library code will run. - * - * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of - * Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file - * should review the changes in the original file whenever they - * upgrade Mbed TLS. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE "psa/crypto_platform_alt.h" - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE - * - * If defined, this is a header which will be included instead of - * `"psa/crypto_struct.h"`. This file should declare the same identifiers - * as the one in Mbed TLS, but with definitions adapted to the environment - * in which the library code will run. The typical use for this feature - * is to provide alternative type definitions on the client side in - * client-server integrations of PSA crypto, where operation structures - * contain handles instead of cryptographic data. - * - * \note The required content of this header can vary from one version of - * Mbed TLS to the next. Integrators who provide an alternative file - * should review the changes in the original file whenever they - * upgrade Mbed TLS. - * - * This macro is expanded after an <tt>\#include</tt> directive. This is a popular but - * non-standard feature of the C language, so this feature is only available - * with compilers that perform macro expansion on an <tt>\#include</tt> line. - * - * The value of this symbol is typically a path in double quotes, either - * absolute or relative to a directory on the include search path. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE "psa/crypto_struct_alt.h" - -/** \} name SECTION: General configuration options */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module configuration options - * - * This section allows for the setting of module specific sizes and - * configuration options. The default values are already present in the - * relevant header files and should suffice for the regular use cases. - * - * Our advice is to enable options and change their values here - * only if you have a good reason and know the consequences. - * \{ - */ -/* The Doxygen documentation here is used when a user comments out a - * setting and runs doxygen themselves. On the other hand, when we typeset - * the full documentation including disabled settings, the documentation - * in specific modules' header files is used if present. When editing this - * file, make sure that each option is documented in exactly one place, - * plus optionally a same-line Doxygen comment here if there is a Doxygen - * comment in the specific module. */ - -/* MPI / BIGNUM options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_WINDOW_SIZE 2 /**< Maximum window size used. */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum number of bytes for usable MPIs. */ - -/* CTR_DRBG options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48 /**< Amount of entropy used per seed by default (48 with SHA-512, 32 with SHA-256) */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */ - -/* HMAC_DRBG options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */ -//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */ -//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */ -//#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */ - -/* ECP options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 4 /**< Maximum window size used */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 1 /**< Enable fixed-point speed-up */ - -/* Entropy options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 20 /**< Maximum number of sources supported */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_GATHER 128 /**< Maximum amount requested from entropy sources */ -//#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDWARE 32 /**< Default minimum number of bytes required for the hardware entropy source mbedtls_hardware_poll() before entropy is released */ - -/* Memory buffer allocator options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE 4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */ - -/* Platform options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR <stdlib.h> /**< Header to include if MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS is defined. Don't define if no header is needed. */ - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC - * - * Default allocator to use, can be undefined. - * It must initialize the allocated buffer memory to zeroes. - * The size of the buffer is the product of the two parameters. - * The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space. - * If the product is 0, the function may either return NULL or a valid pointer to an array of size 0 which is a valid input to the deallocation function. - * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC always fails, returning a null pointer. - * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details. - * The corresponding deallocation function is #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC calloc - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE - * - * Default free to use, can be undefined. - * NULL is a valid parameter, and the function must do nothing. - * A non-null parameter will always be a pointer previously returned by #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and not yet freed. - * An uninitialized #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE does not do anything. - * See the description of #MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY for more details (same principles as for MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC apply). - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE free -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF setbuf /**< Default setbuf to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT exit /**< Default exit to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME time /**< Default time to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< Default fprintf to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF printf /**< Default printf to use, can be undefined */ -/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF snprintf /**< Default snprintf to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS 0 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE 1 /**< Default exit value to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE "seedfile" /**< Seed file to read/write with default implementation */ - -/* To use the following function macros, MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C must be enabled. */ -/* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_XXX_ALT cannot both be defined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO calloc /**< Default allocator macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC for requirements. */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO free /**< Default free macro to use, can be undefined. See MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE for requirements. */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO exit /**< Default exit macro to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO setbuf /**< Default setbuf macro to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO time /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO time_t /**< Default time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO fprintf /**< Default fprintf macro to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO printf /**< Default printf macro to use, can be undefined */ -/* Note: your snprintf must correctly zero-terminate the buffer! */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO snprintf /**< Default snprintf macro to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO vsnprintf /**< Default vsnprintf macro to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO int64_t //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO int64_t /**< Default milliseconds time macro to use, can be undefined. MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME must be enabled. It must be signed, and at least 64 bits. If it is changed from the default, MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME must be updated to match.*/ -//#define MBEDTLS_PRINTF_MS_TIME PRId64 /**< Default fmt for printf. That's avoid compiler warning if mbedtls_ms_time_t is redefined */ - -/** \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN - * - * This macro is used at the beginning of the declaration of a function - * to indicate that its return value should be checked. It should - * instruct the compiler to emit a warning or an error if the function - * is called without checking its return value. - * - * There is a default implementation for popular compilers in platform_util.h. - * You can override the default implementation by defining your own here. - * - * If the implementation here is empty, this will effectively disable the - * checking of functions' return values. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) - -/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN - * - * This macro requires one argument, which should be a C function call. - * If that function call would cause a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN warning, this - * warning is suppressed. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN( result ) ((void) !(result)) - -/* PSA options */ -/** - * Use HMAC_DRBG with the specified hash algorithm for HMAC_DRBG for the - * PSA crypto subsystem. - * - * If this option is unset: - * - If CTR_DRBG is available, the PSA subsystem uses it rather than HMAC_DRBG. - * - Otherwise, the PSA subsystem uses HMAC_DRBG with either - * #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512 or #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 based on availability and - * on unspecified heuristics. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HMAC_DRBG_MD_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT - * Restrict the PSA library to supporting a maximum amount of simultaneously - * loaded keys. A loaded key is a key stored by the PSA Crypto core as a - * volatile key, or a persistent key which is loaded temporarily by the - * library as part of a crypto operation in flight. - * - * If this option is unset, the library will fall back to a default value of - * 32 keys. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT 32 - -/* RSA OPTIONS */ -//#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS 1024 /**< Minimum RSA key size that can be generated in bits (Minimum possible value is 128 bits) */ - -/* SSL Cache options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 86400 /**< 1 day */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES 50 /**< Maximum entries in cache */ - -/* SSL options */ - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN - * - * Maximum length (in bytes) of incoming plaintext fragments. - * - * This determines the size of the incoming TLS I/O buffer in such a way - * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data, - * regardless of the protection mechanism used. - * - * \note When using a value less than the default of 16KB on the client, it is - * recommended to use the Maximum Fragment Length (MFL) extension to - * inform the server about this limitation. On the server, there - * is no supported, standardized way of informing the client about - * restriction on the maximum size of incoming messages, and unless - * the limitation has been communicated by other means, it is recommended - * to only change the outgoing buffer size #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN - * while keeping the default value of 16KB for the incoming buffer. - * - * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the incoming I/O buffer. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX - * - * The maximum length of CIDs used for incoming DTLS messages. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX 32 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX - * - * The maximum length of CIDs used for outgoing DTLS messages. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX 32 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY - * - * This option controls the use of record plaintext padding - * in TLS 1.3 and when using the Connection ID extension in DTLS 1.2. - * - * The padding will always be chosen so that the length of the - * padded plaintext is a multiple of the value of this option. - * - * Note: A value of \c 1 means that no padding will be used - * for outgoing records. - * - * Note: On systems lacking division instructions, - * a power of two should be preferred. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN - * - * Maximum length (in bytes) of outgoing plaintext fragments. - * - * This determines the size of the outgoing TLS I/O buffer in such a way - * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data, - * regardless of the protection mechanism used. - * - * It is possible to save RAM by setting a smaller outward buffer, while keeping - * the default inward 16384 byte buffer to conform to the TLS specification. - * - * The minimum required outward buffer size is determined by the handshake - * protocol's usage. Handshaking will fail if the outward buffer is too small. - * The specific size requirement depends on the configured ciphers and any - * certificate data which is sent during the handshake. - * - * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the outgoing I/O buffer. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384 - -/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING - * - * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of - * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering. - * - * This should be at least 9/8 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN - * to account for a reassembled handshake message of maximum size, - * together with its reassembly bitmap. - * - * A value of 2 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN (32768 by default) - * should be sufficient for all practical situations as it allows - * to reassembly a large handshake message (such as a certificate) - * while buffering multiple smaller handshake messages. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768 - -//#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /**< Max size of TLS pre-shared keys, in bytes (default 256 or 384 bits) */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT 60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */ - -/** - * Complete list of ciphersuites to use, in order of preference. - * - * \warning No dependency checking is done on that field! This option can only - * be used to restrict the set of available ciphersuites. It is your - * responsibility to make sure the needed modules are active. - * - * Use this to save a few hundred bytes of ROM (default ordering of all - * available ciphersuites) and a few to a few hundred bytes of RAM. - * - * The value below is only an example, not the default. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384,MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE - * - * The default maximum amount of 0-RTT data. See the documentation of - * \c mbedtls_ssl_tls13_conf_max_early_data_size() for more information. - * - * It must be positive and smaller than UINT32_MAX. - * - * If MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA is not defined, this default value does not - * have any impact on the build. - * - * This feature is experimental, not completed and thus not ready for - * production. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE 1024 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE - * - * Maximum time difference in milliseconds tolerated between the age of a - * ticket from the server and client point of view. - * From the client point of view, the age of a ticket is the time difference - * between the time when the client proposes to the server to use the ticket - * (time of writing of the Pre-Shared Key Extension including the ticket) and - * the time the client received the ticket from the server. - * From the server point of view, the age of a ticket is the time difference - * between the time when the server receives a proposition from the client - * to use the ticket and the time when the ticket was created by the server. - * The server age is expected to be always greater than the client one and - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE defines the - * maximum difference tolerated for the server to accept the ticket. - * This is not used in TLS 1.2. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH - * - * Size in bytes of a ticket nonce. This is not used in TLS 1.2. - * - * This must be less than 256. - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32 - -/** - * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS - * - * Default number of NewSessionTicket messages to be sent by a TLS 1.3 server - * after handshake completion. This is not used in TLS 1.2 and relevant only if - * the MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS option is enabled. - * - */ -//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1 - -/* X509 options */ -//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA 8 /**< Maximum number of intermediate CAs in a verification chain. */ -//#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN 512 /**< Maximum length of a path/filename string in bytes including the null terminator character ('\0'). */ - -/** \} name SECTION: Module configuration options */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/md.h b/include/mbedtls/md.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff7b133..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/md.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,640 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file md.h - * - * \brief This file contains the generic functions for message-digest - * (hashing) and HMAC. - * - * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com> - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD_H -#define MBEDTLS_MD_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT) - -/* - * - MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_xxx is defined if the md module can perform xxx. - * - MBEDTLS_MD_xxx_VIA_PSA is defined if the md module may perform xxx via PSA - * (see below). - * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed - * via PSA (see below). - * - MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY is defined if at least one algorithm may be performed - * via a direct legacy call (see below). - * - * The md module performs an algorithm via PSA if there is a PSA hash - * accelerator and the PSA driver subsytem is initialized at the time the - * operation is started, and makes a direct legacy call otherwise. - */ - -/* PSA accelerated implementations */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MD5_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_224) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_256) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_384) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA3_512) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512_VIA_PSA -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ - -/* Built-in implementations */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_MD5 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA3_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_RIPEMD160 -#define MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_LEGACY -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_LIGHT */ - -/** The selected feature is not available. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x5080 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5100 -/** Failed to allocate memory. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED -0x5180 -/** Opening or reading of file failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x5200 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Supported message digests. - * - * \warning MD5 and SHA-1 are considered weak message digests and - * their use constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -/* Note: these are aligned with the definitions of PSA_ALG_ macros for hashes, - * in order to enable an efficient implementation of conversion functions. - * This is tested by md_to_from_psa() in test_suite_md. */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_MD_NONE=0, /**< None. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_MD5=0x03, /**< The MD5 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160=0x04, /**< The RIPEMD-160 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1=0x05, /**< The SHA-1 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224=0x08, /**< The SHA-224 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256=0x09, /**< The SHA-256 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384=0x0a, /**< The SHA-384 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512=0x0b, /**< The SHA-512 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_224=0x10, /**< The SHA3-224 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_256=0x11, /**< The SHA3-256 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_384=0x12, /**< The SHA3-384 message digest. */ - MBEDTLS_MD_SHA3_512=0x13, /**< The SHA3-512 message digest. */ -} mbedtls_md_type_t; - -/* Note: this should always be >= PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE - * in all builds with both CRYPTO_C and MD_LIGHT. - * - * This is to make things easier for modules such as TLS that may define a - * buffer size using MD_MAX_SIZE in a part of the code that's common to PSA - * and legacy, then assume the buffer's size is PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE in another - * part of the code based on PSA. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 64 /* longest known is SHA512 */ -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 48 /* longest known is SHA384 */ -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 32 /* longest known is SHA256 */ -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA224) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 28 /* longest known is SHA224 */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE 20 /* longest known is SHA1 or RIPE MD-160 - or smaller (MD5 and earlier) */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_224) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 144 /* the longest known is SHA3-224 */ -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_256) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 136 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA512) || defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 128 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_384) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 104 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA3_512) -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 72 -#else -#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 64 -#endif - -/** - * Opaque struct. - * - * Constructed using either #mbedtls_md_info_from_string or - * #mbedtls_md_info_from_type. - * - * Fields can be accessed with #mbedtls_md_get_size, - * #mbedtls_md_get_type and #mbedtls_md_get_name. - */ -/* Defined internally in library/md_wrap.h. */ -typedef struct mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md_info_t; - -/** - * Used internally to indicate whether a context uses legacy or PSA. - * - * Internal use only. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_LEGACY = 0, - MBEDTLS_MD_ENGINE_PSA, -} mbedtls_md_engine_t; - -/** - * The generic message-digest context. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_md_context_t { - /** Information about the associated message digest. */ - const mbedtls_md_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_info); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_SOME_PSA) - /** Are hash operations dispatched to PSA or legacy? */ - mbedtls_md_engine_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(engine); -#endif - - /** The digest-specific context (legacy) or the PSA operation. */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) - /** The HMAC part of the context. */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx); -#endif -} mbedtls_md_context_t; - -/** - * \brief This function returns the message-digest information - * associated with the given digest type. - * - * \param md_type The type of digest to search for. - * - * \return The message-digest information associated with \p md_type. - * \return NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found. - */ -const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a message-digest context without - * binding it to a particular message-digest algorithm. - * - * This function should always be called first. It prepares the - * context for mbedtls_md_setup() for binding it to a - * message-digest algorithm. - */ -void mbedtls_md_init(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clears the internal structure of \p ctx and - * frees any embedded internal structure, but does not free - * \p ctx itself. - * - * If you have called mbedtls_md_setup() on \p ctx, you must - * call mbedtls_md_free() when you are no longer using the - * context. - * Calling this function if you have previously - * called mbedtls_md_init() and nothing else is optional. - * You must not call this function if you have not called - * mbedtls_md_init(). - */ -void mbedtls_md_free(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx); - - -/** - * \brief This function selects the message digest algorithm to use, - * and allocates internal structures. - * - * It should be called after mbedtls_md_init() or - * mbedtls_md_free(). Makes it necessary to call - * mbedtls_md_free() later. - * - * \param ctx The context to set up. - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * \param hmac Defines if HMAC is used. 0: HMAC is not used (saves some memory), - * or non-zero: HMAC is used with this context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_setup(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, int hmac); - -/** - * \brief This function clones the state of a message-digest - * context. - * - * \note You must call mbedtls_md_setup() on \c dst before calling - * this function. - * - * \note The two contexts must have the same type, - * for example, both are SHA-256. - * - * \warning This function clones the message-digest state, not the - * HMAC state. - * - * \param dst The destination context. - * \param src The context to be cloned. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if both contexts are - * not using the same engine. This can be avoided by moving - * the call to psa_crypto_init() before the first call to - * mbedtls_md_setup(). - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_clone(mbedtls_md_context_t *dst, - const mbedtls_md_context_t *src); - -/** - * \brief This function extracts the message-digest size from the - * message-digest information structure. - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * - * \return The size of the message-digest output in Bytes. - */ -unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info); - -/** - * \brief This function gives the message-digest size associated to - * message-digest type. - * - * \param md_type The message-digest type. - * - * \return The size of the message-digest output in Bytes, - * or 0 if the message-digest type is not known. - */ -static inline unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size_from_type(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type) -{ - return mbedtls_md_get_size(mbedtls_md_info_from_type(md_type)); -} - -/** - * \brief This function extracts the message-digest type from the - * message-digest information structure. - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * - * \return The type of the message digest. - */ -mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_get_type(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a message-digest computation. - * - * You must call this function after setting up the context - * with mbedtls_md_setup(), and before passing data with - * mbedtls_md_update(). - * - * \param ctx The generic message-digest context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing - * message-digest computation. - * - * You must call mbedtls_md_starts() before calling this - * function. You may call this function multiple times. - * Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_finish(). - * - * \param ctx The generic message-digest context. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the digest operation, - * and writes the result to the output buffer. - * - * Call this function after a call to mbedtls_md_starts(), - * followed by any number of calls to mbedtls_md_update(). - * Afterwards, you may either clear the context with - * mbedtls_md_free(), or call mbedtls_md_starts() to reuse - * the context for another digest operation with the same - * algorithm. - * - * \param ctx The generic message-digest context. - * \param output The buffer for the generic message-digest checksum result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the message-digest of a buffer, - * with respect to a configurable message-digest algorithm - * in a single call. - * - * The result is calculated as - * Output = message_digest(input buffer). - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The generic message-digest checksum result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the list of digests supported by the - * generic digest module. - * - * \note The list starts with the strongest available hashes. - * - * \return A statically allocated array of digests. Each element - * in the returned list is an integer belonging to the - * message-digest enumeration #mbedtls_md_type_t. - * The last entry is 0. - */ -const int *mbedtls_md_list(void); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the message-digest information - * associated with the given digest name. - * - * \param md_name The name of the digest to search for. - * - * \return The message-digest information associated with \p md_name. - * \return NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found. - */ -const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_string(const char *md_name); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the name of the message digest for - * the message-digest information structure given. - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * - * \return The name of the message digest. - */ -const char *mbedtls_md_get_name(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info); - -/** - * \brief This function returns the message-digest information - * from the given context. - * - * \param ctx The context from which to extract the information. - * This must be initialized (or \c NULL). - * - * \return The message-digest information associated with \p ctx. - * \return \c NULL if \p ctx is \c NULL. - */ -const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_ctx( - const mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief This function calculates the message-digest checksum - * result of the contents of the provided file. - * - * The result is calculated as - * Output = message_digest(file contents). - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * \param path The input file name. - * \param output The generic message-digest checksum result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR on an I/O error accessing - * the file pointed by \p path. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info was NULL. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_file(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const char *path, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -/** - * \brief This function sets the HMAC key and prepares to - * authenticate a new message. - * - * Call this function after mbedtls_md_setup(), to use - * the MD context for an HMAC calculation, then call - * mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to provide the input data, and - * mbedtls_md_hmac_finish() to get the HMAC value. - * - * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC - * context. - * \param key The HMAC secret key. - * \param keylen The length of the HMAC key in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_hmac_starts(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - size_t keylen); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing HMAC - * computation. - * - * Call mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() or mbedtls_md_hmac_reset() - * before calling this function. - * You may call this function multiple times to pass the - * input piecewise. - * Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_hmac_finish(). - * - * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC - * context. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_hmac_update(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the HMAC operation, and writes - * the result to the output buffer. - * - * Call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() and - * mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to get the HMAC value. Afterwards - * you may either call mbedtls_md_free() to clear the context, - * or call mbedtls_md_hmac_reset() to reuse the context with - * the same HMAC key. - * - * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC - * context. - * \param output The generic HMAC checksum result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_hmac_finish(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function prepares to authenticate a new message with - * the same key as the previous HMAC operation. - * - * You may call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_finish(). - * Afterwards call mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to pass the new - * input. - * - * \param ctx The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC - * context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_hmac_reset(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the full generic HMAC - * on the input buffer with the provided key. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The HMAC result is calculated as - * output = generic HMAC(hmac key, input buffer). - * - * \param md_info The information structure of the message-digest algorithm - * to use. - * \param key The HMAC secret key. - * \param keylen The length of the HMAC secret key in Bytes. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The generic HMAC result. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification - * failure. - */ -MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -int mbedtls_md_hmac(const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/md5.h b/include/mbedtls/md5.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6bf0754..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/md5.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file md5.h - * - * \brief MD5 message digest algorithm (hash function) - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a - * security risk. We recommend considering stronger message - * digests instead. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD5_H -#define MBEDTLS_MD5_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief MD5 context structure - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_md5_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[4]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< data block being processed */ -} -mbedtls_md5_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */ -#include "md5_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD5_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize MD5 context - * - * \param ctx MD5 context to be initialized - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -void mbedtls_md5_init(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clear MD5 context - * - * \param ctx MD5 context to be cleared - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -void mbedtls_md5_free(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clone (the state of) an MD5 context - * - * \param dst The destination context - * \param src The context to be cloned - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -void mbedtls_md5_clone(mbedtls_md5_context *dst, - const mbedtls_md5_context *src); - -/** - * \brief MD5 context setup - * - * \param ctx context to be initialized - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_md5_starts(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief MD5 process buffer - * - * \param ctx MD5 context - * \param input buffer holding the data - * \param ilen length of the input data - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_md5_update(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief MD5 final digest - * - * \param ctx MD5 context - * \param output MD5 checksum result - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_md5_finish(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx, - unsigned char output[16]); - -/** - * \brief MD5 process data block (internal use only) - * - * \param ctx MD5 context - * \param data buffer holding one block of data - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_internal_md5_process(mbedtls_md5_context *ctx, - const unsigned char data[64]); - -/** - * \brief Output = MD5( input buffer ) - * - * \param input buffer holding the data - * \param ilen length of the input data - * \param output MD5 checksum result - * - * \return 0 if successful - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_md5(const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char output[16]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - * - * \warning MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -int mbedtls_md5_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_md5.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h b/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index b527d9b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/memory_buffer_alloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file memory_buffer_alloc.h - * - * \brief Buffer-based memory allocator - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE) -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_ALIGN_MULTIPLE 4 /**< Align on multiples of this value */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE 0 -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC (1 << 0) -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE (1 << 1) -#define MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS (MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC | \ - MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Initialize use of stack-based memory allocator. - * The stack-based allocator does memory management inside the - * presented buffer and does not call calloc() and free(). - * It sets the global mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() pointers - * to its own functions. - * (Provided mbedtls_calloc() and mbedtls_free() are thread-safe if - * MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is defined) - * - * \note This code is not optimized and provides a straight-forward - * implementation of a stack-based memory allocator. - * - * \param buf buffer to use as heap - * \param len size of the buffer - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_init(unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Free the mutex for thread-safety and clear remaining memory - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_free(void); - -/** - * \brief Determine when the allocator should automatically verify the state - * of the entire chain of headers / meta-data. - * (Default: MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE) - * - * \param verify One of MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC, - * MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE or MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_set_verify(int verify); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG) -/** - * \brief Print out the status of the allocated memory (primarily for use - * after a program should have de-allocated all memory) - * Prints out a list of 'still allocated' blocks and their stack - * trace if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined. - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_status(void); - -/** - * \brief Get the number of alloc/free so far. - * - * \param alloc_count Number of allocations. - * \param free_count Number of frees. - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_count_get(size_t *alloc_count, size_t *free_count); - -/** - * \brief Get the peak heap usage so far - * - * \param max_used Peak number of bytes in use or committed. This - * includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split - * into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size. - * \param max_blocks Peak number of blocks in use, including free and used - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_get(size_t *max_used, size_t *max_blocks); - -/** - * \brief Reset peak statistics - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_max_reset(void); - -/** - * \brief Get the current heap usage - * - * \param cur_used Current number of bytes in use or committed. This - * includes bytes in allocated blocks too small to split - * into smaller blocks but larger than the requested size. - * \param cur_blocks Current number of blocks in use, including free and used - */ -void mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_cur_get(size_t *cur_used, size_t *cur_blocks); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG */ - -/** - * \brief Verifies that all headers in the memory buffer are correct - * and contain sane values. Helps debug buffer-overflow errors. - * - * Prints out first failure if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG is defined. - * Prints out full header information if MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG - * is defined. (Includes stack trace information for each block if - * MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE is defined as well). - * - * \return 0 if verified, 1 otherwise - */ -int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_verify(void); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed - */ -int mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_self_test(int verbose); -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* memory_buffer_alloc.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h b/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h deleted file mode 100644 index 026f627..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,299 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file net_sockets.h - * - * \brief Network sockets abstraction layer to integrate Mbed TLS into a - * BSD-style sockets API. - * - * The network sockets module provides an example integration of the - * Mbed TLS library into a BSD sockets implementation. The module is - * intended to be an example of how Mbed TLS can be integrated into a - * networking stack, as well as to be Mbed TLS's network integration - * for its supported platforms. - * - * The module is intended only to be used with the Mbed TLS library and - * is not intended to be used by third party application software - * directly. - * - * The supported platforms are as follows: - * * Microsoft Windows and Windows CE - * * POSIX/Unix platforms including Linux, OS X - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H -#define MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ssl.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/** Failed to open a socket. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED -0x0042 -/** The connection to the given server / port failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED -0x0044 -/** Binding of the socket failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED -0x0046 -/** Could not listen on the socket. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED -0x0048 -/** Could not accept the incoming connection. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED -0x004A -/** Reading information from the socket failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_RECV_FAILED -0x004C -/** Sending information through the socket failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SEND_FAILED -0x004E -/** Connection was reset by peer. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONN_RESET -0x0050 -/** Failed to get an IP address for the given hostname. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST -0x0052 -/** Buffer is too small to hold the data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0043 -/** The context is invalid, eg because it was free()ed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_INVALID_CONTEXT -0x0045 -/** Polling the net context failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_POLL_FAILED -0x0047 -/** Input invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0049 - -#define MBEDTLS_NET_LISTEN_BACKLOG 10 /**< The backlog that listen() should use. */ - -#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP 0 /**< The TCP transport protocol */ -#define MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP 1 /**< The UDP transport protocol */ - -#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ 1 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check for pending data */ -#define MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE 2 /**< Used in \c mbedtls_net_poll to check if write possible */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Wrapper type for sockets. - * - * Currently backed by just a file descriptor, but might be more in the future - * (eg two file descriptors for combined IPv4 + IPv6 support, or additional - * structures for hand-made UDP demultiplexing). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_net_context { - /** The underlying file descriptor. - * - * This field is only guaranteed to be present on POSIX/Unix-like platforms. - * On other platforms, it may have a different type, have a different - * meaning, or be absent altogether. - */ - int fd; -} -mbedtls_net_context; - -/** - * \brief Initialize a context - * Just makes the context ready to be used or freed safely. - * - * \param ctx Context to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_net_init(mbedtls_net_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Initiate a connection with host:port in the given protocol - * - * \param ctx Socket to use - * \param host Host to connect to - * \param port Port to connect to - * \param proto Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP - * - * \return 0 if successful, or one of: - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_CONNECT_FAILED - * - * \note Sets the socket in connected mode even with UDP. - */ -int mbedtls_net_connect(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *host, const char *port, int proto); - -/** - * \brief Create a receiving socket on bind_ip:port in the chosen - * protocol. If bind_ip == NULL, all interfaces are bound. - * - * \param ctx Socket to use - * \param bind_ip IP to bind to, can be NULL - * \param port Port number to use - * \param proto Protocol: MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_TCP or MBEDTLS_NET_PROTO_UDP - * - * \return 0 if successful, or one of: - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_UNKNOWN_HOST, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_LISTEN_FAILED - * - * \note Regardless of the protocol, opens the sockets and binds it. - * In addition, make the socket listening if protocol is TCP. - */ -int mbedtls_net_bind(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, const char *bind_ip, const char *port, int proto); - -/** - * \brief Accept a connection from a remote client - * - * \param bind_ctx Relevant socket - * \param client_ctx Will contain the connected client socket - * \param client_ip Will contain the client IP address, can be NULL - * \param buf_size Size of the client_ip buffer - * \param ip_len Will receive the size of the client IP written, - * can be NULL if client_ip is null - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_SOCKET_FAILED, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BIND_FAILED, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_ACCEPT_FAILED, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if buf_size is too small, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if bind_fd was set to - * non-blocking and accept() would block. - */ -int mbedtls_net_accept(mbedtls_net_context *bind_ctx, - mbedtls_net_context *client_ctx, - void *client_ip, size_t buf_size, size_t *ip_len); - -/** - * \brief Check and wait for the context to be ready for read/write - * - * \note The current implementation of this function uses - * select() and returns an error if the file descriptor - * is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater. - * - * \param ctx Socket to check - * \param rw Bitflag composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ and - * MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE specifying the events - * to wait for: - * - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ is set, the function - * will return as soon as the net context is available - * for reading. - * - If MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_WRITE is set, the function - * will return as soon as the net context is available - * for writing. - * \param timeout Maximal amount of time to wait before returning, - * in milliseconds. If \c timeout is zero, the - * function returns immediately. If \c timeout is - * -1u, the function blocks potentially indefinitely. - * - * \return Bitmask composed of MBEDTLS_NET_POLL_READ/WRITE - * on success or timeout, or a negative return code otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_net_poll(mbedtls_net_context *ctx, uint32_t rw, uint32_t timeout); - -/** - * \brief Set the socket blocking - * - * \param ctx Socket to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a non-zero error code - */ -int mbedtls_net_set_block(mbedtls_net_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set the socket non-blocking - * - * \param ctx Socket to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a non-zero error code - */ -int mbedtls_net_set_nonblock(mbedtls_net_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Portable usleep helper - * - * \param usec Amount of microseconds to sleep - * - * \note Real amount of time slept will not be less than - * select()'s timeout granularity (typically, 10ms). - */ -void mbedtls_net_usleep(unsigned long usec); - -/** - * \brief Read at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs, - * the actual amount read is returned. - * - * \param ctx Socket - * \param buf The buffer to write to - * \param len Maximum length of the buffer - * - * \return the number of bytes received, - * or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ indicates read() would block. - */ -int mbedtls_net_recv(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Write at most 'len' characters. If no error occurs, - * the actual amount read is returned. - * - * \param ctx Socket - * \param buf The buffer to read from - * \param len The length of the buffer - * - * \return the number of bytes sent, - * or a non-zero error code; with a non-blocking socket, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE indicates write() would block. - */ -int mbedtls_net_send(void *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Read at most 'len' characters, blocking for at most - * 'timeout' seconds. If no error occurs, the actual amount - * read is returned. - * - * \note The current implementation of this function uses - * select() and returns an error if the file descriptor - * is \c FD_SETSIZE or greater. - * - * \param ctx Socket - * \param buf The buffer to write to - * \param len Maximum length of the buffer - * \param timeout Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data - * 0 means no timeout (wait forever) - * - * \return The number of bytes received if successful. - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out. - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal. - * Another negative error code (MBEDTLS_ERR_NET_xxx) - * for other failures. - * - * \note This function will block (until data becomes available or - * timeout is reached) even if the socket is set to - * non-blocking. Handling timeouts with non-blocking reads - * requires a different strategy. - */ -int mbedtls_net_recv_timeout(void *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, - uint32_t timeout); - -/** - * \brief Closes down the connection and free associated data - * - * \param ctx The context to close - * - * \note This function frees and clears data associated with the - * context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx. - * This memory is the responsibility of the caller. - */ -void mbedtls_net_close(mbedtls_net_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Gracefully shutdown the connection and free associated data - * - * \param ctx The context to free - * - * \note This function frees and clears data associated with the - * context but does not free the memory pointed to by \p ctx. - * This memory is the responsibility of the caller. - */ -void mbedtls_net_free(mbedtls_net_context *ctx); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* net_sockets.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h b/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h deleted file mode 100644 index d353f3d..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/nist_kw.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file nist_kw.h - * - * \brief This file provides an API for key wrapping (KW) and key wrapping with - * padding (KWP) as defined in NIST SP 800-38F. - * https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-38F.pdf - * - * Key wrapping specifies a deterministic authenticated-encryption mode - * of operation, according to <em>NIST SP 800-38F: Recommendation for - * Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Methods for Key Wrapping</em>. Its - * purpose is to protect cryptographic keys. - * - * Its equivalent is RFC 3394 for KW, and RFC 5649 for KWP. - * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3394 - * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5649 - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H -#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW = 0, - MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP = 1 -} mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t; - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The key wrapping context-type definition. The key wrapping context is passed - * to the APIs called. - * - * \note The definition of this type may change in future library versions. - * Don't make any assumptions on this context! - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx); /*!< The cipher context used. */ -} mbedtls_nist_kw_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_NIST_key wrapping_ALT */ -#include "nist_kw_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified key wrapping context - * to make references valid and prepare the context - * for mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey() or mbedtls_nist_kw_free(). - * - * \param ctx The key wrapping context to initialize. - * - */ -void mbedtls_nist_kw_init(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the key wrapping context set in the - * \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key. - * - * \param ctx The key wrapping context. - * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. Only AES is supported. - * \param key The Key Encryption Key (KEK). - * \param keybits The KEK size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher. - * \param is_wrap Specify whether the operation within the context is wrapping or unwrapping - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for any invalid input. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for 128-bit block ciphers - * which are not supported. - * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher. - */ -int mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, - mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher, - const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits, - const int is_wrap); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified key wrapping context - * and underlying cipher sub-context. - * - * \param ctx The key wrapping context to clear. - */ -void mbedtls_nist_kw_free(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function encrypts a buffer using key wrapping. - * - * \param ctx The key wrapping context to use for encryption. - * \param mode The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP) - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes. - * The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks. - * <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^57-8 inclusive. </li> - * <li>For KWP mode: any length between 1 and 2^32-1 inclusive.</li></ul> - * \param[out] output The buffer holding the output data. - * <ul><li>For KW mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger than \p in_len.</li> - * <li>For KWP mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger rounded up to a multiple of - * 8 bytes for KWP (15 bytes at most).</li></ul> - * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure. - * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length. - * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher. - */ -int mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode, - const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len, - unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size); - -/** - * \brief This function decrypts a buffer using key wrapping. - * - * \param ctx The key wrapping context to use for decryption. - * \param mode The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP) - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes. - * The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks. - * The input must be a multiple of semiblocks. - * <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 24 and 2^57 inclusive. </li> - * <li>For KWP mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^32 inclusive.</li></ul> - * \param[out] output The buffer holding the output data. - * The output buffer's minimal length is 8 bytes shorter than \p in_len. - * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure. - * For KWP mode, the length could be up to 15 bytes shorter than \p in_len, - * depending on how much padding was added to the data. - * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED for verification failure of the ciphertext. - * \return cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher. - */ -int mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap(mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode, - const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len, - unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size); - - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) -/** - * \brief The key wrapping checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_nist_kw_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/oid.h b/include/mbedtls/oid.h deleted file mode 100644 index e48817d..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/oid.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,722 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file oid.h - * - * \brief Object Identifier (OID) database - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_OID_H -#define MBEDTLS_OID_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" -#include "mbedtls/pk.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" -#endif - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -/** OID is not found. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND -0x002E -/** output buffer is too small */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x000B - -/* This is for the benefit of X.509, but defined here in order to avoid - * having a "backwards" include of x.509.h here */ -/* - * X.509 extension types (internal, arbitrary values for bitsets) - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER (1 << 0) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER (1 << 1) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE (1 << 2) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES (1 << 3) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS (1 << 4) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME (1 << 5) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME (1 << 6) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS (1 << 7) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 8) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 9) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS (1 << 10) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE (1 << 11) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS (1 << 12) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY (1 << 13) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL (1 << 14) -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE (1 << 16) - -/* - * Maximum number of OID components allowed - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_MAX_COMPONENTS 128 - -/* - * Top level OID tuples - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES "\x2a" /* {iso(1) member-body(2)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG "\x2b" /* {iso(1) identified-organization(3)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x55" /* {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY "\x60" /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16)} */ - -/* - * ISO Member bodies OID parts - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US "\x86\x48" /* {us(840)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY "\x86\xf7\x0d" /* {rsadsi(113549)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_RSA_DATA_SECURITY /* {iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62 "\xce\x3d" /* ansi-X9-62(10045) */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_MEMBER_BODIES MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_ANSI_X9_62 - -/* - * ISO Identified organization OID parts - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD "\x06" /* {dod(6)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW "\x0e" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_OIW "\x03" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG "\x02" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x1a" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE "\x65" /* thawte(101) */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_THAWTE -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM "\x81\x04" /* certicom(132) */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_CERTICOM -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST "\x24" /* teletrust(36) */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_TELETRUST - -/* - * ISO ITU OID parts - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION "\x01" /* {organization(1)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_COUNTRY MBEDTLS_OID_COUNTRY_US \ - MBEDTLS_OID_ORGANIZATION /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1)} */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV "\x65" /* {gov(101)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_GOV MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_GOV /* {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101)} */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE "\x86\xF8\x42" /* {netscape(113730)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_ITU_US_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_NETSCAPE /* Netscape OID {joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) netscape(113730)} */ - -/* ISO arc for standard certificate and CRL extensions */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x1D" /**< id-ce OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 29} */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG MBEDTLS_OID_GOV "\x03\x04" /** { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) */ - -/** - * Private Internet Extensions - * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) - * security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) } - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG MBEDTLS_OID_ORG_DOD \ - "\x01" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x07" - -/* - * Arc for standard naming attributes - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_CCITT_DS "\x04" /**< id-at OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {joint-iso-ccitt(2) ds(5) 4} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_CN MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x03" /**< id-at-commonName AttributeType:= {id-at 3} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SUR_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x04" /**< id-at-surName AttributeType:= {id-at 4} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_SERIAL_NUMBER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x05" /**< id-at-serialNumber AttributeType:= {id-at 5} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_COUNTRY MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x06" /**< id-at-countryName AttributeType:= {id-at 6} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_LOCALITY MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x07" /**< id-at-locality AttributeType:= {id-at 7} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_STATE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x08" /**< id-at-state AttributeType:= {id-at 8} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORGANIZATION MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0A" /**< id-at-organizationName AttributeType:= {id-at 10} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_ORG_UNIT MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0B" /**< id-at-organizationalUnitName AttributeType:= {id-at 11} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_TITLE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x0C" /**< id-at-title AttributeType:= {id-at 12} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_ADDRESS MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x10" /**< id-at-postalAddress AttributeType:= {id-at 16} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_POSTAL_CODE MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x11" /**< id-at-postalCode AttributeType:= {id-at 17} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GIVEN_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2A" /**< id-at-givenName AttributeType:= {id-at 42} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_INITIALS MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2B" /**< id-at-initials AttributeType:= {id-at 43} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_GENERATION_QUALIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2C" /**< id-at-generationQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 44} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2D" /**< id-at-uniqueIdentifier AttributeType:= {id-at 45} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_DN_QUALIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x2E" /**< id-at-dnQualifier AttributeType:= {id-at 46} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AT_PSEUDONYM MBEDTLS_OID_AT "\x41" /**< id-at-pseudonym AttributeType:= {id-at 65} */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_UID "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x01" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) uid(1)} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DOMAIN_COMPONENT "\x09\x92\x26\x89\x93\xF2\x2C\x64\x01\x19" /** id-domainComponent AttributeType:= {itu-t(0) data(9) pss(2342) ucl(19200300) pilot(100) pilotAttributeType(1) domainComponent(25)} */ - -/* - * OIDs for standard certificate extensions - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x23" /**< id-ce-authorityKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 35 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0E" /**< id-ce-subjectKeyIdentifier OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 14 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x0F" /**< id-ce-keyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 15 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x20" /**< id-ce-certificatePolicies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 32 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_MAPPINGS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x21" /**< id-ce-policyMappings OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 33 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x11" /**< id-ce-subjectAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 17 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x12" /**< id-ce-issuerAltName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 18 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x09" /**< id-ce-subjectDirectoryAttributes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 9 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x13" /**< id-ce-basicConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 19 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NAME_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1E" /**< id-ce-nameConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 30 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x24" /**< id-ce-policyConstraints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 36 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x25" /**< id-ce-extKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 37 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x1F" /**< id-ce-cRLDistributionPoints OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 31 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x36" /**< id-ce-inhibitAnyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 54 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_FRESHEST_CRL MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x2E" /**< id-ce-freshestCRL OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 46 } */ - -/* - * Certificate policies - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_POLICY MBEDTLS_OID_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES "\x00" /**< anyPolicy OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-certificatePolicies 0 } */ - -/* - * Netscape certificate extensions - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x01" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x01" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_BASE_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x02" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_REVOCATION_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x03" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_REVOCATION_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x04" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_RENEWAL_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x07" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CA_POLICY_URL MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x08" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_SSL_SERVER_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x0C" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_COMMENT MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT "\x0D" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_NETSCAPE "\x02" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_NS_CERT_SEQUENCE MBEDTLS_OID_NS_DATA_TYPE "\x05" - -/* - * OIDs for CRL extensions - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PRIVATE_KEY_USAGE_PERIOD MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x10" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CRL_NUMBER MBEDTLS_OID_ID_CE "\x14" /**< id-ce-cRLNumber OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce 20 } */ - -/* - * X.509 v3 Extended key usage OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANY_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE "\x00" /**< anyExtendedKeyUsage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-ce-extKeyUsage 0 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_KP MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x03" /**< id-kp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 3 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x01" /**< id-kp-serverAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CLIENT_AUTH MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x02" /**< id-kp-clientAuth OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 2 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_CODE_SIGNING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x03" /**< id-kp-codeSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 3 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EMAIL_PROTECTION MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x04" /**< id-kp-emailProtection OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 4 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_TIME_STAMPING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x08" /**< id-kp-timeStamping OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 8 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_OCSP_SIGNING MBEDTLS_OID_KP "\x09" /**< id-kp-OCSPSigning OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-kp 9 } */ - -/** - * Wi-SUN Alliance Field Area Network - * { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) - * private(4) enterprise(1) WiSUN(45605) FieldAreaNetwork(1) } - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_WISUN_FAN MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x04\x01\x82\xe4\x25\x01" - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON MBEDTLS_OID_PKIX "\x08" /**< id-on OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-pkix 8 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ON_HW_MODULE_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_ON "\x04" /**< id-on-hardwareModuleName OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-on 4 } */ - -/* - * PKCS definition OIDs - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x01" /**< pkcs OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x01" /**< pkcs-1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x05" /**< pkcs-5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 5 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x07" /**< pkcs-7 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 7 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x09" /**< pkcs-9 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 9 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS "\x0c" /**< pkcs-12 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) pkcs(1) 12 } */ - -/* - * PKCS#1 OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_RSA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x01" /**< rsaEncryption OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { pkcs-1 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_MD5 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x04" /**< md5WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 4 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x05" /**< sha1WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 5 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0e" /**< sha224WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 14 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0b" /**< sha256WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 11 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0c" /**< sha384WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 12 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0d" /**< sha512WithRSAEncryption ::= { pkcs-1 13 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_SHA_OBS "\x2B\x0E\x03\x02\x1D" - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_EMAIL MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x01" /**< emailAddress AttributeType ::= { pkcs-9 1 } */ - -/* RFC 4055 */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_RSASSA_PSS MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x0a" /**< id-RSASSA-PSS ::= { pkcs-1 10 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_MGF1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS1 "\x08" /**< id-mgf1 ::= { pkcs-1 8 } */ - -/* - * Digest algorithms - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_MD5 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x05" /**< id-mbedtls_md5 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 5 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \ - MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_SHA1 /**< id-mbedtls_sha1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 26 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x04" /**< id-sha224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 4 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x01" /**< id-mbedtls_sha256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 1 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x02" /**< id-sha384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 2 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x03" /**< id-mbedtls_sha512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistalgorithm(4) hashalgs(2) 3 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_RIPEMD160 MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x02\x01" /**< id-ripemd160 OBJECT IDENTIFIER :: { iso(1) identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) hashAlgorithm(2) ripemd160(1) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x07" /**< id-sha3-224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-224(7) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x08" /**< id-sha3-256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-256(8) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x09" /**< id-sha3-384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-384(9) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DIGEST_ALG_SHA3_512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0a" /**< id-sha3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) sha3-512(10) } */ - - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x07" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 7 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x08" /**< id-hmacWithSHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 8 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x09" /**< id-hmacWithSHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 9 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0A" /**< id-hmacWithSHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 10 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x02\x0B" /**< id-hmacWithSHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) rsadsi(113549) digestAlgorithm(2) 11 } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_224 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0d" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-224(13) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_256 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0e" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-256(14) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_384 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x0f" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-384(15) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA3_512 MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x02\x10" /**< id-hmacWithSHA3-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithms(4) hashalgs(2) hmacWithSHA3-512(16) } */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_RIPEMD160 MBEDTLS_OID_INTERNET "\x05\x05\x08\x01\x04" /**< id-hmacWithSHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {iso(1) iso-identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) ipsec(8) isakmpOakley(1) hmacRIPEMD160(4)} */ - -/* - * Encryption algorithms - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_ISO_IDENTIFIED_ORG \ - MBEDTLS_OID_OIW_SECSIG_ALG "\x07" /**< desCBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) identified-organization(3) oiw(14) secsig(3) algorithms(2) 7 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_DES_EDE3_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_RSA_COMPANY "\x03\x07" /**< des-ede3-cbc OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { iso(1) member-body(2) -- us(840) rsadsi(113549) encryptionAlgorithm(3) 7 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES MBEDTLS_OID_NIST_ALG "\x01" /** aes OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { joint-iso-itu-t(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) gov(101) csor(3) nistAlgorithm(4) 1 } */ - -/* - * Key Wrapping algorithms - */ -/* - * RFC 5649 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x05" /** id-aes128-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 5 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES128_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x08" /** id-aes128-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 8 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x19" /** id-aes192-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 25 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES192_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x1c" /** id-aes192-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 28 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KW MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x2d" /** id-aes256-wrap OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 45 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_AES256_KWP MBEDTLS_OID_AES "\x30" /** id-aes256-wrap-pad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { aes 48 } */ -/* - * PKCS#5 OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBKDF2 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0c" /**< id-PBKDF2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 12} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBES2 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0d" /**< id-PBES2 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 13} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBMAC1 MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0e" /**< id-PBMAC1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 14} */ - -/* - * PKCS#5 PBES1 algorithms - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x03" /**< pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 3} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_MD5_RC2_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x06" /**< pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 6} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_DES_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0a" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 10} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5_PBE_SHA1_RC2_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS5 "\x0b" /**< pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-5 11} */ - -/* - * PKCS#7 OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x01" /**< Content type is Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 1} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x02" /**< Content type is Signed Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 2} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x03" /**< Content type is Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 3} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x04" /**< Content type is Signed and Enveloped Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 4} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x05" /**< Content type is Digested Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 5} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS7 "\x06" /**< Content type is Encrypted Data OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-7 6} */ - -/* - * PKCS#8 OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9_CSR_EXT_REQ MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS9 "\x0e" /**< extensionRequest OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-9 14} */ - -/* - * PKCS#12 PBE OIDs - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12 "\x01" /**< pkcs-12PbeIds OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12 1} */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES3_EDE_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x03" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 3} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_DES2_EDE_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x04" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd2-KeyTripleDES-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 4} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_128_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x05" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd128BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 5} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE_SHA1_RC2_40_CBC MBEDTLS_OID_PKCS12_PBE "\x06" /**< pbeWithSHAAnd40BitRC2-CBC OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {pkcs-12PbeIds 6} */ - -/* - * EC key algorithms from RFC 5480 - */ - -/* id-ecPublicKey OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) keyType(2) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_UNRESTRICTED MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x02\01" - -/* id-ecDH OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) - * schemes(1) ecdh(12) } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_ALG_ECDH MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x01\x0c" - -/* - * ECParameters namedCurve identifiers, from RFC 5480, RFC 5639, and SEC2 - */ - -/* secp192r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192R1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x01" - -/* secp224r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 33 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x21" - -/* secp256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) curves(3) prime(1) 7 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256R1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x03\x01\x07" - -/* secp384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 34 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP384R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x22" - -/* secp521r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 35 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP521R1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x23" - -/* secp192k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 31 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP192K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x1f" - -/* secp224k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 32 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP224K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x20" - -/* secp256k1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) identified-organization(3) certicom(132) curve(0) 10 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_SECP256K1 MBEDTLS_OID_CERTICOM "\x00\x0a" - -/* RFC 5639 4.1 - * ecStdCurvesAndGeneration OBJECT IDENTIFIER::= {iso(1) - * identified-organization(3) teletrust(36) algorithm(3) signature- - * algorithm(3) ecSign(2) 8} - * ellipticCurve OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ecStdCurvesAndGeneration 1} - * versionOne OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {ellipticCurve 1} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 MBEDTLS_OID_TELETRUST "\x03\x03\x02\x08\x01\x01" - -/* brainpoolP256r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 7} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP256R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x07" - -/* brainpoolP384r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 11} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP384R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0B" - -/* brainpoolP512r1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {versionOne 13} */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_EC_GRP_BP512R1 MBEDTLS_OID_EC_BRAINPOOL_V1 "\x0D" - -/* - * SEC1 C.1 - * - * prime-field OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { id-fieldType 1 } - * id-fieldType OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ansi-X9-62 fieldType(1)} - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x01" -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_PRIME_FIELD MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_FIELD_TYPE "\x01" - -/* - * ECDSA signature identifiers, from RFC 5480 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62 "\x04" /* signatures(4) */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x03" /* ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) */ - -/* ecdsa-with-SHA1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA1 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG "\x01" - -/* ecdsa-with-SHA224 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) - * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 1 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA224 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x01" - -/* ecdsa-with-SHA256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) - * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 2 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA256 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x02" - -/* ecdsa-with-SHA384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) - * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 3 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA384 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x03" - -/* ecdsa-with-SHA512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { - * iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) ansi-X9-62(10045) signatures(4) - * ecdsa-with-SHA2(3) 4 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ECDSA_SHA512 MBEDTLS_OID_ANSI_X9_62_SIG_SHA2 "\x04" - -/* - * EC key algorithms from RFC 8410 - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X25519 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6e" /**< id-X25519 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 110 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_X448 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x6f" /**< id-X448 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 111 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED25519 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x70" /**< id-Ed25519 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 112 } */ -#define MBEDTLS_OID_ED448 MBEDTLS_OID_THAWTE "\x71" /**< id-Ed448 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { 1 3 101 113 } */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Base OID descriptor structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t { - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1); /*!< OID ASN.1 representation */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asn1_len); /*!< length of asn1 */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); /*!< official name (e.g. from RFC) */ - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(description); /*!< human friendly description */ -#endif -} mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t; - -/** - * \brief Translate an ASN.1 OID into its numeric representation - * (e.g. "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D" into "1.2.840.113549") - * - * \param buf buffer to put representation in - * \param size size of the buffer - * \param oid OID to translate - * - * \return Length of the string written (excluding final NULL) or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL in case of error - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_numeric_string(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid); - -/** - * \brief Translate a string containing a dotted-decimal - * representation of an ASN.1 OID into its encoded form - * (e.g. "1.2.840.113549" into "\x2A\x86\x48\x86\xF7\x0D"). - * On success, this function allocates oid->buf from the - * heap. It must be freed by the caller using mbedtls_free(). - * - * \param oid #mbedtls_asn1_buf to populate with the DER-encoded OID - * \param oid_str string representation of the OID to parse - * \param size length of the OID string, not including any null terminator - * - * \return 0 if successful - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if \p oid_str does not - * represent a valid OID - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if the function fails to - * allocate oid->buf - */ -int mbedtls_oid_from_numeric_string(mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char *oid_str, size_t size); - -/** - * \brief Translate an X.509 extension OID into local values - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param ext_type place to store the extension type - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_x509_ext_type(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, int *ext_type); - -/** - * \brief Translate an X.509 attribute type OID into the short name - * (e.g. the OID for an X520 Common Name into "CN") - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param short_name place to store the string pointer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_attr_short_name(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **short_name); - -/** - * \brief Translate PublicKeyAlgorithm OID into pk_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param pk_alg place to store public key algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_pk_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg); - -/** - * \brief Translate pk_type into PublicKeyAlgorithm OID - * - * \param pk_alg Public key type to look for - * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer - * \param olen length of the OID - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_pk_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg, - const char **oid, size_t *olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS) -/** - * \brief Translate NamedCurve OID into an EC group identifier - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param grp_id place to store group id - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id); - -/** - * \brief Translate EC group identifier into NamedCurve OID - * - * \param grp_id EC group identifier - * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer - * \param olen length of the OID - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, - const char **oid, size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief Translate AlgorithmIdentifier OID into an EC group identifier, - * for curves that are directly encoded at this level - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param grp_id place to store group id - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_ec_grp_algid(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp_id); - -/** - * \brief Translate EC group identifier into AlgorithmIdentifier OID, - * for curves that are directly encoded at this level - * - * \param grp_id EC group identifier - * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer - * \param olen length of the OID - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_ec_grp_algid(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, - const char **oid, size_t *olen); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS */ - -/** - * \brief Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into md_type and pk_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm - * \param pk_alg place to store public key algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, - mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg); - -/** - * \brief Translate SignatureAlgorithm OID into description - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param desc place to store string pointer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_sig_alg_desc(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc); - -/** - * \brief Translate md_type and pk_type into SignatureAlgorithm OID - * - * \param md_alg message digest algorithm - * \param pk_alg public key algorithm - * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer - * \param olen length of the OID - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_sig_alg(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const char **oid, size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief Translate hmac algorithm OID into md_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param md_hmac place to store message hmac algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_md_hmac(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_hmac); - -/** - * \brief Translate hash algorithm OID into md_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg); - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -/** - * \brief Translate Extended Key Usage OID into description - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param desc place to store string pointer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_extended_key_usage(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc); -#endif - -/** - * \brief Translate certificate policies OID into description - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param desc place to store string pointer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_certificate_policies(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, const char **desc); - -/** - * \brief Translate md_type into hash algorithm OID - * - * \param md_alg message digest algorithm - * \param oid place to store ASN.1 OID string pointer - * \param olen length of the OID - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md(mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, const char **oid, size_t *olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) -/** - * \brief Translate encryption algorithm OID into cipher_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param cipher_alg place to store cipher algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_cipher_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C) -/** - * \brief Translate PKCS#12 PBE algorithm OID into md_type and - * cipher_type - * - * \param oid OID to use - * \param md_alg place to store message digest algorithm - * \param cipher_alg place to store cipher algorithm - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND - */ -int mbedtls_oid_get_pkcs12_pbe_alg(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *oid, mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, - mbedtls_cipher_type_t *cipher_alg); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* oid.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/pem.h b/include/mbedtls/pem.h deleted file mode 100644 index cc617a9..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/pem.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file pem.h - * - * \brief Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) decoding - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PEM_H -#define MBEDTLS_PEM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** - * \name PEM Error codes - * These error codes are returned in case of errors reading the - * PEM data. - * \{ - */ -/** No PEM header or footer found. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT -0x1080 -/** PEM string is not as expected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_DATA -0x1100 -/** Failed to allocate memory. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_ALLOC_FAILED -0x1180 -/** RSA IV is not in hex-format. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_ENC_IV -0x1200 -/** Unsupported key encryption algorithm. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_UNKNOWN_ENC_ALG -0x1280 -/** Private key password can't be empty. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_REQUIRED -0x1300 -/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x1380 -/** Unavailable feature, e.g. hashing/encryption combination. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x1400 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x1480 -/** \} name PEM Error codes */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief PEM context structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pem_context { - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf); /*!< buffer for decoded data */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen); /*!< length of the buffer */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info); /*!< buffer for extra header information */ -} -mbedtls_pem_context; - -/** - * \brief PEM context setup - * - * \param ctx context to be initialized - */ -void mbedtls_pem_init(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Read a buffer for PEM information and store the resulting - * data into the specified context buffers. - * - * \param ctx context to use - * \param header header string to seek and expect - * \param footer footer string to seek and expect - * \param data source data to look in (must be nul-terminated) - * \param pwd password for decryption (can be NULL) - * \param pwdlen length of password - * \param use_len destination for total length used (set after header is - * correctly read, so unless you get - * MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_NO_HEADER_FOOTER_PRESENT, use_len is - * the length to skip) - * - * \note Attempts to check password correctness by verifying if - * the decrypted text starts with an ASN.1 sequence of - * appropriate length - * - * \note \c mbedtls_pem_free must be called on PEM context before - * the PEM context can be reused in another call to - * \c mbedtls_pem_read_buffer - * - * \return 0 on success, or a specific PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_pem_read_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, const char *header, const char *footer, - const unsigned char *data, - const unsigned char *pwd, - size_t pwdlen, size_t *use_len); - -/** - * \brief Get the pointer to the decoded binary data in a PEM context. - * - * \param ctx PEM context to access. - * \param buflen On success, this will contain the length of the binary data. - * This must be a valid (non-null) pointer. - * - * \return A pointer to the decoded binary data. - * - * \note The returned pointer remains valid only until \p ctx is - modified or freed. - */ -static inline const unsigned char *mbedtls_pem_get_buffer(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx, size_t *buflen) -{ - *buflen = ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buflen); - return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf); -} - - -/** - * \brief PEM context memory freeing - * - * \param ctx context to be freed - */ -void mbedtls_pem_free(mbedtls_pem_context *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a buffer of PEM information from a DER encoded - * buffer. - * - * \param header The header string to write. - * \param footer The footer string to write. - * \param der_data The DER data to encode. - * \param der_len The length of the DER data \p der_data in Bytes. - * \param buf The buffer to write to. - * \param buf_len The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the total length written - * or required (if \p buf_len is not enough). - * - * \note You may pass \c NULL for \p buf and \c 0 for \p buf_len - * to request the length of the resulting PEM buffer in - * `*olen`. - * - * \note This function may be called with overlapping \p der_data - * and \p buf buffers. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't large - * enough to hold the PEM buffer. In this case, `*olen` holds - * the required minimum size of \p buf. - * \return Another PEM or BASE64 error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_pem_write_buffer(const char *header, const char *footer, - const unsigned char *der_data, size_t der_len, - unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len, size_t *olen); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* pem.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/pk.h b/include/mbedtls/pk.h deleted file mode 100644 index 24b1188..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/pk.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1091 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file pk.h - * - * \brief Public Key abstraction layer - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PK_H -#define MBEDTLS_PK_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) -#include "mbedtls/rsa.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) -#include "mbedtls/ecdsa.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) || defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -#include "psa/crypto.h" -#endif - -/** Memory allocation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED -0x3F80 -/** Type mismatch, eg attempt to encrypt with an ECDSA key */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH -0x3F00 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x3E80 -/** Read/write of file failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x3E00 -/** Unsupported key version */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_VERSION -0x3D80 -/** Invalid key tag or value. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_KEY_INVALID_FORMAT -0x3D00 -/** Key algorithm is unsupported (only RSA and EC are supported). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_PK_ALG -0x3C80 -/** Private key password can't be empty. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_REQUIRED -0x3C00 -/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x3B80 -/** The pubkey tag or value is invalid (only RSA and EC are supported). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_PUBKEY -0x3B00 -/** The algorithm tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_INVALID_ALG -0x3A80 -/** Elliptic curve is unsupported (only NIST curves are supported). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE -0x3A00 -/** Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA disabled for RSA key. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x3980 -/** The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x3900 -/** The output buffer is too small. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x3880 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Public key types - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_PK_NONE=0, - MBEDTLS_PK_RSA, - MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY, - MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH, - MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA, - MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT, - MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, - MBEDTLS_PK_OPAQUE, -} mbedtls_pk_type_t; - -/** - * \brief Options for RSASSA-PSS signature verification. - * See \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext() - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options { - /** The digest to use for MGF1 in PSS. - * - * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled and #MBEDTLS_RSA_C is - * disabled, this must be equal to the \c md_alg argument passed - * to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(). In a future version of the library, - * this constraint may apply whenever #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is - * enabled regardless of the status of #MBEDTLS_RSA_C. - */ - mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id; - - /** The expected length of the salt, in bytes. This may be - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length. - * - * \note When #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, only - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY is valid. Any other value may be - * ignored (allowing any salt length). - */ - int expected_salt_len; - -} mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options; - -/** - * \brief Maximum size of a signature made by mbedtls_pk_sign(). - */ -/* We need to set MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE to the maximum signature - * size among the supported signature types. Do it by starting at 0, - * then incrementally increasing to be large enough for each supported - * signature mechanism. - * - * The resulting value can be 0, for example if MBEDTLS_ECDH_C is enabled - * (which allows the pk module to be included) but neither MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C - * nor MBEDTLS_RSA_C nor any opaque signature mechanism (PSA or RSA_ALT). - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE 0 - -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT)) && \ - MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -/* For RSA, the signature can be as large as the bignum module allows. - * For RSA_ALT, the signature size is not necessarily tied to what the - * bignum module can do, but in the absence of any specific setting, - * we use that (rsa_alt_sign_wrap in library/pk_wrap.h will check). */ -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && \ - MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -/* For ECDSA, the ecdsa module exports a constant for the maximum - * signature size. */ -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -/* PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is the maximum size of a signature made - * through the PSA API in the PSA representation. */ -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#endif - -#if PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11 > MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -/* The Mbed TLS representation is different for ECDSA signatures: - * PSA uses the raw concatenation of r and s, - * whereas Mbed TLS uses the ASN.1 representation (SEQUENCE of two INTEGERs). - * Add the overhead of ASN.1: up to (1+2) + 2 * (1+2+1) for the - * types, lengths (represented by up to 2 bytes), and potential leading - * zeros of the INTEGERs and the SEQUENCE. */ -#undef MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE (PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE + 11) -#endif -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) */ - -/* Internal helper to define which fields in the pk_context structure below - * should be used for EC keys: legacy ecp_keypair or the raw (PSA friendly) - * format. It should be noted that this only affects how data is stored, not - * which functions are used for various operations. The overall picture looks - * like this: - * - if USE_PSA is not defined and ECP_C is defined then use ecp_keypair data - * structure and legacy functions - * - if USE_PSA is defined and - * - if ECP_C then use ecp_keypair structure, convert data to a PSA friendly - * format and use PSA functions - * - if !ECP_C then use new raw data and PSA functions directly. - * - * The main reason for the "intermediate" (USE_PSA + ECP_C) above is that as long - * as ECP_C is defined mbedtls_pk_ec() gives the user a read/write access to the - * ecp_keypair structure inside the pk_context so they can modify it using - * ECP functions which are not under PK module's control. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA -#endif - -/* Helper symbol to state that the PK module has support for EC keys. This - * can either be provided through the legacy ECP solution or through the - * PSA friendly MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA) || defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#define MBEDTLS_PK_HAVE_ECC_KEYS -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA || MBEDTLS_ECP_C */ - -/** - * \brief Types for interfacing with the debug module - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_NONE = 0, - MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MPI, - MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_ECP, - MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_PSA_EC, -} mbedtls_pk_debug_type; - -/** - * \brief Item to send to the debug module - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pk_debug_item { - mbedtls_pk_debug_type MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(value); -} mbedtls_pk_debug_item; - -/** Maximum number of item send for debugging, plus 1 */ -#define MBEDTLS_PK_DEBUG_MAX_ITEMS 3 - -/** - * \brief Public key information and operations - * - * \note The library does not support custom pk info structures, - * only built-in structures returned by - * mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pk_info_t mbedtls_pk_info_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) -/** - * \brief Public key container - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pk_context { - const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info); /**< Public key information */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx); /**< Underlying public key context */ - /* The following field is used to store the ID of a private key in the - * following cases: - * - opaque key when MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C is defined - * - normal key when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is defined. In this case: - * - the pk_ctx above is not not used to store the private key anymore. - * Actually that field not populated at all in this case because also - * the public key will be stored in raw format as explained below - * - this ID is used for all private key operations (ex: sign, check - * key pair, key write, etc) using PSA functions - * - * Note: this private key storing solution only affects EC keys, not the - * other ones. The latters still use the pk_ctx to store their own - * context. - * - * Note: this priv_id is guarded by MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C and not by - * MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA (as the public counterpart below) because, - * when working with opaque keys, it can be used also in - * mbedtls_pk_sign_ext for RSA keys. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(priv_id); /**< Key ID for opaque keys */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ - /* The following fields are meant for storing the public key in raw format - * which is handy for: - * - easily importing it into the PSA context - * - reducing the ECP module dependencies in the PK one. - * - * When MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is enabled: - * - the pk_ctx above is not used anymore for storing the public key - * inside the ecp_keypair structure - * - the following fields are used for all public key operations: signature - * verify, key pair check and key write. - * Of course, when MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA is not enabled, the legacy - * ecp_keypair structure is used for storing the public key and performing - * all the operations. - * - * Note: This new public key storing solution only works for EC keys, not - * other ones. The latters still use pk_ctx to store their own - * context. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw)[MBEDTLS_PK_MAX_EC_PUBKEY_RAW_LEN]; /**< Raw public key */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pub_raw_len); /**< Valid bytes in "pub_raw" */ - psa_ecc_family_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_family); /**< EC family of pk */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ec_bits); /**< Curve's bits of pk */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_USE_PSA_EC_DATA */ -} mbedtls_pk_context; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Context for resuming operations - */ -typedef struct { - const mbedtls_pk_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_info); /**< Public key information */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rs_ctx); /**< Underlying restart context */ -} mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx; -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ -/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ -typedef void mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT) -/** - * \brief Types for RSA-alt abstraction - */ -typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func)(void *ctx, size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, - size_t output_max_len); -typedef int (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func)(void *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, unsigned char *sig); -typedef size_t (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func)(void *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */ - -/** - * \brief Return information associated with the given PK type - * - * \param pk_type PK type to search for. - * - * \return The PK info associated with the type or NULL if not found. - */ -const mbedtls_pk_info_t *mbedtls_pk_info_from_type(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type); - -/** - * \brief Initialize a #mbedtls_pk_context (as NONE). - * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_pk_init(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the components of a #mbedtls_pk_context. - * - * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized. - * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. - * - * \note For contexts that have been set up with - * mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(), this does not free the underlying - * PSA key and you still need to call psa_destroy_key() - * independently if you want to destroy that key. - */ -void mbedtls_pk_free(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Initialize a restart context - * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_pk_restart_init(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the components of a restart context - * - * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized. - * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. - */ -void mbedtls_pk_restart_free(mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize a PK context with the information given - * and allocates the type-specific PK subcontext. - * - * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set - * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE). - * \param info Information to use - * - * \return 0 on success, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure. - * - * \note For contexts holding an RSA-alt key, use - * \c mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt() instead. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_setup(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const mbedtls_pk_info_t *info); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -/** - * \brief Initialize a PK context to wrap a PSA key. - * - * \note This function replaces mbedtls_pk_setup() for contexts - * that wrap a (possibly opaque) PSA key instead of - * storing and manipulating the key material directly. - * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. It must be empty (type NONE). - * \param key The PSA key to wrap, which must hold an ECC or RSA key - * pair (see notes below). - * - * \note The wrapped key must remain valid as long as the - * wrapping PK context is in use, that is at least between - * the point this function is called and the point - * mbedtls_pk_free() is called on this context. The wrapped - * key might then be independently used or destroyed. - * - * \note This function is currently only available for ECC or RSA - * key pairs (that is, keys containing private key material). - * Support for other key types may be added later. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA on invalid input - * (context already used, invalid key identifier). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the key is not an - * ECC key pair. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_ALLOC_FAILED on allocation failure. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT) -/** - * \brief Initialize an RSA-alt context - * - * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set - * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE). - * \param key RSA key pointer - * \param decrypt_func Decryption function - * \param sign_func Signing function - * \param key_len_func Function returning key length in bytes - * - * \return 0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the - * context wasn't already initialized as RSA_ALT. - * - * \note This function replaces \c mbedtls_pk_setup() for RSA-alt. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, void *key, - mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_decrypt_func decrypt_func, - mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_sign_func sign_func, - mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func key_len_func); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT */ - -/** - * \brief Get the size in bits of the underlying key - * - * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. - * - * \return Key size in bits, or 0 on error - */ -size_t mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Get the length in bytes of the underlying key - * - * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. - * - * \return Key length in bytes, or 0 on error - */ -static inline size_t mbedtls_pk_get_len(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx) -{ - return (mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen(ctx) + 7) / 8; -} - -/** - * \brief Tell if a context can do the operation given by type - * - * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. - * \param type The desired type. - * - * \return 1 if the context can do operations on the given type. - * \return 0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given - * type. This is always the case for a context that has - * been initialized but not set up, or that has been - * cleared with mbedtls_pk_free(). - */ -int mbedtls_pk_can_do(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_type_t type); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -/** - * \brief Tell if context can do the operation given by PSA algorithm - * - * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. - * \param alg PSA algorithm to check against, the following are allowed: - * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(hash), - * PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(hash), - * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, - * PSA_ALG_ECDSA(hash), - * PSA_ALG_ECDH, where hash is a specific hash. - * \param usage PSA usage flag to check against, must be composed of: - * PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH - * PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT - * PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * Context key must match all passed usage flags. - * - * \warning Since the set of allowed algorithms and usage flags may be - * expanded in the future, the return value \c 0 should not - * be taken in account for non-allowed algorithms and usage - * flags. - * - * \return 1 if the context can do operations on the given type. - * \return 0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given - * type, for non-allowed algorithms and usage flags, or - * for a context that has been initialized but not set up - * or that has been cleared with mbedtls_pk_free(). - */ -int mbedtls_pk_can_do_ext(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, psa_algorithm_t alg, - psa_key_usage_t usage); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -/** - * \brief Verify signature (including padding if relevant). - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used. - * This can be #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if the signature algorithm - * does not rely on a hash algorithm (non-deterministic - * ECDSA, RSA PKCS#1 v1.5). - * For PKCS#1 v1.5, if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, then - * \p hash is the DigestInfo structure used by RFC 8017 - * §9.2 steps 3–6. If \p md_alg is a valid hash - * algorithm then \p hash is the digest itself, and this - * function calculates the DigestInfo encoding internally. - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length - * \param sig Signature to verify - * \param sig_len Signature length - * - * \return 0 on success (signature is valid), - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid - * signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len, - * or a specific error code. - * - * \note For RSA keys, the default padding type is PKCS#1 v1.5. - * Use \c mbedtls_pk_verify_ext( MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, ... ) - * to verify RSASSA_PSS signatures. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_verify(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len); - -/** - * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_verify() - * - * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), but can - * return early and restart according to the limit set with - * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC - * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(). - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) - * \param sig Signature to verify - * \param sig_len Signature length - * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart) - * - * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), or - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - */ -int mbedtls_pk_verify_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len, - mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -/** - * \brief Verify signature, with options. - * (Includes verification of the padding depending on type.) - * - * \param type Signature type (inc. possible padding type) to verify - * \param options Pointer to type-specific options, or NULL - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) - * \param sig Signature to verify - * \param sig_len Signature length - * - * \return 0 on success (signature is valid), - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH if the PK context can't be - * used for this type of signatures, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid - * signature in \p sig but its length is less than \p sig_len, - * or a specific error code. - * - * \note If hash_len is 0, then the length associated with md_alg - * is used instead, or an error returned if it is invalid. - * - * \note md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, only if hash_len != 0 - * - * \note If type is MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, then options must point - * to a mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options structure, - * otherwise it must be NULL. Note that if - * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is defined, the salt length is not - * verified as PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT is used. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t type, const void *options, - mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len); - -/** - * \brief Make signature, including padding if relevant. - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up - * with a private key. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length - * \param sig Place to write the signature. - * It must have enough room for the signature. - * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough. - * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough - * given the key type. - * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes. - * \param sig_len On successful return, - * the number of bytes written to \p sig. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code. - * - * \note For RSA keys, the default padding type is PKCS#1 v1.5. - * There is no interface in the PK module to make RSASSA-PSS - * signatures yet. - * - * \note For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0. - * For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_sign(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) -/** - * \brief Make signature given a signature type. - * - * \param pk_type Signature type. - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up - * with a private key. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length - * \param sig Place to write the signature. - * It must have enough room for the signature. - * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough. - * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough - * given the key type. - * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes. - * \param sig_len On successful return, - * the number of bytes written to \p sig. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code. - * - * \note When \p pk_type is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSASSA_PSS, - * see #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS for a description of PSS options used. - * - * \note For RSA, md_alg may be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE if hash_len != 0. - * For ECDSA, md_alg may never be MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * - */ -int mbedtls_pk_sign_ext(mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type, - mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ - -/** - * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_sign() - * - * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(), but can - * return early and restart according to the limit set with - * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC - * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(). - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up - * with a private key. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes for mbedtls_pk_sign()) - * \param hash Hash of the message to sign - * \param hash_len Hash length - * \param sig Place to write the signature. - * It must have enough room for the signature. - * #MBEDTLS_PK_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is always enough. - * You may use a smaller buffer if it is large enough - * given the key type. - * \param sig_size The size of the \p sig buffer in bytes. - * \param sig_len On successful return, - * the number of bytes written to \p sig. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart) - * - * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_sign(). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - */ -int mbedtls_pk_sign_restartable(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, - unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_size, size_t *sig_len, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng, - mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -/** - * \brief Decrypt message (including padding if relevant). - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up - * with a private key. - * \param input Input to decrypt - * \param ilen Input size - * \param output Decrypted output - * \param olen Decrypted message length - * \param osize Size of the output buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \note For RSA keys, the default padding type is PKCS#1 v1.5. - * - * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_decrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Encrypt message (including padding if relevant). - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. - * \param input Message to encrypt - * \param ilen Message size - * \param output Encrypted output - * \param olen Encrypted output length - * \param osize Size of the output buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \note \p f_rng is used for padding generation. - * - * \note For RSA keys, the default padding type is PKCS#1 v1.5. - * - * \return 0 on success, or a specific error code. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_encrypt(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Check if a public-private pair of keys matches. - * - * \param pub Context holding a public key. - * \param prv Context holding a private (and public) key. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return \c 0 on success (keys were checked and match each other). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the keys could not - * be checked - in that case they may or may not match. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a context is invalid. - * \return Another non-zero value if the keys do not match. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_check_pair(const mbedtls_pk_context *pub, - const mbedtls_pk_context *prv, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Export debug information - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. - * \param items Place to write debug items - * - * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA - */ -int mbedtls_pk_debug(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_debug_item *items); - -/** - * \brief Access the type name - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. - * - * \return Type name on success, or "invalid PK" - */ -const char *mbedtls_pk_get_name(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Get the key type - * - * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. - * - * \return Type on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE for a context that has not been set up. - */ -mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_pk_get_type(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) -/** - * Quick access to an RSA context inside a PK context. - * - * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as - * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_RSA. - * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility. - * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL. - * - * \return The internal RSA context held by the PK context, or NULL. - */ -static inline mbedtls_rsa_context *mbedtls_pk_rsa(const mbedtls_pk_context pk) -{ - switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) { - case MBEDTLS_PK_RSA: - return (mbedtls_rsa_context *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx); - default: - return NULL; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -/** - * Quick access to an EC context inside a PK context. - * - * \warning This function can only be used when the type of the context, as - * returned by mbedtls_pk_get_type(), is #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY, - * #MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH, or #MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA. - * Ensuring that is the caller's responsibility. - * Alternatively, you can check whether this function returns NULL. - * - * \return The internal EC context held by the PK context, or NULL. - */ -static inline mbedtls_ecp_keypair *mbedtls_pk_ec(const mbedtls_pk_context pk) -{ - switch (mbedtls_pk_get_type(&pk)) { - case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY: - case MBEDTLS_PK_ECKEY_DH: - case MBEDTLS_PK_ECDSA: - return (mbedtls_ecp_keypair *) (pk).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk_ctx); - default: - return NULL; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) -/** \ingroup pk_module */ -/** - * \brief Parse a private key in PEM or DER format - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized - * but not set up. - * \param key Input buffer to parse. - * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no - * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must - * contain a null-terminated string. - * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes. - * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte, - * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`. - * \param pwd Optional password for decryption. - * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key. - * Pass a string of \p pwdlen bytes if expecting an encrypted - * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted. - * The empty password is not supported. - * \param pwdlen Size of the password in bytes. - * Ignored if \p pwd is \c NULL. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised - * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a - * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do(). - * - * \note The key is also checked for correctness. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_parse_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** \ingroup pk_module */ -/** - * \brief Parse a public key in PEM or DER format - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized - * but not set up. - * \param key Input buffer to parse. - * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no - * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must - * contain a null-terminated string. - * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes. - * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte, - * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`. - * - * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised - * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a - * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do(). - * - * \note For compressed points, see #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED for - * limitations. - * - * \note The key is also checked for correctness. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_key(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** \ingroup pk_module */ -/** - * \brief Load and parse a private key - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized - * but not set up. - * \param path filename to read the private key from - * \param password Optional password to decrypt the file. - * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key. - * Pass a null-terminated string if expecting an encrypted - * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted. - * The empty password is not supported. - * \param f_rng RNG function, must not be \c NULL. Used for blinding. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised - * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a - * specific key type, check the result with mbedtls_pk_can_do(). - * - * \note The key is also checked for correctness. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, - const char *path, const char *password, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng); - -/** \ingroup pk_module */ -/** - * \brief Load and parse a public key - * - * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized - * but not set up. - * \param path filename to read the public key from - * - * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised - * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If - * you need a specific key type, check the result with - * mbedtls_pk_can_do(). - * - * \note The key is also checked for correctness. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_keyfile(mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 DER structure - * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the - * return value to determine where you should start - * using the buffer - * - * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key. - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * - * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific - * error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_write_key_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size); - -/** - * \brief Write a public key to a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure - * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the - * return value to determine where you should start - * using the buffer - * - * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * - * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific - * error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_der(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a public key to a PEM string - * - * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. - * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a - * terminating null byte. - * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size); - -/** - * \brief Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 PEM string - * - * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key. - * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a - * terminating null byte. - * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem(const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */ - -/* - * WARNING: Low-level functions. You probably do not want to use these unless - * you are certain you do ;) - */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Parse a SubjectPublicKeyInfo DER structure - * - * \param p the position in the ASN.1 data - * \param end end of the buffer - * \param pk The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized - * but not set up. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_parse_subpubkey(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_pk_context *pk); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a subjectPublicKey to ASN.1 data - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer - * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param key PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. - * - * \return the length written or a negative error code - */ -int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const mbedtls_pk_context *key); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */ - -/* - * Internal module functions. You probably do not want to use these unless you - * know you do. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -int mbedtls_pk_load_file(const char *path, unsigned char **buf, size_t *n); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -/** - * \brief Turn an EC or RSA key into an opaque one. - * - * \warning This is a temporary utility function for tests. It might - * change or be removed at any time without notice. - * - * \param pk Input: the EC or RSA key to import to a PSA key. - * Output: a PK context wrapping that PSA key. - * \param key Output: a PSA key identifier. - * It's the caller's responsibility to call - * psa_destroy_key() on that key identifier after calling - * mbedtls_pk_free() on the PK context. - * \param alg The algorithm to allow for use with that key. - * \param usage The usage to allow for use with that key. - * \param alg2 The secondary algorithm to allow for use with that key. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return An Mbed TLS error code otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_pk_wrap_as_opaque(mbedtls_pk_context *pk, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - psa_key_usage_t usage, - psa_algorithm_t alg2); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PK_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h b/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h deleted file mode 100644 index 42e8453..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file pkcs12.h - * - * \brief PKCS#12 Personal Information Exchange Syntax - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x1F80 -/** Feature not available, e.g. unsupported encryption scheme. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x1F00 -/** PBE ASN.1 data not as expected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PBE_INVALID_FORMAT -0x1E80 -/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x1E00 - -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY 1 /**< encryption/decryption key */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV 2 /**< initialization vector */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY 3 /**< integrity / MAC key */ - -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption) - * for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's - * - * \note When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must - * be enabled at compile time. - * - * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a - * future version of the library. - * Please use mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext() instead. - * - * \warning When decrypting: - * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile - * time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is - * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries - * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that - * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be - * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random - * password are about 1/255). - * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile - * time, this function does not validate the CBC padding. - * - * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure - * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT - * \param cipher_type the cipher used - * \param md_type the mbedtls_md used - * \param pwd Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when - * \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used. - * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0) - * \param data the input data - * \param len data length - * \param output Output buffer. - * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data, - * possibly followed by the CBC padding. - * On failure, the content is indeterminate. - * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len - * bytes. - * For encryption, there must be enough room for - * \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of - * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code - */ -int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, - mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_type, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - const unsigned char *data, size_t len, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7) - -/** - * \brief PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption) - * for cipher-based and mbedtls_md-based PBE's - * - * - * \warning When decrypting: - * - This function validates the CBC padding and returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS12_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is - * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries - * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that - * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be - * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random - * password are about 1/255). - * - * \param pbe_params an ASN1 buffer containing the pkcs-12 PbeParams structure - * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_PBE_DECRYPT - * \param cipher_type the cipher used - * \param md_type the mbedtls_md used - * \param pwd Latin1-encoded password used. This may only be \c NULL when - * \p pwdlen is 0. No null terminator should be used. - * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0) - * \param data the input data - * \param len data length - * \param output Output buffer. - * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data, - * possibly followed by the CBC padding. - * On failure, the content is indeterminate. - * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p len - * bytes. - * For encryption, there must be enough room for - * \p len + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of - * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params. - * \param output_size size of output buffer. - * This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus - * padding data. - * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe_ext(mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, - mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type, mbedtls_md_type_t md_type, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - const unsigned char *data, size_t len, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, - size_t *output_len); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief The PKCS#12 derivation function uses a password and a salt - * to produce pseudo-random bits for a particular "purpose". - * - * Depending on the given id, this function can produce an - * encryption/decryption key, an initialization vector or an - * integrity key. - * - * \param data buffer to store the derived data in - * \param datalen length of buffer to fill - * \param pwd The password to use. For compliance with PKCS#12 §B.1, this - * should be a BMPString, i.e. a Unicode string where each - * character is encoded as 2 bytes in big-endian order, with - * no byte order mark and with a null terminator (i.e. the - * last two bytes should be 0x00 0x00). - * \param pwdlen length of the password (may be 0). - * \param salt Salt buffer to use. This may only be \c NULL when - * \p saltlen is 0. - * \param saltlen length of the salt (may be zero) - * \param mbedtls_md mbedtls_md type to use during the derivation - * \param id id that describes the purpose (can be - * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_KEY, #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_IV or - * #MBEDTLS_PKCS12_DERIVE_MAC_KEY) - * \param iterations number of iterations - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MD, BIGNUM type error. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs12_derivation(unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - const unsigned char *salt, size_t saltlen, - mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md, int id, int iterations); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* pkcs12.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h b/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h deleted file mode 100644 index e004f45..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file pkcs5.h - * - * \brief PKCS#5 functions - * - * \author Mathias Olsson <mathias@kompetensum.com> - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" - -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x2f80 -/** Unexpected ASN.1 data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_INVALID_FORMAT -0x2f00 -/** Requested encryption or digest alg not available. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x2e80 -/** Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH -0x2e00 - -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief PKCS#5 PBES2 function - * - * \note When encrypting, #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 must - * be enabled at compile time. - * - * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a - * future version of the library. - * Please use mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext() instead. - * - * \warning When decrypting: - * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is enabled at compile - * time, this function validates the CBC padding and returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is - * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries - * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that - * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be - * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random - * password are about 1/255). - * - if #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 is disabled at compile - * time, this function does not validate the CBC padding. - * - * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters - * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT - * \param pwd password to use when generating key - * \param pwdlen length of password - * \param data data to process - * \param datalen length of data - * \param output Output buffer. - * On success, it contains the encrypted or decrypted data, - * possibly followed by the CBC padding. - * On failure, the content is indeterminate. - * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen - * bytes. - * For encryption, there must be enough room for - * \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of - * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params. - * - * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails. - */ -int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7) - -/** - * \brief PKCS#5 PBES2 function - * - * \warning When decrypting: - * - This function validates the CBC padding and returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH if the padding is - * invalid. Note that this can help active adversaries - * attempting to brute-forcing the password. Note also that - * there is no guarantee that an invalid password will be - * detected (the chances of a valid padding with a random - * password are about 1/255). - * - * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters - * \param mode either #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or #MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT - * \param pwd password to use when generating key - * \param pwdlen length of password - * \param data data to process - * \param datalen length of data - * \param output Output buffer. - * On success, it contains the decrypted data. - * On failure, the content is indetermidate. - * For decryption, there must be enough room for \p datalen - * bytes. - * For encryption, there must be enough room for - * \p datalen + 1 bytes, rounded up to the block size of - * the block cipher identified by \p pbe_params. - * \param output_size size of output buffer. - * This must be big enough to accommodate for output plus - * padding data. - * \param output_len On success, length of actual data written to the output buffer. - * - * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if parsing or decryption fails. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2_ext(const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, - const unsigned char *pwd, size_t pwdlen, - const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, - unsigned char *output, size_t output_size, - size_t *output_len); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7 */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC without using the HMAC context - * - * \param md_type Hash algorithm used - * \param password Password to use when generating key - * \param plen Length of password - * \param salt Salt to use when generating key - * \param slen Length of salt - * \param iteration_count Iteration count - * \param key_length Length of generated key in bytes - * \param output Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length - * - * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext(mbedtls_md_type_t md_type, - const unsigned char *password, - size_t plen, const unsigned char *salt, size_t slen, - unsigned int iteration_count, - uint32_t key_length, unsigned char *output); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC - * - * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext(). - * - * \param ctx Generic HMAC context - * \param password Password to use when generating key - * \param plen Length of password - * \param salt Salt to use when generating key - * \param slen Length of salt - * \param iteration_count Iteration count - * \param key_length Length of generated key in bytes - * \param output Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length - * - * \returns 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails. - */ -int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac(mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *password, - size_t plen, - const unsigned char *salt, - size_t slen, - unsigned int iteration_count, - uint32_t key_length, - unsigned char *output); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* pkcs5.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h b/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h deleted file mode 100644 index 70b25a9..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/pkcs7.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file pkcs7.h - * - * \brief PKCS #7 generic defines and structures - * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2315 - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -/** - * Note: For the time being, this implementation of the PKCS #7 cryptographic - * message syntax is a partial implementation of RFC 2315. - * Differences include: - * - The RFC specifies 6 different content types. The only type currently - * supported in Mbed TLS is the signed-data content type. - * - The only supported PKCS #7 Signed Data syntax version is version 1 - * - The RFC specifies support for BER. This implementation is limited to - * DER only. - * - The RFC specifies that multiple digest algorithms can be specified - * in the Signed Data type. Only one digest algorithm is supported in Mbed TLS. - * - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain multiple X.509 or PKCS #6 extended - * certificates. In Mbed TLS, this list can only contain 0 or 1 certificates - * and they must be in X.509 format. - * - The RFC specifies the Signed Data type can contain - * certificate-revocation lists (CRLs). This implementation has no support - * for CRLs so it is assumed to be an empty list. - * - The RFC allows for SignerInfo structure to optionally contain - * unauthenticatedAttributes and authenticatedAttributes. In Mbed TLS it is - * assumed these fields are empty. - * - The RFC allows for the signed Data type to contain contentInfo. This - * implementation assumes the type is DATA and the content is empty. - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_H - -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" -#include "mbedtls/x509.h" -#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h" - -/** - * \name PKCS #7 Module Error codes - * \{ - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_FORMAT -0x5300 /**< The format is invalid, e.g. different type expected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x5380 /**< Unavailable feature, e.g. anything other than signed data. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_VERSION -0x5400 /**< The PKCS #7 version element is invalid or cannot be parsed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CONTENT_INFO -0x5480 /**< The PKCS #7 content info is invalid or cannot be parsed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_ALG -0x5500 /**< The algorithm tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_CERT -0x5580 /**< The certificate tag or value is invalid or cannot be parsed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNATURE -0x5600 /**< Error parsing the signature */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_INVALID_SIGNER_INFO -0x5680 /**< Error parsing the signer's info */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5700 /**< Input invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_ALLOC_FAILED -0x5780 /**< Allocation of memory failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_VERIFY_FAIL -0x5800 /**< Verification Failed */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS7_CERT_DATE_INVALID -0x5880 /**< The PKCS #7 date issued/expired dates are invalid */ -/* \} name */ - -/** - * \name PKCS #7 Supported Version - * \{ - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SUPPORTED_VERSION 0x01 -/* \} name */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN.1 using DER. - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_buf mbedtls_pkcs7_buf; - -/** - * Container for ASN.1 named information objects. - * It allows for Relative Distinguished Names (e.g. cn=localhost,ou=code,etc.). - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_named_data mbedtls_pkcs7_name; - -/** - * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_sequence mbedtls_pkcs7_sequence; - -/** - * PKCS #7 types - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_NONE=0, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DATA, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_DATA, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENVELOPED_DATA, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_DATA, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_DIGESTED_DATA, - MBEDTLS_PKCS7_ENCRYPTED_DATA, -} -mbedtls_pkcs7_type; - -/** - * Structure holding PKCS #7 signer info - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial); - mbedtls_x509_name MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer_raw); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg_identifier); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_alg_identifier); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); - struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next); -} -mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info; - -/** - * Structure holding the signed data section - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version); - mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(digest_alg_identifiers); - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_certs); - mbedtls_x509_crt MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(certs); - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_crls); - mbedtls_x509_crl MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crl); - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(no_of_signers); - mbedtls_pkcs7_signer_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signers); -} -mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data; - -/** - * Structure holding PKCS #7 structure, only signed data for now - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs7 { - mbedtls_pkcs7_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(raw); - mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(signed_data); -} -mbedtls_pkcs7; - -/** - * \brief Initialize mbedtls_pkcs7 structure. - * - * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure. - */ -void mbedtls_pkcs7_init(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7); - -/** - * \brief Parse a single DER formatted PKCS #7 detached signature. - * - * \param pkcs7 The mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to be filled by the parser. - * \param buf The buffer holding only the DER encoded PKCS #7 content. - * \param buflen The size in bytes of \p buf. The size must be exactly the - * length of the DER encoded PKCS #7 content. - * - * \note This function makes an internal copy of the PKCS #7 buffer - * \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed or reused - * after this call returns. - * \note Signatures with internal data are not supported. - * - * \return The \c mbedtls_pkcs7_type of \p buf, if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs7_parse_der(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7, const unsigned char *buf, - const size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied - * certificate. - * - * For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function computes - * a signature over the supplied data, using the supplied - * certificate and the same digest algorithm as specified by the - * signer. It then compares this signature against the - * signer's signature; verification succeeds if any comparison - * matches. - * - * This function does not use the certificates held within the - * PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the - * certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority. - * - * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure containing signature. - * \param cert Certificate containing key to verify signature. - * \param data Plain data on which signature has to be verified. - * \param datalen Length of the data. - * - * \note This function internally calculates the hash on the supplied - * plain data for signature verification. - * - * \return 0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7, - const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert, - const unsigned char *data, - size_t datalen); - -/** - * \brief Verification of PKCS #7 signature against a caller-supplied - * certificate. - * - * For each signer in the PKCS structure, this function - * validates a signature over the supplied hash, using the - * supplied certificate and the same digest algorithm as - * specified by the signer. Verification succeeds if any - * signature is good. - * - * This function does not use the certificates held within the - * PKCS #7 structure itself, and does not check that the - * certificate is signed by a trusted certification authority. - * - * \param pkcs7 PKCS #7 structure containing signature. - * \param cert Certificate containing key to verify signature. - * \param hash Hash of the plain data on which signature has to be verified. - * \param hashlen Length of the hash. - * - * \note This function is different from mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_data_verify() - * in that it is directly passed the hash of the data. - * - * \return 0 if the signature verifies, or a negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_pkcs7_signed_hash_verify(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7, - const mbedtls_x509_crt *cert, - const unsigned char *hash, size_t hashlen); - -/** - * \brief Unallocate all PKCS #7 data and zeroize the memory. - * It doesn't free \p pkcs7 itself. This should be done by the caller. - * - * \param pkcs7 mbedtls_pkcs7 structure to free. - */ -void mbedtls_pkcs7_free(mbedtls_pkcs7 *pkcs7); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* pkcs7.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/platform.h b/include/mbedtls/platform.h deleted file mode 100644 index de3d71d..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/platform.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,485 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file platform.h - * - * \brief This file contains the definitions and functions of the - * Mbed TLS platform abstraction layer. - * - * The platform abstraction layer removes the need for the library - * to directly link to standard C library functions or operating - * system services, making the library easier to port and embed. - * Application developers and users of the library can provide their own - * implementations of these functions, or implementations specific to - * their platform, which can be statically linked to the library or - * dynamically configured at runtime. - * - * When all compilation options related to platform abstraction are - * disabled, this header just defines `mbedtls_xxx` function names - * as aliases to the standard `xxx` function. - * - * Most modules in the library and example programs are expected to - * include this header. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -/* The older Microsoft Windows common runtime provides non-conforming - * implementations of some standard library functions, including snprintf - * and vsnprintf. This affects MSVC and MinGW builds. - */ -#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -#include <time.h> -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use. */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use. */ -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use. */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use. */ -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF printf /**< The default \c printf function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< The default \c fprintf function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC calloc /**< The default \c calloc function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE free /**< The default \c free function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SETBUF setbuf /**< The default \c setbuf function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT exit /**< The default \c exit function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME time /**< The default \c time function to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS EXIT_SUCCESS /**< The default exit value to use. */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE EXIT_FAILURE /**< The default exit value to use. */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE "seedfile" -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ -#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR) -#include MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */ - -/* Enable certain documented defines only when generating doxygen to avoid - * an "unrecognized define" error. */ -#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC -#endif - -#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE) -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -/* - * The function pointers for calloc and free. - * Please see MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE - * in mbedtls_config.h for more information about behaviour and requirements. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO) -#undef mbedtls_free -#undef mbedtls_calloc -#define mbedtls_free MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO -#define mbedtls_calloc MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO -#else -/* For size_t */ -#include <stddef.h> -extern void *mbedtls_calloc(size_t n, size_t size); -extern void mbedtls_free(void *ptr); - -/** - * \brief This function dynamically sets the memory-management - * functions used by the library, during runtime. - * - * \param calloc_func The \c calloc function implementation. - * \param free_func The \c free function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free(void *(*calloc_func)(size_t, size_t), - void (*free_func)(void *)); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO */ -#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY */ -#undef mbedtls_free -#undef mbedtls_calloc -#define mbedtls_free free -#define mbedtls_calloc calloc -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACRO */ - -/* - * The function pointers for fprintf - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) -/* We need FILE * */ -#include <stdio.h> -extern int (*mbedtls_fprintf)(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...); - -/** - * \brief This function dynamically configures the fprintf - * function that is called when the - * mbedtls_fprintf() function is invoked by the library. - * - * \param fprintf_func The \c fprintf function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_fprintf(int (*fprintf_func)(FILE *stream, const char *, - ...)); -#else -#undef mbedtls_fprintf -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_fprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_fprintf fprintf -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT */ - -/* - * The function pointers for printf - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT) -extern int (*mbedtls_printf)(const char *format, ...); - -/** - * \brief This function dynamically configures the snprintf - * function that is called when the mbedtls_snprintf() - * function is invoked by the library. - * - * \param printf_func The \c printf function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_printf(int (*printf_func)(const char *, ...)); -#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */ -#undef mbedtls_printf -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_printf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_printf printf -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */ - -/* - * The function pointers for snprintf - * - * The snprintf implementation should conform to C99: - * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer - * (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched) - * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when - * the destination buffer is too short. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF) -/* For Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */ -int mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) -extern int (*mbedtls_snprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, ...); - -/** - * \brief This function allows configuring a custom - * \c snprintf function pointer. - * - * \param snprintf_func The \c snprintf function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_snprintf(int (*snprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n, - const char *format, ...)); -#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */ -#undef mbedtls_snprintf -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_snprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_snprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */ - -/* - * The function pointers for vsnprintf - * - * The vsnprintf implementation should conform to C99: - * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer - * (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched) - * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when - * the destination buffer is too short. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF) -#include <stdarg.h> -/* For Older Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */ -int mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list arg); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) -#include <stdarg.h> -extern int (*mbedtls_vsnprintf)(char *s, size_t n, const char *format, va_list arg); - -/** - * \brief Set your own snprintf function pointer - * - * \param vsnprintf_func The \c vsnprintf function implementation - * - * \return \c 0 - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_vsnprintf(int (*vsnprintf_func)(char *s, size_t n, - const char *format, va_list arg)); -#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */ -#undef mbedtls_vsnprintf -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_vsnprintf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_vsnprintf vsnprintf -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */ - -/* - * The function pointers for setbuf - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT) -#include <stdio.h> -/** - * \brief Function pointer to call for `setbuf()` functionality - * (changing the internal buffering on stdio calls). - * - * \note The library calls this function to disable - * buffering when reading or writing sensitive data, - * to avoid having extra copies of sensitive data - * remaining in stdio buffers after the file is - * closed. If this is not a concern, for example if - * your platform's stdio doesn't have any buffering, - * you can set mbedtls_setbuf to a function that - * does nothing. - * - * The library always calls this function with - * `buf` equal to `NULL`. - */ -extern void (*mbedtls_setbuf)(FILE *stream, char *buf); - -/** - * \brief Dynamically configure the function that is called - * when the mbedtls_setbuf() function is called by the - * library. - * - * \param setbuf_func The \c setbuf function implementation - * - * \return \c 0 - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_setbuf(void (*setbuf_func)( - FILE *stream, char *buf)); -#else -#undef mbedtls_setbuf -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO) -/** - * \brief Macro defining the function for the library to - * call for `setbuf` functionality (changing the - * internal buffering on stdio calls). - * - * \note See extra comments on the mbedtls_setbuf() function - * pointer above. - * - * \return \c 0 on success, negative on error. - */ -#define mbedtls_setbuf MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_setbuf setbuf -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETBUF_ALT */ - -/* - * The function pointers for exit - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) -extern void (*mbedtls_exit)(int status); - -/** - * \brief This function dynamically configures the exit - * function that is called when the mbedtls_exit() - * function is invoked by the library. - * - * \param exit_func The \c exit function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_exit(void (*exit_func)(int status)); -#else -#undef mbedtls_exit -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_exit MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_exit exit -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT */ - -/* - * The default exit values - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS) -#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS -#else -#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS 0 -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE) -#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE -#else -#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE 1 -#endif - -/* - * The function pointers for reading from and writing a seed file to - * Non-Volatile storage (NV) in a platform-independent way - * - * Only enabled when the NV seed entropy source is enabled - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/* Internal standard platform definitions */ -int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len); -int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) -extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_read)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len); -extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_write)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len); - -/** - * \brief This function allows configuring custom seed file writing and - * reading functions. - * - * \param nv_seed_read_func The seed reading function implementation. - * \param nv_seed_write_func The seed writing function implementation. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_nv_seed( - int (*nv_seed_read_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len), - int (*nv_seed_write_func)(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len) - ); -#else -#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_read -#undef mbedtls_nv_seed_write -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO -#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read -#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT) - -/** - * \brief The platform context structure. - * - * \note This structure may be used to assist platform-specific - * setup or teardown operations. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_platform_context { - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /**< A placeholder member, as empty structs are not portable. */ -} -mbedtls_platform_context; - -#else -#include "platform_alt.h" -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function performs any platform-specific initialization - * operations. - * - * \note This function should be called before any other library functions. - * - * Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless - * platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing. - * - * \note The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform. - * - * \param ctx The platform context. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - */ -int mbedtls_platform_setup(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx); -/** - * \brief This function performs any platform teardown operations. - * - * \note This function should be called after every other Mbed TLS module - * has been correctly freed using the appropriate free function. - * - * Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless - * platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing. - * - * \note The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform. - * - * \param ctx The platform context. - * - */ -void mbedtls_platform_teardown(mbedtls_platform_context *ctx); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* platform.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h b/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h deleted file mode 100644 index 97f1963..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/platform_time.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file platform_time.h - * - * \brief Mbed TLS Platform time abstraction - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - * The time_t datatype - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) -typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_time_t; -#else -/* For time_t */ -#include <time.h> -typedef time_t mbedtls_time_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) -typedef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO mbedtls_ms_time_t; -#else -#include <stdint.h> -#include <inttypes.h> -typedef int64_t mbedtls_ms_time_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_TYPE_MACRO */ - -/** - * \brief Get time in milliseconds. - * - * \return Monotonically-increasing current time in milliseconds. - * - * \note Define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MS_TIME_ALT to be able to provide an - * alternative implementation - * - * \warning This function returns a monotonically-increasing time value from a - * start time that will differ from platform to platform, and possibly - * from run to run of the process. - * - */ -mbedtls_ms_time_t mbedtls_ms_time(void); - -/* - * The function pointers for time - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) -extern mbedtls_time_t (*mbedtls_time)(mbedtls_time_t *time); - -/** - * \brief Set your own time function pointer - * - * \param time_func the time function implementation - * - * \return 0 - */ -int mbedtls_platform_set_time(mbedtls_time_t (*time_func)(mbedtls_time_t *time)); -#else -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) -#define mbedtls_time MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO -#else -#define mbedtls_time time -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* platform_time.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h b/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h deleted file mode 100644 index cba02ab..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file platform_util.h - * - * \brief Common and shared functions used by multiple modules in the Mbed TLS - * library. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H -#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) -#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h" -#include <time.h> -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Internal macros meant to be called only from within the library. */ -#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(cond, ret) do { } while (0) -#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE(cond) do { } while (0) - -/* Internal helper macros for deprecating API constants. */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) -MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const *mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t; -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL) \ - ((mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t) (VAL)) -MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef int mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t; -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL) \ - ((mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t) (VAL)) -#else /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */ -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(VAL) VAL -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -/* Implementation of the check-return facility. - * See the user documentation in mbedtls_config.h. - * - * Do not use this macro directly to annotate function: instead, - * use one of MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL or MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL - * depending on how important it is to check the return value. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN) -#if defined(__GNUC__) -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 -#include <sal.h> -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN _Check_return_ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN -#endif -#endif - -/** Critical-failure function - * - * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function - * indicates that its return value should be checked in all applications. - * Omitting the check is very likely to indicate a bug in the application - * and will result in a compile-time warning if #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN - * is implemented for the compiler in use. - * - * \note The use of this macro is a work in progress. - * This macro may be added to more functions in the future. - * Such an extension is not considered an API break, provided that - * there are near-unavoidable circumstances under which the function - * can fail. For example, signature/MAC/AEAD verification functions, - * and functions that require a random generator, are considered - * return-check-critical. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN - -/** Ordinary-failure function - * - * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function - * indicates that its return value should be generally be checked in portable - * applications. Omitting the check will result in a compile-time warning if - * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN is implemented for the compiler in use and - * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING is enabled in the compile-time configuration. - * - * You can use #MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN to explicitly ignore the return value - * of a function that is annotated with #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN. - * - * \note The use of this macro is a work in progress. - * This macro will be added to more functions in the future. - * Eventually this should appear before most functions returning - * an error code (as \c int in the \c mbedtls_xxx API or - * as ::psa_status_t in the \c psa_xxx API). - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_WARNING) -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN -#else -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL -#endif - -/** Benign-failure function - * - * This macro appearing at the beginning of the declaration of a function - * indicates that it is rarely useful to check its return value. - * - * This macro has an empty expansion. It exists for documentation purposes: - * a #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL annotation indicates that the function - * has been analyzed for return-check usefulness, whereas the lack of - * an annotation indicates that the function has not been analyzed and its - * return-check usefulness is unknown. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL - -/** \def MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN - * - * Call this macro with one argument, a function call, to suppress a warning - * from #MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN due to that function call. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN) -/* GCC doesn't silence the warning with just (void)(result). - * (void)!(result) is known to work up at least up to GCC 10, as well - * as with Clang and MSVC. - * - * https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.4.6/gcc/Non_002dbugs.html - * https://stackoverflow.com/questions/40576003/ignoring-warning-wunused-result - * https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66425#c34 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_IGNORE_RETURN(result) ((void) !(result)) -#endif - -/* If the following macro is defined, the library is being built by the test - * framework, and the framework is going to provide a replacement - * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() using a preprocessor macro, so the function - * declaration should be omitted. */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_DEFINES_ZEROIZE) //no-check-names -/** - * \brief Securely zeroize a buffer - * - * The function is meant to wipe the data contained in a buffer so - * that it can no longer be recovered even if the program memory - * is later compromised. Call this function on sensitive data - * stored on the stack before returning from a function, and on - * sensitive data stored on the heap before freeing the heap - * object. - * - * It is extremely difficult to guarantee that calls to - * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() are not removed by aggressive - * compiler optimizations in a portable way. For this reason, Mbed - * TLS provides the configuration option - * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT, which allows users to configure - * mbedtls_platform_zeroize() to use a suitable implementation for - * their platform and needs - * - * \param buf Buffer to be zeroized - * \param len Length of the buffer in bytes - * - */ -void mbedtls_platform_zeroize(void *buf, size_t len); -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) -/** - * \brief Platform-specific implementation of gmtime_r() - * - * The function is a thread-safe abstraction that behaves - * similarly to the gmtime_r() function from Unix/POSIX. - * - * Mbed TLS will try to identify the underlying platform and - * make use of an appropriate underlying implementation (e.g. - * gmtime_r() for POSIX and gmtime_s() for Windows). If this is - * not possible, then gmtime() will be used. In this case, calls - * from the library to gmtime() will be guarded by the mutex - * mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is - * enabled. It is recommended that calls from outside the library - * are also guarded by this mutex. - * - * If MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, then Mbed TLS will - * unconditionally use the alternative implementation for - * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() supplied by the user at compile time. - * - * \param tt Pointer to an object containing time (in seconds) since the - * epoch to be converted - * \param tm_buf Pointer to an object where the results will be stored - * - * \return Pointer to an object of type struct tm on success, otherwise - * NULL - */ -struct tm *mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(const mbedtls_time_t *tt, - struct tm *tm_buf); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h b/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h deleted file mode 100644 index 61bcaa6..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file poly1305.h - * - * \brief This file contains Poly1305 definitions and functions. - * - * Poly1305 is a one-time message authenticator that can be used to - * authenticate messages. Poly1305-AES was created by Daniel - * Bernstein https://cr.yp.to/mac/poly1305-20050329.pdf The generic - * Poly1305 algorithm (not tied to AES) was also standardized in RFC - * 7539. - * - * \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com> - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H -#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Invalid input parameter(s). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0057 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT) - -typedef struct mbedtls_poly1305_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(r)[4]; /** The value for 'r' (low 128 bits of the key). */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s)[4]; /** The value for 's' (high 128 bits of the key). */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(acc)[5]; /** The accumulator number. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue)[16]; /** The current partial block of data. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(queue_len); /** The number of bytes stored in 'queue'. */ -} -mbedtls_poly1305_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */ -#include "poly1305_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes the specified Poly1305 context. - * - * It must be the first API called before using - * the context. - * - * It is usually followed by a call to - * \c mbedtls_poly1305_starts(), then one or more calls to - * \c mbedtls_poly1305_update(), then one call to - * \c mbedtls_poly1305_finish(), then finally - * \c mbedtls_poly1305_free(). - * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to initialize. This must - * not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_poly1305_init(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified - * Poly1305 context. - * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must - * point to an initialized Poly1305 context. - */ -void mbedtls_poly1305_free(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets the one-time authentication key. - * - * \warning The key must be unique and unpredictable for each - * invocation of Poly1305. - * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to which the key should be bound. - * This must be initialized. - * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_poly1305_starts(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, - const unsigned char key[32]); - -/** - * \brief This functions feeds an input buffer into an ongoing - * Poly1305 computation. - * - * It is called between \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_starts() and - * \c mbedtls_cipher_poly1305_finish(). - * It can be called repeatedly to process a stream of data. - * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * Any value is accepted. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_poly1305_update(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function generates the Poly1305 Message - * Authentication Code (MAC). - * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation. - * This must be initialized and bound to a key. - * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_poly1305_finish(mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, - unsigned char mac[16]); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the Poly1305 MAC of the input - * buffer with the provided key. - * - * \warning The key must be unique and unpredictable for each - * invocation of Poly1305. - * - * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * Any value is accepted. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. - * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must be - * a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_poly1305_mac(const unsigned char key[32], - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char mac[16]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief The Poly1305 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_poly1305_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_POLY1305_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/private_access.h b/include/mbedtls/private_access.h deleted file mode 100644 index 580f3eb..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/private_access.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file private_access.h - * - * \brief Macro wrapper for struct's members. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H -#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS -#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) private_##member -#else -#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) member -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h b/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h deleted file mode 100644 index 643e8aa..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/psa_util.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa_util.h - * - * \brief Utility functions for the use of the PSA Crypto library. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) - -/* Expose whatever RNG the PSA subsystem uses to applications using the - * mbedtls_xxx API. The declarations and definitions here need to be - * consistent with the implementation in library/psa_crypto_random_impl.h. - * See that file for implementation documentation. */ - - -/* The type of a `f_rng` random generator function that many library functions - * take. - * - * This type name is not part of the Mbed TLS stable API. It may be renamed - * or moved without warning. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_f_rng_t(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_size); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) - -/** The random generator function for the PSA subsystem. - * - * This function is suitable as the `f_rng` random generator function - * parameter of many `mbedtls_xxx` functions. Use #MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE - * to obtain the \p p_rng parameter. - * - * The implementation of this function depends on the configuration of the - * library. - * - * \note Depending on the configuration, this may be a function or - * a pointer to a function. - * - * \note This function may only be used if the PSA crypto subsystem is active. - * This means that you must call psa_crypto_init() before any call to - * this function, and you must not call this function after calling - * mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(). - * - * \param p_rng The random generator context. This must be - * #MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE. No other state is - * supported. - * \param output The buffer to fill. It must have room for - * \c output_size bytes. - * \param output_size The number of bytes to write to \p output. - * This function may fail if \p output_size is too - * large. It is guaranteed to accept any output size - * requested by Mbed TLS library functions. The - * maximum request size depends on the library - * configuration. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An `MBEDTLS_ERR_ENTROPY_xxx`, - * `MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_xxx, - * `MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_xxx` or - * `MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_xxx` on error. - */ -int mbedtls_psa_get_random(void *p_rng, - unsigned char *output, - size_t output_size); - -/** The random generator state for the PSA subsystem. - * - * This macro expands to an expression which is suitable as the `p_rng` - * random generator state parameter of many `mbedtls_xxx` functions. - * It must be used in combination with the random generator function - * mbedtls_psa_get_random(). - * - * The implementation of this macro depends on the configuration of the - * library. Do not make any assumption on its nature. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE NULL - -#else /* !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) -#include "mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h" -typedef mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context mbedtls_psa_drbg_context_t; -static mbedtls_f_rng_t *const mbedtls_psa_get_random = mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random; -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) -#include "mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h" -typedef mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context mbedtls_psa_drbg_context_t; -static mbedtls_f_rng_t *const mbedtls_psa_get_random = mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random; -#endif -extern mbedtls_psa_drbg_context_t *const mbedtls_psa_random_state; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_RANDOM_STATE mbedtls_psa_random_state - -#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_UTIL_H */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h b/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h deleted file mode 100644 index 279f92b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ripemd160.h - * - * \brief RIPE MD-160 message digest - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H -#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief RIPEMD-160 context structure - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ripemd160_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< data block being processed */ -} -mbedtls_ripemd160_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */ -#include "ripemd160_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize RIPEMD-160 context - * - * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context to be initialized - */ -void mbedtls_ripemd160_init(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clear RIPEMD-160 context - * - * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context to be cleared - */ -void mbedtls_ripemd160_free(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Clone (the state of) a RIPEMD-160 context - * - * \param dst The destination context - * \param src The context to be cloned - */ -void mbedtls_ripemd160_clone(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *dst, - const mbedtls_ripemd160_context *src); - -/** - * \brief RIPEMD-160 context setup - * - * \param ctx context to be initialized - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ripemd160_starts(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief RIPEMD-160 process buffer - * - * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context - * \param input buffer holding the data - * \param ilen length of the input data - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ripemd160_update(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief RIPEMD-160 final digest - * - * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context - * \param output RIPEMD-160 checksum result - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ripemd160_finish(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx, - unsigned char output[20]); - -/** - * \brief RIPEMD-160 process data block (internal use only) - * - * \param ctx RIPEMD-160 context - * \param data buffer holding one block of data - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_internal_ripemd160_process(mbedtls_ripemd160_context *ctx, - const unsigned char data[64]); - -/** - * \brief Output = RIPEMD-160( input buffer ) - * - * \param input buffer holding the data - * \param ilen length of the input data - * \param output RIPEMD-160 checksum result - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ripemd160(const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char output[20]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief Checkup routine - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed - */ -int mbedtls_ripemd160_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_ripemd160.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/rsa.h b/include/mbedtls/rsa.h deleted file mode 100644 index be831f1..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/rsa.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1152 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file rsa.h - * - * \brief This file provides an API for the RSA public-key cryptosystem. - * - * The RSA public-key cryptosystem is defined in <em>Public-Key - * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v1.5: RSA Encryption</em> - * and <em>Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: - * RSA Cryptography Specifications</em>. - * - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_RSA_H -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - -/* - * RSA Error codes - */ -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x4080 -/** Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING -0x4100 -/** Something failed during generation of a key. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_GEN_FAILED -0x4180 -/** Key failed to pass the validity check of the library. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_CHECK_FAILED -0x4200 -/** The public key operation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PUBLIC_FAILED -0x4280 -/** The private key operation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PRIVATE_FAILED -0x4300 -/** The PKCS#1 verification failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED -0x4380 -/** The output buffer for decryption is not large enough. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE -0x4400 -/** The random generator failed to generate non-zeros. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED -0x4480 - -/* - * RSA constants - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 0 /**< Use PKCS#1 v1.5 encoding. */ -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 1 /**< Use PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding. */ - -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SIGN 1 /**< Identifier for RSA signature operations. */ -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_CRYPT 2 /**< Identifier for RSA encryption and decryption operations. */ - -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY -1 - -/* - * The above constants may be used even if the RSA module is compile out, - * eg for alternative (PKCS#11) RSA implementations in the PK layers. - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS) -#define MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS 1024 -#elif MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS < 128 -#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS must be at least 128 bits" -#endif - -/** - * \brief The RSA context structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_rsa_context { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver); /*!< Reserved for internal purposes. - * Do not set this field in application - * code. Its meaning might change without - * notice. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len); /*!< The size of \p N in Bytes. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(N); /*!< The public modulus. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(E); /*!< The public exponent. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(D); /*!< The private exponent. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(P); /*!< The first prime factor. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Q); /*!< The second prime factor. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DP); /*!< <code>D % (P - 1)</code>. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(DQ); /*!< <code>D % (Q - 1)</code>. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(QP); /*!< <code>1 / (Q % P)</code>. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RN); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod N</code>. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RP); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod P</code>. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(RQ); /*!< cached <code>R^2 mod Q</code>. */ - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vi); /*!< The cached blinding value. */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Vf); /*!< The cached un-blinding value. */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(padding); /*!< Selects padding mode: - #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 for 1.5 padding and - #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for OAEP or PSS. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_id); /*!< Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type, - as specified in md.h for use in the MGF - mask generating function used in the - EME-OAEP and EMSA-PSS encodings. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - /* Invariant: the mutex is initialized iff ver != 0. */ - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< Thread-safety mutex. */ -#endif -} -mbedtls_rsa_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */ -#include "rsa_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes an RSA context. - * - * \note This function initializes the padding and the hash - * identifier to respectively #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 and - * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. See mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() for more - * information about those parameters. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_rsa_init(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function sets padding for an already initialized RSA - * context. - * - * \note Set padding to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 for the RSAES-OAEP - * encryption scheme and the RSASSA-PSS signature scheme. - * - * \note The \p hash_id parameter is ignored when using - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 padding. - * - * \note The choice of padding mode is strictly enforced for private - * key operations, since there might be security concerns in - * mixing padding modes. For public key operations it is - * a default value, which can be overridden by calling specific - * \c mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_xxx or \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_xxx - * functions. - * - * \note The hash selected in \p hash_id is always used for OEAP - * encryption. For PSS signatures, it is always used for - * making signatures, but can be overridden for verifying them. - * If set to #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it is always overridden. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to be configured. - * \param padding The padding mode to use. This must be either - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. - * \param hash_id The hash identifier for PSS or OAEP, if \p padding is - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE is accepted by this - * function but may be not suitable for some operations. - * Ignored if \p padding is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING failure: - * \p padding or \p hash_id is invalid. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_set_padding(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, int padding, - mbedtls_md_type_t hash_id); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves padding mode of initialized - * RSA context. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * - * \return RSA padding mode. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_get_padding_mode(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t - * type. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * - * \return Hash identifier of mbedtls_md_type_t type. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_get_md_alg(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function imports a set of core parameters into an - * RSA context. - * - * \note This function can be called multiple times for successive - * imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present. - * - * Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed - * by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and - * completes the provided information to a ready-for-use - * public or private RSA key. - * - * \note See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which - * parameters are necessary to set up a private or public - * RSA key. - * - * \note The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved - * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in. - * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL. - * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. - * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. - * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL. - * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_import(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - const mbedtls_mpi *N, - const mbedtls_mpi *P, const mbedtls_mpi *Q, - const mbedtls_mpi *D, const mbedtls_mpi *E); - -/** - * \brief This function imports core RSA parameters, in raw big-endian - * binary format, into an RSA context. - * - * \note This function can be called multiple times for successive - * imports, if the parameters are not simultaneously present. - * - * Any sequence of calls to this function should be followed - * by a call to mbedtls_rsa_complete(), which checks and - * completes the provided information to a ready-for-use - * public or private RSA key. - * - * \note See mbedtls_rsa_complete() for more information on which - * parameters are necessary to set up a private or public - * RSA key. - * - * \note The imported parameters are copied and need not be preserved - * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in. - * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL. - * \param N_len The Byte length of \p N; it is ignored if \p N == NULL. - * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. - * \param P_len The Byte length of \p P; it is ignored if \p P == NULL. - * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. - * \param Q_len The Byte length of \p Q; it is ignored if \p Q == NULL. - * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL. - * \param D_len The Byte length of \p D; it is ignored if \p D == NULL. - * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL. - * \param E_len The Byte length of \p E; it is ignored if \p E == NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_import_raw(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - unsigned char const *N, size_t N_len, - unsigned char const *P, size_t P_len, - unsigned char const *Q, size_t Q_len, - unsigned char const *D, size_t D_len, - unsigned char const *E, size_t E_len); - -/** - * \brief This function completes an RSA context from - * a set of imported core parameters. - * - * To setup an RSA public key, precisely \c N and \c E - * must have been imported. - * - * To setup an RSA private key, sufficient information must - * be present for the other parameters to be derivable. - * - * The default implementation supports the following: - * <ul><li>Derive \c P, \c Q from \c N, \c D, \c E.</li> - * <li>Derive \c N, \c D from \c P, \c Q, \c E.</li></ul> - * Alternative implementations need not support these. - * - * If this function runs successfully, it guarantees that - * the RSA context can be used for RSA operations without - * the risk of failure or crash. - * - * \warning This function need not perform consistency checks - * for the imported parameters. In particular, parameters that - * are not needed by the implementation might be silently - * discarded and left unchecked. To check the consistency - * of the key material, see mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey(). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context holding imported parameters. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the attempted derivations - * failed. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_complete(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function exports the core parameters of an RSA key. - * - * If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers - * pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully - * written, with additional unused space filled leading by - * zero Bytes. - * - * Possible reasons for returning - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul> - * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which - * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should - * not export it into RAM.</li> - * <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain - * deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D, - * and \p E if the former are not part of the - * implementation.</li></ul> - * - * If the function fails due to an unsupported operation, - * the RSA context stays intact and remains usable. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param N The MPI to hold the RSA modulus. - * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param P The MPI to hold the first prime factor of \p N. - * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param Q The MPI to hold the second prime factor of \p N. - * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param D The MPI to hold the private exponent. - * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param E The MPI to hold the public exponent. - * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the - * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing - * functionality or because of security policies. - * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_export(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_mpi *N, mbedtls_mpi *P, mbedtls_mpi *Q, - mbedtls_mpi *D, mbedtls_mpi *E); - -/** - * \brief This function exports core parameters of an RSA key - * in raw big-endian binary format. - * - * If this function runs successfully, the non-NULL buffers - * pointed to by \p N, \p P, \p Q, \p D, and \p E are fully - * written, with additional unused space filled leading by - * zero Bytes. - * - * Possible reasons for returning - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul> - * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which - * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should - * not export it into RAM.</li> - * <li>A SW or HW implementation might not support a certain - * deduction. For example, \p P, \p Q from \p N, \p D, - * and \p E if the former are not part of the - * implementation.</li></ul> - * If the function fails due to an unsupported operation, - * the RSA context stays intact and remains usable. - * - * \note The length parameters are ignored if the corresponding - * buffer pointers are NULL. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param N The Byte array to store the RSA modulus, - * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param N_len The size of the buffer for the modulus. - * \param P The Byte array to hold the first prime factor of \p N, - * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param P_len The size of the buffer for the first prime factor. - * \param Q The Byte array to hold the second prime factor of \p N, - * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param Q_len The size of the buffer for the second prime factor. - * \param D The Byte array to hold the private exponent, - * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param D_len The size of the buffer for the private exponent. - * \param E The Byte array to hold the public exponent, - * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. - * \param E_len The size of the buffer for the public exponent. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the - * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing - * functionality or because of security policies. - * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_export_raw(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - unsigned char *N, size_t N_len, - unsigned char *P, size_t P_len, - unsigned char *Q, size_t Q_len, - unsigned char *D, size_t D_len, - unsigned char *E, size_t E_len); - -/** - * \brief This function exports CRT parameters of a private RSA key. - * - * \note Alternative RSA implementations not using CRT-parameters - * internally can implement this function based on - * mbedtls_rsa_deduce_opt(). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param DP The MPI to hold \c D modulo `P-1`, - * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. - * \param DQ The MPI to hold \c D modulo `Q-1`, - * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. - * \param QP The MPI to hold modular inverse of \c Q modulo \c P, - * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A non-zero error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_export_crt(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_mpi *DP, mbedtls_mpi *DQ, mbedtls_mpi *QP); - -/** - * \brief This function retrieves the length of RSA modulus in Bytes. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * - * \return The length of the RSA modulus in Bytes. - * - */ -size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_len(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function generates an RSA keypair. - * - * \note mbedtls_rsa_init() must be called before this function, - * to set up the RSA context. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context used to hold the key. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used for key generation. - * This is mandatory and must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. - * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param nbits The size of the public key in bits. - * \param exponent The public exponent to use. For example, \c 65537. - * This must be odd and greater than \c 1. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_gen_key(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - unsigned int nbits, int exponent); - -/** - * \brief This function checks if a context contains at least an RSA - * public key. - * - * If the function runs successfully, it is guaranteed that - * enough information is present to perform an RSA public key - * operation using mbedtls_rsa_public(). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_check_pubkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function checks if a context contains an RSA private key - * and perform basic consistency checks. - * - * \note The consistency checks performed by this function not only - * ensure that mbedtls_rsa_private() can be called successfully - * on the given context, but that the various parameters are - * mutually consistent with high probability, in the sense that - * mbedtls_rsa_public() and mbedtls_rsa_private() are inverses. - * - * \warning This function should catch accidental misconfigurations - * like swapping of parameters, but it cannot establish full - * trust in neither the quality nor the consistency of the key - * material that was used to setup the given RSA context: - * <ul><li>Consistency: Imported parameters that are irrelevant - * for the implementation might be silently dropped. If dropped, - * the current function does not have access to them, - * and therefore cannot check them. See mbedtls_rsa_complete(). - * If you want to check the consistency of the entire - * content of a PKCS1-encoded RSA private key, for example, you - * should use mbedtls_rsa_validate_params() before setting - * up the RSA context. - * Additionally, if the implementation performs empirical checks, - * these checks substantiate but do not guarantee consistency.</li> - * <li>Quality: This function is not expected to perform - * extended quality assessments like checking that the prime - * factors are safe. Additionally, it is the responsibility of the - * user to ensure the trustworthiness of the source of his RSA - * parameters, which goes beyond what is effectively checkable - * by the library.</li></ul> - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey(const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function checks a public-private RSA key pair. - * - * It checks each of the contexts, and makes sure they match. - * - * \param pub The initialized RSA context holding the public key. - * \param prv The initialized RSA context holding the private key. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_check_pub_priv(const mbedtls_rsa_context *pub, - const mbedtls_rsa_context *prv); - -/** - * \brief This function performs an RSA public key operation. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \note This function does not handle message padding. - * - * \note Make sure to set \p input[0] = 0 or ensure that - * input is smaller than \c N. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_public(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function performs an RSA private key operation. - * - * \note Blinding is used if and only if a PRNG is provided. - * - * \note If blinding is used, both the base of exponentiation - * and the exponent are blinded, providing protection - * against some side-channel attacks. - * - * \warning It is deprecated and a security risk to not provide - * a PRNG here and thereby prevent the use of blinding. - * Future versions of the library may enforce the presence - * of a PRNG. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function, used for blinding. It is mandatory. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to pass to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_private(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function adds the message padding, then performs an RSA - * operation. - * - * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 encryption - * operation. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG to use. It is used for padding generation - * and it is mandatory. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. May be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes. - * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable - * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * `ilen == 0`. - * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - size_t ilen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption operation - * (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-ENCRYPT). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. It is mandatory and used for - * padding generation. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may - * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes. - * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable - * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * `ilen == 0`. - * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - size_t ilen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP encryption - * operation (RSAES-OAEP-ENCRYPT). - * - * \note The output buffer must be as large as the size - * of ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This is needed for padding - * generation and is mandatory. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may - * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len - * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0. - * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext buffer \p input in Bytes. - * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable - * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if - * `ilen == 0`. - * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_encrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len, - size_t ilen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function performs an RSA operation, then removes the - * message padding. - * - * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 decryption - * operation. - * - * \warning When \p ctx->padding is set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15, - * mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt() is called, which is an - * inherently dangerous function (CWE-242). - * - * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be - * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N (for example, - * 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used) to be able to hold an - * arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to - * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided, - * the function returns \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is - * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param olen The address at which to store the length of - * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. - * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output, - size_t output_max_len); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 decryption - * operation (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-DECRYPT). - * - * \warning This is an inherently dangerous function (CWE-242). Unless - * it is used in a side channel free and safe way (eg. - * implementing the TLS protocol as per 7.4.7.1 of RFC 5246), - * the calling code is vulnerable. - * - * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be - * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for example, - * 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to hold an - * arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not large enough to - * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided, - * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is - * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param olen The address at which to store the length of - * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. - * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output, - size_t output_max_len); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 OAEP decryption - * operation (RSAES-OAEP-DECRYPT). - * - * \note The output buffer length \c output_max_len should be - * as large as the size \p ctx->len of \p ctx->N, for - * example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used, to be able to - * hold an arbitrary decrypted message. If it is not - * large enough to hold the decryption of the particular - * ciphertext provided, the function returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is - * mandatory. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be - * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. - * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len - * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0. - * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes. - * \param olen The address at which to store the length of - * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer - * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must - * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. - * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - const unsigned char *label, size_t label_len, - size_t *olen, - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output, - size_t output_max_len); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a private RSA operation to sign - * a message digest using PKCS#1. - * - * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 - * signature. - * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * - * \note For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on - * mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign() for details on - * \p md_alg and \p hash_id. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This is mandatory and - * must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe. - * - * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 signature - * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-SIGN). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. This is used for blinding and is - * mandatory; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe. - * - * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature - * operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN). - * - * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling - * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the - * encoding operation and for the mask generation function - * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the - * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key - * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography - * Specifications</em>. - * - * \note This function enforces that the provided salt length complies - * with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1 v2.2) §9.1.1 - * step 3. The constraint is that the hash length plus the salt - * length plus 2 bytes must be at most the key length. If this - * constraint is not met, this function returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param saltlen The length of the salt that should be used. - * If passed #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY, the function will use - * the largest possible salt length up to the hash length, - * which is the largest permitted by some standards including - * FIPS 186-4 §5.5. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe. - * - * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - int saltlen, - unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature - * operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN). - * - * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling - * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the - * encoding operation and for the mask generation function - * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the - * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key - * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography - * Specifications</em>. - * - * \note This function always uses the maximum possible salt size, - * up to the length of the payload hash. This choice of salt - * size complies with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1 - * v2.2) §9.1.1 step 3. Furthermore this function enforces a - * minimum salt size which is the hash size minus 2 bytes. If - * this minimum size is too large given the key size (the salt - * size, plus the hash size, plus 2 bytes must be no more than - * the key size in bytes), this function returns - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. It is mandatory and must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL - * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE is always safe. - * - * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a public RSA operation and checks - * the message digest. - * - * This is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 - * verification. - * - * \note For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on - * mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify() about \c md_alg and - * \c hash_id. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - const unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 verification - * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-VERIFY). - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - const unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification - * operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY). - * - * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by calling - * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() selects the hash used for the - * encoding operation and for the mask generation function - * (MGF1). For more details on the encoding operation and the - * mask generation function, consult <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key - * Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography - * Specifications</em>. If the \c hash_id set in \p ctx by - * mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, the \p md_alg - * parameter is used. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - const unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS verification - * operation (RSASSA-PSS-VERIFY). - * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * - * \note The \c hash_id set in \p ctx by mbedtls_rsa_set_padding() is - * ignored. - * - * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. - * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. - * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest or raw data in Bytes. - * If \p md_alg is not #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must match the - * output length of the corresponding hash algorithm. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. - * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p hashlen Bytes. - * \param mgf1_hash_id The message digest algorithm used for the - * verification operation and the mask generation - * function (MGF1). For more details on the encoding - * operation and the mask generation function, consult - * <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key Cryptography Standards - * (PKCS) #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography - * Specifications</em>. - * \param expected_salt_len The length of the salt used in padding. Use - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length. - * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes - * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. - * - * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - unsigned int hashlen, - const unsigned char *hash, - mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id, - int expected_salt_len, - const unsigned char *sig); - -/** - * \brief This function copies the components of an RSA context. - * - * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. - * \param src The source context. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_copy(mbedtls_rsa_context *dst, const mbedtls_rsa_context *src); - -/** - * \brief This function frees the components of an RSA key. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context to free. May be \c NULL, in which case - * this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must - * point to an initialized RSA context. - */ -void mbedtls_rsa_free(mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The RSA checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_rsa_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* rsa.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/sha1.h b/include/mbedtls/sha1.h deleted file mode 100644 index 592ffd1..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/sha1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file sha1.h - * - * \brief This file contains SHA-1 definitions and functions. - * - * The Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) cryptographic hash function is defined in - * <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes - * a security risk. We recommend considering stronger message - * digests instead. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA1_H -#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/** SHA-1 input data was malformed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0073 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The SHA-1 context structure. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_sha1_context { - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< The data block being processed. */ -} -mbedtls_sha1_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */ -#include "sha1_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a SHA-1 context. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. - * This must not be \c NULL. - * - */ -void mbedtls_sha1_init(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clears a SHA-1 context. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function does nothing. If it is - * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized - * SHA-1 context. - * - */ -void mbedtls_sha1_free(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-1 context. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param dst The SHA-1 context to clone to. This must be initialized. - * \param src The SHA-1 context to clone from. This must be initialized. - * - */ -void mbedtls_sha1_clone(mbedtls_sha1_context *dst, - const mbedtls_sha1_context *src); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a SHA-1 checksum calculation. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_sha1_starts(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing SHA-1 - * checksum calculation. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha1_update(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the SHA-1 operation, and writes - * the result to the output buffer. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized and - * have a hash operation started. - * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable - * buffer of length \c 20 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha1_finish(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, - unsigned char output[20]); - -/** - * \brief SHA-1 process data block (internal use only). - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param data The data block being processed. This must be a - * readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process(mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, - const unsigned char data[64]); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the SHA-1 checksum of a buffer. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The SHA-1 result is calculated as - * output = SHA-1(input buffer). - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. - * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_sha1(const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char output[20]); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -/** - * \brief The SHA-1 checkup routine. - * - * \warning SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use - * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering - * stronger message digests instead. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - * - */ -int mbedtls_sha1_self_test(int verbose); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_sha1.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/sha256.h b/include/mbedtls/sha256.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee780f..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/sha256.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file sha256.h - * - * \brief This file contains SHA-224 and SHA-256 definitions and functions. - * - * The Secure Hash Algorithms 224 and 256 (SHA-224 and SHA-256) cryptographic - * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA256_H -#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/** SHA-256 input data was malformed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0074 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The SHA-256 context structure. - * - * The structure is used both for SHA-256 and for SHA-224 - * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is - * made in the call to mbedtls_sha256_starts(). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_sha256_context { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64]; /*!< The data block being processed. */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is224); /*!< Determines which function to use: - 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. */ -} -mbedtls_sha256_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */ -#include "sha256_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a SHA-256 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_sha256_init(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clears a SHA-256 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, - * it must point to an initialized SHA-256 context. - */ -void mbedtls_sha256_free(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-256 context. - * - * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. - * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_sha256_clone(mbedtls_sha256_context *dst, - const mbedtls_sha256_context *src); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum - * calculation. - * - * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param is224 This determines which function to use. This must be - * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. - * - * \note is224 must be defined accordingly to the enabled - * MBEDTLS_SHA224_C/MBEDTLS_SHA256_C symbols otherwise the - * function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha256_starts(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing - * SHA-256 checksum calculation. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha256_update(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the SHA-256 operation, and writes - * the result to the output buffer. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes - * for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha256_finish(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function processes a single data block within - * the ongoing SHA-256 computation. This function is for - * internal use only. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_internal_sha256_process(mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, - const unsigned char data[64]); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the SHA-224 or SHA-256 - * checksum of a buffer. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The SHA-256 result is calculated as - * output = SHA-256(input buffer). - * - * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 bytes - * for SHA-256, \c 28 bytes for SHA-224. - * \param is224 Determines which function to use. This must be - * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha256(const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, - int is224); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C) -/** - * \brief The SHA-224 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha224_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA224_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) -/** - * \brief The SHA-256 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha256_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA256_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_sha256.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/sha3.h b/include/mbedtls/sha3.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3eeee65..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/sha3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file sha3.h - * - * \brief This file contains SHA-3 definitions and functions. - * - * The Secure Hash Algorithms cryptographic - * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 202: SHA-3 Standard: - * Permutation-Based Hash and Extendable-Output Functions </em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA3_H -#define MBEDTLS_SHA3_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** SHA-3 input data was malformed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA3_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0076 - -/** - * SHA-3 family id. - * - * It identifies the family (SHA3-256, SHA3-512, etc.) - */ - -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_SHA3_NONE = 0, /*!< Operation not defined. */ - MBEDTLS_SHA3_224, /*!< SHA3-224 */ - MBEDTLS_SHA3_256, /*!< SHA3-256 */ - MBEDTLS_SHA3_384, /*!< SHA3-384 */ - MBEDTLS_SHA3_512, /*!< SHA3-512 */ -} mbedtls_sha3_id; - -/** - * \brief The SHA-3 context structure. - * - * The structure is used SHA-3 checksum calculations. - */ -typedef struct { - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state[25]); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(index); - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(olen); - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_block_size); -} -mbedtls_sha3_context; - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a SHA-3 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-3 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_sha3_init(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clears a SHA-3 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-3 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which - * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, - * it must point to an initialized SHA-3 context. - */ -void mbedtls_sha3_free(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-3 context. - * - * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. - * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_sha3_clone(mbedtls_sha3_context *dst, - const mbedtls_sha3_context *src); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a SHA-3 checksum - * calculation. - * - * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param id The id of the SHA-3 family. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha3_starts(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx, mbedtls_sha3_id id); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing - * SHA-3 checksum calculation. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha3_update(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the SHA-3 operation, and writes - * the result to the output buffer. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-3 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param output The SHA-3 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes. - * \param olen Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256, - * SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64, - * respectively. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha3_finish(mbedtls_sha3_context *ctx, - uint8_t *output, size_t olen); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the SHA-3 - * checksum of a buffer. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The SHA-3 result is calculated as - * output = SHA-3(id, input buffer, d). - * - * \param id The id of the SHA-3 family. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable - * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param output The SHA-3 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c olen bytes. - * \param olen Defines the length of output buffer (in bytes). For SHA-3 224, SHA-3 256, - * SHA-3 384 and SHA-3 512 \c olen must equal to 28, 32, 48 and 64, - * respectively. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha3(mbedtls_sha3_id id, const uint8_t *input, - size_t ilen, - uint8_t *output, - size_t olen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) -/** - * \brief Checkup routine for the algorithms implemented - * by this module: SHA3-224, SHA3-256, SHA3-384, SHA3-512. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed. - */ -int mbedtls_sha3_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_sha3.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/sha512.h b/include/mbedtls/sha512.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1c20e4c..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/sha512.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file sha512.h - * \brief This file contains SHA-384 and SHA-512 definitions and functions. - * - * The Secure Hash Algorithms 384 and 512 (SHA-384 and SHA-512) cryptographic - * hash functions are defined in <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA512_H -#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/** SHA-512 input data was malformed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0075 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief The SHA-512 context structure. - * - * The structure is used both for SHA-384 and for SHA-512 - * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is - * made in the call to mbedtls_sha512_starts(). - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_sha512_context { - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[128]; /*!< The data block being processed. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is384); /*!< Determines which function to use: - 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. */ -#endif -} -mbedtls_sha512_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */ -#include "sha512_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_ALT */ - -/** - * \brief This function initializes a SHA-512 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. This must - * not be \c NULL. - */ -void mbedtls_sha512_init(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clears a SHA-512 context. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, - * in which case this function does nothing. If it - * is not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized - * SHA-512 context. - */ -void mbedtls_sha512_free(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-512 context. - * - * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. - * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized. - */ -void mbedtls_sha512_clone(mbedtls_sha512_context *dst, - const mbedtls_sha512_context *src); - -/** - * \brief This function starts a SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum - * calculation. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to use. This must be initialized. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be - * either \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384. - * - * \note is384 must be defined accordingly to the enabled - * MBEDTLS_SHA384_C/MBEDTLS_SHA512_C symbols otherwise the - * function will return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha512_starts(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384); - -/** - * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing - * SHA-512 checksum calculation. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must - * be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha512_update(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief This function finishes the SHA-512 operation, and writes - * the result to the output buffer. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized - * and have a hash operation started. - * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes - * for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha512_finish(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output); - -/** - * \brief This function processes a single data block within - * the ongoing SHA-512 computation. - * This function is for internal use only. - * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This - * must be a readable buffer of length \c 128 Bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_internal_sha512_process(mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, - const unsigned char data[128]); - -/** - * \brief This function calculates the SHA-512 or SHA-384 - * checksum of a buffer. - * - * The function allocates the context, performs the - * calculation, and frees the context. - * - * The SHA-512 result is calculated as - * output = SHA-512(input buffer). - * - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be - * a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. - * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. - * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 bytes - * for SHA-512, \c 48 bytes for SHA-384. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be either - * \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384. - * - * \note is384 must be defined accordingly with the supported - * symbols in the config file. If: - * - is384 is 0, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA384_C is not defined, or - * - is384 is 1, but \c MBEDTLS_SHA512_C is not defined - * then the function will return - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha512(const unsigned char *input, - size_t ilen, - unsigned char *output, - int is384); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C) -/** - * \brief The SHA-384 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha384_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA384_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) -/** - * \brief The SHA-512 checkup routine. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return \c 1 on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_sha512_self_test(int verbose); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA512_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_sha512.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ssl.h b/include/mbedtls/ssl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89f7b81..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ssl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5369 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ssl.h - * - * \brief SSL/TLS functions. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_H -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_H -#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" -#include "mbedtls/ecp.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -#include "mbedtls/x509_crt.h" -#include "mbedtls/x509_crl.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) -#include "mbedtls/dhm.h" -#endif - -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED) -#include "mbedtls/ecdh.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h" -#endif - -#include "psa/crypto.h" - -/* - * SSL Error codes - */ -/** A cryptographic operation is in progress. Try again later. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS -0x7000 -/** The requested feature is not available. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x7080 -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x7100 -/** Verification of the message MAC failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC -0x7180 -/** An invalid SSL record was received. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD -0x7200 -/** The connection indicated an EOF. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONN_EOF -0x7280 -/** A message could not be parsed due to a syntactic error. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_DECODE_ERROR -0x7300 -/* Error space gap */ -/** No RNG was provided to the SSL module. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_RNG -0x7400 -/** No client certification received from the client, but required by the authentication mode. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE -0x7480 -/** Client received an extended server hello containing an unsupported extension */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION -0x7500 -/** No ALPN protocols supported that the client advertises */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL -0x7580 -/** The own private key or pre-shared key is not set, but needed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_REQUIRED -0x7600 -/** No CA Chain is set, but required to operate. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CA_CHAIN_REQUIRED -0x7680 -/** An unexpected message was received from our peer. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE -0x7700 -/** A fatal alert message was received from our peer. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FATAL_ALERT_MESSAGE -0x7780 -/** No server could be identified matching the client's SNI. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME -0x7800 -/** The peer notified us that the connection is going to be closed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY -0x7880 -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/** Processing of the Certificate handshake message failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CERTIFICATE -0x7A00 -/* Error space gap */ -/** - * Received NewSessionTicket Post Handshake Message. - * This error code is experimental and may be changed or removed without notice. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_RECEIVED_NEW_SESSION_TICKET -0x7B00 -/** Not possible to read early data */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA -0x7B80 -/** Not possible to write early data */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA -0x7C00 -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/** Cache entry not found */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND -0x7E80 -/** Memory allocation failed */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED -0x7F00 -/** Hardware acceleration function returned with error */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x7F80 -/** Hardware acceleration function skipped / left alone data */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH -0x6F80 -/** Handshake protocol not within min/max boundaries */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_PROTOCOL_VERSION -0x6E80 -/** The handshake negotiation failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE -0x6E00 -/** Session ticket has expired. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED -0x6D80 -/** Public key type mismatch (eg, asked for RSA key exchange and presented EC key) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH -0x6D00 -/** Unknown identity received (eg, PSK identity) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNKNOWN_IDENTITY -0x6C80 -/** Internal error (eg, unexpected failure in lower-level module) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INTERNAL_ERROR -0x6C00 -/** A counter would wrap (eg, too many messages exchanged). */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_COUNTER_WRAPPING -0x6B80 -/** Unexpected message at ServerHello in renegotiation. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WAITING_SERVER_HELLO_RENEGO -0x6B00 -/** DTLS client must retry for hello verification */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED -0x6A80 -/** A buffer is too small to receive or write a message */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x6A00 -/* Error space gap */ -/** No data of requested type currently available on underlying transport. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ -0x6900 -/** Connection requires a write call. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE -0x6880 -/** The operation timed out. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT -0x6800 -/** The client initiated a reconnect from the same port. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT -0x6780 -/** Record header looks valid but is not expected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD -0x6700 -/** The alert message received indicates a non-fatal error. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_NON_FATAL -0x6680 -/** A field in a message was incorrect or inconsistent with other fields. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER -0x6600 -/** Internal-only message signaling that further message-processing should be done */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONTINUE_PROCESSING -0x6580 -/** The asynchronous operation is not completed yet. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS -0x6500 -/** Internal-only message signaling that a message arrived early. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_EARLY_MESSAGE -0x6480 -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/* Error space gap */ -/** An encrypted DTLS-frame with an unexpected CID was received. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID -0x6000 -/** An operation failed due to an unexpected version or configuration. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH -0x5F00 -/** Invalid value in SSL config */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_CONFIG -0x5E80 - -/* - * Constants from RFC 8446 for TLS 1.3 PSK modes - * - * Those are used in the Pre-Shared Key Exchange Modes extension. - * See Section 4.2.9 in RFC 8446. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_PURE 0 /* Pure PSK-based exchange */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_PSK_MODE_ECDHE 1 /* PSK+ECDHE-based exchange */ - -/* - * TLS 1.3 NamedGroup values - * - * From RF 8446 - * enum { - * // Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE) - * secp256r1(0x0017), secp384r1(0x0018), secp521r1(0x0019), - * x25519(0x001D), x448(0x001E), - * // Finite Field Groups (DHE) - * ffdhe2048(0x0100), ffdhe3072(0x0101), ffdhe4096(0x0102), - * ffdhe6144(0x0103), ffdhe8192(0x0104), - * // Reserved Code Points - * ffdhe_private_use(0x01FC..0x01FF), - * ecdhe_private_use(0xFE00..0xFEFF), - * (0xFFFF) - * } NamedGroup; - * - */ - -/* Elliptic Curve Groups (ECDHE) */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_NONE 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192K1 0x0012 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP192R1 0x0013 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224K1 0x0014 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP224R1 0x0015 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256K1 0x0016 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP256R1 0x0017 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP384R1 0x0018 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_SECP521R1 0x0019 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP256R1 0x001A -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP384R1 0x001B -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_BP512R1 0x001C -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X25519 0x001D -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_X448 0x001E -/* Finite Field Groups (DHE) */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE2048 0x0100 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE3072 0x0101 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE4096 0x0102 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE6144 0x0103 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IANA_TLS_GROUP_FFDHE8192 0x0104 - -/* - * TLS 1.3 Key Exchange Modes - * - * Mbed TLS internal identifiers for use with the SSL configuration API - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes(). - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK (1u << 0) /*!< Pure-PSK TLS 1.3 key exchange, - * encompassing both externally agreed PSKs - * as well as resumption PSKs. */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL (1u << 1) /*!< Pure-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges, - * including for example ECDHE and DHE - * key exchanges. */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL (1u << 2) /*!< PSK-Ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges, - * using both a PSK and an ephemeral - * key exchange. */ - -/* Convenience macros for sets of key exchanges. */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL \ - (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All TLS 1.3 key exchanges */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL \ - (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All PSK-based TLS 1.3 key exchanges */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL \ - (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL) /*!< All ephemeral TLS 1.3 key exchanges */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_NONE (0) - -/* - * Various constants - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/* These are the high and low bytes of ProtocolVersion as defined by: - * - RFC 5246: ProtocolVersion version = { 3, 3 }; // TLS v1.2 - * - RFC 8446: see section 4.2.1 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3 3 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 3 /*!< TLS v1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 4 /*!< TLS v1.3 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM 0 /*!< TLS */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM 1 /*!< DTLS */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN 255 /*!< Maximum host name defined in RFC 1035 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_NAME_LEN 255 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of a protocol name in alpn ext., RFC 7301 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_ALPN_LIST_LEN 65535 /*!< Maximum size in bytes of list in alpn ext., RFC 7301 */ - -/* RFC 6066 section 4, see also mfl_code_to_length in ssl_tls.c - * NONE must be zero so that memset()ing structure to zero works */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE 0 /*!< don't use this extension */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512 1 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^9 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024 2 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^10 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048 3 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^11 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096 4 /*!< MaxFragmentLength 2^12 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_INVALID 5 /*!< first invalid value */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COMPRESS_NULL 0 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED 2 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_UNSET 3 /* Used only for sni_authmode */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SECURE_RENEGOTIATION 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED -1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGO_MAX_RECORDS_DEFAULT 16 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE 2 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNC_HMAC_ENABLED 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_LEN 10 /* 80 bits, rfc 6066 section 7 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_DEFAULT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_SUITEB 2 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED 0 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER 0 - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN 48 -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN 32 -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */ -/* - * Default range for DTLS retransmission timer value, in milliseconds. - * RFC 6347 4.2.4.1 says from 1 second to 60 seconds. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MIN 1000 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_TIMEOUT_DFL_MAX 60000 - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -/* - * Maximum fragment length in bytes, - * determines the size of each of the two internal I/O buffers. - * - * Note: the RFC defines the default size of SSL / TLS messages. If you - * change the value here, other clients / servers may not be able to - * communicate with you anymore. Only change this value if you control - * both sides of the connection and have it reduced at both sides, or - * if you're using the Max Fragment Length extension and you know all your - * peers are using it too! - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384 -#endif - -/* - * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of - * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768 -#endif - -/* - * Maximum length of CIDs for incoming and outgoing messages. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX 32 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX 32 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_TLS1_3_PADDING_GRANULARITY 16 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE 1024 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_AGE_TOLERANCE 6000 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_NONCE_LENGTH 32 -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS 1 -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -/* - * Default to standard CID mode - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT 0 -#endif - -/* - * Length of the verify data for secure renegotiation - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN 12 - -/* - * Signaling ciphersuite values (SCSV) - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EMPTY_RENEGOTIATION_INFO 0xFF /**< renegotiation info ext */ - -/* - * Supported Signature and Hash algorithms (For TLS 1.2) - * RFC 5246 section 7.4.1.4.1 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_NONE 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_MD5 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA1 2 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA224 3 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA256 4 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA384 5 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HASH_SHA512 6 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ANON 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_RSA 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SIG_ECDSA 3 - -/* - * TLS 1.3 signature algorithms - * RFC 8446, Section 4.2.2 - */ - -/* RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601 - -/* ECDSA algorithms */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603 - -/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID rsaEncryption */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806 - -/* EdDSA algorithms */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED25519 0x0807 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ED448 0x0808 - -/* RSASSA-PSS algorithms with public key OID RSASSA-PSS */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA256 0x0809 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA384 0x080A -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PSS_PSS_SHA512 0x080B - -/* LEGACY ALGORITHMS */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE 0x0 - -/* - * Client Certificate Types - * RFC 5246 section 7.4.4 plus RFC 4492 section 5.5 - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_RSA_SIGN 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_TYPE_ECDSA_SIGN 64 - -/* - * Message, alert and handshake types - */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 20 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_ALERT 21 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_HANDSHAKE 22 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_APPLICATION_DATA 23 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MSG_CID 25 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL 2 - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CLOSE_NOTIFY 0 /* 0x00 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 10 /* 0x0A */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_RECORD_MAC 20 /* 0x14 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPTION_FAILED 21 /* 0x15 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_RECORD_OVERFLOW 22 /* 0x16 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 30 /* 0x1E */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 40 /* 0x28 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_CERT 41 /* 0x29 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_BAD_CERT 42 /* 0x2A */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_CERT 43 /* 0x2B */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REVOKED 44 /* 0x2C */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_EXPIRED 45 /* 0x2D */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_UNKNOWN 46 /* 0x2E */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 47 /* 0x2F */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_CA 48 /* 0x30 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_ACCESS_DENIED 49 /* 0x31 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECODE_ERROR 50 /* 0x32 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_DECRYPT_ERROR 51 /* 0x33 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 60 /* 0x3C */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_PROTOCOL_VERSION 70 /* 0x46 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 71 /* 0x47 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INTERNAL_ERROR 80 /* 0x50 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_INAPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 86 /* 0x56 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_USER_CANCELED 90 /* 0x5A */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_RENEGOTIATION 100 /* 0x64 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_MISSING_EXTENSION 109 /* 0x6d -- new in TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNSUPPORTED_EXT 110 /* 0x6E */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 112 /* 0x70 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 115 /* 0x73 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_CERT_REQUIRED 116 /* 0x74 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MSG_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 120 /* 0x78 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_REQUEST 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_HELLO 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO 2 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST 3 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_NEW_SESSION_TICKET 4 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_END_OF_EARLY_DATA 5 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS 8 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE 11 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE 12 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST 13 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_SERVER_HELLO_DONE 14 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 15 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE 16 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_FINISHED 20 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HS_MESSAGE_HASH 254 - -/* - * TLS extensions - */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME 0 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERVERNAME_HOSTNAME 0 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH 1 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_TRUNCATED_HMAC 4 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_STATUS_REQUEST 5 /* RFC 6066 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVES 10 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_GROUPS 10 /* RFC 8422,7919 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_POINT_FORMATS 11 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG 13 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_USE_SRTP 14 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT 15 /* RFC 6520 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ALPN 16 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SCT 18 /* RFC 6962 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CLI_CERT_TYPE 19 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SERV_CERT_TYPE 20 /* RFC 7250 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PADDING 21 /* RFC 7685 TLS 1.2 and 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC 22 /* 0x16 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET 0x0017 /* 23 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT 28 /* RFC 8449 (implemented for TLS 1.3 only) */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SESSION_TICKET 35 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PRE_SHARED_KEY 41 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_EARLY_DATA 42 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS 43 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_COOKIE 44 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_PSK_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODES 45 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CERT_AUTH 47 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_OID_FILTERS 48 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_POST_HANDSHAKE_AUTH 49 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_SIG_ALG_CERT 50 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_KEY_SHARE 51 /* RFC 8446 TLS 1.3 */ - -#if MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID_COMPAT == 0 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID 54 /* RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_CID 254 /* Pre-RFC 9146 DTLS 1.2 CID */ -#endif - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_ECJPAKE_KKPP 256 /* experimental */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_EXT_RENEGOTIATION_INFO 0xFF01 - -/* - * Size defines - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN) -/* - * If the library supports TLS 1.3 tickets and the cipher suite - * TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384, set the PSK maximum length to 48 instead of 32. - * That way, the TLS 1.3 client and server are able to resume sessions where - * the cipher suite is TLS1-3-AES-256-GCM-SHA384 (pre-shared keys are 48 - * bytes long in that case). - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) -#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 48 /* 384 bits */ -#else -#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /* 256 bits */ -#endif -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN */ - -/* Dummy type used only for its size */ -union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret { - unsigned char dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with SSL disabled */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_rsa[48]; /* RFC 5246 8.1.1 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_dhm[MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE]; /* RFC 5246 8.1.2 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_ecdh[MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES]; /* RFC 4492 5.10 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_psk[4 + 2 * MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 2 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_dhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE - + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 3 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_rsa_psk[52 + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 4279 4 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_ecdhe_psk[4 + MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES - + MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN]; /* RFC 5489 2 */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) - unsigned char _pms_ecjpake[32]; /* Thread spec: SHA-256 output */ -#endif -}; - -#define MBEDTLS_PREMASTER_SIZE sizeof(union mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret) - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE - - -/* Length in number of bytes of the TLS sequence number */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN 8 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - * SSL state machine - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_REQUEST, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_HELLO, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CERTIFICATE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_DONE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_FINISHED, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_FINISHED, - MBEDTLS_SSL_FLUSH_BUFFERS, - MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WRAPUP, - - MBEDTLS_SSL_NEW_SESSION_TICKET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_SENT, - MBEDTLS_SSL_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST, - MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPTED_EXTENSIONS, - MBEDTLS_SSL_END_OF_EARLY_DATA, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_FINISHED, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_BEFORE_2ND_CLIENT_HELLO, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_SERVER_HELLO, - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLIENT_CCS_AFTER_CLIENT_HELLO, - MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_CCS_AFTER_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST, - MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER, - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET_FLUSH, -} -mbedtls_ssl_states; - -/** - * \brief Callback type: send data on the network. - * - * \note That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking. - * - * \param ctx Context for the send callback (typically a file descriptor) - * \param buf Buffer holding the data to send - * \param len Length of the data to send - * - * \return The callback must return the number of bytes sent if any, - * or a non-zero error code. - * If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE - * must be returned when the operation would block. - * - * \note The callback is allowed to send fewer bytes than requested. - * It must always return the number of bytes actually sent. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_send_t(void *ctx, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: receive data from the network. - * - * \note That callback may be either blocking or non-blocking. - * - * \param ctx Context for the receive callback (typically a file - * descriptor) - * \param buf Buffer to write the received data to - * \param len Length of the receive buffer - * - * \returns If data has been received, the positive number of bytes received. - * \returns \c 0 if the connection has been closed. - * \returns If performing non-blocking I/O, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ - * must be returned when the operation would block. - * \returns Another negative error code on other kinds of failures. - * - * \note The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the - * buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually - * received and written to the buffer. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_t(void *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: receive data from the network, with timeout - * - * \note That callback must block until data is received, or the - * timeout delay expires, or the operation is interrupted by a - * signal. - * - * \param ctx Context for the receive callback (typically a file descriptor) - * \param buf Buffer to write the received data to - * \param len Length of the receive buffer - * \param timeout Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for data - * 0 means no timeout (potentially waiting forever) - * - * \return The callback must return the number of bytes received, - * or a non-zero error code: - * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_TIMEOUT if the operation timed out, - * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ if interrupted by a signal. - * - * \note The callback may receive fewer bytes than the length of the - * buffer. It must always return the number of bytes actually - * received and written to the buffer. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t(void *ctx, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t len, - uint32_t timeout); -/** - * \brief Callback type: set a pair of timers/delays to watch - * - * \param ctx Context pointer - * \param int_ms Intermediate delay in milliseconds - * \param fin_ms Final delay in milliseconds - * 0 cancels the current timer. - * - * \note This callback must at least store the necessary information - * for the associated \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t callback to - * return correct information. - * - * \note If using an event-driven style of programming, an event must - * be generated when the final delay is passed. The event must - * cause a call to \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the proper - * SSL context to be scheduled. Care must be taken to ensure - * that at most one such call happens at a time. - * - * \note Only one timer at a time must be running. Calling this - * function while a timer is running must cancel it. Cancelled - * timers must not generate any event. - */ -typedef void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t(void *ctx, - uint32_t int_ms, - uint32_t fin_ms); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: get status of timers/delays - * - * \param ctx Context pointer - * - * \return This callback must return: - * -1 if cancelled (fin_ms == 0), - * 0 if none of the delays have passed, - * 1 if only the intermediate delay has passed, - * 2 if the final delay has passed. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t(void *ctx); - -/* Defined below */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_session mbedtls_ssl_session; -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_context mbedtls_ssl_context; -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_config mbedtls_ssl_config; - -/* Defined in library/ssl_misc.h */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_transform mbedtls_ssl_transform; -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params; -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t mbedtls_ssl_sig_hash_set_t; -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_key_cert mbedtls_ssl_key_cert; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_flight_item mbedtls_ssl_flight_item; -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK /* 1U << 0 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL /* 1U << 2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA (1U << 3) - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_FLAGS_MASK \ - (MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_RESUMPTION | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_PSK_EPHEMERAL_RESUMPTION | \ - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_ALLOW_EARLY_DATA) -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */ - -/** - * \brief Callback type: server-side session cache getter - * - * The session cache is logically a key value store, with - * keys being session IDs and values being instances of - * mbedtls_ssl_session. - * - * This callback retrieves an entry in this key-value store. - * - * \param data The address of the session cache structure to query. - * \param session_id The buffer holding the session ID to query. - * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in Bytes. - * \param session The address of the session structure to populate. - * It is initialized with mbdtls_ssl_session_init(), - * and the callback must always leave it in a state - * where it can safely be freed via - * mbedtls_ssl_session_free() independent of the - * return code of this function. - * - * \return \c 0 on success - * \return A non-zero return value on failure. - * - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t(void *data, - unsigned char const *session_id, - size_t session_id_len, - mbedtls_ssl_session *session); -/** - * \brief Callback type: server-side session cache setter - * - * The session cache is logically a key value store, with - * keys being session IDs and values being instances of - * mbedtls_ssl_session. - * - * This callback sets an entry in this key-value store. - * - * \param data The address of the session cache structure to modify. - * \param session_id The buffer holding the session ID to query. - * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in Bytes. - * \param session The address of the session to be stored in the - * session cache. - * - * \return \c 0 on success - * \return A non-zero return value on failure. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t(void *data, - unsigned char const *session_id, - size_t session_id_len, - const mbedtls_ssl_session *session); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Callback type: start external signature operation. - * - * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start - * a signature decryption operation using an - * external processor. The parameter \p cert contains - * the public key; it is up to the callback function to - * determine how to access the associated private key. - * - * This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and - * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows - * the handshake step to be non-blocking. - * - * The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain - * valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this - * function must save the contents of \p hash if the value - * is needed for later processing, because the \p hash buffer - * is no longer valid after this function returns. - * - * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() - * to store an operation context for later retrieval - * by the resume or cancel callback. - * - * \note For RSA signatures, this function must produce output - * that is consistent with PKCS#1 v1.5 in the same way as - * mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign(). Before the private key operation, - * apply the padding steps described in RFC 8017, section 9.2 - * "EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5" as follows. - * - If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5 - * encoding, treating \p hash as the DigestInfo to be - * padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting - * from step 3, with `T = hash` and `tLen = hash_len`. - * - If `md_alg != MBEDTLS_MD_NONE`, apply the PKCS#1 v1.5 - * encoding, treating \p hash as the hash to be encoded and - * padded. In other words, apply EMSA-PKCS1-v1_5 starting - * from step 2, with `digestAlgorithm` obtained by calling - * mbedtls_oid_get_oid_by_md() on \p md_alg. - * - * \note For ECDSA signatures, the output format is the DER encoding - * `Ecdsa-Sig-Value` defined in - * [RFC 4492 section 5.4](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4492#section-5.4). - * - * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be - * modified other than via - * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(). - * \param cert Certificate containing the public key. - * In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL - * connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this - * property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback - * is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then - * this callback determines what certificate is used. - * \param md_alg Hash algorithm. - * \param hash Buffer containing the hash. This buffer is - * no longer valid when the function returns. - * \param hash_len Size of the \c hash buffer in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL - * stack should call the resume callback immediately. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation - * was started successfully and the SSL stack should return - * immediately without calling the resume callback yet. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external - * processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will - * use the private key object instead. - * \return Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is - * propagated up the call chain. The callback should - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b> - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as - * directed in the documentation of this callback. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_x509_crt *cert, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const unsigned char *hash, - size_t hash_len); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: start external decryption operation. - * - * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to start - * an RSA decryption operation using an - * external processor. The parameter \p cert contains - * the public key; it is up to the callback function to - * determine how to access the associated private key. - * - * This function typically sends or enqueues a request, and - * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows - * the handshake step to be non-blocking. - * - * The parameters \p ssl and \p cert are guaranteed to remain - * valid throughout the handshake. On the other hand, this - * function must save the contents of \p input if the value - * is needed for later processing, because the \p input buffer - * is no longer valid after this function returns. - * - * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() - * to store an operation context for later retrieval - * by the resume or cancel callback. - * - * \warning RSA decryption as used in TLS is subject to a potential - * timing side channel attack first discovered by Bleichenbacher - * in 1998. This attack can be remotely exploitable - * in practice. To avoid this attack, you must ensure that - * if the callback performs an RSA decryption, the time it - * takes to execute and return the result does not depend - * on whether the RSA decryption succeeded or reported - * invalid padding. - * - * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be - * modified other than via - * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(). - * \param cert Certificate containing the public key. - * In simple cases, this is one of the pointers passed to - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() when configuring the SSL - * connection. However, if other callbacks are used, this - * property may not hold. For example, if an SNI callback - * is registered with mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(), then - * this callback determines what certificate is used. - * \param input Buffer containing the input ciphertext. This buffer - * is no longer valid when the function returns. - * \param input_len Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if the operation was started successfully and the SSL - * stack should call the resume callback immediately. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation - * was started successfully and the SSL stack should return - * immediately without calling the resume callback yet. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FALLTHROUGH if the external - * processor does not support this key. The SSL stack will - * use the private key object instead. - * \return Any other error indicates a fatal failure and is - * propagated up the call chain. The callback should - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b> - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as - * directed in the documentation of this callback. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_x509_crt *cert, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t input_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief Callback type: resume external operation. - * - * This callback is called during an SSL handshake to resume - * an external operation started by the - * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t or - * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t callback. - * - * This function typically checks the status of a pending - * request or causes the request queue to make progress, and - * does not wait for the operation to complete. This allows - * the handshake step to be non-blocking. - * - * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data() - * to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback. - * It may call mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() to modify - * this context. - * - * Note that when this function returns a status other than - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, it must free any - * resources associated with the operation. - * - * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be - * modified other than via - * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(). - * \param output Buffer containing the output (signature or decrypted - * data) on success. - * \param output_len On success, number of bytes written to \p output. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * - * \return 0 if output of the operation is available in the - * \p output buffer. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if the operation - * is still in progress. Subsequent requests for progress - * on the SSL connection will call the resume callback - * again. - * \return Any other error means that the operation is aborted. - * The SSL handshake is aborted. The callback should - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_xxx error codes, and <b>must not</b> - * use \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_xxx error codes except as - * directed in the documentation of this callback. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned char *output, - size_t *output_len, - size_t output_size); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: cancel external operation. - * - * This callback is called if an SSL connection is closed - * while an asynchronous operation is in progress. Note that - * this callback is not called if the - * ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t callback has run and has - * returned a value other than - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, since in that case - * the asynchronous operation has already completed. - * - * This function may call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data() - * to retrieve an operation context set by the start callback. - * - * \param ssl The SSL connection instance. It should not be - * modified. - */ -typedef void mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) && \ - !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_MAX_LEN 48 -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA256) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 32 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA384) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 48 -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_TYPE MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PEER_CERT_DIGEST_DFL_LEN 20 -#else -/* This is already checked in check_config.h, but be sure. */ -#error "Bad configuration - need SHA-1, SHA-256 or SHA-512 enabled to compute digest of peer CRT." -#endif -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED && - !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */ - -typedef struct { - unsigned char client_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE]; - unsigned char server_application_traffic_secret_N[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE]; - unsigned char exporter_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE]; - unsigned char resumption_master_secret[MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_MD_MAX_SIZE]; -} mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH 255 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH 4 -/* - * For code readability use a typedef for DTLS-SRTP profiles - * - * Use_srtp extension protection profiles values as defined in - * http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml - * - * Reminder: if this list is expanded mbedtls_ssl_check_srtp_profile_value - * must be updated too. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80 ((uint16_t) 0x0001) -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32 ((uint16_t) 0x0002) -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80 ((uint16_t) 0x0005) -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32 ((uint16_t) 0x0006) -/* This one is not iana defined, but for code readability. */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET ((uint16_t) 0x0000) - -typedef uint16_t mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile; - -typedef struct mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info_t { - /*! The SRTP profile that was negotiated. */ - mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chosen_dtls_srtp_profile); - /*! The length of mki_value. */ - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_len); - /*! The mki_value used, with max size of 256 bytes. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mki_value)[MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_MKI_LENGTH]; -} -mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info; - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */ - -/** Human-friendly representation of the (D)TLS protocol version. */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN, /*!< Context not in use or version not yet negotiated. */ - MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_2 = 0x0303, /*!< (D)TLS 1.2 */ - MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_TLS1_3 = 0x0304, /*!< (D)TLS 1.3 */ -} mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version; - -/* - * This structure is used for storing current session data. - * - * Note: when changing this definition, we need to check and update: - * - in tests/suites/test_suite_ssl.function: - * ssl_populate_session() and ssl_serialize_session_save_load() - * - in library/ssl_tls.c: - * mbedtls_ssl_session_init() and mbedtls_ssl_session_free() - * mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and ssl_session_load() - * ssl_session_copy() - */ -struct mbedtls_ssl_session { -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code); /*!< MaxFragmentLength negotiated by peer */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */ - - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(exported); - - /** TLS version negotiated in the session. Used if and when renegotiating - * or resuming a session instead of the configured minor TLS version. - */ - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) - mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(start); /*!< starting time */ -#endif - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite); /*!< chosen ciphersuite */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id_len); /*!< session id length */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id)[32]; /*!< session identifier */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(master)[48]; /*!< the master secret */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert); /*!< peer X.509 cert chain */ -#else /* MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */ - /*! The digest of the peer's end-CRT. This must be kept to detect CRT - * changes during renegotiation, mitigating the triple handshake attack. */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_len); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_cert_digest_type); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_result); /*!< verification result */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket); /*!< RFC 5077 session ticket */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_len); /*!< session ticket length */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_lifetime); /*!< ticket lifetime hint */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint); /*!< 0: client, 1: server */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_flags); /*!< Ticket flags */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_age_add); /*!< Randomly generated value used to obscure the age of the ticket */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key_len); /*!< resumption_key length */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(resumption_key)[MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_TICKET_RESUMPTION_KEY_LEN]; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname); /*!< host name binded with tickets */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_received); /*!< time ticket was received */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac); /*!< flag for EtM activation */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) - mbedtls_ssl_tls13_application_secrets MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(app_secrets); -#endif -}; - -/* - * Identifiers for PRFs used in various versions of TLS. - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_NONE, - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA384, - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_PRF_SHA256, - MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA384, - MBEDTLS_SSL_HKDF_EXPAND_SHA256 -} -mbedtls_tls_prf_types; - -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS12_MASTER_SECRET = 0, -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_EARLY_SECRET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_EARLY_EXPORTER_SECRET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_HANDSHAKE_TRAFFIC_SECRET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_CLIENT_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET, - MBEDTLS_SSL_KEY_EXPORT_TLS1_3_SERVER_APPLICATION_TRAFFIC_SECRET, -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */ -} mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type; - -/** - * \brief Callback type: Export key alongside random values for - * session identification, and PRF for - * implementation of TLS key exporters. - * - * \param p_expkey Context for the callback. - * \param type The type of the key that is being exported. - * \param secret The address of the buffer holding the secret - * that's being exporterd. - * \param secret_len The length of \p secret in bytes. - * \param client_random The client random bytes. - * \param server_random The server random bytes. - * \param tls_prf_type The identifier for the PRF used in the handshake - * to which the key belongs. - */ -typedef void mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t(void *p_expkey, - mbedtls_ssl_key_export_type type, - const unsigned char *secret, - size_t secret_len, - const unsigned char client_random[32], - const unsigned char server_random[32], - mbedtls_tls_prf_types tls_prf_type); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Callback type: generic handshake callback - * - * \note Callbacks may use user_data funcs to set/get app user data. - * See \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p() - * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n() - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p() - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n() - * - * \param ssl \c mbedtls_ssl_context on which the callback is run - * - * \return The return value of the callback is 0 if successful, - * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code, which will cause - * the handshake to be aborted. - */ -typedef int (*mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t)(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif - -/* A type for storing user data in a library structure. - * - * The representation of type may change in future versions of the library. - * Only the behaviors guaranteed by documented accessor functions are - * guaranteed to remain stable. - */ -typedef union { - uintptr_t n; /* typically a handle to an associated object */ - void *p; /* typically a pointer to extra data */ -} mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t; - -/** - * SSL/TLS configuration to be shared between mbedtls_ssl_context structures. - */ -struct mbedtls_ssl_config { - /* Group items mostly by size. This helps to reduce memory wasted to - * padding. It also helps to keep smaller fields early in the structure, - * so that elements tend to be in the 128-element direct access window - * on Arm Thumb, which reduces the code size. */ - - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version); /*!< max. TLS version used */ - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version); /*!< min. TLS version used */ - - /* - * Flags (could be bit-fields to save RAM, but separate bytes make - * the code smaller on architectures with an instruction for direct - * byte access). - */ - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint); /*!< 0: client, 1: server */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transport); /*!< 0: stream (TLS), 1: datagram (DTLS) */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(authmode); /*!< MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_XXX */ - /* needed even with renego disabled for LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(allow_legacy_renegotiation); /*!< MBEDTLS_LEGACY_XXX */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mfl_code); /*!< desired fragment length indicator - (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_XXX) */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(encrypt_then_mac); /*!< negotiate encrypt-then-mac? */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extended_ms); /*!< negotiate extended master secret? */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(anti_replay); /*!< detect and prevent replay? */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_renegotiation); /*!< disable renegotiation? */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_tickets); /*!< use session tickets? */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(new_session_tickets_count); /*!< number of NewSessionTicket */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_req_ca_list); /*!< enable sending CA list in - Certificate Request messages? */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(respect_cli_pref); /*!< pick the ciphersuite according to - the client's preferences rather - than ours? */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ignore_unexpected_cid); /*!< Should DTLS record with - * unexpected CID - * lead to failure? */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_mki_support); /* support having mki_value - in the use_srtp extension? */ -#endif - - /* - * Pointers - */ - - /** Allowed ciphersuites for (D)TLS 1.2 (0-terminated) */ - const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ciphersuite_list); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) - /** Allowed TLS 1.3 key exchange modes. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls13_kex_modes); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */ - - /** Callback for printing debug output */ - void(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_dbg))(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_dbg); /*!< context for the debug function */ - - /** Callback for getting (pseudo-)random numbers */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_rng))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_rng); /*!< context for the RNG function */ - - /** Callback to retrieve a session from the cache */ - mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_cache); - /** Callback to store a session into the cache */ - mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_cache); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cache); /*!< context for cache callbacks */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) - /** Callback for setting cert according to SNI extension */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_sni))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_sni); /*!< context for SNI callback */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) - /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy); /*!< context for X.509 verify calllback */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - /** Callback to retrieve PSK key from identity */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_psk))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_psk); /*!< context for PSK callback */ -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - /** Callback to create & write a cookie for ClientHello verification */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_write))(void *, unsigned char **, unsigned char *, - const unsigned char *, size_t); - /** Callback to verify validity of a ClientHello cookie */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cookie_check))(void *, const unsigned char *, size_t, - const unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_cookie); /*!< context for the cookie callbacks */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - /** Callback to create & write a session ticket */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_write))(void *, const mbedtls_ssl_session *, - unsigned char *, const unsigned char *, size_t *, - uint32_t *); - /** Callback to parse a session ticket into a session structure */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ticket_parse))(void *, mbedtls_ssl_session *, unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ticket); /*!< context for the ticket callbacks */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cid_len); /*!< The length of CIDs for incoming DTLS records. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) - const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cert_profile); /*!< verification profile */ - mbedtls_ssl_key_cert *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_cert); /*!< own certificate/key pair(s) */ - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_chain); /*!< trusted CAs */ - mbedtls_x509_crl *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_crl); /*!< trusted CAs CRLs */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) - mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_ca_cb); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ca_cb); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) - mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_sign_start); /*!< start asynchronous signature operation */ - mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_decrypt_start); /*!< start asynchronous decryption operation */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_resume); /*!< resume asynchronous operation */ - mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_async_cancel); /*!< cancel asynchronous operation */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_async_config_data); /*!< Configuration data set by mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(). */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) - const int *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_hashes); /*!< allowed signature hashes */ -#endif - const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_algs); /*!< allowed signature algorithms */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) - const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(curve_list); /*!< allowed curves */ -#endif - - const uint16_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(group_list); /*!< allowed IANA NamedGroups */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_P); /*!< prime modulus for DHM */ - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_G); /*!< generator for DHM */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_opaque); /*!< PSA key slot holding opaque PSK. This field - * should only be set via - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(). - * If either no PSK or a raw PSK have been - * configured, this has value \c 0. - */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk); /*!< The raw pre-shared key. This field should - * only be set via mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(). - * If either no PSK or an opaque PSK - * have been configured, this has value NULL. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_len); /*!< The length of the raw pre-shared key. - * This field should only be set via - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(). - * Its value is non-zero if and only if - * \c psk is not \c NULL. */ - - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity); /*!< The PSK identity for PSK negotiation. - * This field should only be set via - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(). - * This is set if and only if either - * \c psk or \c psk_opaque are set. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psk_identity_len);/*!< The length of PSK identity. - * This field should only be set via - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(). - * Its value is non-zero if and only if - * \c psk is not \c NULL or \c psk_opaque - * is not \c 0. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_enabled); /*!< Early data enablement: - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED, - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - /* The maximum amount of 0-RTT data. RFC 8446 section 4.6.1 */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_early_data_size); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) - const char **MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_list); /*!< ordered list of protocols */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) - /*! ordered list of supported srtp profile */ - const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list); - /*! number of supported profiles */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_profile_list_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */ - - /* - * Numerical settings (int) - */ - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(read_timeout); /*!< timeout for mbedtls_ssl_read (ms) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_min); /*!< initial value of the handshake - retransmission timeout (ms) */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hs_timeout_max); /*!< maximum value of the handshake - retransmission timeout (ms) */ -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_max_records); /*!< grace period for renegotiation */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_period)[8]; /*!< value of the record counters - that triggers renegotiation */ -#endif - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_limit); /*!< limit of records with a bad MAC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dhm_min_bitlen); /*!< min. bit length of the DHM prime */ -#endif - - /** User data pointer or handle. - * - * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not - * access it afterwards. - */ - mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb); /*!< certificate selection callback */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) - const mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints);/*!< acceptable client cert issuers */ -#endif -}; - -struct mbedtls_ssl_context { - const mbedtls_ssl_config *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf); /*!< configuration information */ - - /* - * Miscellaneous - */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); /*!< SSL handshake: current state */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_status); /*!< Initial, in progress, pending? */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(renego_records_seen); /*!< Records since renego request, or with DTLS, - number of retransmissions of request if - renego_max_records is < 0 */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ - - /** - * Maximum TLS version to be negotiated, then negotiated TLS version. - * - * It is initialized as the configured maximum TLS version to be - * negotiated by mbedtls_ssl_setup(). - * - * When renegotiating or resuming a session, it is overwritten in the - * ClientHello writing preparation stage with the previously negotiated - * TLS version. - * - * On client side, it is updated to the TLS version selected by the server - * for the handshake when the ServerHello is received. - * - * On server side, it is updated to the TLS version the server selects for - * the handshake when the ClientHello is received. - */ - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version); - - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(badmac_seen); /*!< records with a bad MAC received */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) - /** Callback to customize X.509 certificate chain verification */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_vrfy))(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_vrfy); /*!< context for X.509 verify callback */ -#endif - - mbedtls_ssl_send_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_send); /*!< Callback for network send */ - mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv); /*!< Callback for network receive */ - mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_recv_timeout); - /*!< Callback for network receive with timeout */ - - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_bio); /*!< context for I/O operations */ - - /* - * Session layer - */ - mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_in); /*!< current session data (in) */ - mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_out); /*!< current session data (out) */ - mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session); /*!< negotiated session data */ - mbedtls_ssl_session *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_negotiate); /*!< session data in negotiation */ - - mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(handshake); /*!< params required only during - the handshake process */ - - /* - * Record layer transformations - */ - mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_in); /*!< current transform params (in) - * This is always a reference, - * never an owning pointer. */ - mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_out); /*!< current transform params (out) - * This is always a reference, - * never an owning pointer. */ - mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform); /*!< negotiated transform params - * This pointer owns the transform - * it references. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) - mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_negotiate); /*!< transform params in negotiation - * This pointer owns the transform - * it references. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) - /*! The application data transform in TLS 1.3. - * This pointer owns the transform it references. */ - mbedtls_ssl_transform *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transform_application); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */ - - /* - * Timers - */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_timer); /*!< context for the timer callbacks */ - - mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_set_timer); /*!< set timer callback */ - mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_get_timer); /*!< get timer callback */ - - /* - * Record layer (incoming data) - */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf); /*!< input buffer */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_ctr); /*!< 64-bit incoming message counter - TLS: maintained by us - DTLS: read from peer */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hdr); /*!< start of record header */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_cid); /*!< The start of the CID; - * (the end is marked by in_len). */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_len); /*!< two-bytes message length field */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_iv); /*!< ivlen-byte IV */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msg); /*!< message contents (in_iv+ivlen) */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_offt); /*!< read offset in application data */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msgtype); /*!< record header: message type */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_msglen); /*!< record header: message length */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_left); /*!< amount of data read so far */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH) - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_buf_len); /*!< length of input buffer */ -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_epoch); /*!< DTLS epoch for incoming records */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_record_offset); /*!< offset of the next record in datagram - (equal to in_left if none) */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window_top); /*!< last validated record seq_num */ - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_window); /*!< bitmask for replay detection */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */ - - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_hslen); /*!< current handshake message length, - including the handshake header */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nb_zero); /*!< # of 0-length encrypted messages */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keep_current_message); /*!< drop or reuse current message - on next call to record layer? */ - - /* The following three variables indicate if and, if yes, - * what kind of alert is pending to be sent. - */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(send_alert); /*!< Determines if a fatal alert - should be sent. Values: - - \c 0 , no alert is to be sent. - - \c 1 , alert is to be sent. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_type); /*!< Type of alert if send_alert - != 0 */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alert_reason); /*!< The error code to be returned - to the user once the fatal alert - has been sent. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(disable_datagram_packing); /*!< Disable packing multiple records - * within a single datagram. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ - - /* - * Record layer (outgoing data) - */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf); /*!< output buffer */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_ctr); /*!< 64-bit outgoing message counter */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_hdr); /*!< start of record header */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_cid); /*!< The start of the CID; - * (the end is marked by in_len). */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_len); /*!< two-bytes message length field */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_iv); /*!< ivlen-byte IV */ - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msg); /*!< message contents (out_iv+ivlen) */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msgtype); /*!< record header: message type */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_msglen); /*!< record header: message length */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_left); /*!< amount of data not yet written */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH) - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(out_buf_len); /*!< length of output buffer */ -#endif - - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cur_out_ctr)[MBEDTLS_SSL_SEQUENCE_NUMBER_LEN]; /*!< Outgoing record sequence number. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mtu); /*!< path mtu, used to fragment outgoing messages */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ - - /* - * User settings - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) - char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname); /*!< expected peer CN for verification - (and SNI if available) */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alpn_chosen); /*!< negotiated protocol */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) - /* - * use_srtp extension - */ - mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dtls_srtp_info); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */ - - /* - * Information for DTLS hello verify - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id); /*!< transport-level ID of the client */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cli_id_len); /*!< length of cli_id */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - - /* - * Secure renegotiation - */ - /* needed to know when to send extension on server */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secure_renegotiation); /*!< does peer support legacy or - secure renegotiation */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(verify_data_len); /*!< length of verify data stored */ - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */ - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_verify_data)[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - /* CID configuration to use in subsequent handshakes. */ - - /*! The next incoming CID, chosen by the user and applying to - * all subsequent handshakes. This may be different from the - * CID currently used in case the user has re-configured the CID - * after an initial handshake. */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid)[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX]; - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_cid_len); /*!< The length of \c own_cid. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(negotiate_cid); /*!< This indicates whether the CID extension should - * be negotiated in the next handshake or not. - * Possible values are #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED - * and #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(early_data_status); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - - /** Callback to export key block and master secret */ - mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_export_keys); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export_keys); /*!< context for key export callback */ - - /** User data pointer or handle. - * - * The library sets this to \p 0 when creating a context and does not - * access it afterwards. - * - * \warning Serializing and restoring an SSL context with - * mbedtls_ssl_context_save() and mbedtls_ssl_context_load() - * does not currently restore the user data. - */ - mbedtls_ssl_user_data_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data); -}; - -/** - * \brief Return the name of the ciphersuite associated with the - * given ID - * - * \param ciphersuite_id SSL ciphersuite ID - * - * \return a string containing the ciphersuite name - */ -const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_name(const int ciphersuite_id); - -/** - * \brief Return the ID of the ciphersuite associated with the - * given name - * - * \param ciphersuite_name SSL ciphersuite name - * - * \return the ID with the ciphersuite or 0 if not found - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id(const char *ciphersuite_name); - -/** - * \brief Initialize an SSL context - * Just makes the context ready for mbedtls_ssl_setup() or - * mbedtls_ssl_free() - * - * \param ssl SSL context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_init(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Set up an SSL context for use - * - * \note No copy of the configuration context is made, it can be - * shared by many mbedtls_ssl_context structures. - * - * \warning The conf structure will be accessed during the session. - * It must not be modified or freed as long as the session - * is active. - * - * \warning This function must be called exactly once per context. - * Calling mbedtls_ssl_setup again is not supported, even - * if no session is active. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param conf SSL configuration to use - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if - * memory allocation failed - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_setup(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf); - -/** - * \brief Reset an already initialized SSL context for re-use - * while retaining application-set variables, function - * pointers and data. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED or - MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HW_ACCEL_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_session_reset(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Set the current endpoint type - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param endpoint must be MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_endpoint(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int endpoint); - -/** - * \brief Get the current endpoint type - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * - * \return Endpoint type, either MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT - * or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER - */ -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_endpoint(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf) -{ - return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(endpoint); -} - -/** - * \brief Set the transport type (TLS or DTLS). - * Default: TLS - * - * \note For DTLS, you must either provide a recv callback that - * doesn't block, or one that handles timeouts, see - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). You also need to provide timer - * callbacks with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param transport transport type: - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS, - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int transport); - -/** - * \brief Set the certificate verification mode - * Default: NONE on server, REQUIRED on client - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param authmode can be: - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE: peer certificate is not checked - * (default on server) - * (insecure on client) - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL: peer certificate is checked, however the - * handshake continues even if verification failed; - * mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() can be called after the - * handshake is complete. - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED: peer *must* present a valid certificate, - * handshake is aborted if verification failed. - * (default on client) - * - * \note On client, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED is the recommended mode. - * With MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL, the user needs to call mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() at - * the right time(s), which may not be obvious, while REQUIRED always perform - * the verification as soon as possible. For example, REQUIRED was protecting - * against the "triple handshake" attack even before it was found. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int authmode); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) -/** - * \brief Set the early data mode - * Default: disabled on server and client - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to use. - * \param early_data_enabled can be: - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_DISABLED: early data functionality is disabled - * This is the default on client and server. - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_ENABLED: early data functionality is enabled and - * may be negotiated in the handshake. Application using - * early data functionality needs to be aware of the - * lack of replay protection of the early data application - * payloads. - * - * \warning This interface is experimental and may change without notice. - * - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_tls13_conf_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int early_data_enabled); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Set the maximum amount of 0-RTT data in bytes - * Default: #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_EARLY_DATA_SIZE - * - * This function sets the value of the max_early_data_size - * field of the early data indication extension included in - * the NewSessionTicket messages that the server may send. - * - * The value defines the maximum amount of 0-RTT data - * in bytes that a client will be allowed to send when using - * one of the tickets defined by the NewSessionTicket messages. - * - * \note When resuming a session using a ticket, if the server receives more - * early data than allowed for the ticket, it terminates the connection. - * The maximum amount of 0-RTT data should thus be large enough - * to allow a minimum of early data to be exchanged. - * - * \param[in] conf The SSL configuration to use. - * \param[in] max_early_data_size The maximum amount of 0-RTT data. - * - * \warning This interface is experimental and may change without notice. - * - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_tls13_conf_max_early_data_size( - mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t max_early_data_size); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Set the verification callback (Optional). - * - * If set, the provided verify callback is called for each - * certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted - * root. For more information, please see the documentation of - * \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(). - * - * \note For per context callbacks and contexts, please use - * mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() instead. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to use. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use during CRT verification. - * \param p_vrfy The opaque context to be passed to the callback. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief Set the random number generator callback - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param f_rng RNG function (mandatory) - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Set the debug callback - * - * The callback has the following argument: - * void * opaque context for the callback - * int debug level - * const char * file name - * int line number - * const char * message - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param f_dbg debug function - * \param p_dbg debug parameter - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dbg(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - void (*f_dbg)(void *, int, const char *, int, const char *), - void *p_dbg); - -/** - * \brief Return the SSL configuration structure associated - * with the given SSL context. - * - * \note The pointer returned by this function is guaranteed to - * remain valid until the context is freed. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query. - * \return Pointer to the SSL configuration associated with \p ssl. - */ -static inline const mbedtls_ssl_config *mbedtls_ssl_context_get_config( - const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(conf); -} - -/** - * \brief Set the underlying BIO callbacks for write, read and - * read-with-timeout. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param p_bio parameter (context) shared by BIO callbacks - * \param f_send write callback - * \param f_recv read callback - * \param f_recv_timeout blocking read callback with timeout. - * - * \note One of f_recv or f_recv_timeout can be NULL, in which case - * the other is used. If both are non-NULL, f_recv_timeout is - * used and f_recv is ignored (as if it were NULL). - * - * \note The two most common use cases are: - * - non-blocking I/O, f_recv != NULL, f_recv_timeout == NULL - * - blocking I/O, f_recv == NULL, f_recv_timeout != NULL - * - * \note For DTLS, you need to provide either a non-NULL - * f_recv_timeout callback, or a f_recv that doesn't block. - * - * \note See the documentations of \c mbedtls_ssl_send_t, - * \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_t and \c mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t for - * the conventions those callbacks must follow. - * - * \note On some platforms, net_sockets.c provides - * \c mbedtls_net_send(), \c mbedtls_net_recv() and - * \c mbedtls_net_recv_timeout() that are suitable to be used - * here. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - void *p_bio, - mbedtls_ssl_send_t *f_send, - mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *f_recv, - mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *f_recv_timeout); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) - - -/** - * \brief Configure the use of the Connection ID (CID) - * extension in the next handshake. - * - * Reference: RFC 9146 (or draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05 - * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-dtls-connection-id-05 - * for legacy version) - * - * The DTLS CID extension allows the reliable association of - * DTLS records to DTLS connections across changes in the - * underlying transport (changed IP and Port metadata) by - * adding explicit connection identifiers (CIDs) to the - * headers of encrypted DTLS records. The desired CIDs are - * configured by the application layer and are exchanged in - * new `ClientHello` / `ServerHello` extensions during the - * handshake, where each side indicates the CID it wants the - * peer to use when writing encrypted messages. The CIDs are - * put to use once records get encrypted: the stack discards - * any incoming records that don't include the configured CID - * in their header, and adds the peer's requested CID to the - * headers of outgoing messages. - * - * This API enables or disables the use of the CID extension - * in the next handshake and sets the value of the CID to - * be used for incoming messages. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to configure. This must be initialized. - * \param enable This value determines whether the CID extension should - * be used or not. Possible values are: - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED to enable the use of the CID. - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (default) to disable the use - * of the CID. - * \param own_cid The address of the readable buffer holding the CID we want - * the peer to use when sending encrypted messages to us. - * This may be \c NULL if \p own_cid_len is \c 0. - * This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to - * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. - * \param own_cid_len The length of \p own_cid. - * This parameter is unused if \p enable is set to - * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. - * - * \note The value of \p own_cid_len must match the value of the - * \c len parameter passed to mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid() - * when configuring the ::mbedtls_ssl_config that \p ssl - * is bound to. - * - * \note This CID configuration applies to subsequent handshakes - * performed on the SSL context \p ssl, but does not trigger - * one. You still have to call `mbedtls_ssl_handshake()` - * (for the initial handshake) or `mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate()` - * (for a renegotiation handshake) explicitly after a - * successful call to this function to run the handshake. - * - * \note This call cannot guarantee that the use of the CID - * will be successfully negotiated in the next handshake, - * because the peer might not support it. Specifically: - * - On the Client, enabling the use of the CID through - * this call implies that the `ClientHello` in the next - * handshake will include the CID extension, thereby - * offering the use of the CID to the server. Only if - * the `ServerHello` contains the CID extension, too, - * the CID extension will actually be put to use. - * - On the Server, enabling the use of the CID through - * this call implies that the server will look for - * the CID extension in a `ClientHello` from the client, - * and, if present, reply with a CID extension in its - * `ServerHello`. - * - * \note To check whether the use of the CID was negotiated - * after the subsequent handshake has completed, please - * use the API mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid(). - * - * \warning If the use of the CID extension is enabled in this call - * and the subsequent handshake negotiates its use, Mbed TLS - * will silently drop every packet whose CID does not match - * the CID configured in \p own_cid. It is the responsibility - * of the user to adapt the underlying transport to take care - * of CID-based demultiplexing before handing datagrams to - * Mbed TLS. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. In this case, the CID configuration - * applies to the next handshake. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - int enable, - unsigned char const *own_cid, - size_t own_cid_len); - -/** - * \brief Get information about our request for usage of the CID - * extension in the current connection. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query. - * \param enabled The address at which to store whether the CID extension - * is requested to be used or not. If the CID is - * requested, `*enabled` is set to - * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED; otherwise, it is set to - * MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. - * \param own_cid The address of the buffer in which to store our own - * CID (if the CID extension is requested). This may be - * \c NULL in case the value of our CID isn't needed. If - * it is not \c NULL, \p own_cid_len must not be \c NULL. - * \param own_cid_len The address at which to store the size of our own CID - * (if the CID extension is requested). This is also the - * number of Bytes in \p own_cid that have been written. - * This may be \c NULL in case the length of our own CID - * isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p own_cid must be - * \c NULL, too. - * - *\note If we are requesting an empty CID this function sets - * `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED (the rationale - * for this is that the resulting outcome is the - * same as if the CID extensions wasn't requested). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_own_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - int *enabled, - unsigned char own_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX], - size_t *own_cid_len); - -/** - * \brief Get information about the use of the CID extension - * in the current connection. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query. - * \param enabled The address at which to store whether the CID extension - * is currently in use or not. If the CID is in use, - * `*enabled` is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_ENABLED; - * otherwise, it is set to MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED. - * \param peer_cid The address of the buffer in which to store the CID - * chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used). - * This may be \c NULL in case the value of peer CID - * isn't needed. If it is not \c NULL, \p peer_cid_len - * must not be \c NULL. - * \param peer_cid_len The address at which to store the size of the CID - * chosen by the peer (if the CID extension is used). - * This is also the number of Bytes in \p peer_cid that - * have been written. - * This may be \c NULL in case the length of the peer CID - * isn't needed. If it is \c NULL, \p peer_cid must be - * \c NULL, too. - * - * \note This applies to the state of the CID negotiated in - * the last complete handshake. If a handshake is in - * progress, this function will attempt to complete - * the handshake first. - * - * \note If CID extensions have been exchanged but both client - * and server chose to use an empty CID, this function - * sets `*enabled` to #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_DISABLED - * (the rationale for this is that the resulting - * communication is the same as if the CID extensions - * hadn't been used). - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cid(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - int *enabled, - unsigned char peer_cid[MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX], - size_t *peer_cid_len); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - -/** - * \brief Set the Maximum Transport Unit (MTU). - * Special value: 0 means unset (no limit). - * This represents the maximum size of a datagram payload - * handled by the transport layer (usually UDP) as determined - * by the network link and stack. In practice, this controls - * the maximum size datagram the DTLS layer will pass to the - * \c f_send() callback set using \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). - * - * \note The limit on datagram size is converted to a limit on - * record payload by subtracting the current overhead of - * encapsulation and encryption/authentication if any. - * - * \note This can be called at any point during the connection, for - * example when a Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU) - * estimate becomes available from other sources, - * such as lower (or higher) protocol layers. - * - * \note This setting only controls the size of the packets we send, - * and does not restrict the size of the datagrams we're - * willing to receive. Client-side, you can request the - * server to use smaller records with \c - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len(). - * - * \note If both a MTU and a maximum fragment length have been - * configured (or negotiated with the peer), the resulting - * lower limit on record payload (see first note) is used. - * - * \note This can only be used to decrease the maximum size - * of datagrams (hence records, see first note) sent. It - * cannot be used to increase the maximum size of records over - * the limit set by #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN. - * - * \note Values lower than the current record layer expansion will - * result in an error when trying to send data. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param mtu Value of the path MTU in bytes - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, uint16_t mtu); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Set a connection-specific verification callback (optional). - * - * If set, the provided verify callback is called for each - * certificate in the peer's CRT chain, including the trusted - * root. For more information, please see the documentation of - * \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(). - * - * \note This call is analogous to mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() but - * binds the verification callback and context to an SSL context - * as opposed to an SSL configuration. - * If mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() and mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() - * are both used, mbedtls_ssl_set_verify() takes precedence. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to use. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use during CRT verification. - * \param p_vrfy The opaque context to be passed to the callback. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_verify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief Set the timeout period for mbedtls_ssl_read() - * (Default: no timeout.) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - * \param timeout Timeout value in milliseconds. - * Use 0 for no timeout (default). - * - * \note With blocking I/O, this will only work if a non-NULL - * \c f_recv_timeout was set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). - * With non-blocking I/O, this will only work if timer - * callbacks were set with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(). - * - * \note With non-blocking I/O, you may also skip this function - * altogether and handle timeouts at the application layer. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_read_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t timeout); - -/** - * \brief Check whether a buffer contains a valid and authentic record - * that has not been seen before. (DTLS only). - * - * This function does not change the user-visible state - * of the SSL context. Its sole purpose is to provide - * an indication of the legitimacy of an incoming record. - * - * This can be useful e.g. in distributed server environments - * using the DTLS Connection ID feature, in which connections - * might need to be passed between service instances on a change - * of peer address, but where such disruptive operations should - * only happen after the validity of incoming records has been - * confirmed. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to use. - * \param buf The address of the buffer holding the record to be checked. - * This must be a read/write buffer of length \p buflen Bytes. - * \param buflen The length of \p buf in Bytes. - * - * \note This routine only checks whether the provided buffer begins - * with a valid and authentic record that has not been seen - * before, but does not check potential data following the - * initial record. In particular, it is possible to pass DTLS - * datagrams containing multiple records, in which case only - * the first record is checked. - * - * \note This function modifies the input buffer \p buf. If you need - * to preserve the original record, you have to maintain a copy. - * - * \return \c 0 if the record is valid and authentic and has not been - * seen before. - * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if the check completed - * successfully but the record was found to be not authentic. - * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD if the check completed - * successfully but the record was found to be invalid for - * a reason different from authenticity checking. - * \return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_RECORD if the check completed - * successfully but the record was found to be unexpected - * in the state of the SSL context, including replayed records. - * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. - * In this case, the SSL context becomes unusable and needs - * to be freed or reset before reuse. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_check_record(mbedtls_ssl_context const *ssl, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Set the timer callbacks (Mandatory for DTLS.) - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param p_timer parameter (context) shared by timer callbacks - * \param f_set_timer set timer callback - * \param f_get_timer get timer callback. Must return: - * - * \note See the documentation of \c mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t and - * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t for the conventions this pair of - * callbacks must follow. - * - * \note On some platforms, timing.c provides - * \c mbedtls_timing_set_delay() and - * \c mbedtls_timing_get_delay() that are suitable for using - * here, except if using an event-driven style. - * - * \note See also the "DTLS tutorial" article in our knowledge base. - * https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/dtls-tutorial - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - void *p_timer, - mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_t *f_set_timer, - mbedtls_ssl_get_timer_t *f_get_timer); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Set the certificate selection callback (server-side only). - * - * If set, the callback is always called for each handshake, - * after `ClientHello` processing has finished. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with. - * \param f_cert_cb The callback for selecting server certificate after - * `ClientHello` processing has finished. - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_hs_cb_t f_cert_cb) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_cert_cb) = f_cert_cb; -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -/** - * \brief Callback type: generate and write session ticket - * - * \note This describes what a callback implementation should do. - * This callback should generate an encrypted and - * authenticated ticket for the session and write it to the - * output buffer. Here, ticket means the opaque ticket part - * of the NewSessionTicket structure of RFC 5077. - * - * \param p_ticket Context for the callback - * \param session SSL session to be written in the ticket - * \param start Start of the output buffer - * \param end End of the output buffer - * \param tlen On exit, holds the length written - * \param lifetime On exit, holds the lifetime of the ticket in seconds - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t(void *p_ticket, - const mbedtls_ssl_session *session, - unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *end, - size_t *tlen, - uint32_t *lifetime); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: parse and load session ticket - * - * \note This describes what a callback implementation should do. - * This callback should parse a session ticket as generated - * by the corresponding mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t function, - * and, if the ticket is authentic and valid, load the - * session. - * - * \note The implementation is allowed to modify the first len - * bytes of the input buffer, eg to use it as a temporary - * area for the decrypted ticket contents. - * - * \param p_ticket Context for the callback - * \param session SSL session to be loaded - * \param buf Start of the buffer containing the ticket - * \param len Length of the ticket. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_MAC if not authentic, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_SESSION_TICKET_EXPIRED if expired, or - * any other non-zero code for other failures. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t(void *p_ticket, - mbedtls_ssl_session *session, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Configure SSL session ticket callbacks (server only). - * (Default: none.) - * - * \note On server, session tickets are enabled by providing - * non-NULL callbacks. - * - * \note On client, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - * \param f_ticket_write Callback for writing a ticket - * \param f_ticket_parse Callback for parsing a ticket - * \param p_ticket Context shared by the two callbacks - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t *f_ticket_write, - mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t *f_ticket_parse, - void *p_ticket); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -/** - * \brief Configure a key export callback. - * (Default: none.) - * - * This API can be used for two purposes: - * - Debugging: Use this API to e.g. generate an NSSKeylog - * file and use it to inspect encrypted traffic in tools - * such as Wireshark. - * - Application-specific export: Use this API to implement - * key exporters, e.g. for EAP-TLS or DTLS-SRTP. - * - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to which the export - * callback should be attached. - * \param f_export_keys The callback for the key export. - * \param p_export_keys The opaque context pointer to be passed to the - * callback \p f_export_keys. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_export_keys_cb(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_ssl_export_keys_t *f_export_keys, - void *p_export_keys); - -/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to a pointer. - * - * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p(). - * - * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility - * of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify. - * \param p The new value of the user data. - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p( - mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - void *p) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p; -} - -/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL configuration to an integer. - * - * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n(). - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify. - * \param n The new value of the user data. - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n( - mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - uintptr_t n) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n; -} - -/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as a pointer. - * - * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(), or - * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has not previously been - * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has - * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p(). - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify. - * \return The current value of the user data. - */ -static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_p( - mbedtls_ssl_config *conf) -{ - return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p; -} - -/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL configuration as an integer. - * - * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(), or - * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n() has not previously been - * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_p() has - * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_conf_set_user_data_n(). - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration context to modify. - * \return The current value of the user data. - */ -static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_user_data_n( - mbedtls_ssl_config *conf) -{ - return conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n; -} - -/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to a pointer. - * - * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p(). - * - * \note The library stores \c p without accessing it. It is the responsibility - * of the caller to ensure that the pointer remains valid. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to modify. - * \param p The new value of the user data. - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p( - mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - void *p) -{ - ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p = p; -} - -/** \brief Set the user data in an SSL context to an integer. - * - * You can retrieve this value later with mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n(). - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to modify. - * \param n The new value of the user data. - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n( - mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - uintptr_t n) -{ - ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n = n; -} - -/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as a pointer. - * - * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(), or - * \c NULL if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has not previously been - * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has - * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p(). - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to modify. - * \return The current value of the user data. - */ -static inline void *mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_p( - mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).p; -} - -/** \brief Retrieve the user data in an SSL context as an integer. - * - * This is the value last set with mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(), or - * \c 0 if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() has not previously been - * called. The value is undefined if mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() has - * been called without a subsequent call to mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n(). - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to modify. - * \return The current value of the user data. - */ -static inline uintptr_t mbedtls_ssl_get_user_data_n( - mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_data).n; -} - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE) -/** - * \brief Configure asynchronous private key operation callbacks. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - * \param f_async_sign Callback to start a signature operation. See - * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t - * for more information. This may be \c NULL if the - * external processor does not support any signature - * operation; in this case the private key object - * associated with the certificate will be used. - * \param f_async_decrypt Callback to start a decryption operation. See - * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t - * for more information. This may be \c NULL if the - * external processor does not support any decryption - * operation; in this case the private key object - * associated with the certificate will be used. - * \param f_async_resume Callback to resume an asynchronous operation. See - * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t - * for more information. This may not be \c NULL unless - * \p f_async_sign and \p f_async_decrypt are both - * \c NULL. - * \param f_async_cancel Callback to cancel an asynchronous operation. See - * the description of ::mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t - * for more information. This may be \c NULL if - * no cleanup is needed. - * \param config_data A pointer to configuration data which can be - * retrieved with - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(). The - * library stores this value without dereferencing it. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_async_sign_t *f_async_sign, - mbedtls_ssl_async_decrypt_t *f_async_decrypt, - mbedtls_ssl_async_resume_t *f_async_resume, - mbedtls_ssl_async_cancel_t *f_async_cancel, - void *config_data); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the configuration data set by - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - * \return The configuration data set by - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb(). - */ -void *mbedtls_ssl_conf_get_async_config_data(const mbedtls_ssl_config *conf); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context. - * - * \note This function may only be called while a handshake - * is in progress. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to access. - * - * \return The asynchronous operation user context that was last - * set during the current handshake. If - * mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data() has not yet been - * called during the current handshake, this function returns - * \c NULL. - */ -void *mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Retrieve the asynchronous operation user context. - * - * \note This function may only be called while a handshake - * is in progress. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to access. - * \param ctx The new value of the asynchronous operation user context. - * Call mbedtls_ssl_get_async_operation_data() later during the - * same handshake to retrieve this value. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_async_operation_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - void *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */ - -/** - * \brief Callback type: generate a cookie - * - * \param ctx Context for the callback - * \param p Buffer to write to, - * must be updated to point right after the cookie - * \param end Pointer to one past the end of the output buffer - * \param info Client ID info that was passed to - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id() - * \param ilen Length of info in bytes - * - * \return The callback must return 0 on success, - * or a negative error code. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t(void *ctx, - unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end, - const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen); - -/** - * \brief Callback type: verify a cookie - * - * \param ctx Context for the callback - * \param cookie Cookie to verify - * \param clen Length of cookie - * \param info Client ID info that was passed to - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id() - * \param ilen Length of info in bytes - * - * \return The callback must return 0 if cookie is valid, - * or a negative error code. - */ -typedef int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t(void *ctx, - const unsigned char *cookie, size_t clen, - const unsigned char *info, size_t ilen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Register callbacks for DTLS cookies - * (Server only. DTLS only.) - * - * Default: dummy callbacks that fail, in order to force you to - * register working callbacks (and initialize their context). - * - * To disable HelloVerifyRequest, register NULL callbacks. - * - * \warning Disabling hello verification allows your server to be used - * for amplification in DoS attacks against other hosts. - * Only disable if you known this can't happen in your - * particular environment. - * - * \note See comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() about handling - * the MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED that is expected - * on the first handshake attempt when this is enabled. - * - * \note This is also necessary to handle client reconnection from - * the same port as described in RFC 6347 section 4.2.8 (only - * the variant with cookies is supported currently). See - * comments on \c mbedtls_ssl_read() for details. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param f_cookie_write Cookie write callback - * \param f_cookie_check Cookie check callback - * \param p_cookie Context for both callbacks - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_cookies(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t *f_cookie_write, - mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t *f_cookie_check, - void *p_cookie); - -/** - * \brief Set client's transport-level identification info. - * (Server only. DTLS only.) - * - * This is usually the IP address (and port), but could be - * anything identify the client depending on the underlying - * network stack. Used for HelloVerifyRequest with DTLS. - * This is *not* used to route the actual packets. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param info Transport-level info identifying the client (eg IP + port) - * \param ilen Length of info in bytes - * - * \note An internal copy is made, so the info buffer can be reused. - * - * \return 0 on success, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if used on client, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if out of memory. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_client_transport_id(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const unsigned char *info, - size_t ilen); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) -/** - * \brief Enable or disable anti-replay protection for DTLS. - * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.) - * Default: enabled. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param mode MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_DISABLED. - * - * \warning Disabling this is a security risk unless the application - * protocol handles duplicated packets in a safe way. You - * should not disable this without careful consideration. - * However, if your application already detects duplicated - * packets and needs information about them to adjust its - * transmission strategy, then you'll want to disable this. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_anti_replay(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char mode); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */ - -/** - * \brief Set a limit on the number of records with a bad MAC - * before terminating the connection. - * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.) - * Default: 0 (disabled). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param limit Limit, or 0 to disable. - * - * \note If the limit is N, then the connection is terminated when - * the Nth non-authentic record is seen. - * - * \note Records with an invalid header are not counted, only the - * ones going through the authentication-decryption phase. - * - * \note This is a security trade-off related to the fact that it's - * often relatively easy for an active attacker to inject UDP - * datagrams. On one hand, setting a low limit here makes it - * easier for such an attacker to forcibly terminated a - * connection. On the other hand, a high limit or no limit - * might make us waste resources checking authentication on - * many bogus packets. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_badmac_limit(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned limit); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) - -/** - * \brief Allow or disallow packing of multiple handshake records - * within a single datagram. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to configure. - * \param allow_packing This determines whether datagram packing may - * be used or not. A value of \c 0 means that every - * record will be sent in a separate datagram; a - * value of \c 1 means that, if space permits, - * multiple handshake messages (including CCS) belonging to - * a single flight may be packed within a single datagram. - * - * \note This is enabled by default and should only be disabled - * for test purposes, or if datagram packing causes - * interoperability issues with peers that don't support it. - * - * \note Allowing datagram packing reduces the network load since - * there's less overhead if multiple messages share the same - * datagram. Also, it increases the handshake efficiency - * since messages belonging to a single datagram will not - * be reordered in transit, and so future message buffering - * or flight retransmission (if no buffering is used) as - * means to deal with reordering are needed less frequently. - * - * \note Application records are not affected by this option and - * are currently always sent in separate datagrams. - * - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_datagram_packing(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned allow_packing); - -/** - * \brief Set retransmit timeout values for the DTLS handshake. - * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param min Initial timeout value in milliseconds. - * Default: 1000 (1 second). - * \param max Maximum timeout value in milliseconds. - * Default: 60000 (60 seconds). - * - * \note Default values are from RFC 6347 section 4.2.4.1. - * - * \note The 'min' value should typically be slightly above the - * expected round-trip time to your peer, plus whatever time - * it takes for the peer to process the message. For example, - * if your RTT is about 600ms and you peer needs up to 1s to - * do the cryptographic operations in the handshake, then you - * should set 'min' slightly above 1600. Lower values of 'min' - * might cause spurious resends which waste network resources, - * while larger value of 'min' will increase overall latency - * on unreliable network links. - * - * \note The more unreliable your network connection is, the larger - * your max / min ratio needs to be in order to achieve - * reliable handshakes. - * - * \note Messages are retransmitted up to log2(ceil(max/min)) times. - * For example, if min = 1s and max = 5s, the retransmit plan - * goes: send ... 1s -> resend ... 2s -> resend ... 4s -> - * resend ... 5s -> give up and return a timeout error. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_handshake_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, uint32_t min, uint32_t max); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Set the session cache callbacks (server-side only) - * If not set, no session resuming is done (except if session - * tickets are enabled too). - * - * The session cache has the responsibility to check for stale - * entries based on timeout. See RFC 5246 for recommendations. - * - * Warning: session.peer_cert is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer on - * connection shutdown, so do not cache the pointer! Either set - * it to NULL or make a full copy of the certificate. - * - * The get callback is called once during the initial handshake - * to enable session resuming. The get function has the - * following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_session *session) - * If a valid entry is found, it should fill the master of - * the session object with the cached values and return 0, - * return 1 otherwise. Optionally peer_cert can be set as well - * if it is properly present in cache entry. - * - * The set callback is called once during the initial handshake - * to enable session resuming after the entire handshake has - * been finished. The set function has the following parameters: - * (void *parameter, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session). The function - * should create a cache entry for future retrieval based on - * the data in the session structure and should keep in mind - * that the mbedtls_ssl_session object presented (and all its referenced - * data) is cleared by the SSL/TLS layer when the connection is - * terminated. It is recommended to add metadata to determine if - * an entry is still valid in the future. Return 0 if - * successfully cached, return 1 otherwise. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param p_cache parameter (context) for both callbacks - * \param f_get_cache session get callback - * \param f_set_cache session set callback - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_cache(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - void *p_cache, - mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_t *f_get_cache, - mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_t *f_set_cache); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) -/** - * \brief Load a session for session resumption. - * - * Sessions loaded through this call will be considered - * for session resumption in the next handshake. - * - * \note Even if this call succeeds, it is not guaranteed that - * the next handshake will indeed be shortened through the - * use of session resumption: The server is always free - * to reject any attempt for resumption and fall back to - * a full handshake. - * - * \note This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session - * resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption and - * ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3, - * once implemented, sessions equate to tickets, and loading - * one or more sessions via this call will lead to their - * corresponding tickets being advertised as resumption PSKs - * by the client. - * - * \note Calling this function multiple times will only be useful - * once TLS 1.3 is supported. For TLS 1.2 connections, this - * function should be called at most once. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context representing the connection which should - * be attempted to be setup using session resumption. This - * must be initialized via mbedtls_ssl_init() and bound to - * an SSL configuration via mbedtls_ssl_setup(), but - * the handshake must not yet have been started. - * \param session The session to be considered for session resumption. - * This must be a session previously exported via - * mbedtls_ssl_get_session(), and potentially serialized and - * deserialized through mbedtls_ssl_session_save() and - * mbedtls_ssl_session_load() in the meantime. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the session - * could not be loaded because of an implementation limitation. - * This error is non-fatal, and has no observable effect on - * the SSL context or the session that was attempted to be loaded. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - * - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_session() - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_session_load() - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_session(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const mbedtls_ssl_session *session); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -/** - * \brief Load serialized session data into a session structure. - * On client, this can be used for loading saved sessions - * before resuming them with mbedtls_ssl_set_session(). - * On server, this can be used for alternative implementations - * of session cache or session tickets. - * - * \warning If a peer certificate chain is associated with the session, - * the serialized state will only contain the peer's - * end-entity certificate and the result of the chain - * verification (unless verification was disabled), but not - * the rest of the chain. - * - * \see mbedtls_ssl_session_save() - * \see mbedtls_ssl_set_session() - * - * \param session The session structure to be populated. It must have been - * initialised with mbedtls_ssl_session_init() but not - * populated yet. - * \param buf The buffer holding the serialized session data. It must be a - * readable buffer of at least \p len bytes. - * \param len The size of the serialized data in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data - * was generated in a different version or configuration of - * Mbed TLS. - * \return Another negative value for other kinds of errors (for - * example, unsupported features in the embedded certificate). - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_session_load(mbedtls_ssl_session *session, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Save session structure as serialized data in a buffer. - * On client, this can be used for saving session data, - * potentially in non-volatile storage, for resuming later. - * On server, this can be used for alternative implementations - * of session cache or session tickets. - * - * \see mbedtls_ssl_session_load() - * - * \param session The session structure to be saved. - * \param buf The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a - * writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c - * NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0. - * \param buf_len The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf. - * \param olen The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have - * been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t. - * - * \note \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of - * whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible - * to determine the necessary size by calling this function - * with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_session_save(const mbedtls_ssl_session *session, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t buf_len, - size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief Set the list of allowed ciphersuites and the preference - * order. First in the list has the highest preference. - * - * For TLS 1.2, the notion of ciphersuite determines both - * the key exchange mechanism and the suite of symmetric - * algorithms to be used during and after the handshake. - * - * For TLS 1.3 (in development), the notion of ciphersuite - * only determines the suite of symmetric algorithms to be - * used during and after the handshake, while key exchange - * mechanisms are configured separately. - * - * In Mbed TLS, ciphersuites for both TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3 - * are configured via this function. For users of TLS 1.3, - * there will be separate API for the configuration of key - * exchange mechanisms. - * - * The list of ciphersuites passed to this function may - * contain a mixture of TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3 ciphersuite - * identifiers. This is useful if negotiation of TLS 1.3 - * should be attempted, but a fallback to TLS 1.2 would - * be tolerated. - * - * \note By default, the server chooses its preferred - * ciphersuite among those that the client supports. If - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order() is called to prefer - * the client's preferences, the server instead chooses - * the client's preferred ciphersuite among those that - * the server supports. - * - * \warning The ciphersuites array \p ciphersuites is not copied. - * It must remain valid for the lifetime of the SSL - * configuration \p conf. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to modify. - * \param ciphersuites A 0-terminated list of IANA identifiers of supported - * ciphersuites, accessible through \c MBEDTLS_TLS_XXX - * and \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_XXX macros defined in - * ssl_ciphersuites.h. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const int *ciphersuites); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) -/** - * \brief Set the supported key exchange modes for TLS 1.3 connections. - * - * In contrast to TLS 1.2, the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.3 does not - * include the choice of key exchange mechanism. It is therefore not - * covered by the API mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). See the - * documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites() for more - * information on the ciphersuite concept in TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.3. - * - * The present function is specific to TLS 1.3 and allows users to - * configure the set of supported key exchange mechanisms in TLS 1.3. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration the change should apply to. - * \param kex_modes A bitwise combination of one or more of the following: - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK - * This flag enables pure-PSK key exchanges. - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL - * This flag enables combined PSK-ephemeral key exchanges. - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL - * This flag enables pure-ephemeral key exchanges. - * For convenience, the following pre-defined macros are - * available for combinations of the above: - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_ALL - * Includes all of pure-PSK, PSK-ephemeral and pure-ephemeral. - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ALL - * Includes both pure-PSK and combined PSK-ephemeral - * key exchanges, but excludes pure-ephemeral key exchanges. - * - MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ALL - * Includes both pure-ephemeral and combined PSK-ephemeral - * key exchanges. - * - * \note If a PSK-based key exchange mode shall be supported, applications - * must also use the APIs mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque() - * to configure the PSKs to be used. - * - * \note If a pure-ephemeral key exchange mode shall be supported, - * server-side applications must also provide a certificate via - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(). - * - */ - -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_tls13_key_exchange_modes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const int kex_modes); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL 1 -/** - * \brief Specify the length of Connection IDs for incoming - * encrypted DTLS records, as well as the behaviour - * on unexpected CIDs. - * - * By default, the CID length is set to \c 0, - * and unexpected CIDs are silently ignored. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to modify. - * \param len The length in Bytes of the CID fields in encrypted - * DTLS records using the CID mechanism. This must - * not be larger than #MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX. - * \param ignore_other_cids This determines the stack's behaviour when - * receiving a record with an unexpected CID. - * Possible values are: - * - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_IGNORE - * In this case, the record is silently ignored. - * - #MBEDTLS_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID_FAIL - * In this case, the stack fails with the specific - * error code #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_UNEXPECTED_CID. - * - * \note The CID specification allows implementations to either - * use a common length for all incoming connection IDs or - * allow variable-length incoming IDs. Mbed TLS currently - * requires a common length for all connections sharing the - * same SSL configuration; this allows simpler parsing of - * record headers. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p len - * is too large. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_cid(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, size_t len, - int ignore_other_cids); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Set the X.509 security profile used for verification - * - * \note The restrictions are enforced for all certificates in the - * chain. However, signatures in the handshake are not covered - * by this setting but by \b mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param profile Profile to use - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile); - -/** - * \brief Set the data required to verify peer certificate - * - * \note See \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for notes regarding the - * parameters ca_chain (maps to trust_ca for that function) - * and ca_crl. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs) - * \param ca_crl trusted CA CRLs - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain, - mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) -/** - * \brief Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message - * - * \note If not set, subject distinguished names (DNs) are taken - * from \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() - * or \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain()) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param crt crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs - * from which the client should select client peer certificate. - */ -static inline -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dn_hints) = crt; -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) -/** - * \brief Set the trusted certificate callback. - * - * This API allows to register the set of trusted certificates - * through a callback, instead of a linked list as configured - * by mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(). - * - * This is useful for example in contexts where a large number - * of CAs are used, and the inefficiency of maintaining them - * in a linked list cannot be tolerated. It is also useful when - * the set of trusted CAs needs to be modified frequently. - * - * See the documentation of `mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t` for - * more information. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with. - * \param f_ca_cb The trusted certificate callback to use when verifying - * certificate chains. - * \param p_ca_cb The context to be passed to \p f_ca_cb (for example, - * a reference to a trusted CA database). - * - * \note This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(): - * Any call to this function overwrites the values set through - * earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() or - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(). - * - * \note This API is incompatible with CA indication in - * CertificateRequest messages: A server-side SSL context which - * is bound to an SSL configuration that uses a CA callback - * configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), and which requires - * client authentication, will send an empty CA list in the - * corresponding CertificateRequest message. - * - * \note This API is incompatible with mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain(): - * If an SSL context is bound to an SSL configuration which uses - * CA callbacks configured via mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(), then - * calls to mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() have no effect. - * - * \note The use of this API disables the use of restartable ECC - * during X.509 CRT signature verification (but doesn't affect - * other uses). - * - * \warning This API is incompatible with the use of CRLs. Any call to - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb() unsets CRLs configured through - * earlier calls to mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain(). - * - * \warning In multi-threaded environments, the callback \p f_ca_cb - * must be thread-safe, and it is the user's responsibility - * to guarantee this (for example through a mutex - * contained in the callback context pointed to by \p p_ca_cb). - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t f_ca_cb, - void *p_ca_cb); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */ - -/** - * \brief Set own certificate chain and private key - * - * \note own_cert should contain in order from the bottom up your - * certificate chain. The top certificate (self-signed) - * can be omitted. - * - * \note On server, this function can be called multiple times to - * provision more than one cert/key pair (eg one ECDSA, one - * RSA with SHA-256, one RSA with SHA-1). An adequate - * certificate will be selected according to the client's - * advertised capabilities. In case multiple certificates are - * adequate, preference is given to the one set by the first - * call to this function, then second, etc. - * - * \note On client, only the first call has any effect. That is, - * only one client certificate can be provisioned. The - * server's preferences in its CertificateRequest message will - * be ignored and our only cert will be sent regardless of - * whether it matches those preferences - the server can then - * decide what it wants to do with it. - * - * \note The provided \p pk_key needs to match the public key in the - * first certificate in \p own_cert, or all handshakes using - * that certificate will fail. It is your responsibility - * to ensure that; this function will not perform any check. - * You may use mbedtls_pk_check_pair() in order to perform - * this check yourself, but be aware that this function can - * be computationally expensive on some key types. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param own_cert own public certificate chain - * \param pk_key own private key - * - * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert, - mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED) -/** - * \brief Configure pre-shared keys (PSKs) and their - * identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites. - * - * Only one PSK can be registered, through either - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(). - * If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function - * fails, though this may change in future versions, which - * may add support for multiple PSKs. - * - * \note This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually - * want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead. - * - * \note A PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() in the PSK callback - * takes precedence over a PSK configured by this function. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the PSK with. - * \param psk The pointer to the pre-shared key to use. - * \param psk_len The length of the pre-shared key in bytes. - * \param psk_identity The pointer to the pre-shared key identity. - * \param psk_identity_len The length of the pre-shared key identity - * in bytes. - * - * \note The PSK and its identity are copied internally and - * hence need not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime - * of the SSL configuration. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs - * can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len, - const unsigned char *psk_identity, size_t psk_identity_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -/** - * \brief Configure one or more opaque pre-shared keys (PSKs) and - * their identities to be used in PSK-based ciphersuites. - * - * Only one PSK can be registered, through either - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(). - * If you attempt to register more than one PSK, this function - * fails, though this may change in future versions, which - * may add support for multiple PSKs. - * - * \note This is mainly useful for clients. Servers will usually - * want to use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb() instead. - * - * \note An opaque PSK set by \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque() in - * the PSK callback takes precedence over an opaque PSK - * configured by this function. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the PSK with. - * \param psk The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK. - * Until \p conf is destroyed or this function is successfully - * called again, the key slot \p psk must be populated with a - * key of type PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy - * allows its use for the key derivation algorithm applied - * in the handshake. - * \param psk_identity The pointer to the pre-shared key identity. - * \param psk_identity_len The length of the pre-shared key identity - * in bytes. - * - * \note The PSK identity hint is copied internally and hence need - * not be preserved by the caller for the lifetime of the - * SSL configuration. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no more PSKs - * can be configured. In this case, the old PSK(s) remain intact. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk, - const unsigned char *psk_identity, - size_t psk_identity_len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -/** - * \brief Set the pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake. - * - * \note This should only be called inside the PSK callback, - * i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb(). - * - * \note A PSK set by this function takes precedence over a PSK - * configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk(). - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to configure a PSK for. - * \param psk The pointer to the pre-shared key. - * \param psk_len The length of the pre-shared key in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const unsigned char *psk, size_t psk_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -/** - * \brief Set an opaque pre-shared Key (PSK) for the current handshake. - * - * \note This should only be called inside the PSK callback, - * i.e. the function passed to \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb(). - * - * \note An opaque PSK set by this function takes precedence over an - * opaque PSK configured by \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque(). - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to configure a PSK for. - * \param psk The identifier of the key slot holding the PSK. - * For the duration of the current handshake, the key slot - * must be populated with a key of type - * PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION whose policy allows its - * use for the key derivation algorithm - * applied in the handshake. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_XXX error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psk); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Set the PSK callback (server-side only). - * - * If set, the PSK callback is called for each - * handshake where a PSK-based ciphersuite was negotiated. - * The caller provides the identity received and wants to - * receive the actual PSK data and length. - * - * The callback has the following parameters: - * - \c void*: The opaque pointer \p p_psk. - * - \c mbedtls_ssl_context*: The SSL context to which - * the operation applies. - * - \c const unsigned char*: The PSK identity - * selected by the client. - * - \c size_t: The length of the PSK identity - * selected by the client. - * - * If a valid PSK identity is found, the callback should use - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk() or - * \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque() - * on the SSL context to set the correct PSK and return \c 0. - * Any other return value will result in a denied PSK identity. - * - * \note A dynamic PSK (i.e. set by the PSK callback) takes - * precedence over a static PSK (i.e. set by - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()). - * This means that if you set a PSK callback using this - * function, you don't need to set a PSK using - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk() or - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()). - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to register the callback with. - * \param f_psk The callback for selecting and setting the PSK based - * in the PSK identity chosen by the client. - * \param p_psk A pointer to an opaque structure to be passed to - * the callback, for example a PSK store. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int (*f_psk)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, - size_t), - void *p_psk); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values - * from big-endian binary presentations. - * (Default values: MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_[PG]_BIN) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param dhm_P Diffie-Hellman-Merkle modulus in big-endian binary form - * \param P_len Length of DHM modulus - * \param dhm_G Diffie-Hellman-Merkle generator in big-endian binary form - * \param G_len Length of DHM generator - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_bin(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const unsigned char *dhm_P, size_t P_len, - const unsigned char *dhm_G, size_t G_len); - -/** - * \brief Set the Diffie-Hellman public P and G values, - * read from existing context (server-side only) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param dhm_ctx Diffie-Hellman-Merkle context - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dh_param_ctx(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm_ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DHM_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) -/** - * \brief Set the minimum length for Diffie-Hellman parameters. - * (Client-side only.) - * (Default: 1024 bits.) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param bitlen Minimum bit length of the DHM prime - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dhm_min_bitlen(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - unsigned int bitlen); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DHM_C && MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief Set the allowed curves in order of preference. - * - * On server: this only affects selection of the ECDHE curve; - * the curves used for ECDH and ECDSA are determined by the - * list of available certificates instead. - * - * On client: this affects the list of curves offered for any - * use. The server can override our preference order. - * - * Both sides: limits the set of curves accepted for use in - * ECDHE and in the peer's end-entity certificate. - * - * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups(). - * - * \note This has no influence on which curves are allowed inside the - * certificate chains, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile() - * for that. For the end-entity certificate however, the key - * will be accepted only if it is allowed both by this list - * and by the cert profile. - * - * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference - * (preferred curve first). - * - * \note The default list is the same set of curves that - * #mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default allows, plus - * ECDHE-only curves selected according to the same criteria. - * The order favors curves with the lowest resource usage. - * - * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list, - * for example if new curves are added to the library. - * New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items - * from this list unless serious security concerns require it. - * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in - * keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest - * resource usage. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param curves Ordered list of allowed curves, - * terminated by MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE. - */ -void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const mbedtls_ecp_group_id *curves); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */ - -/** - * \brief Set the allowed groups in order of preference. - * - * On server: This only affects the choice of key agreement mechanism - * - * On client: this affects the list of groups offered for any - * use. The server can override our preference order. - * - * Both sides: limits the set of groups accepted for use in - * key sharing. - * - * \note This function replaces the deprecated mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves(), - * which only allows ECP curves to be configured. - * - * \note The most recent invocation of either mbedtls_ssl_conf_curves() - * or mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups() nullifies all previous invocations - * of both. - * - * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference - * (preferred group first). - * - * \note When this function is not called, a default list is used, - * consisting of all supported curves at 255 bits and above, - * and all supported finite fields at 2048 bits and above. - * The order favors groups with the lowest resource usage. - * - * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items - * from the default list unless serious security concerns require it. - * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may change the order in - * keeping with the general principle of favoring the lowest - * resource usage. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param groups List of allowed groups ordered by preference, terminated by 0. - * Must contain valid IANA NamedGroup IDs (provided via either an integer - * or using MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_NAMED_GROUP_XXX macros). - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_groups(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const uint16_t *groups); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) -/** - * \brief Set the allowed hashes for signatures during the handshake. - * - * \note This only affects which hashes are offered and can be used - * for signatures during the handshake. Hashes for message - * authentication and the TLS PRF are controlled by the - * ciphersuite, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites(). Hashes - * used for certificate signature are controlled by the - * verification profile, see \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_profile(). - * - * \note This list should be ordered by decreasing preference - * (preferred hash first). - * - * \note By default, all supported hashes whose length is at least - * 256 bits are allowed. This is the same set as the default - * for certificate verification - * (#mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default). - * The preference order is currently unspecified and may - * change in future versions. - * - * \note New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this list, - * for example if new curves are added to the library. - * New minor versions of Mbed TLS will not remove items - * from this list unless serious security concerns require it. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param hashes Ordered list of allowed signature hashes, - * terminated by \c MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - */ -void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_hashes(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const int *hashes); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED && MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */ - -/** - * \brief Configure allowed signature algorithms for use in TLS 1.3 - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to use. - * \param sig_algs List of allowed IANA values for TLS 1.3 signature algorithms, - * terminated by \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_NONE. The list must remain - * available throughout the lifetime of the conf object. Supported - * values are available as \c MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_SIG_XXXX - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sig_algs(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const uint16_t *sig_algs); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Set or reset the hostname to check against the received - * server certificate. It sets the ServerName TLS extension, - * too, if that extension is enabled. (client-side only) - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param hostname the server hostname, may be NULL to clear hostname - - * \note Maximum hostname length MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_HOST_NAME_LEN. - * - * \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED on - * allocation failure, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA on - * too long input hostname. - * - * Hostname set to the one provided on success (cleared - * when NULL). On allocation failure hostname is cleared. - * On too long input failure, old hostname is unchanged. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const char *hostname); - -/** - * \brief Get the hostname that checked against the received - * server certificate. It is used to set the ServerName - * TLS extension, too, if that extension is enabled. - * (client-side only) - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return const pointer to the hostname value - */ -static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hostname(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hostname); -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION) -/** - * \brief Retrieve SNI extension value for the current handshake. - * Available in \c f_cert_cb of \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(), - * this is the same value passed to \c f_sni callback of - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni() and may be used instead of - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(). - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param name_len pointer into which to store length of returned value. - * 0 if SNI extension is not present or not yet processed. - * - * \return const pointer to SNI extension value. - * - value is valid only when called in \c f_cert_cb - * registered with \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_cb(). - * - value is NULL if SNI extension is not present. - * - value is not '\0'-terminated. Use \c name_len for len. - * - value must not be freed. - */ -const unsigned char *mbedtls_ssl_get_hs_sni(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - size_t *name_len); - -/** - * \brief Set own certificate and key for the current handshake - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert() but for use within - * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback. - * - * \note Passing null \c own_cert clears the certificate list for - * the current handshake. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param own_cert own public certificate chain - * \param pk_key own private key - * - * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_x509_crt *own_cert, - mbedtls_pk_context *pk_key); - -/** - * \brief Set the data required to verify peer certificate for the - * current handshake - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain() but for use within - * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param ca_chain trusted CA chain (meaning all fully trusted top-level CAs) - * \param ca_crl trusted CA CRLs - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_x509_crt *ca_chain, - mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) -/** - * \brief Set DN hints sent to client in CertificateRequest message - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_dn_hints() but for use within - * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param crt crt chain whose subject DNs are issuer DNs of client certs - * from which the client should select client peer certificate. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_dn_hints(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED */ - -/** - * \brief Set authmode for the current handshake. - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode() but for use within - * the SNI callback or the certificate selection callback. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param authmode MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_NONE, MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_OPTIONAL or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_REQUIRED - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - int authmode); - -/** - * \brief Set server side ServerName TLS extension callback - * (optional, server-side only). - * - * If set, the ServerName callback is called whenever the - * server receives a ServerName TLS extension from the client - * during a handshake. The ServerName callback has the - * following parameters: (void *parameter, mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - * const unsigned char *hostname, size_t len). If a suitable - * certificate is found, the callback must set the - * certificate(s) and key(s) to use with \c - * mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert() (can be called repeatedly), - * and may optionally adjust the CA and associated CRL with \c - * mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ca_chain() as well as the client - * authentication mode with \c mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_authmode(), - * then must return 0. If no matching name is found, the - * callback may return non-zero to abort the handshake. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param f_sni verification function - * \param p_sni verification parameter - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int (*f_sni)(void *, mbedtls_ssl_context *, const unsigned char *, - size_t), - void *p_sni); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) -/** - * \brief Set the EC J-PAKE password for current handshake. - * - * \note An internal copy is made, and destroyed as soon as the - * handshake is completed, or when the SSL context is reset or - * freed. - * - * \note The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place - * to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or - * \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). - * Password cannot be empty (see RFC 8236). - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param pw EC J-PAKE password (pre-shared secret). It cannot be empty - * \param pw_len length of pw in bytes - * - * \return 0 on success, or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const unsigned char *pw, - size_t pw_len); - -/** - * \brief Set the EC J-PAKE opaque password for current handshake. - * - * \note The key must remain valid until the handshake is over. - * - * \note The SSL context needs to be already set up. The right place - * to call this function is between \c mbedtls_ssl_setup() or - * \c mbedtls_ssl_reset() and \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param pwd EC J-PAKE opaque password - * - * \return 0 on success, or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_ecjpake_password_opaque(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t pwd); -#endif /*MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) -/** - * \brief Set the supported Application Layer Protocols. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param protos Pointer to a NULL-terminated list of supported protocols, - * in decreasing preference order. The pointer to the list is - * recorded by the library for later reference as required, so - * the lifetime of the table must be at least as long as the - * lifetime of the SSL configuration structure. - * - * \return 0 on success, or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_alpn_protocols(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, const char **protos); - -/** - * \brief Get the name of the negotiated Application Layer Protocol. - * This function should be called after the handshake is - * completed. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return Protocol name, or NULL if no protocol was negotiated. - */ -const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_alpn_protocol(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C) -static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_srtp_profile_as_string(mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile profile) -{ - switch (profile) { - case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80: - return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_80"; - case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32: - return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_AES128_CM_HMAC_SHA1_32"; - case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80: - return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_80"; - case MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32: - return "MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_NULL_HMAC_SHA1_32"; - default: break; - } - return ""; -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */ -/** - * \brief Manage support for mki(master key id) value - * in use_srtp extension. - * MKI is an optional part of SRTP used for key management - * and re-keying. See RFC3711 section 3.1 for details. - * The default value is - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED. - * - * \param conf The SSL configuration to manage mki support. - * \param support_mki_value Enable or disable mki usage. Values are - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_UNSUPPORTED - * or #MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP_MKI_SUPPORTED. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_srtp_mki_value_supported(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int support_mki_value); - -/** - * \brief Set the supported DTLS-SRTP protection profiles. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param profiles Pointer to a List of MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET terminated - * supported protection profiles - * in decreasing preference order. - * The pointer to the list is recorded by the library - * for later reference as required, so the lifetime - * of the table must be at least as long as the lifetime - * of the SSL configuration structure. - * The list must not hold more than - * MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_MAX_PROFILE_LIST_LENGTH elements - * (excluding the terminating MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET). - * - * \return 0 on success - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA when the list of - * protection profiles is incorrect. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_srtp_protection_profiles - (mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const mbedtls_ssl_srtp_profile *profiles); - -/** - * \brief Set the mki_value for the current DTLS-SRTP session. - * - * \param ssl SSL context to use. - * \param mki_value The MKI value to set. - * \param mki_len The length of the MKI value. - * - * \note This function is relevant on client side only. - * The server discovers the mki value during handshake. - * A mki value set on server side using this function - * is ignored. - * - * \return 0 on success - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_dtls_srtp_set_mki_value(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned char *mki_value, - uint16_t mki_len); -/** - * \brief Get the negotiated DTLS-SRTP information: - * Protection profile and MKI value. - * - * \warning This function must be called after the handshake is - * completed. The value returned by this function must - * not be trusted or acted upon before the handshake completes. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query. - * \param dtls_srtp_info The negotiated DTLS-SRTP information: - * - Protection profile in use. - * A direct mapping of the iana defined value for protection - * profile on an uint16_t. - http://www.iana.org/assignments/srtp-protection/srtp-protection.xhtml - * #MBEDTLS_TLS_SRTP_UNSET if the use of SRTP was not negotiated - * or peer's Hello packet was not parsed yet. - * - mki size and value( if size is > 0 ). - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_get_dtls_srtp_negotiation_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_dtls_srtp_info *dtls_srtp_info); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side - * and/or accepted at the server side. - * - * See also the documentation of mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version(). - * - * \note This ignores ciphersuites from higher versions. - * - * \note This function is deprecated and has been replaced by - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param major Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3) - * \param minor Minor version number - * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2, - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3) - */ -void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major, - int minor); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -/** - * \brief Set the maximum supported version sent from the client side - * and/or accepted at the server side. - * - * \note After the handshake, you can call - * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was - * negotiated. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param tls_version TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version) - * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid) - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version) = tls_version; -} - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief Set the minimum accepted SSL/TLS protocol version - * - * \note By default, all supported versions are accepted. - * Future versions of the library may disable older - * protocol versions by default if they become deprecated. - * - * \note The following versions are supported (if enabled at - * compile time): - * - (D)TLS 1.2: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3, - * \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 - * - TLS 1.3: \p major = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3, - * \p minor = #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 - * - * Note that the numbers in the constant names are the - * TLS internal protocol numbers, and the minor versions - * differ by one from the human-readable versions! - * - * \note Input outside of the SSL_MAX_XXXXX_VERSION and - * SSL_MIN_XXXXX_VERSION range is ignored. - * - * \note After the handshake, you can call - * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was - * negotiated. - * - * \note This function is deprecated and has been replaced by - * \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param major Major version number (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3) - * \param minor Minor version number - * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_3 for (D)TLS 1.2, - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MINOR_VERSION_4 for TLS 1.3) - */ -void MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int major, - int minor); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ - -/** - * \brief Set the minimum supported version sent from the client side - * and/or accepted at the server side. - * - * \note After the handshake, you can call - * mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number() to see what version was - * negotiated. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param tls_version TLS protocol version number (\c mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version) - * (#MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN is not valid) - */ -static inline void mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_tls_version(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version tls_version) -{ - conf->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version) = tls_version; -} - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC) -/** - * \brief Enable or disable Encrypt-then-MAC - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED) - * - * \note This should always be enabled, it is a security - * improvement, and should not cause any interoperability - * issue (used only if the peer supports it too). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param etm MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_ETM_DISABLED - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_encrypt_then_mac(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char etm); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ENCRYPT_THEN_MAC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET) -/** - * \brief Enable or disable Extended Master Secret negotiation. - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED) - * - * \note This should always be enabled, it is a security fix to the - * protocol, and should not cause any interoperability issue - * (used only if the peer supports it too). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param ems MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_ENABLED or MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MS_DISABLED - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_extended_master_secret(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, char ems); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EXTENDED_MASTER_SECRET */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Whether to send a list of acceptable CAs in - * CertificateRequest messages. - * (Default: do send) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param cert_req_ca_list MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_ENABLED or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_CERT_REQ_CA_LIST_DISABLED - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_req_ca_list(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - char cert_req_ca_list); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH) -/** - * \brief Set the maximum fragment length to emit and/or negotiate. - * (Typical: the smaller of #MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN and - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, usually `2^14` bytes) - * (Server: set maximum fragment length to emit, - * usually negotiated by the client during handshake) - * (Client: set maximum fragment length to emit *and* - * negotiate with the server during handshake) - * (Default: #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE) - * - * \note On the client side, the maximum fragment length extension - * *will not* be used, unless the maximum fragment length has - * been set via this function to a value different than - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_NONE. - * - * \note With TLS, this currently only affects ApplicationData (sent - * with \c mbedtls_ssl_read()), not handshake messages. - * With DTLS, this affects both ApplicationData and handshake. - * - * \note This sets the maximum length for a record's payload, - * excluding record overhead that will be added to it, see - * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion(). - * - * \note For DTLS, it is also possible to set a limit for the total - * size of datagrams passed to the transport layer, including - * record overhead, see \c mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param mfl_code Code for maximum fragment length (allowed values: - * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024, - * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_2048, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_4096) - * - * \return 0 if successful or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned char mfl_code); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Pick the ciphersuites order according to the second parameter - * in the SSL Server module (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C). - * (Default, if never called: MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param order Server or client (MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_SERVER - * or MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_CIPHERSUITE_ORDER_CLIENT) - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_preference_order(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int order); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) -/** - * \brief Enable / Disable session tickets (client only). - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED.) - * - * \note On server, use \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets_cb(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param use_tickets Enable or disable (MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_ENABLED or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS_DISABLED) - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int use_tickets); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && - MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3) -/** - * \brief Number of NewSessionTicket messages for the server to send - * after handshake completion. - * - * \note The default value is - * \c MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_DEFAULT_NEW_SESSION_TICKETS. - * - * \note In case of a session resumption, this setting only partially apply. - * At most one ticket is sent in that case to just renew the pool of - * tickets of the client. The rationale is to avoid the number of - * tickets on the server to become rapidly out of control when the - * server has the same configuration for all its connection instances. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param num_tickets Number of NewSessionTicket. - * - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_new_session_tickets(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - uint16_t num_tickets); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && - MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C && - MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3*/ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) -/** - * \brief Enable / Disable renegotiation support for connection when - * initiated by peer - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED) - * - * \warning It is recommended to always disable renegotiation unless you - * know you need it and you know what you're doing. In the - * past, there have been several issues associated with - * renegotiation or a poor understanding of its properties. - * - * \note Server-side, enabling renegotiation also makes the server - * susceptible to a resource DoS by a malicious client. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param renegotiation Enable or disable (MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_ENABLED or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED) - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int renegotiation); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ - -/** - * \brief Prevent or allow legacy renegotiation. - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION) - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_NO_RENEGOTIATION allows connections to - * be established even if the peer does not support - * secure renegotiation, but does not allow renegotiation - * to take place if not secure. - * (Interoperable and secure option) - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_ALLOW_RENEGOTIATION allows renegotiations - * with non-upgraded peers. Allowing legacy renegotiation - * makes the connection vulnerable to specific man in the - * middle attacks. (See RFC 5746) - * (Most interoperable and least secure option) - * - * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE breaks off connections - * if peer does not support secure renegotiation. Results - * in interoperability issues with non-upgraded peers - * that do not support renegotiation altogether. - * (Most secure option, interoperability issues) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param allow_legacy Prevent or allow (SSL_NO_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION, - * SSL_ALLOW_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_LEGACY_BREAK_HANDSHAKE) - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_legacy_renegotiation(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int allow_legacy); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) -/** - * \brief Enforce renegotiation requests. - * (Default: enforced, max_records = 16) - * - * When we request a renegotiation, the peer can comply or - * ignore the request. This function allows us to decide - * whether to enforce our renegotiation requests by closing - * the connection if the peer doesn't comply. - * - * However, records could already be in transit from the peer - * when the request is emitted. In order to increase - * reliability, we can accept a number of records before the - * expected handshake records. - * - * The optimal value is highly dependent on the specific usage - * scenario. - * - * \note With DTLS and server-initiated renegotiation, the - * HelloRequest is retransmitted every time mbedtls_ssl_read() times - * out or receives Application Data, until: - * - max_records records have beens seen, if it is >= 0, or - * - the number of retransmits that would happen during an - * actual handshake has been reached. - * Please remember the request might be lost a few times - * if you consider setting max_records to a really low value. - * - * \warning On client, the grace period can only happen during - * mbedtls_ssl_read(), as opposed to mbedtls_ssl_write() and mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate() - * which always behave as if max_record was 0. The reason is, - * if we receive application data from the server, we need a - * place to write it, which only happens during mbedtls_ssl_read(). - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param max_records Use MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_NOT_ENFORCED if you don't want to - * enforce renegotiation, or a non-negative value to enforce - * it but allow for a grace period of max_records records. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_enforced(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, int max_records); - -/** - * \brief Set record counter threshold for periodic renegotiation. - * (Default: 2^48 - 1) - * - * Renegotiation is automatically triggered when a record - * counter (outgoing or incoming) crosses the defined - * threshold. The default value is meant to prevent the - * connection from being closed when the counter is about to - * reached its maximal value (it is not allowed to wrap). - * - * Lower values can be used to enforce policies such as "keys - * must be refreshed every N packets with cipher X". - * - * The renegotiation period can be disabled by setting - * conf->disable_renegotiation to - * MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED. - * - * \note When the configured transport is - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM the maximum renegotiation - * period is 2^48 - 1, and for MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM, - * the maximum renegotiation period is 2^64 - 1. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration - * \param period The threshold value: a big-endian 64-bit number. - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation_period(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - const unsigned char period[8]); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ - -/** - * \brief Check if there is data already read from the - * underlying transport but not yet processed. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return 0 if nothing's pending, 1 otherwise. - * - * \note This is different in purpose and behaviour from - * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail in that it considers - * any kind of unprocessed data, not only unread - * application data. If \c mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes - * returns a non-zero value, this function will - * also signal pending data, but the converse does - * not hold. For example, in DTLS there might be - * further records waiting to be processed from - * the current underlying transport's datagram. - * - * \note If this function returns 1 (data pending), this - * does not imply that a subsequent call to - * \c mbedtls_ssl_read will provide any data; - * e.g., the unprocessed data might turn out - * to be an alert or a handshake message. - * - * \note This function is useful in the following situation: - * If the SSL/TLS module successfully returns from an - * operation - e.g. a handshake or an application record - * read - and you're awaiting incoming data next, you - * must not immediately idle on the underlying transport - * to have data ready, but you need to check the value - * of this function first. The reason is that the desired - * data might already be read but not yet processed. - * If, in contrast, a previous call to the SSL/TLS module - * returned MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, it is not necessary - * to call this function, as the latter error code entails - * that all internal data has been processed. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_check_pending(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the number of application data bytes - * remaining to be read from the current record. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return How many bytes are available in the application - * data record read buffer. - * - * \note When working over a datagram transport, this is - * useful to detect the current datagram's boundary - * in case \c mbedtls_ssl_read has written the maximal - * amount of data fitting into the input buffer. - * - */ -size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the result of the certificate verification - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to use. - * - * \return \c 0 if the certificate verification was successful. - * \return \c -1u if the result is not available. This may happen - * e.g. if the handshake aborts early, or a verification - * callback returned a fatal error. - * \return A bitwise combination of \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX - * and \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX failure flags; see x509.h. - */ -uint32_t mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the id of the current ciphersuite - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return a ciphersuite id - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_id_from_ssl(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the name of the current ciphersuite - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return a string containing the ciphersuite name - */ -const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - - -/** - * \brief Return the (D)TLS protocol version negotiated in the - * given connection. - * - * \note If you call this function too early during the initial - * handshake, before the two sides have agreed on a version, - * this function returns #MBEDTLS_SSL_VERSION_UNKNOWN. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query. - * \return The negotiated protocol version. - */ -static inline mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version mbedtls_ssl_get_version_number( - const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls_version); -} - -/** - * \brief Return the current TLS version - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return a string containing the TLS version - */ -const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_version(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the (maximum) number of bytes added by the record - * layer: header + encryption/MAC overhead (inc. padding) - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return Current maximum record expansion in bytes - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the current maximum outgoing record payload in bytes. - * - * \note The logic to determine the maximum outgoing record payload is - * version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as - * the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, extensions - * such as the max fragment length or record size limit extension if - * used, and for DTLS the path MTU as configured and current - * record expansion. - * - * \note With DTLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will return an error if - * called with a larger length value. - * With TLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will fragment the input if - * necessary and return the number of bytes written; it is up - * to the caller to call \c mbedtls_ssl_write() again in - * order to send the remaining bytes if any. - * - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload() - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion() - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return Current maximum payload for an outgoing record, - * or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief Return the current maximum incoming record payload in bytes. - * - * \note The logic to determine the maximum incoming record payload is - * version-specific. It takes into account various factors, such as - * the mbedtls_config.h setting \c MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN, extensions - * such as the max fragment length extension or record size limit - * extension if used, and the current record expansion. - * - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu() - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload() - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion() - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return Current maximum payload for an incoming record, - * or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_in_record_payload(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Return the peer certificate from the current connection. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to use. This must be initialized and setup. - * - * \return The current peer certificate, if available. - * The returned certificate is owned by the SSL context and - * is valid only until the next call to the SSL API. - * \return \c NULL if no peer certificate is available. This might - * be because the chosen ciphersuite doesn't use CRTs - * (PSK-based ciphersuites, for example), or because - * #MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE has been disabled, - * allowing the stack to free the peer's CRT to save memory. - * - * \note For one-time inspection of the peer's certificate during - * the handshake, consider registering an X.509 CRT verification - * callback through mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() instead of calling - * this function. Using mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify() also comes at - * the benefit of allowing you to influence the verification - * process, for example by masking expected and tolerated - * verification failures. - * - * \warning You must not use the pointer returned by this function - * after any further call to the SSL API, including - * mbedtls_ssl_read() and mbedtls_ssl_write(); this is - * because the pointer might change during renegotiation, - * which happens transparently to the user. - * If you want to use the certificate across API calls, - * you must make a copy. - */ -const mbedtls_x509_crt *mbedtls_ssl_get_peer_cert(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) -/** - * \brief Export a session in order to resume it later. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context representing the connection for which to - * to export a session structure for later resumption. - * \param session The target structure in which to store the exported session. - * This must have been initialized with mbedtls_ssl_init_session() - * but otherwise be unused. - * - * \note This function can handle a variety of mechanisms for session - * resumption: For TLS 1.2, both session ID-based resumption and - * ticket-based resumption will be considered. For TLS 1.3, - * once implemented, sessions equate to tickets, and calling - * this function multiple times will export the available - * tickets one a time until no further tickets are available, - * in which case MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE will - * be returned. - * - * \note Calling this function multiple times will only be useful - * once TLS 1.3 is supported. For TLS 1.2 connections, this - * function should be called at most once. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. In this case, \p session can be used for - * session resumption by passing it to mbedtls_ssl_set_session(), - * and serialized for storage via mbedtls_ssl_session_save(). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if no further session - * is available for export. - * This error is a non-fatal, and has no observable effect on - * the SSL context or the destination session. - * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. - * - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_set_session() - * \sa mbedtls_ssl_session_save() - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_session(const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - mbedtls_ssl_session *session); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -/** - * \brief Perform the SSL handshake - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE - * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to - * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying - * transport - in this case you must call this function again - * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous - * operation is in progress (see - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you - * must call this function again when the operation is ready. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic - * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - - * in this case you must call this function again to complete - * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED if DTLS is in use - * and the client did not demonstrate reachability yet - in - * this case you must stop using the context (see below). - * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using - * the context (see below). - * - * \warning If this function returns something other than - * \c 0, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, - * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, - * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() - * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current - * connection must be closed. - * - * \note If DTLS is in use, then you may choose to handle - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED specially for logging - * purposes, as it is an expected return value rather than an - * actual error, but you still need to reset/free the context. - * - * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS: - * If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram - * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed, - * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport - * signal a new event. This is not true for a successful handshake, - * in which case the datagram of the underlying transport that is - * currently being processed might or might not contain further - * DTLS records. - * - * \note If the context is configured to allow TLS 1.3, or if - * #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_handshake(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -/** - * \brief After calling mbedtls_ssl_handshake() to start the SSL - * handshake you can call this function to check whether the - * handshake is over for a given SSL context. This function - * should be also used to determine when to stop calling - * mbedtls_handshake_step() for that context. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return \c 1 if handshake is over, \c 0 if it is still ongoing. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl) -{ - return ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) >= MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER; -} - -/** - * \brief Perform a single step of the SSL handshake - * - * \note The state of the context (ssl->state) will be at - * the next state after this function returns \c 0. Do not - * call this function if mbedtls_ssl_is_handshake_over() - * returns \c 1. - * - * \warning Whilst in the past you may have used direct access to the - * context state (ssl->state) in order to ascertain when to - * stop calling this function and although you can still do - * so with something like ssl->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) or by - * defining MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS, this is now - * considered deprecated and could be broken in any future - * release. If you still find you have good reason for such - * direct access, then please do contact the team to explain - * this (raise an issue or post to the mailing list), so that - * we can add a solution to your problem that will be - * guaranteed to work in the future. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return See mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). - * - * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it - * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before - * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection - * must be closed. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION) -/** - * \brief Initiate an SSL renegotiation on the running connection. - * Client: perform the renegotiation right now. - * Server: request renegotiation, which will be performed - * during the next call to mbedtls_ssl_read() if honored by - * client. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return 0 if successful, or any mbedtls_ssl_handshake() return - * value except #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT that can't - * happen during a renegotiation. - * - * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it - * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before - * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection - * must be closed. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ - -/** - * \brief Read at most 'len' application data bytes - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param buf buffer that will hold the data - * \param len maximum number of bytes to read - * - * \return The (positive) number of bytes read if successful. - * \return \c 0 if the read end of the underlying transport was closed - * without sending a CloseNotify beforehand, which might happen - * because of various reasons (internal error of an underlying - * stack, non-conformant peer not sending a CloseNotify and - * such) - in this case you must stop using the context - * (see below). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_PEER_CLOSE_NOTIFY if the underlying - * transport is still functional, but the peer has - * acknowledged to not send anything anymore. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE - * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to - * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying - * transport - in this case you must call this function again - * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous - * operation is in progress (see - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you - * must call this function again when the operation is ready. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic - * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - - * in this case you must call this function again to complete - * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT if we're at the server - * side of a DTLS connection and the client is initiating a - * new connection using the same source port. See below. - * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using - * the context (see below). - * - * \warning If this function returns something other than - * a positive value, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT, - * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, - * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() - * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current - * connection must be closed. - * - * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT - * (which can only happen server-side), it means that a client - * is initiating a new connection using the same source port. - * You can either treat that as a connection close and wait - * for the client to resend a ClientHello, or directly - * continue with \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the same - * context (as it has been reset internally). Either way, you - * must make sure this is seen by the application as a new - * connection: application state, if any, should be reset, and - * most importantly the identity of the client must be checked - * again. WARNING: not validating the identity of the client - * again, or not transmitting the new identity to the - * application layer, would allow authentication bypass! - * - * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS: - * - If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram - * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed, - * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport - * signal a new event. - * - This function may return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even if data was - * initially available on the underlying transport, as this data may have - * been only e.g. duplicated messages or a renegotiation request. - * Therefore, you must be prepared to receive MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ even - * when reacting to an incoming-data event from the underlying transport. - * - On success, the datagram of the underlying transport that is currently - * being processed may contain further DTLS records. You should call - * \c mbedtls_ssl_check_pending to check for remaining records. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_read(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes - * - * \warning This function will do partial writes in some cases. If the - * return value is non-negative but less than length, the - * function must be called again with updated arguments: - * buf + ret, len - ret (if ret is the return value) until - * it returns a value equal to the last 'len' argument. - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param buf buffer holding the data - * \param len how many bytes must be written - * - * \return The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if - * successful (may be less than \p len). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE - * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to - * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying - * transport - in this case you must call this function again - * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous - * operation is in progress (see - * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you - * must call this function again when the operation is ready. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic - * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - - * in this case you must call this function again to complete - * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. - * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using - * the context (see below). - * - * \warning If this function returns something other than - * a non-negative value, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, - * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, - * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() - * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current - * connection must be closed. - * - * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE/READ, - * it must be called later with the *same* arguments, - * until it returns a value greater than or equal to 0. When - * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE there may be - * some partial data in the output buffer, however this is not - * yet sent. - * - * \note If the requested length is greater than the maximum - * fragment length (either the built-in limit or the one set - * or negotiated with the peer), then: - * - with TLS, less bytes than requested are written. - * - with DTLS, MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA is returned. - * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload() may be used to - * query the active maximum fragment length. - * - * \note Attempting to write 0 bytes will result in an empty TLS - * application record being sent. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_write(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * \brief Send an alert message - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param level The alert level of the message - * (MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_WARNING or MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_LEVEL_FATAL) - * \param message The alert message (SSL_ALERT_MSG_*) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code. - * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or - * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it - * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_send_alert_message(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned char level, - unsigned char message); -/** - * \brief Notify the peer that the connection is being closed - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific SSL error code. - * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or - * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it - * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_close_notify(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) -/** - * \brief Read at most 'len' application data bytes while performing - * the handshake (early data). - * - * \note This function behaves mainly as mbedtls_ssl_read(). The - * specification of mbedtls_ssl_read() relevant to TLS 1.3 - * (thus not the parts specific to (D)TLS 1.2) applies to this - * function and the present documentation is restricted to the - * differences with mbedtls_ssl_read(). - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param buf buffer that will hold the data - * \param len maximum number of bytes to read - * - * \return One additional specific return value: - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA. - * - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_READ_EARLY_DATA is returned when it - * is not possible to read early data for the SSL context - * \p ssl. - * - * It may have been possible and it is not possible - * anymore because the server received the End of Early Data - * message or the maximum number of allowed early data for the - * PSK in use has been reached. - * - * It may never have been possible and will never be possible - * for the SSL context \p ssl because the use of early data - * is disabled for that context or more generally the context - * is not suitably configured to enable early data or the - * client does not use early data or the first call to the - * function was done while the handshake was already too - * advanced to gather and accept early data. - * - * It is not possible to read early data for the SSL context - * \p ssl but this does not preclude for using it with - * mbedtls_ssl_write(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or - * mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). - * - * \note When a server wants to retrieve early data, it is expected - * that this function starts the handshake for the SSL context - * \p ssl. But this is not mandatory. - * - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_read_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned char *buf, size_t len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) -/** - * \brief Try to write exactly 'len' application data bytes while - * performing the handshake (early data). - * - * \note This function behaves mainly as mbedtls_ssl_write(). The - * specification of mbedtls_ssl_write() relevant to TLS 1.3 - * (thus not the parts specific to (D)TLS1.2) applies to this - * function and the present documentation is restricted to the - * differences with mbedtls_ssl_write(). - * - * \param ssl SSL context - * \param buf buffer holding the data - * \param len how many bytes must be written - * - * \return One additional specific return value: - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA. - * - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CANNOT_WRITE_EARLY_DATA is returned when it - * is not possible to write early data for the SSL context - * \p ssl. - * - * It may have been possible and it is not possible - * anymore because the client received the server Finished - * message, the server rejected early data or the maximum - * number of allowed early data for the PSK in use has been - * reached. - * - * It may never have been possible and will never be possible - * for the SSL context \p ssl because the use of early data - * is disabled for that context or more generally the context - * is not suitably configured to enable early data or the first - * call to the function was done while the handshake was - * already completed. - * - * It is not possible to write early data for the SSL context - * \p ssl but this does not preclude for using it with - * mbedtls_ssl_write(), mbedtls_ssl_read() or - * mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). - * - * \note This function may write early data only if the SSL context - * has been configured for the handshake with a PSK for which - * early data is allowed. - * - * \note To maximize the number of early data that can be written in - * the course of the handshake, it is expected that this - * function starts the handshake for the SSL context \p ssl. - * But this is not mandatory. - * - * \note This function does not provide any information on whether - * the server has accepted or will accept early data or not. - * When it returns a positive value, it just means that it - * has written early data to the server. To know whether the - * server has accepted early data or not, you should call - * mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status() with the handshake - * completed. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t len); - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_SENT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED 1 -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED 2 -/** - * \brief Get the status of the negotiation of the use of early data. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to query - * - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called - * from the server-side. - * - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if this function is called - * prior to completion of the handshake. - * - * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_NOT_SENT if the client has - * not indicated the use of early data to the server. - * - * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_ACCEPTED if the client has - * indicated the use of early data and the server has accepted - * it. - * - * \return #MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA_STATUS_REJECTED if the client has - * indicated the use of early data but the server has rejected - * it. In this situation, the client may want to re-send the - * early data it may have tried to send by calling - * mbedtls_ssl_write_early_data() as ordinary post-handshake - * application data by calling mbedtls_ssl_write(). - * - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_get_early_data_status(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA */ - -/** - * \brief Free referenced items in an SSL context and clear memory - * - * \param ssl SSL context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_free(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION) -/** - * \brief Save an active connection as serialized data in a buffer. - * This allows the freeing or re-using of the SSL context - * while still picking up the connection later in a way that - * it entirely transparent to the peer. - * - * \see mbedtls_ssl_context_load() - * - * \note The serialized data only contains the data that is - * necessary to resume the connection: negotiated protocol - * options, session identifier, keys, etc. - * Loading a saved SSL context does not restore settings and - * state related to how the application accesses the context, - * such as configured callback functions, user data, pending - * incoming or outgoing data, etc. - * - * \note This feature is currently only available under certain - * conditions, see the documentation of the return value - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA for details. - * - * \note When this function succeeds, it calls - * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on \p ssl which as a result is - * no longer associated with the connection that has been - * serialized. This avoids creating copies of the connection - * state. You're then free to either re-use the context - * structure for a different connection, or call - * mbedtls_ssl_free() on it. See the documentation of - * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() for more details. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context to save. On success, it is no longer - * associated with the connection that has been serialized. - * \param buf The buffer to write the serialized data to. It must be a - * writeable buffer of at least \p buf_len bytes, or may be \c - * NULL if \p buf_len is \c 0. - * \param buf_len The number of bytes available for writing in \p buf. - * \param olen The size in bytes of the data that has been or would have - * been written. It must point to a valid \c size_t. - * - * \note \p olen is updated to the correct value regardless of - * whether \p buf_len was large enough. This makes it possible - * to determine the necessary size by calling this function - * with \p buf set to \c NULL and \p buf_len to \c 0. However, - * the value of \p olen is only guaranteed to be correct when - * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL or - * \c 0. If the return value is different, then the value of - * \p olen is undefined. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf is too small. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed - * while resetting the context. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if a handshake is in - * progress, or there is pending data for reading or sending, - * or the connection does not use DTLS 1.2 with an AEAD - * ciphersuite, or renegotiation is enabled. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_context_save(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - unsigned char *buf, - size_t buf_len, - size_t *olen); - -/** - * \brief Load serialized connection data to an SSL context. - * - * \see mbedtls_ssl_context_save() - * - * \warning The same serialized data must never be loaded into more - * that one context. In order to ensure that, after - * successfully loading serialized data to an SSL context, you - * should immediately destroy or invalidate all copies of the - * serialized data that was loaded. Loading the same data in - * more than one context would cause severe security failures - * including but not limited to loss of confidentiality. - * - * \note Before calling this function, the SSL context must be - * prepared in one of the two following ways. The first way is - * to take a context freshly initialised with - * mbedtls_ssl_init() and call mbedtls_ssl_setup() on it with - * the same ::mbedtls_ssl_config structure that was used in - * the original connection. The second way is to - * call mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on a context that was - * previously prepared as above but used in the meantime. - * Either way, you must not use the context to perform a - * handshake between calling mbedtls_ssl_setup() or - * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and calling this function. You - * may however call other setter functions in that time frame - * as indicated in the note below. - * - * \note Before or after calling this function successfully, you - * also need to configure some connection-specific callbacks - * and settings before you can use the connection again - * (unless they were already set before calling - * mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() and the values are suitable for - * the present connection). Specifically, you want to call - * at least mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(), - * mbedtls_ssl_set_timer_cb(), and - * mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_n() or - * mbedtls_ssl_set_user_data_p() if they were set originally. - * All other SSL setter functions - * are not necessary to call, either because they're only used - * in handshakes, or because the setting is already saved. You - * might choose to call them anyway, for example in order to - * share code between the cases of establishing a new - * connection and the case of loading an already-established - * connection. - * - * \note If you have new information about the path MTU, you want to - * call mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu() after calling this function, as - * otherwise this function would overwrite your - * newly-configured value with the value that was active when - * the context was saved. - * - * \note When this function returns an error code, it calls - * mbedtls_ssl_free() on \p ssl. In this case, you need to - * prepare the context with the usual sequence starting with a - * call to mbedtls_ssl_init() if you want to use it again. - * - * \param ssl The SSL context structure to be populated. It must have - * been prepared as described in the note above. - * \param buf The buffer holding the serialized connection data. It must - * be a readable buffer of at least \p len bytes. - * \param len The size of the serialized data in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_VERSION_MISMATCH if the serialized data - * comes from a different Mbed TLS version or build. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input data is invalid. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_context_load(mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t len); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize an SSL configuration context - * Just makes the context ready for - * mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() or mbedtls_ssl_config_free(). - * - * \note You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults() unless you - * manually set all of the relevant fields yourself. - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_config_init(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf); - -/** - * \brief Load reasonable default SSL configuration values. - * (You need to call mbedtls_ssl_config_init() first.) - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - * \param endpoint MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_CLIENT or MBEDTLS_SSL_IS_SERVER - * \param transport MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_STREAM for TLS, or - * MBEDTLS_SSL_TRANSPORT_DATAGRAM for DTLS - * \param preset a MBEDTLS_SSL_PRESET_XXX value - * - * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport() for notes on DTLS. - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation error. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_config_defaults(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, - int endpoint, int transport, int preset); - -/** - * \brief Free an SSL configuration context - * - * \param conf SSL configuration context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_config_free(mbedtls_ssl_config *conf); - -/** - * \brief Initialize SSL session structure - * - * \param session SSL session - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_session_init(mbedtls_ssl_session *session); - -/** - * \brief Free referenced items in an SSL session including the - * peer certificate and clear memory - * - * \note A session object can be freed even if the SSL context - * that was used to retrieve the session is still in use. - * - * \param session SSL session - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_session_free(mbedtls_ssl_session *session); - -/** - * \brief TLS-PRF function for key derivation. - * - * \param prf The tls_prf type function type to be used. - * \param secret Secret for the key derivation function. - * \param slen Length of the secret. - * \param label String label for the key derivation function, - * terminated with null character. - * \param random Random bytes. - * \param rlen Length of the random bytes buffer. - * \param dstbuf The buffer holding the derived key. - * \param dlen Length of the output buffer. - * - * \return 0 on success. An SSL specific error on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_tls_prf(const mbedtls_tls_prf_types prf, - const unsigned char *secret, size_t slen, - const char *label, - const unsigned char *random, size_t rlen, - unsigned char *dstbuf, size_t dlen); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ssl.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h b/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h deleted file mode 100644 index a1307b4..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ssl_cache.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ssl_cache.h - * - * \brief SSL session cache implementation - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ssl.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 86400 /*!< 1 day */ -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES 50 /*!< Maximum entries in cache */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context mbedtls_ssl_cache_context; -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry; - -/** - * \brief This structure is used for storing cache entries - */ -struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry { -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) - mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timestamp); /*!< entry timestamp */ -#endif - - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id)[32]; /*!< session ID */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_id_len); - - unsigned char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session); /*!< serialized session */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(session_len); - - mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next); /*!< chain pointer */ -}; - -/** - * \brief Cache context - */ -struct mbedtls_ssl_cache_context { - mbedtls_ssl_cache_entry *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chain); /*!< start of the chain */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout); /*!< cache entry timeout */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_entries); /*!< maximum entries */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); /*!< mutex */ -#endif -}; - -/** - * \brief Initialize an SSL cache context - * - * \param cache SSL cache context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cache_init(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache); - -/** - * \brief Cache get callback implementation - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param data The SSL cache context to use. - * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID - * for the session to load. - * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes. - * \param session The address at which to store the session - * associated with \p session_id, if present. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CACHE_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND if there is - * no cache entry with specified session ID found, or - * any other negative error code for other failures. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get(void *data, - unsigned char const *session_id, - size_t session_id_len, - mbedtls_ssl_session *session); - -/** - * \brief Cache set callback implementation - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param data The SSL cache context to use. - * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID - * associated to \p session. - * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes. - * \param session The session to store. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_cache_set(void *data, - unsigned char const *session_id, - size_t session_id_len, - const mbedtls_ssl_session *session); - -/** - * \brief Remove the cache entry by the session ID - * (Thread-safe if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled) - * - * \param data The SSL cache context to use. - * \param session_id The pointer to the buffer holding the session ID - * associated to session. - * \param session_id_len The length of \p session_id in bytes. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. This indicates the cache entry for - * the session with provided ID is removed or does not - * exist. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_cache_remove(void *data, - unsigned char const *session_id, - size_t session_id_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -/** - * \brief Set the cache timeout - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (1 day)) - * - * A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout. - * - * \param cache SSL cache context - * \param timeout cache entry timeout in seconds - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int timeout); - -/** - * \brief Get the cache timeout - * - * A timeout of 0 indicates no timeout. - * - * \param cache SSL cache context - * - * \return cache entry timeout in seconds - */ -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_cache_get_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache) -{ - return cache->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout); -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME */ - -/** - * \brief Set the maximum number of cache entries - * (Default: MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES (50)) - * - * \param cache SSL cache context - * \param max cache entry maximum - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cache_set_max_entries(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache, int max); - -/** - * \brief Free referenced items in a cache context and clear memory - * - * \param cache SSL cache context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cache_free(mbedtls_ssl_cache_context *cache); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ssl_cache.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h b/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8cecbb6..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ssl_ciphersuites.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,616 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ssl_ciphersuites.h - * - * \brief SSL Ciphersuites for Mbed TLS - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/pk.h" -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" -#include "mbedtls/md.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - * Supported ciphersuites (Official IANA names) - */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5 0x01 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x02 /**< Weak! */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2C /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2D /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0x2E /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x2F - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x33 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x35 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x39 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0x3B /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x3C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 0x3D /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x41 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA 0x45 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0x67 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256 0x6B /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x84 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA 0x88 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x8C -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x8D - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x90 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x91 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0x94 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0x95 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x9C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x9D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x9E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x9F /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xA8 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xA9 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xAA /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xAB /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xAC /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xAD /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xAE -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xAF -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB0 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB1 /**< Weak! */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xB2 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xB3 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB4 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB5 /**< Weak! */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xB6 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xB7 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xB8 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xB9 /**< Weak! */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xBA /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xBE /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0xC0 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA256 0xC4 /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC001 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC004 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC005 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC006 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC009 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC00A - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC00B /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC00E -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC00F - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC010 /**< Weak! */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC013 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC014 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC023 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC024 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC025 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC026 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC027 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC028 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC029 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC02A /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02B /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC02C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC02E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC02F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC030 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC031 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC032 /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA 0xC035 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA 0xC036 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC037 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC038 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA 0xC039 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA256 0xC03A -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_NULL_SHA384 0xC03B - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC03C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC03D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC044 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC045 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC048 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC049 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04A /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04B /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC04E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC04F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC050 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC051 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC052 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC053 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC05C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC05D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC05E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC05F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC060 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC061 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC062 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC063 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC064 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC065 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC066 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC067 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC068 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC069 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06A /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06B /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC06E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC06F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC070 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_ARIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC071 /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC072 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC073 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC074 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC075 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC076 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC077 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC078 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC079 - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC07A /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC07B /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC07C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC07D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC086 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC087 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC088 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC089 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08A /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08B /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08D /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC08E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC08F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC090 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC091 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_GCM_SHA256 0xC092 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_GCM_SHA384 0xC093 /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC094 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC095 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC096 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC097 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC098 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC099 -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA256 0xC09A -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA384 0xC09B - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC09C /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC09D /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC09E /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC09F /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A0 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A1 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A2 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A3 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0A4 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0A5 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0A6 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0A7 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0A8 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0A9 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0AA /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0AB /**< TLS 1.2 */ -/* The last two are named with PSK_DHE in the RFC, which looks like a typo */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM 0xC0AC /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM 0xC0AD /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0AE /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8 0xC0AF /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8 0xC0FF /**< experimental */ - -/* RFC 7905 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCA8 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCA9 /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAA /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAB /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAC /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_DHE_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAD /**< TLS 1.2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_PSK_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0xCCAE /**< TLS 1.2 */ - -/* RFC 8446, Appendix B.4 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 0x1301 /**< TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_256_GCM_SHA384 0x1302 /**< TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256 0x1303 /**< TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_SHA256 0x1304 /**< TLS 1.3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_TLS1_3_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256 0x1305 /**< TLS 1.3 */ - -/* Reminder: update mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret when adding a new key exchange. - * Reminder: update MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__xxx below - */ -typedef enum { - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_NONE = 0, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA, - MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE, -} mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t; - -/* Key exchanges using a certificate */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 which are using an ECDSA - * signature */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_ECDSA_ANY_ENABLED -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges allowing client certificate requests. - * - * Note: that's almost the same as MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED - * above, except RSA-PSK uses a server certificate but no client cert. - * - * Note: this difference is specific to TLS 1.2, as with TLS 1.3, things are - * more symmetrical: client certs and server certs are either both allowed - * (Ephemeral mode) or both disallowed (PSK and PKS-Ephemeral modes). - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Helper to state that certificate-based client authentication through ECDSA - * is supported in TLS 1.2 */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_SIGN) && defined(MBEDTLS_PK_CAN_ECDSA_VERIFY) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED -#endif - -/* ECDSA required for certificates in either TLS 1.2 or 1.3 */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ALLOWED_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDSA_CERT_REQ_ANY_ALLOWED_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges involving server signature in ServerKeyExchange */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_SERVER_SIGNATURE_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges using ECDH */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges that don't involve ephemeral keys */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_NON_PFS_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges that involve ephemeral keys */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PFS_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges using a PSK */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges using DHE */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED -#endif - -/* Key exchanges using ECDHE */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.2 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE*/ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.3 PSK key exchanges */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges with PSK */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_WITH_PSK_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchanges */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_PSK_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.3 key exchanges using ECDHE */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) && \ - defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.2 or 1.3 key exchanges using ECDH or ECDHE */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_ANY_ENABLED -#endif - -/* TLS 1.2 XXDH key exchanges: ECDH or ECDHE or FFDH */ -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED)) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_1_2_ENABLED -#endif - -/* The handshake params structure has a set of fields called xxdh_psa which are used: - * - by TLS 1.2 with `USE_PSA` to do ECDH or ECDHE; - * - by TLS 1.3 to do ECDHE or FFDHE. - * The following macros can be used to guard their declaration and use. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_OR_ECDHE_1_2_ENABLED) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_1_2_ENABLED) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEY_EXCHANGE_MODE_SOME_EPHEMERAL_ENABLED) -#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_XXDH_PSA_ANY_ENABLED -#endif - -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_WEAK 0x01 /**< Weak ciphersuite flag */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_SHORT_TAG 0x02 /**< Short authentication tag, - eg for CCM_8 */ -#define MBEDTLS_CIPHERSUITE_NODTLS 0x04 /**< Can't be used with DTLS */ - -/** - * \brief This structure is used for storing ciphersuite information - * - * \note members are defined using integral types instead of enums - * in order to pack structure and reduce memory usage by internal - * \c ciphersuite_definitions[] - */ -struct mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - const char *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher); /* mbedtls_cipher_type_t */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac); /* mbedtls_md_type_t */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange); /* mbedtls_key_exchange_type_t */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags); - - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(min_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */ - uint16_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_tls_version); /* mbedtls_ssl_protocol_version */ -}; - -const int *mbedtls_ssl_list_ciphersuites(void); - -const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_string(const char *ciphersuite_name); -const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_from_id(int ciphersuite_id); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_C) -mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_sig_pk_alg(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -psa_algorithm_t mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_sig_pk_psa_alg(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); -psa_key_usage_t mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_sig_pk_psa_usage(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); -#endif -mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_ssl_get_ciphersuite_sig_alg(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); -#endif - -int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_ec(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); -int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_psk(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); - -static inline const char *mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_name(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - return info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name); -} - -size_t mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_get_cipher_key_bitlen(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PFS_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_has_pfs(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PFS_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_NON_PFS_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_no_pfs(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_NON_PFS_ENABLED */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_ecdh(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDH_ENABLED */ - -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_cert_req_allowed(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} - -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_srv_cert(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_dhe(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_DHE_ENABLED) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_ecdhe(const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_SERVER_SIGNATURE_ENABLED) -static inline int mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_uses_server_signature( - const mbedtls_ssl_ciphersuite_t *info) -{ - switch (info->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_exchange)) { - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA: - case MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA: - return 1; - - default: - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_SERVER_SIGNATURE_ENABLED */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ssl_ciphersuites.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h b/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h deleted file mode 100644 index 71c258e..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ssl_cookie.h - * - * \brief DTLS cookie callbacks implementation - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/ssl.h" - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ - -/** - * \name SECTION: Module settings - * - * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section. - * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line. - * \{ - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT 60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */ -#endif - -/** \} name SECTION: Module settings */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \brief Context for the default cookie functions. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx { -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_key); /*!< key id for the HMAC portion */ - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_hmac_alg); /*!< key algorithm for the HMAC portion */ -#else - mbedtls_md_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx); /*!< context for the HMAC portion */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) - unsigned long MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial); /*!< serial number for expiration */ -#endif - unsigned long MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timeout); /*!< timeout delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, - or in number of tickets issued */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); -#endif -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */ -} mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx; - -/** - * \brief Initialize cookie context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_init(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Setup cookie context (generate keys) - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_cookie_setup(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -/** - * \brief Set expiration delay for cookies - * (Default MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT) - * - * \param ctx Cookie context - * \param delay Delay, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies - * issued in the meantime. - * 0 to disable expiration (NOT recommended) - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_set_timeout(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx, unsigned long delay); - -/** - * \brief Free cookie context - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_cookie_free(mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Generate cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t - */ -mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write; - -/** - * \brief Verify cookie, see \c mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t - */ -mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_check; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ssl_cookie.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h b/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6d59c12..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file ssl_ticket.h - * - * \brief TLS server ticket callbacks implementation - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_H -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -/* - * This implementation of the session ticket callbacks includes key - * management, rotating the keys periodically in order to preserve forward - * secrecy, when MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME is defined. - */ - -#include "mbedtls/ssl.h" -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) -#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) -#include "psa/crypto.h" -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -#include "mbedtls/threading.h" -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_MAX_KEY_BYTES 32 /*!< Max supported key length in bytes */ -#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_BYTES 4 /*!< key name length in bytes */ - -/** - * \brief Information for session ticket protection - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key { - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name)[MBEDTLS_SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_BYTES]; - /*!< random key identifier */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) - mbedtls_time_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(generation_time); /*!< key generation timestamp (seconds) */ -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); /*!< context for auth enc/decryption */ -#else - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key); /*!< key used for auth enc/decryption */ - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); /*!< algorithm of auth enc/decryption */ - psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type); /*!< key type */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bits); /*!< key length in bits */ -#endif -} -mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key; - -/** - * \brief Context for session ticket handling functions - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context { - mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(keys)[2]; /*!< ticket protection keys */ - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(active); /*!< index of the currently active key */ - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ticket_lifetime); /*!< lifetime of tickets in seconds */ - - /** Callback for getting (pseudo-)random numbers */ - int(*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(f_rng))(void *, unsigned char *, size_t); - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_rng); /*!< context for the RNG function */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) - mbedtls_threading_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); -#endif -} -mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context; - -/** - * \brief Initialize a ticket context. - * (Just make it ready for mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup() - * or mbedtls_ssl_ticket_free().) - * - * \param ctx Context to be initialized - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_ticket_init(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Prepare context to be actually used - * - * \param ctx Context to be set up - * \param f_rng RNG callback function (mandatory) - * \param p_rng RNG callback context - * \param cipher AEAD cipher to use for ticket protection. - * Recommended value: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM. - * \param lifetime Tickets lifetime in seconds - * Recommended value: 86400 (one day). - * - * \note It is highly recommended to select a cipher that is at - * least as strong as the strongest ciphersuite - * supported. Usually that means a 256-bit key. - * - * \note The lifetime of the keys is twice the lifetime of tickets. - * It is recommended to pick a reasonable lifetime so as not - * to negate the benefits of forward secrecy. - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX error code - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng, - mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher, - uint32_t lifetime); - -/** - * \brief Rotate session ticket encryption key to new specified key. - * Provides for external control of session ticket encryption - * key rotation, e.g. for synchronization between different - * machines. If this function is not used, or if not called - * before ticket lifetime expires, then a new session ticket - * encryption key is generated internally in order to avoid - * unbounded session ticket encryption key lifetimes. - * - * \param ctx Context to be set up - * \param name Session ticket encryption key name - * \param nlength Session ticket encryption key name length in bytes - * \param k Session ticket encryption key - * \param klength Session ticket encryption key length in bytes - * \param lifetime Tickets lifetime in seconds - * Recommended value: 86400 (one day). - * - * \note \c name and \c k are recommended to be cryptographically - * random data. - * - * \note \c nlength must match sizeof( ctx->name ) - * - * \note \c klength must be sufficient for use by cipher specified - * to \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_setup - * - * \note The lifetime of the keys is twice the lifetime of tickets. - * It is recommended to pick a reasonable lifetime so as not - * to negate the benefits of forward secrecy. - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * or a specific MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX error code - */ -int mbedtls_ssl_ticket_rotate(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *name, size_t nlength, - const unsigned char *k, size_t klength, - uint32_t lifetime); - -/** - * \brief Implementation of the ticket write callback - * - * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t for description - */ -mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write_t mbedtls_ssl_ticket_write; - -/** - * \brief Implementation of the ticket parse callback - * - * \note See \c mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t for description - */ -mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse_t mbedtls_ssl_ticket_parse; - -/** - * \brief Free a context's content and zeroize it. - * - * \param ctx Context to be cleaned up - */ -void mbedtls_ssl_ticket_free(mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context *ctx); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* ssl_ticket.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/threading.h b/include/mbedtls/threading.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed16a23..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/threading.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file threading.h - * - * \brief Threading abstraction layer - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_THREADING_H -#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stdlib.h> - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** Bad input parameters to function. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x001C -/** Locking / unlocking / free failed with error code. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_MUTEX_ERROR -0x001E - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD) -#include <pthread.h> -typedef struct mbedtls_threading_mutex_t { - pthread_mutex_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mutex); - /* is_valid is 0 after a failed init or a free, and nonzero after a - * successful init. This field is not considered part of the public - * API of Mbed TLS and may change without notice. */ - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_valid); -} mbedtls_threading_mutex_t; -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT) -/* You should define the mbedtls_threading_mutex_t type in your header */ -#include "threading_alt.h" - -/** - * \brief Set your alternate threading implementation function - * pointers and initialize global mutexes. If used, this - * function must be called once in the main thread before any - * other Mbed TLS function is called, and - * mbedtls_threading_free_alt() must be called once in the main - * thread after all other Mbed TLS functions. - * - * \note mutex_init() and mutex_free() don't return a status code. - * If mutex_init() fails, it should leave its argument (the - * mutex) in a state such that mutex_lock() will fail when - * called with this argument. - * - * \param mutex_init the init function implementation - * \param mutex_free the free function implementation - * \param mutex_lock the lock function implementation - * \param mutex_unlock the unlock function implementation - */ -void mbedtls_threading_set_alt(void (*mutex_init)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *), - void (*mutex_free)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *), - int (*mutex_lock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *), - int (*mutex_unlock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *)); - -/** - * \brief Free global mutexes. - */ -void mbedtls_threading_free_alt(void); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C) -/* - * The function pointers for mutex_init, mutex_free, mutex_ and mutex_unlock - * - * All these functions are expected to work or the result will be undefined. - */ -extern void (*mbedtls_mutex_init)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex); -extern void (*mbedtls_mutex_free)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex); -extern int (*mbedtls_mutex_lock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex); -extern int (*mbedtls_mutex_unlock)(mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex); - -/* - * Global mutexes - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_readdir_mutex; -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT) -/* This mutex may or may not be used in the default definition of - * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(), but in order to determine that, - * we need to check POSIX features, hence modify _POSIX_C_SOURCE. - * With the current approach, this declaration is orphaned, lacking - * an accompanying definition, in case mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() - * doesn't need it, but that's not a problem. */ -extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT */ - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* threading.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/timing.h b/include/mbedtls/timing.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62ae102..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/timing.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file timing.h - * - * \brief Portable interface to timeouts and to the CPU cycle counter - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_TIMING_H -#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include <stdint.h> - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT) -// Regular implementation -// - -/** - * \brief timer structure - */ -struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time { - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opaque)[4]; -}; - -/** - * \brief Context for mbedtls_timing_set/get_delay() - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_timing_delay_context { - struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(timer); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(int_ms); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fin_ms); -} mbedtls_timing_delay_context; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT */ -#include "timing_alt.h" -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TIMING_ALT */ - -/* Internal use */ -unsigned long mbedtls_timing_get_timer(struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time *val, int reset); - -/** - * \brief Set a pair of delays to watch - * (See \c mbedtls_timing_get_delay().) - * - * \param data Pointer to timing data. - * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct. - * \param int_ms First (intermediate) delay in milliseconds. - * The effect if int_ms > fin_ms is unspecified. - * \param fin_ms Second (final) delay in milliseconds. - * Pass 0 to cancel the current delay. - * - * \note To set a single delay, either use \c mbedtls_timing_set_timer - * directly or use this function with int_ms == fin_ms. - */ -void mbedtls_timing_set_delay(void *data, uint32_t int_ms, uint32_t fin_ms); - -/** - * \brief Get the status of delays - * (Memory helper: number of delays passed.) - * - * \param data Pointer to timing data - * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct. - * - * \return -1 if cancelled (fin_ms = 0), - * 0 if none of the delays are passed, - * 1 if only the intermediate delay is passed, - * 2 if the final delay is passed. - */ -int mbedtls_timing_get_delay(void *data); - -/** - * \brief Get the final timing delay - * - * \param data Pointer to timing data - * Must point to a valid \c mbedtls_timing_delay_context struct. - * - * \return Final timing delay in milliseconds. - */ -uint32_t mbedtls_timing_get_final_delay( - const mbedtls_timing_delay_context *data); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* timing.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/version.h b/include/mbedtls/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index 637f9d3..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file version.h - * - * \brief Run-time version information - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -/* - * This set of run-time variables can be used to determine the version number of - * the Mbed TLS library used. Compile-time version defines for the same can be - * found in build_info.h - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_VERSION_H -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * Get the version number. - * - * \return The constructed version number in the format - * MMNNPP00 (Major, Minor, Patch). - */ -unsigned int mbedtls_version_get_number(void); - -/** - * Get the version string ("x.y.z"). - * - * \param string The string that will receive the value. - * (Should be at least 9 bytes in size) - */ -void mbedtls_version_get_string(char *string); - -/** - * Get the full version string ("Mbed TLS x.y.z"). - * - * \param string The string that will receive the value. The Mbed TLS version - * string will use 18 bytes AT MOST including a terminating - * null byte. - * (So the buffer should be at least 18 bytes to receive this - * version string). - */ -void mbedtls_version_get_string_full(char *string); - -/** - * \brief Check if support for a feature was compiled into this - * Mbed TLS binary. This allows you to see at runtime if the - * library was for instance compiled with or without - * Multi-threading support. - * - * \note only checks against defines in the sections "System - * support", "Mbed TLS modules" and "Mbed TLS feature - * support" in mbedtls_config.h - * - * \param feature The string for the define to check (e.g. "MBEDTLS_AES_C") - * - * \return 0 if the feature is present, - * -1 if the feature is not present and - * -2 if support for feature checking as a whole was not - * compiled in. - */ -int mbedtls_version_check_feature(const char *feature); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_VERSION_C */ - -#endif /* version.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/x509.h b/include/mbedtls/x509.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2e0667..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/x509.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,550 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file x509.h - * - * \brief X.509 generic defines and structures - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_H -#define MBEDTLS_X509_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/asn1.h" -#include "mbedtls/pk.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) -#include "mbedtls/rsa.h" -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup x509_module - * \{ - */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA) -/** - * Maximum number of intermediate CAs in a verification chain. - * That is, maximum length of the chain, excluding the end-entity certificate - * and the trusted root certificate. - * - * Set this to a low value to prevent an adversary from making you waste - * resources verifying an overlong certificate chain. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA 8 -#endif - -/** - * \name X509 Error codes - * \{ - */ -/** Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA hashing/encryption combination. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x2080 -/** Requested OID is unknown. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_OID -0x2100 -/** The CRT/CRL/CSR format is invalid, e.g. different type expected. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_FORMAT -0x2180 -/** The CRT/CRL/CSR version element is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_VERSION -0x2200 -/** The serial tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_SERIAL -0x2280 -/** The algorithm tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_ALG -0x2300 -/** The name tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_NAME -0x2380 -/** The date tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_DATE -0x2400 -/** The signature tag or value invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_SIGNATURE -0x2480 -/** The extension tag or value is invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_INVALID_EXTENSIONS -0x2500 -/** CRT/CRL/CSR has an unsupported version number. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_VERSION -0x2580 -/** Signature algorithm (oid) is unsupported. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_UNKNOWN_SIG_ALG -0x2600 -/** Signature algorithms do not match. (see \c ::mbedtls_x509_crt sig_oid) */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_SIG_MISMATCH -0x2680 -/** Certificate verification failed, e.g. CRL, CA or signature check failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED -0x2700 -/** Format not recognized as DER or PEM. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -0x2780 -/** Input invalid. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x2800 -/** Allocation of memory failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED -0x2880 -/** Read/write of file failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x2900 -/** Destination buffer is too small. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x2980 -/** A fatal error occurred, eg the chain is too long or the vrfy callback failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FATAL_ERROR -0x3000 -/** \} name X509 Error codes */ - -/** - * \name X509 Verify codes - * \{ - */ -/* Reminder: update x509_crt_verify_strings[] in library/x509_crt.c */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED 0x01 /**< The certificate validity has expired. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED 0x02 /**< The certificate has been revoked (is on a CRL). */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH 0x04 /**< The certificate Common Name (CN) does not match with the expected CN. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED 0x08 /**< The certificate is not correctly signed by the trusted CA. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED 0x10 /**< The CRL is not correctly signed by the trusted CA. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED 0x20 /**< The CRL is expired. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING 0x40 /**< Certificate was missing. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY 0x80 /**< Certificate verification was skipped. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER 0x0100 /**< Other reason (can be used by verify callback) */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE 0x0200 /**< The certificate validity starts in the future. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE 0x0400 /**< The CRL is from the future */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE 0x0800 /**< Usage does not match the keyUsage extension. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE 0x1000 /**< Usage does not match the extendedKeyUsage extension. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE 0x2000 /**< Usage does not match the nsCertType extension. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD 0x4000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable hash. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK 0x8000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA). */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY 0x010000 /**< The certificate is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short). */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD 0x020000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable hash. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK 0x040000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA). */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY 0x080000 /**< The CRL is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short). */ - -/** \} name X509 Verify codes */ -/** \} addtogroup x509_module */ - -/* - * X.509 v3 Subject Alternative Name types. - * otherName [0] OtherName, - * rfc822Name [1] IA5String, - * dNSName [2] IA5String, - * x400Address [3] ORAddress, - * directoryName [4] Name, - * ediPartyName [5] EDIPartyName, - * uniformResourceIdentifier [6] IA5String, - * iPAddress [7] OCTET STRING, - * registeredID [8] OBJECT IDENTIFIER - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_OTHER_NAME 0 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_RFC822_NAME 1 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_DNS_NAME 2 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_X400_ADDRESS_NAME 3 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_DIRECTORY_NAME 4 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_EDI_PARTY_NAME 5 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_UNIFORM_RESOURCE_IDENTIFIER 6 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_IP_ADDRESS 7 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_REGISTERED_ID 8 - -/* - * X.509 v3 Key Usage Extension flags - * Reminder: update mbedtls_x509_info_key_usage() when adding new flags. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE (0x80) /* bit 0 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_NON_REPUDIATION (0x40) /* bit 1 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT (0x20) /* bit 2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT (0x10) /* bit 3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_AGREEMENT (0x08) /* bit 4 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN (0x04) /* bit 5 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_CRL_SIGN (0x02) /* bit 6 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY (0x01) /* bit 7 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY (0x8000) /* bit 8 */ - -/* - * Netscape certificate types - * (http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/tech-notes/tn3.html) - */ - -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT (0x80) /* bit 0 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_SERVER (0x40) /* bit 1 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL (0x20) /* bit 2 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_OBJECT_SIGNING (0x10) /* bit 3 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_RESERVED (0x08) /* bit 4 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CA (0x04) /* bit 5 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL_CA (0x02) /* bit 6 */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_OBJECT_SIGNING_CA (0x01) /* bit 7 */ - -/* - * X.509 extension types - * - * Comments refer to the status for using certificates. Status can be - * different for writing certificates or reading CRLs or CSRs. - * - * Those are defined in oid.h as oid.c needs them in a data structure. Since - * these were previously defined here, let's have aliases for compatibility. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_KEY_USAGE -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CERTIFICATE_POLICIES -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_MAPPINGS -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME /* Supported (DNS) */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_ISSUER_ALT_NAME -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_SUBJECT_DIRECTORY_ATTRS -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS /* Supported */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NAME_CONSTRAINTS -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_CRL_DISTRIBUTION_POINTS -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_INIHIBIT_ANYPOLICY -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_FRESHEST_CRL -#define MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE MBEDTLS_OID_X509_EXT_NS_CERT_TYPE - -/* - * Storage format identifiers - * Recognized formats: PEM and DER - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_FORMAT_DER 1 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_FORMAT_PEM 2 - -#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_DN_NAME_SIZE 256 /**< Maximum value size of a DN entry */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup x509_module - * \{ */ - -/** - * \name Structures for parsing X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRs - * \{ - */ - -/** - * Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER. - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_buf mbedtls_x509_buf; - -/** - * Container for ASN1 bit strings. - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_bitstring mbedtls_x509_bitstring; - -/** - * Container for ASN1 named information objects. - * It allows for Relative Distinguished Names (e.g. cn=localhost,ou=code,etc.). - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_named_data mbedtls_x509_name; - -/** - * Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items - */ -typedef mbedtls_asn1_sequence mbedtls_x509_sequence; - -/* - * Container for the fields of the Authority Key Identifier object - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_authority { - mbedtls_x509_buf keyIdentifier; - mbedtls_x509_sequence authorityCertIssuer; - mbedtls_x509_buf authorityCertSerialNumber; - mbedtls_x509_buf raw; -} -mbedtls_x509_authority; - -/** Container for date and time (precision in seconds). */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_time { - int year, mon, day; /**< Date. */ - int hour, min, sec; /**< Time. */ -} -mbedtls_x509_time; - -/** - * From RFC 5280 section 4.2.1.6: - * OtherName ::= SEQUENCE { - * type-id OBJECT IDENTIFIER, - * value [0] EXPLICIT ANY DEFINED BY type-id } - * - * Future versions of the library may add new fields to this structure or - * to its embedded union and structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_san_other_name { - /** - * The type_id is an OID as defined in RFC 5280. - * To check the value of the type id, you should use - * \p MBEDTLS_OID_CMP with a known OID mbedtls_x509_buf. - */ - mbedtls_x509_buf type_id; /**< The type id. */ - union { - /** - * From RFC 4108 section 5: - * HardwareModuleName ::= SEQUENCE { - * hwType OBJECT IDENTIFIER, - * hwSerialNum OCTET STRING } - */ - struct { - mbedtls_x509_buf oid; /**< The object identifier. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf val; /**< The named value. */ - } - hardware_module_name; - } - value; -} -mbedtls_x509_san_other_name; - -/** - * A structure for holding the parsed Subject Alternative Name, - * according to type. - * - * Future versions of the library may add new fields to this structure or - * to its embedded union and structure. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name { - int type; /**< The SAN type, value of MBEDTLS_X509_SAN_XXX. */ - union { - mbedtls_x509_san_other_name other_name; - mbedtls_x509_name directory_name; - mbedtls_x509_buf unstructured_name; /**< The buffer for the unstructured types. rfc822Name, dnsName and uniformResourceIdentifier are currently supported. */ - } - san; /**< A union of the supported SAN types */ -} -mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name; - -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_san_list { - mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name node; - struct mbedtls_x509_san_list *next; -} -mbedtls_x509_san_list; - -/** \} name Structures for parsing X.509 certificates, CRLs and CSRs */ - -/** - * \brief Store the certificate DN in printable form into buf; - * no more than size characters will be written. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param dn The X509 name to represent - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_dn_gets(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_x509_name *dn); - -/** - * \brief Return the next relative DN in an X509 name. - * - * \note Intended use is to compare function result to dn->next - * in order to detect boundaries of multi-valued RDNs. - * - * \param dn Current node in the X509 name - * - * \return Pointer to the first attribute-value pair of the - * next RDN in sequence, or NULL if end is reached. - */ -static inline mbedtls_x509_name *mbedtls_x509_dn_get_next( - mbedtls_x509_name *dn) -{ - while (dn->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(next_merged) && dn->next != NULL) { - dn = dn->next; - } - return dn->next; -} - -/** - * \brief Store the certificate serial in printable form into buf; - * no more than size characters will be written. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param serial The X509 serial to represent - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_serial_gets(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_x509_buf *serial); - -/** - * \brief Compare pair of mbedtls_x509_time. - * - * \param t1 mbedtls_x509_time to compare - * \param t2 mbedtls_x509_time to compare - * - * \return < 0 if t1 is before t2 - * 0 if t1 equals t2 - * > 0 if t1 is after t2 - */ -int mbedtls_x509_time_cmp(const mbedtls_x509_time *t1, const mbedtls_x509_time *t2); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) -/** - * \brief Fill mbedtls_x509_time with provided mbedtls_time_t. - * - * \param tt mbedtls_time_t to convert - * \param now mbedtls_x509_time to fill with converted mbedtls_time_t - * - * \return \c 0 on success - * \return A non-zero return value on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_time_gmtime(mbedtls_time_t tt, mbedtls_x509_time *now); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */ - -/** - * \brief Check a given mbedtls_x509_time against the system time - * and tell if it's in the past. - * - * \note Intended usage is "if( is_past( valid_to ) ) ERROR". - * Hence the return value of 1 if on internal errors. - * - * \param to mbedtls_x509_time to check - * - * \return 1 if the given time is in the past or an error occurred, - * 0 otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_time_is_past(const mbedtls_x509_time *to); - -/** - * \brief Check a given mbedtls_x509_time against the system time - * and tell if it's in the future. - * - * \note Intended usage is "if( is_future( valid_from ) ) ERROR". - * Hence the return value of 1 if on internal errors. - * - * \param from mbedtls_x509_time to check - * - * \return 1 if the given time is in the future or an error occurred, - * 0 otherwise. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_time_is_future(const mbedtls_x509_time *from); - -/** - * \brief This function parses an item in the SubjectAlternativeNames - * extension. Please note that this function might allocate - * additional memory for a subject alternative name, thus - * mbedtls_x509_free_subject_alt_name has to be called - * to dispose of this additional memory afterwards. - * - * \param san_buf The buffer holding the raw data item of the subject - * alternative name. - * \param san The target structure to populate with the parsed presentation - * of the subject alternative name encoded in \p san_buf. - * - * \note Supported GeneralName types, as defined in RFC 5280: - * "rfc822Name", "dnsName", "directoryName", - * "uniformResourceIdentifier" and "hardware_module_name" - * of type "otherName", as defined in RFC 4108. - * - * \note This function should be called on a single raw data of - * subject alternative name. For example, after successful - * certificate parsing, one must iterate on every item in the - * \c crt->subject_alt_names sequence, and pass it to - * this function. - * - * \warning The target structure contains pointers to the raw data of the - * parsed certificate, and its lifetime is restricted by the - * lifetime of the certificate. - * - * \return \c 0 on success - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for an unsupported - * SAN type. - * \return Another negative value for any other failure. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name(const mbedtls_x509_buf *san_buf, - mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name *san); -/** - * \brief Unallocate all data related to subject alternative name - * - * \param san SAN structure - extra memory owned by this structure will be freed - */ -void mbedtls_x509_free_subject_alt_name(mbedtls_x509_subject_alternative_name *san); - -/** \} addtogroup x509_module */ - -/* - * Internal module functions. You probably do not want to use these unless you - * know you do. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_get_name(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_name *cur); -int mbedtls_x509_get_alg_null(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_buf *alg); -int mbedtls_x509_get_alg(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_buf *alg, mbedtls_x509_buf *params); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT) -int mbedtls_x509_get_rsassa_pss_params(const mbedtls_x509_buf *params, - mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, mbedtls_md_type_t *mgf_md, - int *salt_len); -#endif -int mbedtls_x509_get_sig(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, mbedtls_x509_buf *sig); -int mbedtls_x509_get_sig_alg(const mbedtls_x509_buf *sig_oid, const mbedtls_x509_buf *sig_params, - mbedtls_md_type_t *md_alg, mbedtls_pk_type_t *pk_alg, - void **sig_opts); -int mbedtls_x509_get_time(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_time *t); -int mbedtls_x509_get_serial(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_buf *serial); -int mbedtls_x509_get_ext(unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_buf *ext, int tag); -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -int mbedtls_x509_sig_alg_gets(char *buf, size_t size, const mbedtls_x509_buf *sig_oid, - mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, - const void *sig_opts); -#endif -int mbedtls_x509_key_size_helper(char *buf, size_t buf_size, const char *name); -int mbedtls_x509_string_to_names(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head, const char *name); -int mbedtls_x509_set_extension(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head, const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - int critical, const unsigned char *val, - size_t val_len); -int mbedtls_x509_write_extensions(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *first); -int mbedtls_x509_write_names(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *first); -int mbedtls_x509_write_sig(unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - unsigned char *sig, size_t size, - mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_alg); -int mbedtls_x509_get_ns_cert_type(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - unsigned char *ns_cert_type); -int mbedtls_x509_get_key_usage(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - unsigned int *key_usage); -int mbedtls_x509_get_subject_alt_name(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_sequence *subject_alt_name); -int mbedtls_x509_get_subject_alt_name_ext(unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end, - mbedtls_x509_sequence *subject_alt_name); -int mbedtls_x509_info_subject_alt_name(char **buf, size_t *size, - const mbedtls_x509_sequence - *subject_alt_name, - const char *prefix); -int mbedtls_x509_info_cert_type(char **buf, size_t *size, - unsigned char ns_cert_type); -int mbedtls_x509_info_key_usage(char **buf, size_t *size, - unsigned int key_usage); - -int mbedtls_x509_write_set_san_common(mbedtls_asn1_named_data **extensions, - const mbedtls_x509_san_list *san_list); - -/** - * \brief This function parses a CN string as an IP address. - * - * \param cn The CN string to parse. CN string MUST be null-terminated. - * \param dst The target buffer to populate with the binary IP address. - * The buffer MUST be 16 bytes to save IPv6, and should be - * 4-byte aligned if the result will be used as struct in_addr. - * e.g. uint32_t dst[4] - * - * \note \p cn is parsed as an IPv6 address if string contains ':', - * else \p cn is parsed as an IPv4 address. - * - * \return Length of binary IP address; num bytes written to target. - * \return \c 0 on failure to parse CN string as an IP address. - */ -size_t mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_cn_inet_pton(const char *cn, void *dst); - -#define MBEDTLS_X509_SAFE_SNPRINTF \ - do { \ - if (ret < 0 || (size_t) ret >= n) \ - return MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; \ - \ - n -= (size_t) ret; \ - p += (size_t) ret; \ - } while (0) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* x509.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h b/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6625a44..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/x509_crl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file x509_crl.h - * - * \brief X.509 certificate revocation list parsing - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_H -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/x509.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup x509_module - * \{ */ - -/** - * \name Structures and functions for parsing CRLs - * \{ - */ - -/** - * Certificate revocation list entry. - * Contains the CA-specific serial numbers and revocation dates. - * - * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify - * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying - * those fields or the data that those fields points to is unspecified. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crl_entry { - /** Direct access to the whole entry inside the containing buffer. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf raw; - /** The serial number of the revoked certificate. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf serial; - /** The revocation date of this entry. */ - mbedtls_x509_time revocation_date; - /** Direct access to the list of CRL entry extensions - * (an ASN.1 constructed sequence). - * - * If there are no extensions, `entry_ext.len == 0` and - * `entry_ext.p == NULL`. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf entry_ext; - - /** Next element in the linked list of entries. - * \p NULL indicates the end of the list. - * Do not modify this field directly. */ - struct mbedtls_x509_crl_entry *next; -} -mbedtls_x509_crl_entry; - -/** - * Certificate revocation list structure. - * Every CRL may have multiple entries. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crl { - mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw certificate data (DER). */ - mbedtls_x509_buf tbs; /**< The raw certificate body (DER). The part that is To Be Signed. */ - - int version; /**< CRL version (1=v1, 2=v2) */ - mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid; /**< CRL signature type identifier */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_raw; /**< The raw issuer data (DER). */ - - mbedtls_x509_name issuer; /**< The parsed issuer data (named information object). */ - - mbedtls_x509_time this_update; - mbedtls_x509_time next_update; - - mbedtls_x509_crl_entry entry; /**< The CRL entries containing the certificate revocation times for this CA. */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf crl_ext; - - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_oid2); - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */ - mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */ - - /** Next element in the linked list of CRL. - * \p NULL indicates the end of the list. - * Do not modify this field directly. */ - struct mbedtls_x509_crl *next; -} -mbedtls_x509_crl; - -/** - * \brief Parse a DER-encoded CRL and append it to the chained list - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data in DER format - * \param buflen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); -/** - * \brief Parse one or more CRLs and append them to the chained list - * - * \note Multiple CRLs are accepted only if using PEM format - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data in PEM or DER format - * \param buflen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief Load one or more CRLs and append them to the chained list - * - * \note Multiple CRLs are accepted only if using PEM format - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param path filename to read the CRLs from (in PEM or DER encoding) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_crl *chain, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -/** - * \brief Returns an informational string about the CRL. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param prefix A line prefix - * \param crl The X509 CRL to represent - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crl_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix, - const mbedtls_x509_crl *crl); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize a CRL (chain) - * - * \param crl CRL chain to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crl_init(mbedtls_x509_crl *crl); - -/** - * \brief Unallocate all CRL data - * - * \param crl CRL chain to free - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crl_free(mbedtls_x509_crl *crl); - -/** \} name Structures and functions for parsing CRLs */ -/** \} addtogroup x509_module */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_x509_crl.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h b/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3f1a1e7..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file x509_crt.h - * - * \brief X.509 certificate parsing and writing - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_H -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/x509.h" -#include "mbedtls/x509_crl.h" -#include "mbedtls/bignum.h" - -/** - * \addtogroup x509_module - * \{ - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \name Structures and functions for parsing and writing X.509 certificates - * \{ - */ - -/** - * Container for an X.509 certificate. The certificate may be chained. - * - * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify - * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying - * those fields or the data that those fields points to is unspecified. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crt { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(own_buffer); /**< Indicates if \c raw is owned - * by the structure or not. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw certificate data (DER). */ - mbedtls_x509_buf tbs; /**< The raw certificate body (DER). The part that is To Be Signed. */ - - int version; /**< The X.509 version. (1=v1, 2=v2, 3=v3) */ - mbedtls_x509_buf serial; /**< Unique id for certificate issued by a specific CA. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid; /**< Signature algorithm, e.g. sha1RSA */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_raw; /**< The raw issuer data (DER). Used for quick comparison. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf subject_raw; /**< The raw subject data (DER). Used for quick comparison. */ - - mbedtls_x509_name issuer; /**< The parsed issuer data (named information object). */ - mbedtls_x509_name subject; /**< The parsed subject data (named information object). */ - - mbedtls_x509_time valid_from; /**< Start time of certificate validity. */ - mbedtls_x509_time valid_to; /**< End time of certificate validity. */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf pk_raw; - mbedtls_pk_context pk; /**< Container for the public key context. */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf issuer_id; /**< Optional X.509 v2/v3 issuer unique identifier. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf subject_id; /**< Optional X.509 v2/v3 subject unique identifier. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf v3_ext; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extensions. */ - mbedtls_x509_sequence subject_alt_names; /**< Optional list of raw entries of Subject Alternative Names extension. These can be later parsed by mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name. */ - mbedtls_x509_buf subject_key_id; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extension subject key identifier. */ - mbedtls_x509_authority authority_key_id; /**< Optional X.509 v3 extension authority key identifier. */ - - mbedtls_x509_sequence certificate_policies; /**< Optional list of certificate policies (Only anyPolicy is printed and enforced, however the rest of the policies are still listed). */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types); /**< Bit string containing detected and parsed extensions */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ca_istrue); /**< Optional Basic Constraint extension value: 1 if this certificate belongs to a CA, 0 otherwise. */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_pathlen); /**< Optional Basic Constraint extension value: The maximum path length to the root certificate. Path length is 1 higher than RFC 5280 'meaning', so 1+ */ - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_usage); /**< Optional key usage extension value: See the values in x509.h */ - - mbedtls_x509_sequence ext_key_usage; /**< Optional list of extended key usage OIDs. */ - - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ns_cert_type); /**< Optional Netscape certificate type extension value: See the values in x509.h */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); /**< Signature: hash of the tbs part signed with the private key. */ - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */ - mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */ - - /** Next certificate in the linked list that constitutes the CA chain. - * \p NULL indicates the end of the list. - * Do not modify this field directly. */ - struct mbedtls_x509_crt *next; -} -mbedtls_x509_crt; - -/** - * Build flag from an algorithm/curve identifier (pk, md, ecp) - * Since 0 is always XXX_NONE, ignore it. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG(id) (1 << ((id) - 1)) - -/** - * Security profile for certificate verification. - * - * All lists are bitfields, built by ORing flags from MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG(). - * - * The fields of this structure are part of the public API and can be - * manipulated directly by applications. Future versions of the library may - * add extra fields or reorder existing fields. - * - * You can create custom profiles by starting from a copy of - * an existing profile, such as mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default or - * mbedtls_x509_ctr_profile_none and then tune it to your needs. - * - * For example to allow SHA-224 in addition to the default: - * - * mbedtls_x509_crt_profile my_profile = mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default; - * my_profile.allowed_mds |= MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224 ); - * - * Or to allow only RSA-3072+ with SHA-256: - * - * mbedtls_x509_crt_profile my_profile = mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_none; - * my_profile.allowed_mds = MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 ); - * my_profile.allowed_pks = MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG( MBEDTLS_PK_RSA ); - * my_profile.rsa_min_bitlen = 3072; - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crt_profile { - uint32_t allowed_mds; /**< MDs for signatures */ - uint32_t allowed_pks; /**< PK algs for public keys; - * this applies to all certificates - * in the provided chain. */ - uint32_t allowed_curves; /**< Elliptic curves for ECDSA */ - uint32_t rsa_min_bitlen; /**< Minimum size for RSA keys */ -} -mbedtls_x509_crt_profile; - -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_1 0 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_2 1 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3 2 - -#define MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN 20 -#define MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN 15 - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN) -#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN 512 -#endif - -/* This macro unfolds to the concatenation of macro invocations - * X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO( error code, - * error code as string, - * human readable description ) - * where X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO is defined by the user. - * See x509_crt.c for an example of how to use this. */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO_LIST \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED", \ - "The certificate validity has expired") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_REVOKED", \ - "The certificate has been revoked (is on a CRL)") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_CN_MISMATCH", \ - "The certificate Common Name (CN) does not match with the expected CN") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NOT_TRUSTED", \ - "The certificate is not correctly signed by the trusted CA") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_NOT_TRUSTED", \ - "The CRL is not correctly signed by the trusted CA") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_EXPIRED", \ - "The CRL is expired") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_MISSING", \ - "Certificate was missing") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_SKIP_VERIFY", \ - "Certificate verification was skipped") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_OTHER", \ - "Other reason (can be used by verify callback)") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE", \ - "The certificate validity starts in the future") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_FUTURE", \ - "The CRL is from the future") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_KEY_USAGE", \ - "Usage does not match the keyUsage extension") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXT_KEY_USAGE", \ - "Usage does not match the extendedKeyUsage extension") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_NS_CERT_TYPE", \ - "Usage does not match the nsCertType extension") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_MD", \ - "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable hash.") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_PK", \ - "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA).") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_BAD_KEY", \ - "The certificate is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short).") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_MD", \ - "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable hash.") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_PK", \ - "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable PK alg (eg RSA vs ECDSA).") \ - X509_CRT_ERROR_INFO(MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY, \ - "MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_BAD_KEY", \ - "The CRL is signed with an unacceptable key (eg bad curve, RSA too short).") - -/** - * Container for writing a certificate (CRT) - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509write_cert { - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(version); - unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN]; - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(serial_len); - mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject_key); - mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer_key); - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject); - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(issuer); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg); - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(not_before)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN + 1]; - char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(not_after)[MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_UTC_TIME_LEN + 1]; - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extensions); -} -mbedtls_x509write_cert; - -/** - * \brief Set Subject Alternative Name - * - * \param ctx Certificate context to use - * \param san_list List of SAN values - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - * - * \note "dnsName", "uniformResourceIdentifier", "IP address", - * "otherName", and "DirectoryName", as defined in RFC 5280, - * are supported. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_alternative_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - const mbedtls_x509_san_list *san_list); - -/** - * Item in a verification chain: cert and flags for it - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crt); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags); -} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item; - -/** - * Max size of verification chain: end-entity + intermediates + trusted root - */ -#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE (MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA + 2) - -/** - * Verification chain as built by \c mbedtls_crt_verify_chain() - */ -typedef struct { - mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(items)[MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE]; - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) - /* This stores the list of potential trusted signers obtained from - * the CA callback used for the CRT verification, if configured. - * We must track it somewhere because the callback passes its - * ownership to the caller. */ - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(trust_ca_cb_result); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */ -} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - -/** - * \brief Context for resuming X.509 verify operations - */ -typedef struct { - /* for check_signature() */ - mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pk); - - /* for find_parent_in() */ - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(parent); /* non-null iff parent_in in progress */ - mbedtls_x509_crt *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fallback_parent); - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(fallback_signature_is_good); - - /* for find_parent() */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(parent_is_trusted); /* -1 if find_parent is not in progress */ - - /* for verify_chain() */ - enum { - x509_crt_rs_none, - x509_crt_rs_find_parent, - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(in_progress); /* none if no operation is in progress */ - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(self_cnt); - mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ver_chain); - -} mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ -typedef void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx; - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) -/** - * Default security profile. Should provide a good balance between security - * and compatibility with current deployments. - * - * This profile permits: - * - SHA2 hashes with at least 256 bits: SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512. - * - Elliptic curves with 255 bits and above except secp256k1. - * - RSA with 2048 bits and above. - * - * New minor versions of Mbed TLS may extend this profile, for example if - * new algorithms are added to the library. New minor versions of Mbed TLS will - * not reduce this profile unless serious security concerns require it. - */ -extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_default; - -/** - * Expected next default profile. Recommended for new deployments. - * Currently targets a 128-bit security level, except for allowing RSA-2048. - * This profile may change at any time. - */ -extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_next; - -/** - * NSA Suite B profile. - */ -extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_suiteb; - -/** - * Empty profile that allows nothing. Useful as a basis for constructing - * custom profiles. - */ -extern const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile mbedtls_x509_crt_profile_none; - -/** - * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it - * to the end of the provided chained list. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to. - * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point - * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through - * mbedtls_x509_crt_init(). - * \param buf The buffer holding the DER encoded certificate. - * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf. - * - * \note This function makes an internal copy of the CRT buffer - * \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed or reused - * after this call returns. To avoid duplicating the CRT - * buffer (at the cost of stricter lifetime constraints), - * use mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy() instead. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief The type of certificate extension callbacks. - * - * Callbacks of this type are passed to and used by the - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() routine when - * it encounters either an unsupported extension or a - * "certificate policies" extension containing any - * unsupported certificate policies. - * Future versions of the library may invoke the callback - * in other cases, if and when the need arises. - * - * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback. - * \param crt The certificate being parsed. - * \param oid The OID of the extension. - * \param critical Whether the extension is critical. - * \param p Pointer to the start of the extension value - * (the content of the OCTET STRING). - * \param end End of extension value. - * - * \note The callback must fail and return a negative error code - * if it can not parse or does not support the extension. - * When the callback fails to parse a critical extension - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() also fails. - * When the callback fails to parse a non critical extension - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() simply skips - * the extension and continues parsing. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -typedef int (*mbedtls_x509_crt_ext_cb_t)(void *p_ctx, - mbedtls_x509_crt const *crt, - mbedtls_x509_buf const *oid, - int critical, - const unsigned char *p, - const unsigned char *end); - -/** - * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it - * to the end of the provided chained list. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to. - * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point - * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through - * mbedtls_x509_crt_init(). - * \param buf The buffer holding the DER encoded certificate. - * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf. - * \param make_copy When not zero this function makes an internal copy of the - * CRT buffer \p buf. In particular, \p buf may be destroyed - * or reused after this call returns. - * When zero this function avoids duplicating the CRT buffer - * by taking temporary ownership thereof until the CRT - * is destroyed (like mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy()) - * \param cb A callback invoked for every unsupported certificate - * extension. - * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback. - * - * \note This call is functionally equivalent to - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(), and/or - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy() - * but it calls the callback with every unsupported - * certificate extension and additionally the - * "certificate policies" extension if it contains any - * unsupported certificate policies. - * The callback must return a negative error code if it - * does not know how to handle such an extension. - * When the callback fails to parse a critical extension - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() also fails. - * When the callback fails to parse a non critical extension - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb() simply skips - * the extension and continues parsing. - * Future versions of the library may invoke the callback - * in other cases, if and when the need arises. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_with_ext_cb(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen, - int make_copy, - mbedtls_x509_crt_ext_cb_t cb, - void *p_ctx); - -/** - * \brief Parse a single DER formatted certificate and add it - * to the end of the provided chained list. This is a - * variant of mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der() which takes - * temporary ownership of the CRT buffer until the CRT - * is destroyed. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain The pointer to the start of the CRT chain to attach to. - * When parsing the first CRT in a chain, this should point - * to an instance of ::mbedtls_x509_crt initialized through - * mbedtls_x509_crt_init(). - * \param buf The address of the readable buffer holding the DER encoded - * certificate to use. On success, this buffer must be - * retained and not be changed for the lifetime of the - * CRT chain \p chain, that is, until \p chain is destroyed - * through a call to mbedtls_x509_crt_free(). - * \param buflen The size in Bytes of \p buf. - * - * \note This call is functionally equivalent to - * mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(), but it avoids creating a - * copy of the input buffer at the cost of stronger lifetime - * constraints. This is useful in constrained environments - * where duplication of the CRT cannot be tolerated. - * - * \return \c 0 if successful. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der_nocopy(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, - const unsigned char *buf, - size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Parse one DER-encoded or one or more concatenated PEM-encoded - * certificates and add them to the chained list. - * - * For CRTs in PEM encoding, the function parses permissively: - * if at least one certificate can be parsed, the function - * returns the number of certificates for which parsing failed - * (hence \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully). - * If no certificate could be parsed, the function returns - * the first (negative) error encountered during parsing. - * - * PEM encoded certificates may be interleaved by other data - * such as human readable descriptions of their content, as - * long as the certificates are enclosed in the PEM specific - * '-----{BEGIN/END} CERTIFICATE-----' delimiters. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain The chain to which to add the parsed certificates. - * \param buf The buffer holding the certificate data in PEM or DER format. - * For certificates in PEM encoding, this may be a concatenation - * of multiple certificates; for DER encoding, the buffer must - * comprise exactly one certificate. - * \param buflen The size of \p buf, including the terminating \c NULL byte - * in case of PEM encoded data. - * - * \return \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully. - * \return The (positive) number of certificates that couldn't - * be parsed if parsing was partly successful (see above). - * \return A negative X509 or PEM error code otherwise. - * - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief Load one or more certificates and add them - * to the chained list. Parses permissively. If some - * certificates can be parsed, the result is the number - * of failed certificates it encountered. If none complete - * correctly, the first error is returned. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param path filename to read the certificates from - * - * \return 0 if all certificates parsed successfully, a positive number - * if partly successful or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const char *path); - -/** - * \brief Load one or more certificate files from a path and add them - * to the chained list. Parses permissively. If some - * certificates can be parsed, the result is the number - * of failed certificates it encountered. If none complete - * correctly, the first error is returned. - * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param path directory / folder to read the certificate files from - * - * \return 0 if all certificates parsed successfully, a positive number - * if partly successful or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_path(mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const char *path); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -/** - * \brief Returns an informational string about the - * certificate. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param prefix A line prefix - * \param crt The X509 certificate to represent - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix, - const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt); - -/** - * \brief Returns an informational string about the - * verification status of a certificate. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param prefix A line prefix - * \param flags Verification flags created by mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix, - uint32_t flags); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */ - -/** - * \brief Verify a chain of certificates. - * - * The verify callback is a user-supplied callback that - * can clear / modify / add flags for a certificate. If set, - * the verification callback is called for each - * certificate in the chain (from the trust-ca down to the - * presented crt). The parameters for the callback are: - * (void *parameter, mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int certificate_depth, - * int *flags). With the flags representing current flags for - * that specific certificate and the certificate depth from - * the bottom (Peer cert depth = 0). - * - * All flags left after returning from the callback - * are also returned to the application. The function should - * return 0 for anything (including invalid certificates) - * other than fatal error, as a non-zero return code - * immediately aborts the verification process. For fatal - * errors, a specific error code should be used (different - * from MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED which should not - * be returned at this point), or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_FATAL_ERROR - * can be used if no better code is available. - * - * \note In case verification failed, the results can be displayed - * using \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_info() - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile() with the - * default security profile. - * - * \note It is your responsibility to provide up-to-date CRLs for - * all trusted CAs. If no CRL is provided for the CA that was - * used to sign the certificate, CRL verification is skipped - * silently, that is *without* setting any flag. - * - * \note The \c trust_ca list can contain two types of certificates: - * (1) those of trusted root CAs, so that certificates - * chaining up to those CAs will be trusted, and (2) - * self-signed end-entity certificates to be trusted (for - * specific peers you know) - in that case, the self-signed - * certificate doesn't need to have the CA bit set. - * - * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified. - * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs. - * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs. - * \param cn The expected Common Name. This will be checked to be - * present in the certificate's subjectAltNames extension or, - * if this extension is absent, as a CN component in its - * Subject name. DNS names and IP addresses are fully - * supported, while the URI subtype is partially supported: - * only exact matching, without any normalization procedures - * described in 7.4 of RFC5280, will result in a positive - * URI verification. - * This may be \c NULL if the CN need not be verified. - * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification. - * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is - * set to (uint32_t) -1. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation - * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information. - * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy. - * - * \return \c 0 if the chain is valid with respect to the - * passed CN, CAs, CRLs and security profile. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED in case the - * certificate chain verification failed. In this case, - * \c *flags will have one or more - * \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX - * flags set. - * \return Another negative error code in case of a fatal error - * encountered during the verification process. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca, - mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl, - const char *cn, uint32_t *flags, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy); - -/** - * \brief Verify a chain of certificates with respect to - * a configurable security profile. - * - * \note Same as \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(), but with explicit - * security profile. - * - * \note The restrictions on keys (RSA minimum size, allowed curves - * for ECDSA) apply to all certificates: trusted root, - * intermediate CAs if any, and end entity certificate. - * - * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified. - * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs. - * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs. - * \param profile The security profile to use for the verification. - * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the - * CN need not be verified. - * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification. - * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is - * set to (uint32_t) -1. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation - * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information. - * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy. - * - * \return \c 0 if the chain is valid with respect to the - * passed CN, CAs, CRLs and security profile. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_CERT_VERIFY_FAILED in case the - * certificate chain verification failed. In this case, - * \c *flags will have one or more - * \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX - * flags set. - * \return Another negative error code in case of a fatal error - * encountered during the verification process. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca, - mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl, - const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile, - const char *cn, uint32_t *flags, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy); - -/** - * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile() - * - * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile() - * but can return early and restart according to the limit - * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. - * - * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified. - * \param trust_ca The list of trusted CAs. - * \param ca_crl The list of CRLs for trusted CAs. - * \param profile The security profile to use for the verification. - * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the - * CN need not be verified. - * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification. - * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is - * set to (uint32_t) -1. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation - * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information. - * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy. - * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be set to \c NULL - * to disable restartable ECC. - * - * \return See \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile(), or - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of - * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_restartable(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca, - mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl, - const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile, - const char *cn, uint32_t *flags, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy, - mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *rs_ctx); - -/** - * \brief The type of trusted certificate callbacks. - * - * Callbacks of this type are passed to and used by the CRT - * verification routine mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb() - * when looking for trusted signers of a given certificate. - * - * On success, the callback returns a list of trusted - * certificates to be considered as potential signers - * for the input certificate. - * - * \param p_ctx An opaque context passed to the callback. - * \param child The certificate for which to search a potential signer. - * This will point to a readable certificate. - * \param candidate_cas The address at which to store the address of the first - * entry in the generated linked list of candidate signers. - * This will not be \c NULL. - * - * \note The callback must only return a non-zero value on a - * fatal error. If, in contrast, the search for a potential - * signer completes without a single candidate, the - * callback must return \c 0 and set \c *candidate_cas - * to \c NULL. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. In this case, \c *candidate_cas points - * to a heap-allocated linked list of instances of - * ::mbedtls_x509_crt, and ownership of this list is passed - * to the caller. - * \return A negative error code on failure. - */ -typedef int (*mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t)(void *p_ctx, - mbedtls_x509_crt const *child, - mbedtls_x509_crt **candidate_cas); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK) -/** - * \brief Version of \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile() which - * uses a callback to acquire the list of trusted CA - * certificates. - * - * \param crt The certificate chain to be verified. - * \param f_ca_cb The callback to be used to query for potential signers - * of a given child certificate. See the documentation of - * ::mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t for more information. - * \param p_ca_cb The opaque context to be passed to \p f_ca_cb. - * \param profile The security profile for the verification. - * \param cn The expected Common Name. This may be \c NULL if the - * CN need not be verified. - * \param flags The address at which to store the result of the verification. - * If the verification couldn't be completed, the flag value is - * set to (uint32_t) -1. - * \param f_vrfy The verification callback to use. See the documentation - * of mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() for more information. - * \param p_vrfy The context to be passed to \p f_vrfy. - * - * \return See \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile(). - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_ca_cb(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - mbedtls_x509_crt_ca_cb_t f_ca_cb, - void *p_ca_cb, - const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile, - const char *cn, uint32_t *flags, - int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), - void *p_vrfy); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERTIFICATE_CALLBACK */ - -/** - * \brief Check usage of certificate against keyUsage extension. - * - * \param crt Leaf certificate used. - * \param usage Intended usage(s) (eg MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT - * before using the certificate to perform an RSA key - * exchange). - * - * \note Except for decipherOnly and encipherOnly, a bit set in the - * usage argument means this bit MUST be set in the - * certificate. For decipherOnly and encipherOnly, it means - * that bit MAY be set. - * - * \return 0 is these uses of the certificate are allowed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keyUsage extension - * is present but does not match the usage argument. - * - * \note You should only call this function on leaf certificates, on - * (intermediate) CAs the keyUsage extension is automatically - * checked by \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify(). - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_check_key_usage(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - unsigned int usage); - -/** - * \brief Check usage of certificate against extendedKeyUsage. - * - * \param crt Leaf certificate used. - * \param usage_oid Intended usage (eg MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH or - * MBEDTLS_OID_CLIENT_AUTH). - * \param usage_len Length of usage_oid (eg given by MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE()). - * - * \return 0 if this use of the certificate is allowed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if not. - * - * \note Usually only makes sense on leaf certificates. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_check_extended_key_usage(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, - const char *usage_oid, - size_t usage_len); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Verify the certificate revocation status - * - * \param crt a certificate to be verified - * \param crl the CRL to verify against - * - * \return 1 if the certificate is revoked, 0 otherwise - * - */ -int mbedtls_x509_crt_is_revoked(const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, const mbedtls_x509_crl *crl); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize a certificate (chain) - * - * \param crt Certificate chain to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crt_init(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt); - -/** - * \brief Unallocate all certificate data - * - * \param crt Certificate chain to free - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crt_free(mbedtls_x509_crt *crt); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -/** - * \brief Initialize a restart context - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_init(mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Free the components of a restart context - */ -void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_free(mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - -/** - * \brief Query certificate for given extension type - * - * \param[in] ctx Certificate context to be queried, must not be \c NULL - * \param ext_type Extension type being queried for, must be a valid - * extension type. Must be one of the MBEDTLS_X509_EXT_XXX - * values - * - * \return 0 if the given extension type is not present, - * non-zero otherwise - */ -static inline int mbedtls_x509_crt_has_ext_type(const mbedtls_x509_crt *ctx, - int ext_type) -{ - return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types) & ext_type; -} - -/** \} name Structures and functions for parsing and writing X.509 certificates */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Initialize a CRT writing context - * - * \param ctx CRT context to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_init(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set the version for a Certificate - * Default: MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3 - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param version version to set (MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_1, MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_2 or - * MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3) - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_version(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, int version); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -/** - * \brief Set the serial number for a Certificate. - * - * \deprecated This function is deprecated and will be removed in a - * future version of the library. Please use - * mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial_raw() instead. - * - * \note Even though the MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C guard looks redundant since - * X509 depends on PK and PK depends on BIGNUM, this emphasizes - * a direct dependency between X509 and BIGNUM which is going - * to be deprecated in the future. - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param serial serial number to set - * - * \return 0 if successful - */ -int MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial( - mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, const mbedtls_mpi *serial); -#endif // MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C && !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED - -/** - * \brief Set the serial number for a Certificate. - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param serial A raw array of bytes containing the serial number in big - * endian format - * \param serial_len Length of valid bytes (expressed in bytes) in \p serial - * input buffer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the provided input buffer - * is too big (longer than MBEDTLS_X509_RFC5280_MAX_SERIAL_LEN) - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_serial_raw(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - unsigned char *serial, size_t serial_len); - -/** - * \brief Set the validity period for a Certificate - * Timestamps should be in string format for UTC timezone - * i.e. "YYYYMMDDhhmmss" - * e.g. "20131231235959" for December 31st 2013 - * at 23:59:59 - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param not_before not_before timestamp - * \param not_after not_after timestamp - * - * \return 0 if timestamp was parsed successfully, or - * a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_validity(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, const char *not_before, - const char *not_after); - -/** - * \brief Set the issuer name for a Certificate - * Issuer names should contain a comma-separated list - * of OID types and values: - * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS CA" - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param issuer_name issuer name to set - * - * \return 0 if issuer name was parsed successfully, or - * a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - const char *issuer_name); - -/** - * \brief Set the subject name for a Certificate - * Subject names should contain a comma-separated list - * of OID types and values: - * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS Server 1" - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param subject_name subject name to set - * - * \return 0 if subject name was parsed successfully, or - * a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_name(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - const char *subject_name); - -/** - * \brief Set the subject public key for the certificate - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param key public key to include - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key); - -/** - * \brief Set the issuer key used for signing the certificate - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param key private key to sign with - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_key(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key); - -/** - * \brief Set the MD algorithm to use for the signature - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1) - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param md_alg MD algorithm to use - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_md_alg(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg); - -/** - * \brief Generic function to add to or replace an extension in the - * CRT - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param oid OID of the extension - * \param oid_len length of the OID - * \param critical if the extension is critical (per the RFC's definition) - * \param val value of the extension OCTET STRING - * \param val_len length of the value data - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_extension(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - int critical, - const unsigned char *val, size_t val_len); - -/** - * \brief Set the basicConstraints extension for a CRT - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param is_ca is this a CA certificate - * \param max_pathlen maximum length of certificate chains below this - * certificate (only for CA certificates, -1 is - * unlimited) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_basic_constraints(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - int is_ca, int max_pathlen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1) -/** - * \brief Set the subjectKeyIdentifier extension for a CRT - * Requires that mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key() has been - * called before - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key_identifier(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set the authorityKeyIdentifier extension for a CRT - * Requires that mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_key() has been - * called before - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_authority_key_identifier(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_CAN_SHA1 */ - -/** - * \brief Set the Key Usage Extension flags - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE | MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN) - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param key_usage key usage flags to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - unsigned int key_usage); - -/** - * \brief Set the Extended Key Usage Extension - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_OID_SERVER_AUTH) - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param exts extended key usage extensions to set, a sequence of - * MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID objects - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_ext_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - const mbedtls_asn1_sequence *exts); - -/** - * \brief Set the Netscape Cert Type flags - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT | MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL) - * - * \param ctx CRT context to use - * \param ns_cert_type Netscape Cert Type flags to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_ns_cert_type(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, - unsigned char ns_cert_type); - -/** - * \brief Free the contents of a CRT write context - * - * \param ctx CRT context to free - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_crt_free(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Write a built up certificate to a X509 DER structure - * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the - * return value to determine where you should start - * using the buffer - * - * \param ctx certificate to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific - * error code - * - * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_der(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a built up certificate to a X509 PEM string - * - * \param ctx certificate to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code - * - * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_crt_pem(mbedtls_x509write_cert *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C */ - -/** \} addtogroup x509_module */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_x509_crt.h */ diff --git a/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h b/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h deleted file mode 100644 index e54010b..0000000 --- a/include/mbedtls/x509_csr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,319 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file x509_csr.h - * - * \brief X.509 certificate signing request parsing and writing - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_H -#define MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#include "mbedtls/x509.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup x509_module - * \{ */ - -/** - * \name Structures and functions for X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR) - * \{ - */ - -/** - * Certificate Signing Request (CSR) structure. - * - * Some fields of this structure are publicly readable. Do not modify - * them except via Mbed TLS library functions: the effect of modifying - * those fields or the data that those fields point to is unspecified. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509_csr { - mbedtls_x509_buf raw; /**< The raw CSR data (DER). */ - mbedtls_x509_buf cri; /**< The raw CertificateRequestInfo body (DER). */ - - int version; /**< CSR version (1=v1). */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf subject_raw; /**< The raw subject data (DER). */ - mbedtls_x509_name subject; /**< The parsed subject data (named information object). */ - - mbedtls_pk_context pk; /**< Container for the public key context. */ - - unsigned int key_usage; /**< Optional key usage extension value: See the values in x509.h */ - unsigned char ns_cert_type; /**< Optional Netscape certificate type extension value: See the values in x509.h */ - mbedtls_x509_sequence subject_alt_names; /**< Optional list of raw entries of Subject Alternative Names extension. These can be later parsed by mbedtls_x509_parse_subject_alt_name. */ - - int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ext_types); /**< Bit string containing detected and parsed extensions */ - - mbedtls_x509_buf sig_oid; - mbedtls_x509_buf MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_md); /**< Internal representation of the MD algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256 */ - mbedtls_pk_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_pk); /**< Internal representation of the Public Key algorithm of the signature algorithm, e.g. MBEDTLS_PK_RSA */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(sig_opts); /**< Signature options to be passed to mbedtls_pk_verify_ext(), e.g. for RSASSA-PSS */ -} -mbedtls_x509_csr; - -/** - * Container for writing a CSR - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_x509write_csr { - mbedtls_pk_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key); - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(subject); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg); - mbedtls_asn1_named_data *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(extensions); -} -mbedtls_x509write_csr; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C) -/** - * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) in DER format - * - * \note CSR attributes (if any) are currently silently ignored. - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param csr CSR context to fill - * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data - * \param buflen size of the buffer - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -/** - * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), DER or PEM format - * - * \note See notes for \c mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_der() - * - * \note If #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO is enabled, the PSA crypto - * subsystem must have been initialized by calling - * psa_crypto_init() before calling this function. - * - * \param csr CSR context to fill - * \param buf buffer holding the CRL data - * \param buflen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) -/** - * \brief Load a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) - * - * \note See notes for \c mbedtls_x509_csr_parse() - * - * \param csr CSR context to fill - * \param path filename to read the CSR from - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific X509 or PEM error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509_csr_parse_file(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr, const char *path); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO) -/** - * \brief Returns an informational string about the - * CSR. - * - * \param buf Buffer to write to - * \param size Maximum size of buffer - * \param prefix A line prefix - * \param csr The X509 CSR to represent - * - * \return The length of the string written (not including the - * terminated nul byte), or a negative error code. - */ -int mbedtls_x509_csr_info(char *buf, size_t size, const char *prefix, - const mbedtls_x509_csr *csr); -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO */ - -/** - * \brief Initialize a CSR - * - * \param csr CSR to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_x509_csr_init(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr); - -/** - * \brief Unallocate all CSR data - * - * \param csr CSR to free - */ -void mbedtls_x509_csr_free(mbedtls_x509_csr *csr); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C */ - -/** \} name Structures and functions for X.509 Certificate Signing Requests (CSR) */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Initialize a CSR context - * - * \param ctx CSR context to initialize - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_csr_init(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Set the subject name for a CSR - * Subject names should contain a comma-separated list - * of OID types and values: - * e.g. "C=UK,O=ARM,CN=Mbed TLS Server 1" - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param subject_name subject name to set - * - * \return 0 if subject name was parsed successfully, or - * a specific error code - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_subject_name(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, - const char *subject_name); - -/** - * \brief Set the key for a CSR (public key will be included, - * private key used to sign the CSR when writing it) - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param key Asymmetric key to include - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_key(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, mbedtls_pk_context *key); - -/** - * \brief Set the MD algorithm to use for the signature - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1) - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param md_alg MD algorithm to use - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_md_alg(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg); - -/** - * \brief Set the Key Usage Extension flags - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE | MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN) - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param key_usage key usage flags to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - * - * \note The <code>decipherOnly</code> flag from the Key Usage - * extension is represented by bit 8 (i.e. - * <code>0x8000</code>), which cannot typically be represented - * in an unsigned char. Therefore, the flag - * <code>decipherOnly</code> (i.e. - * #MBEDTLS_X509_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY) cannot be set using this - * function. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_key_usage(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char key_usage); - -/** - * \brief Set Subject Alternative Name - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param san_list List of SAN values - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - * - * \note Only "dnsName", "uniformResourceIdentifier" and "otherName", - * as defined in RFC 5280, are supported. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_subject_alternative_name(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, - const mbedtls_x509_san_list *san_list); - -/** - * \brief Set the Netscape Cert Type flags - * (e.g. MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_SSL_CLIENT | MBEDTLS_X509_NS_CERT_TYPE_EMAIL) - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param ns_cert_type Netscape Cert Type flags to set - * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_ns_cert_type(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, - unsigned char ns_cert_type); - -/** - * \brief Generic function to add to or replace an extension in the - * CSR - * - * \param ctx CSR context to use - * \param oid OID of the extension - * \param oid_len length of the OID - * \param critical Set to 1 to mark the extension as critical, 0 otherwise. - * \param val value of the extension OCTET STRING - * \param val_len length of the value data - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_X509_ALLOC_FAILED - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_extension(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - int critical, - const unsigned char *val, size_t val_len); - -/** - * \brief Free the contents of a CSR context - * - * \param ctx CSR context to free - */ -void mbedtls_x509write_csr_free(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx); - -/** - * \brief Write a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a - * DER structure - * Note: data is written at the end of the buffer! Use the - * return value to determine where you should start - * using the buffer - * - * \param ctx CSR to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return length of data written if successful, or a specific - * error code - * - * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_der(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C) -/** - * \brief Write a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) to a - * PEM string - * - * \param ctx CSR to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer - * \param f_rng RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code - * - * \note \p f_rng is used for the signature operation. - */ -int mbedtls_x509write_csr_pem(mbedtls_x509write_csr *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t size, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C */ -#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C */ - -/** \} addtogroup x509_module */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* mbedtls_x509_csr.h */ diff --git a/include/nc-util.h b/include/nc-util.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23399e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/nc-util.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + +/* +* Copyright (c) 2024 Vaughn Nugent +* +* Package: noscrypt +* File: nc-util.h +* +* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 +* of the License, or (at your option) any later version. +* +* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +* Lesser General Public License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* along with noscrypt. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. +*/ + +#pragma once + +#ifndef NC_UTIL_H +#define NC_UTIL_H + +#include "platform.h" + +/* NULL */ +#ifndef NULL + #define NULL ((void*)0) +#endif /* !NULL */ + +#ifdef DEBUG + /* Must include assert.h for assertions */ + #include <assert.h> + #define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) assert(x); + #define DEBUG_ASSERT2(x, message) assert(x && message); + + /* + * Compiler enabled static assertion keywords are + * only available in C11 and later. Later versions + * have macros built-in from assert.h so we can use + * the static_assert macro directly. + * + * Static assertions are only used for testing such as + * sanity checks and this library targets the c89 standard + * so static_assret very likely will not be available. + */ + #if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L + #define STATIC_ASSERT(x, m) static_assert(x, m) + #elif !defined(STATIC_ASSERT) + #define STATIC_ASSERT(x, m) + #pragma message("Static assertions are not supported by this language version") + #endif + +#else + #define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) + #define DEBUG_ASSERT2(x, message) + #define STATIC_ASSERT(x, m) +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> + +typedef struct memory_span_struct +{ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t size; +} span_t; + +typedef struct read_only_memory_span_struct +{ + const uint8_t* data; + uint32_t size; +} cspan_t; + +_nc_fn_inline void ncSpanInitC(cspan_t* span, const uint8_t* data, uint32_t size) +{ + span->data = data; + span->size = size; +} + +_nc_fn_inline void ncSpanInit(span_t* span, uint8_t* data, uint32_t size) +{ + span->data = data; + span->size = size; +} + +#endif /* NC_UTIL_H */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/include/noscrypt.h b/include/noscrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68ae8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/noscrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +/* +* Copyright (c) 2024 Vaughn Nugent +* +* Package: noscrypt +* File: noscrypt.h +* +* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 +* of the License, or (at your option) any later version. +* +* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +* Lesser General Public License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* along with noscrypt. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. +*/ + +/* +* noscrypt is a an open-source, strict C89 library that performs the basic +* cryptographic operations found in the Nostr protocol. It is designed to be +* portable and easy to use in any C89 compatible environment. It is also designed +*/ + +#pragma once + +#ifndef NOSCRYPT_H +#define NOSCRYPT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include "platform.h" + +/* Set api export calling convention (allow used to override) */ +#ifndef NC_CC + #ifdef _NC_IS_WINDOWS + /* STD for importing to other languages such as .NET */ + #define NC_CC __stdcall + #else + #define NC_CC + #endif +#endif /* !NC_CC */ + +#ifndef NC_EXPORT /* Allow users to disable the export/impoty macro if using source code directly */ + #ifdef NOSCRYPT_EXPORTING + #ifdef _NC_IS_WINDOWS + #define NC_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) + #else + #define NC_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) + #endif /* _NC_IS_WINDOWS */ + #else + #ifdef _NC_IS_WINDOWS + #define NC_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport) + #else + #define NC_EXPORT + #endif /* _NC_IS_WINDOWS */ + #endif /* !NOSCRYPT_EXPORTING */ +#endif /* !NC_EXPORT */ + +/* +* CONSTANTS +*/ +#define BIP340_PUBKEY_HEADER_BYTE 0x02 +#define NIP44_MESSAGE_KEY_SIZE 0x4c /*32 + 12 + 32 = 76 */ +#define NC_ENCRYPTION_NONCE_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_SEC_KEY_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_PUBKEY_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_CONTEXT_ENTROPY_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_SHARED_SEC_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_HMAC_KEY_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_ENCRYPTION_MAC_SIZE 0x20 +#define NC_MESSAGE_KEY_SIZE NIP44_MESSAGE_KEY_SIZE + +/* +* From spec +* https://github.com/nostr-protocol/nips/blob/master/44.md#decryption +*/ +#define NIP44_MIN_ENC_MESSAGE_SIZE 0x01 +#define NIP44_MAX_ENC_MESSAGE_SIZE 0xffff + +/* +* ERROR CODES +* +* Error codes are 64bit integers. The lower 8 bits are reserved for +* the error code, and the upper 8 bits are reserved for the argument +* position. +* +* NCResult type is 64bit to also allow for positive return values for +* operations that return a value count. +*/ + +#define NC_ARG_POSITION_OFFSET 0x08 +#define NC_ERROR_CODE_MASK 0xFF + +#define NC_SUCCESS 0x00 +#define E_NULL_PTR -1 +#define E_INVALID_ARG -2 +#define E_INVALID_CONTEXT -3 +#define E_ARGUMENT_OUT_OF_RANGE -4 +#define E_OPERATION_FAILED -5 + +/* A compressed resul/return value, negative values +are failure, 0 is success and positive values are +defined by the operation. +*/ +typedef int64_t NCResult; + +/* + An secp256k1 secret key (aka private key buffer) +*/ +typedef struct secret_key_struct { + + uint8_t key[NC_SEC_KEY_SIZE]; + +} NCSecretKey; + +/* + An x-only secp256k1 public key +*/ +typedef struct xonly_pubkey_struct { + + uint8_t key[NC_PUBKEY_SIZE]; + +} NCPublicKey; + +/* + An opaque full library context object +*/ +typedef struct ctx_struct { + + void* secpCtx; + +} NCContext; + +/* +* The encryption arguments structure. This structure is used to pass +arguments to the encryption and decryption functions. It stores the +data buffers and required nonce used for the stream cipher. +*/ +typedef struct nc_encryption_struct { + + /* The nonce used for the stream cipher. */ + const uint8_t* nonce32; + + /* Writes the hmac key to the buffer during encryption events. + Set to NULL on decryption */ + uint8_t* hmacKeyOut32; + + /* The input data buffer to encrypt/decrypt */ + const uint8_t* inputData; + + /* The output data buffer to write data to */ + uint8_t* outputData; + + /* The size of the data buffers. Buffers must + * be the same size or larger than this value + */ + uint32_t dataSize; + +} NCEncryptionArgs; + +/* +* A structure for Nip44 message authentication code verification. This structure +* is used to pass arguments to the NCVerifyMac and NCVerifyMacEx functions. +*/ +typedef struct nc_mac_verify { + + /* The message authentication code certifying the Nip44 payload */ + const uint8_t* mac32; + + /* The nonce used for the original message encryption */ + const uint8_t* nonce32; + + /* The message payload data */ + const uint8_t* payload; + + /* The size of the payload data */ + uint32_t payloadSize; + +} NCMacVerifyArgs; + + +/* + API FUNCTIONS +*/ + +/* +* A helper function to cast a buffer to a NCSecretKey struct +* @param key The buffer to cast +* @return A pointer to the NCSecretKey struct +*/ +static _nc_fn_inline NCSecretKey* NCToSecKey(uint8_t key[NC_SEC_KEY_SIZE]) +{ + return (NCSecretKey*)key; +} + +/* +* A helper function to cast a buffer to a NCPublicKey struct +* @param key The buffer to cast +* @return A pointer to the NCPublicKey struct +*/ +static _nc_fn_inline NCPublicKey* NCToPubKey(uint8_t key[NC_PUBKEY_SIZE]) +{ + return (NCPublicKey*)key; +} + +static _nc_fn_inline NCResult NCResultWithArgPosition(NCResult err, uint8_t argPosition) +{ + return -(((NCResult)argPosition << NC_ARG_POSITION_OFFSET) | -err); +} + +/* +* Parses an error code and returns the error code and the argument position +that caused the error. +* @param result The error code to parse +* @param argPositionOut A pointer to the argument position to write to +* @return The error code +*/ +static _nc_fn_inline int NCParseErrorCode(NCResult result, uint8_t* argPositionOut) +{ + NCResult asPositive; + int code; + + /* convert result to a positive value*/ + asPositive = -result; + + /* Get the error code from the lower 8 bits and the argument position from the upper 8 bits*/ + code = -(asPositive & NC_ERROR_CODE_MASK); + *argPositionOut = (asPositive >> NC_ARG_POSITION_OFFSET) & 0xFF; + + return code; +} + +/*-------------------------------------- +* LIB CONTEXT API +*/ + +/* +* Runtime check for the size of the context struct to allow +for dynamic allocation when context size structure is not known. +* @return The size of the context struct in bytes +*/ +NC_EXPORT uint32_t NC_CC NCGetContextStructSize(void); +/* +* Initializes a context struct with the given entropy +* @param ctx A pointer to the context structure to initialize +* @param entropy The entropy to initialize the context with +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCInitContext( + NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t entropy[NC_CONTEXT_ENTROPY_SIZE] +); +/* +* Reinitializes a context struct with the given +* @param ctx A pointer to the context structure to initialize +* @param entropy The entropy to initialize the context with +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCReInitContext( + NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t entropy[NC_CONTEXT_ENTROPY_SIZE] +); + +/* +* Destroys a context struct +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing context structure to destroy +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCDestroyContext(NCContext* ctx); + + + +/*-------------------------------------- +* HIGH LEVEL SIGNING API +*/ + +/* +* Gets a x-only compressed public key from the given secret key +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the secret key +* @param pk A pointer to the compressed public key buffer to write to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCGetPublicKey( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + NCPublicKey* pk +); +/* +* Validates that a given secret key is valid according to the secp256k1 curve. This +is functionally the same as calling secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the secret key to verify +* @return 1 if the secret key is valid, 0 if it is not, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCValidateSecretKey( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk +); + + +/* +* Signs a raw message after computing the sha256 checksum using the +given secret key and writes the signature to the sig64 buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the secret key to sign with +* @param random32 A pointer to the random32 buffer to use for signing +* @param data A pointer to the raw data buffer to sign +* @param dataSize The size of the raw data buffer +* @param sig64 A pointer to the 64byte buffer to write the signature to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCSignData( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const uint8_t random32[32], + const uint8_t* data, + const uint32_t dataSize, + uint8_t sig64[64] +); + +/* +* Verifies a signature of a raw data buffer matches the output using the given public key. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sig64 The 64byte signature to verify +* @param data A pointer to the raw data buffer to verify +* @param dataSize The size of the raw data buffer +* @param pk A pointer to the the x-only compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the signature could be verified, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCVerifyData( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + const uint8_t* data, + const uint32_t dataSize, + const uint8_t sig64[64] +); + +/*-------------------------------------- +* EXTENDED SIGNING API +*/ + +/* +* Signs a message using the given secret key and writes the signature to the sig64 buffer +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the secret key to sign with +* @param random32 A pointer to the random32 buffer to use for signing +* @param digest32 A pointer to sha256 digest32 to sign +* @param sig64 A pointer to the 64byte buffer to write the signature to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCSignDigest( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const uint8_t random32[32], + const uint8_t digest32[32], + uint8_t sig64[64] +); + +/* +* Verifies a signature of a digest32 matches the output using the given public key. +Equivalent to calling secp256k1_schnorrsig_verify. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sig64 The 64byte signature to verify +* @param digest32 The digest32 to verify +* @param pk A pointer to the the x-only compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the signature could be verified, otherwise an error code +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCVerifyDigest( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + const uint8_t digest32[32], + const uint8_t sig64[64] +); + + + +/*-------------------------------------- +* HIGH LEVEL ENCRYPTION API +*/ + +/* +* NOTES +* +* NIP-44 requires that plaintext/ciphertext must be padded in powers of 2. +* Since this library operates on data at the binary level, and does not do +* ANY runtime heap allocation, it is up to the user to ensure that the +* plaintext/ciphertext buffers are padded properly in The NCryptoData struct +* before calling the encryption/decryption functions. +*/ + +/* +* High level api for encrypting nostr messages using a secret key and a public key. Use +the NCEncryptEx functions for extended encryption functionality +* @param ctx The library context +* @param sk The secret key (the local private key) +* @param pk The compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) the other user's public key +* @param args The encryption arguments +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCEncrypt( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + NCEncryptionArgs* args +); + +/* +* High level api for decrypting nostr messages using a secret key and a public key. Use +the NCDecryptEx functions for extended decryption functionality. +* @param ctx The library context +* @param sk The secret key (the local private key) +* @param pk The compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) the other user's public key +* @param args The decryption arguments +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCDecrypt( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + NCEncryptionArgs* args +); + +/* +* High level api for verifying a Nip44 message authentication code using a secret key +and a public key. Use the NCVerifyMacEx functions for extended verification functionality. +* @param ctx A pointer to an existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the secret key +* @param pk A pointer to the compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) +* @param args A pointer to the mac verification arguments +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +* the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCVerifyMac( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + NCMacVerifyArgs* args +); + +/*-------------------------------------- +* EXTENDED ENCRYPTION API +*/ + +/* +* Computes a NIP-44 shared secret from a secret key and a public key and +stores it in the sharedPoint buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk The secret key +* @param pk The compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) +* @param sharedPoint The buffer to store write the secret data to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCGetSharedSecret( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + uint8_t sharedPoint[NC_SHARED_SEC_SIZE] +); + +/* +* Computes a NIP-44 conversation key from the local secret key and the remote +public key, and stores it in the conversationKey buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sk A pointer to the the secret key +* @param pk A pointer to the compressed public key (x-only serialized public key) +* @param conversationKey The buffer to store write the conversation key to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCGetConversationKey( + const NCContext* ctx, + const NCSecretKey* sk, + const NCPublicKey* pk, + uint8_t conversationKey[NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE] +); +/* +* Computes a NIP-44 conversation key a shared secret/point, and stores it in the +conversationKey buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param sharedPoint A pointer to the shared secret/point +* @param conversationKey The buffer to store write the conversation key to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCGetConversationKeyEx( + const NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t sharedPoint[NC_SHARED_SEC_SIZE], + uint8_t conversationKey[NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE] +); + +/* +* Encrypts a message using the given conversation key and writes the encrypted message to the +* output buffer. The output buffer must be at least 99 bytes in size. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param conversationKey A pointer to the conversation key +* @param args A pointer to the encryption arguments structure +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error. +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCEncryptEx( + const NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t conversationKey[NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE], + NCEncryptionArgs* args +); + +/* +* Decrypts a message using the given conversation key and writes the decrypted message to the +* output buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param conversationKey A pointer to the conversation key +* @param args A pointer to the decryption arguments structure +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +the error code and positional argument that caused the error. +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCDecryptEx( + const NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t conversationKey[NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE], + NCEncryptionArgs* args +); + +/* +* Verifies a Nip44 message authentication code using the given conversation key. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param conversationKey A pointer to the conversation key +* @param args A pointer to the mac verification arguments +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +* the error code and positional argument that caused the error. +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NC_CC NCVerifyMacEx( + const NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t conversationKey[NC_CONV_KEY_SIZE], + NCMacVerifyArgs* args +); + +/* +* Computes a message authentication code for a given payload using the given hmacKey and writes the +* mac to the hmacOut buffer. +* @param ctx A pointer to the existing library context +* @param hmacKey A pointer to the hmac key +* @param payload A pointer to the payload data buffer +* @param payloadSize The size of the payload data buffer +* @param hmacOut A pointer to the buffer to write the mac to +* @return NC_SUCCESS if the operation was successful, otherwise an error code. Use NCParseErrorCode to +* the error code and positional argument that caused the error. +*/ +NC_EXPORT NCResult NCComputeMac( + const NCContext* ctx, + const uint8_t hmacKey[NC_HMAC_KEY_SIZE], + const uint8_t* payload, + uint32_t payloadSize, + uint8_t hmacOut[NC_ENCRYPTION_MAC_SIZE] +); + +#endif /* !NOSCRYPT_H */ diff --git a/include/platform.h b/include/platform.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8abaadd --- /dev/null +++ b/include/platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* +* Copyright (c) 2024 Vaughn Nugent +* +* Package: noscrypt +* File: platform.h +* +* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 +* of the License, or (at your option) any later version. +* +* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +* Lesser General Public License for more details. +* +* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License +* along with noscrypt. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. +*/ + + +/* +* Contains platform specific defintions +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) + #define _NC_IS_WINDOWS +#elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__unix__) || defined(__posix__) + #define _NC_IS_LINUX +#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__MACH__) + #define _NC_IS_MAC +#endif + +/* +* Define supported inline defintions for various compilers +* and C standards +*/ + +#if defined(_NC_IS_WINDOWS) || defined(inline) || defined(__clang__) + #define _nc_fn_inline inline +#elif defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L /* C99 allows usage of inline keyword */ + #define _nc_fn_inline inline +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GNUG__) + #define _nc_fn_inline __inline__ +#else + #define _nc_fn_inline + #pragma message("Warning: No inline keyword defined for this compiler") +#endif
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/include/psa/build_info.h b/include/psa/build_info.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ee6cd7..0000000 --- a/include/psa/build_info.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/build_info.h - * - * \brief Build-time PSA configuration info - * - * Include this file if you need to depend on the - * configuration options defined in mbedtls_config.h or MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE - * in PSA cryptography core specific files. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H - -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILD_INFO_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto.h b/include/psa/crypto.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe10ee0..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4685 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto.h - * \brief Platform Security Architecture cryptography module - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_H - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE -#else -#include "crypto_platform.h" -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> - -#ifdef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ -/* This __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ block contains mock definitions for things that - * must be defined in the crypto_platform.h header. These mock definitions - * are present in this file as a convenience to generate pretty-printed - * documentation that includes those definitions. */ - -/** \defgroup platform Implementation-specific definitions - * @{ - */ - -/**@}*/ -#endif /* __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* The file "crypto_types.h" declares types that encode errors, - * algorithms, key types, policies, etc. */ -#include "crypto_types.h" - -/** \defgroup version API version - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The major version of this implementation of the PSA Crypto API - */ -#define PSA_CRYPTO_API_VERSION_MAJOR 1 - -/** - * The minor version of this implementation of the PSA Crypto API - */ -#define PSA_CRYPTO_API_VERSION_MINOR 0 - -/**@}*/ - -/* The file "crypto_values.h" declares macros to build and analyze values - * of integral types defined in "crypto_types.h". */ -#include "crypto_values.h" - -/** \defgroup initialization Library initialization - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \brief Library initialization. - * - * Applications must call this function before calling any other - * function in this module. - * - * Applications may call this function more than once. Once a call - * succeeds, subsequent calls are guaranteed to succeed. - * - * If the application calls other functions before calling psa_crypto_init(), - * the behavior is undefined. Implementations are encouraged to either perform - * the operation as if the library had been initialized or to return - * #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE or some other applicable error. In particular, - * implementations should not return a success status if the lack of - * initialization may have security implications, for example due to improper - * seeding of the random number generator. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_init(void); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \addtogroup attributes - * @{ - */ - -/** \def PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a key attribute structure - * of type #psa_key_attributes_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for a key attributes structure. - */ -static psa_key_attributes_t psa_key_attributes_init(void); - -/** Declare a key as persistent and set its key identifier. - * - * If the attribute structure currently declares the key as volatile (which - * is the default content of an attribute structure), this function sets - * the lifetime attribute to #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT. - * - * This function does not access storage, it merely stores the given - * value in the structure. - * The persistent key will be written to storage when the attribute - * structure is passed to a key creation function such as - * psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), - * psa_key_derivation_output_key() or psa_copy_key(). - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param key The persistent identifier for the key. - */ -static void psa_set_key_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key); - -#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER -/** Set the owner identifier of a key. - * - * When key identifiers encode key owner identifiers, psa_set_key_id() does - * not allow to define in key attributes the owner of volatile keys as - * psa_set_key_id() enforces the key to be persistent. - * - * This function allows to set in key attributes the owner identifier of a - * key. It is intended to be used for volatile keys. For persistent keys, - * it is recommended to use the PSA Cryptography API psa_set_key_id() to define - * the owner of a key. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param owner The key owner identifier. - */ -static void mbedtls_set_key_owner_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner); -#endif - -/** Set the location of a persistent key. - * - * To make a key persistent, you must give it a persistent key identifier - * with psa_set_key_id(). By default, a key that has a persistent identifier - * is stored in the default storage area identifier by - * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT. Call this function to choose a storage - * area, or to explicitly declare the key as volatile. - * - * This function does not access storage, it merely stores the given - * value in the structure. - * The persistent key will be written to storage when the attribute - * structure is passed to a key creation function such as - * psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), - * psa_key_derivation_output_key() or psa_copy_key(). - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param lifetime The lifetime for the key. - * If this is #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE, the - * key will be volatile, and the key identifier - * attribute is reset to 0. - */ -static void psa_set_key_lifetime(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime); - -/** Retrieve the key identifier from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The persistent identifier stored in the attribute structure. - * This value is unspecified if the attribute structure declares - * the key as volatile. - */ -static mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_get_key_id( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Retrieve the lifetime from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The lifetime value stored in the attribute structure. - */ -static psa_key_lifetime_t psa_get_key_lifetime( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Declare usage flags for a key. - * - * Usage flags are part of a key's usage policy. They encode what - * kind of operations are permitted on the key. For more details, - * refer to the documentation of the type #psa_key_usage_t. - * - * This function overwrites any usage flags - * previously set in \p attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param usage_flags The usage flags to write. - */ -static void psa_set_key_usage_flags(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_usage_t usage_flags); - -/** Retrieve the usage flags from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The usage flags stored in the attribute structure. - */ -static psa_key_usage_t psa_get_key_usage_flags( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Declare the permitted algorithm policy for a key. - * - * The permitted algorithm policy of a key encodes which algorithm or - * algorithms are permitted to be used with this key. The following - * algorithm policies are supported: - * - 0 does not allow any cryptographic operation with the key. The key - * may be used for non-cryptographic actions such as exporting (if - * permitted by the usage flags). - * - An algorithm value permits this particular algorithm. - * - An algorithm wildcard built from #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH allows the specified - * signature scheme with any hash algorithm. - * - An algorithm built from #PSA_ALG_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_MAC allows - * any MAC algorithm from the same base class (e.g. CMAC) which - * generates/verifies a MAC length greater than or equal to the length - * encoded in the wildcard algorithm. - * - An algorithm built from #PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_TAG - * allows any AEAD algorithm from the same base class (e.g. CCM) which - * generates/verifies a tag length greater than or equal to the length - * encoded in the wildcard algorithm. - * - * This function overwrites any algorithm policy - * previously set in \p attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param alg The permitted algorithm policy to write. - */ -static void psa_set_key_algorithm(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - - -/** Retrieve the algorithm policy from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The algorithm stored in the attribute structure. - */ -static psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_algorithm( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Declare the type of a key. - * - * This function overwrites any key type - * previously set in \p attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param type The key type to write. - * If this is 0, the key type in \p attributes - * becomes unspecified. - */ -static void psa_set_key_type(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_type_t type); - - -/** Declare the size of a key. - * - * This function overwrites any key size previously set in \p attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate each of its arguments exactly once. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param bits The key size in bits. - * If this is 0, the key size in \p attributes - * becomes unspecified. Keys of size 0 are - * not supported. - */ -static void psa_set_key_bits(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - size_t bits); - -/** Retrieve the key type from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The key type stored in the attribute structure. - */ -static psa_key_type_t psa_get_key_type(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Retrieve the key size from key attributes. - * - * This function may be declared as `static` (i.e. without external - * linkage). This function may be provided as a function-like macro, - * but in this case it must evaluate its argument exactly once. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The key size stored in the attribute structure, in bits. - */ -static size_t psa_get_key_bits(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Retrieve the attributes of a key. - * - * This function first resets the attribute structure as with - * psa_reset_key_attributes(). It then copies the attributes of - * the given key into the given attribute structure. - * - * \note This function may allocate memory or other resources. - * Once you have called this function on an attribute structure, - * you must call psa_reset_key_attributes() to free these resources. - * - * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to query. - * \param[in,out] attributes On success, the attributes of the key. - * On failure, equivalent to a - * freshly-initialized structure. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_get_key_attributes(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/** Reset a key attribute structure to a freshly initialized state. - * - * You must initialize the attribute structure as described in the - * documentation of the type #psa_key_attributes_t before calling this - * function. Once the structure has been initialized, you may call this - * function at any time. - * - * This function frees any auxiliary resources that the structure - * may contain. - * - * \param[in,out] attributes The attribute structure to reset. - */ -void psa_reset_key_attributes(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup key_management Key management - * @{ - */ - -/** Remove non-essential copies of key material from memory. - * - * If the key identifier designates a volatile key, this functions does not do - * anything and returns successfully. - * - * If the key identifier designates a persistent key, then this function will - * free all resources associated with the key in volatile memory. The key - * data in persistent storage is not affected and the key can still be used. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to purge. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The key material will have been removed from memory if it is not - * currently required. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not a valid key identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_purge_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key); - -/** Make a copy of a key. - * - * Copy key material from one location to another. - * - * This function is primarily useful to copy a key from one location - * to another, since it populates a key using the material from - * another key which may have a different lifetime. - * - * This function may be used to share a key with a different party, - * subject to implementation-defined restrictions on key sharing. - * - * The policy on the source key must have the usage flag - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY set. - * This flag is sufficient to permit the copy if the key has the lifetime - * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE or #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT. - * Some secure elements do not provide a way to copy a key without - * making it extractable from the secure element. If a key is located - * in such a secure element, then the key must have both usage flags - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY and #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT in order to make - * a copy of the key outside the secure element. - * - * The resulting key may only be used in a way that conforms to - * both the policy of the original key and the policy specified in - * the \p attributes parameter: - * - The usage flags on the resulting key are the bitwise-and of the - * usage flags on the source policy and the usage flags in \p attributes. - * - If both allow the same algorithm or wildcard-based - * algorithm policy, the resulting key has the same algorithm policy. - * - If either of the policies allows an algorithm and the other policy - * allows a wildcard-based algorithm policy that includes this algorithm, - * the resulting key allows the same algorithm. - * - If the policies do not allow any algorithm in common, this function - * fails with the status #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. - * - * The effect of this function on implementation-defined attributes is - * implementation-defined. - * - * \param source_key The key to copy. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY. If a private or secret key is - * being copied outside of a secure element it must - * also allow #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT. - * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key. - * They are used as follows: - * - The key type and size may be 0. If either is - * nonzero, it must match the corresponding - * attribute of the source key. - * - The key location (the lifetime and, for - * persistent keys, the key identifier) is - * used directly. - * - The policy constraints (usage flags and - * algorithm policy) are combined from - * the source key and \p attributes so that - * both sets of restrictions apply, as - * described in the documentation of this function. - * \param[out] target_key On success, an identifier for the newly created - * key. For persistent keys, this is the key - * identifier defined in \p attributes. - * \c 0 on failure. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * \p source_key is invalid. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is - * already a persistent key with the given identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The lifetime or identifier in \p attributes are invalid, or - * the policy constraints on the source and specified in - * \p attributes are incompatible, or - * \p attributes specifies a key type or key size - * which does not match the attributes of the source key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The source key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY usage flag, or - * the source key is not exportable and its lifetime does not - * allow copying it to the target's lifetime. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_copy_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t source_key, - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *target_key); - - -/** - * \brief Destroy a key. - * - * This function destroys a key from both volatile - * memory and, if applicable, non-volatile storage. Implementations shall - * make a best effort to ensure that the key material cannot be recovered. - * - * This function also erases any metadata such as policies and frees - * resources associated with the key. - * - * If a key is currently in use in a multipart operation, then destroying the - * key will cause the multipart operation to fail. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to erase. If this is \c 0, do nothing and - * return #PSA_SUCCESS. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * \p key was a valid identifier and the key material that it - * referred to has been erased. Alternatively, \p key is \c 0. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key cannot be erased because it is - * read-only, either due to a policy or due to physical restrictions. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * \p key is not a valid identifier nor \c 0. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE - * There was a failure in communication with the cryptoprocessor. - * The key material may still be present in the cryptoprocessor. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID - * This error is typically a result of either storage corruption on a - * cleartext storage backend, or an attempt to read data that was - * written by an incompatible version of the library. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The storage is corrupted. Implementations shall make a best effort - * to erase key material even in this stage, however applications - * should be aware that it may be impossible to guarantee that the - * key material is not recoverable in such cases. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED - * An unexpected condition which is not a storage corruption or - * a communication failure occurred. The cryptoprocessor may have - * been compromised. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_destroy_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup import_export Key import and export - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \brief Import a key in binary format. - * - * This function supports any output from psa_export_key(). Refer to the - * documentation of psa_export_public_key() for the format of public keys - * and to the documentation of psa_export_key() for the format for - * other key types. - * - * The key data determines the key size. The attributes may optionally - * specify a key size; in this case it must match the size determined - * from the key data. A key size of 0 in \p attributes indicates that - * the key size is solely determined by the key data. - * - * Implementations must reject an attempt to import a key of size 0. - * - * This specification supports a single format for each key type. - * Implementations may support other formats as long as the standard - * format is supported. Implementations that support other formats - * should ensure that the formats are clearly unambiguous so as to - * minimize the risk that an invalid input is accidentally interpreted - * according to a different format. - * - * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key. - * The key size is always determined from the - * \p data buffer. - * If the key size in \p attributes is nonzero, - * it must be equal to the size from \p data. - * \param[out] key On success, an identifier to the newly created key. - * For persistent keys, this is the key identifier - * defined in \p attributes. - * \c 0 on failure. - * \param[in] data Buffer containing the key data. The content of this - * buffer is interpreted according to the type declared - * in \p attributes. - * All implementations must support at least the format - * described in the documentation - * of psa_export_key() or psa_export_public_key() for - * the chosen type. Implementations may allow other - * formats, but should be conservative: implementations - * should err on the side of rejecting content if it - * may be erroneous (e.g. wrong type or truncated data). - * \param data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata - * have been saved to persistent storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is - * already a persistent key with the given identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The key type or key size is not supported, either by the - * implementation in general or in this particular persistent location. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The key attributes, as a whole, are invalid, or - * the key data is not correctly formatted, or - * the size in \p attributes is nonzero and does not match the size - * of the key data. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_import_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - const uint8_t *data, - size_t data_length, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key); - - - -/** - * \brief Export a key in binary format. - * - * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to - * create an equivalent object. - * - * If the implementation of psa_import_key() supports other formats - * beyond the format specified here, the output from psa_export_key() - * must use the representation specified here, not the original - * representation. - * - * For standard key types, the output format is as follows: - * - * - For symmetric keys (including MAC keys), the format is the - * raw bytes of the key. - * - For DES, the key data consists of 8 bytes. The parity bits must be - * correct. - * - For Triple-DES, the format is the concatenation of the - * two or three DES keys. - * - For RSA key pairs (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR), the format - * is the non-encrypted DER encoding of the representation defined by - * PKCS\#1 (RFC 8017) as `RSAPrivateKey`, version 0. - * ``` - * RSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE { - * version INTEGER, -- must be 0 - * modulus INTEGER, -- n - * publicExponent INTEGER, -- e - * privateExponent INTEGER, -- d - * prime1 INTEGER, -- p - * prime2 INTEGER, -- q - * exponent1 INTEGER, -- d mod (p-1) - * exponent2 INTEGER, -- d mod (q-1) - * coefficient INTEGER, -- (inverse of q) mod p - * } - * ``` - * - For elliptic curve key pairs (key types for which - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR is true), the format is - * a representation of the private value as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string - * where `m` is the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size - * of the order of the curve's coordinate field. This byte string is - * in little-endian order for Montgomery curves (curve types - * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_CURVEXXX`), and in big-endian order for Weierstrass - * curves (curve types `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECTXXX`, `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECPXXX` - * and `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_PXXX`). - * For Weierstrass curves, this is the content of the `privateKey` field of - * the `ECPrivateKey` format defined by RFC 5915. For Montgomery curves, - * the format is defined by RFC 7748, and output is masked according to §5. - * For twisted Edwards curves, the private key is as defined by RFC 8032 - * (a 32-byte string for Edwards25519, a 57-byte string for Edwards448). - * - For Diffie-Hellman key exchange key pairs (key types for which - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR is true), the - * format is the representation of the private key `x` as a big-endian byte - * string. The length of the byte string is the private key size in bytes - * (leading zeroes are not stripped). - * - For public keys (key types for which #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_PUBLIC_KEY is - * true), the format is the same as for psa_export_public_key(). - * - * The policy on the key must have the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT set. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to export. It must allow the - * usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT, unless it is a public - * key. - * \param[out] data Buffer where the key data is to be written. - * \param data_size Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] data_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the key data. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT flag. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p data buffer is too small. You can determine a - * sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c type, \c bits) - * where \c type is the key type - * and \c bits is the key size in bits. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_export_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - uint8_t *data, - size_t data_size, - size_t *data_length); - -/** - * \brief Export a public key or the public part of a key pair in binary format. - * - * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to - * create an object that is equivalent to the public key. - * - * This specification supports a single format for each key type. - * Implementations may support other formats as long as the standard - * format is supported. Implementations that support other formats - * should ensure that the formats are clearly unambiguous so as to - * minimize the risk that an invalid input is accidentally interpreted - * according to a different format. - * - * For standard key types, the output format is as follows: - * - For RSA public keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY), the DER encoding of - * the representation defined by RFC 3279 §2.3.1 as `RSAPublicKey`. - * ``` - * RSAPublicKey ::= SEQUENCE { - * modulus INTEGER, -- n - * publicExponent INTEGER } -- e - * ``` - * - For elliptic curve keys on a twisted Edwards curve (key types for which - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY is true and #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_GET_FAMILY - * returns #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS), the public key is as defined - * by RFC 8032 - * (a 32-byte string for Edwards25519, a 57-byte string for Edwards448). - * - For other elliptic curve public keys (key types for which - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY is true), the format is the uncompressed - * representation defined by SEC1 §2.3.3 as the content of an ECPoint. - * Let `m` be the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size of - * `q` for a curve over `F_q`. The representation consists of: - * - The byte 0x04; - * - `x_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian; - * - `y_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian. - * - For Diffie-Hellman key exchange public keys (key types for which - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_PUBLIC_KEY is true), - * the format is the representation of the public key `y = g^x mod p` as a - * big-endian byte string. The length of the byte string is the length of the - * base prime `p` in bytes. - * - * Exporting a public key object or the public part of a key pair is - * always permitted, regardless of the key's usage flags. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to export. - * \param[out] data Buffer where the key data is to be written. - * \param data_size Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] data_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the key data. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The key is neither a public key nor a key pair. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p data buffer is too small. You can determine a - * sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(#PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(\c type), \c bits) - * where \c type is the key type - * and \c bits is the key size in bits. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_export_public_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - uint8_t *data, - size_t data_size, - size_t *data_length); - - - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup hash Message digests - * @{ - */ - -/** Calculate the hash (digest) of a message. - * - * \note To verify the hash of a message against an - * expected value, use psa_hash_compare() instead. - * - * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to hash. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] hash Buffer where the hash is to be written. - * \param hash_size Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] hash_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the hash value. This is always - * #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\p alg). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a hash algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * \p hash_size is too small - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_compute(psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_size, - size_t *hash_length); - -/** Calculate the hash (digest) of a message and compare it with a - * reference value. - * - * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to hash. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] hash Buffer containing the expected hash value. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The expected hash is identical to the actual hash of the input. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The hash of the message was calculated successfully, but it - * differs from the expected hash. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a hash algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p input_length or \p hash_length do not match the hash size for \p alg - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_compare(psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_length); - -/** The type of the state data structure for multipart hash operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a hash operation object, the application must - * initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_hash_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_hash_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_hash_operation_t operation = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_hash_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_hash_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_hash_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_hash_operation_s psa_hash_operation_t; - -/** \def PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a hash operation object - * of type #psa_hash_operation_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for a hash operation object. - */ -static psa_hash_operation_t psa_hash_operation_init(void); - -/** Set up a multipart hash operation. - * - * The sequence of operations to calculate a hash (message digest) - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_hash_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_hash_setup() to specify the algorithm. - * -# Call psa_hash_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message each time. The hash that is calculated is the hash - * of the concatenation of these messages in order. - * -# To calculate the hash, call psa_hash_finish(). - * To compare the hash with an expected value, call psa_hash_verify(). - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_hash_setup(), the - * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_hash_abort(). The - * application may call psa_hash_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_hash_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A successful call to psa_hash_finish() or psa_hash_verify(). - * - A call to psa_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_hash_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param alg The hash algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not a supported hash algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p alg is not a hash algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_setup(psa_hash_operation_t *operation, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Add a message fragment to a multipart hash operation. - * - * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to hash. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_update(psa_hash_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length); - -/** Finish the calculation of the hash of a message. - * - * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function. - * This function calculates the hash of the message formed by concatenating - * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_hash_update(). - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort(). - * - * \warning Applications should not call this function if they expect - * a specific value for the hash. Call psa_hash_verify() instead. - * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as - * hash values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky - * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information - * about the hashed data which could allow an attacker to guess - * a valid hash and thereby bypass security controls. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation. - * \param[out] hash Buffer where the hash is to be written. - * \param hash_size Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] hash_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the hash value. This is always - * #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg) where \c alg is the - * hash algorithm that is calculated. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p hash buffer is too small. You can determine a - * sufficient buffer size by calling #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg) - * where \c alg is the hash algorithm that is calculated. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_finish(psa_hash_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_size, - size_t *hash_length); - -/** Finish the calculation of the hash of a message and compare it with - * an expected value. - * - * The application must call psa_hash_setup() before calling this function. - * This function calculates the hash of the message formed by concatenating - * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_hash_update(). It then - * compares the calculated hash with the expected hash passed as a - * parameter to this function. - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_hash_abort(). - * - * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the - * comparison between the actual hash and the expected hash is performed - * in constant time. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active hash operation. - * \param[in] hash Buffer containing the expected hash value. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The expected hash is identical to the actual hash of the message. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The hash of the message was calculated successfully, but it - * differs from the expected hash. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_verify(psa_hash_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_length); - -/** Abort a hash operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the - * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object - * can be reused for another operation by calling - * psa_hash_setup() again. - * - * You may call this function any time after the operation object has - * been initialized by one of the methods described in #psa_hash_operation_t. - * - * In particular, calling psa_hash_abort() after the operation has been - * terminated by a call to psa_hash_abort(), psa_hash_finish() or - * psa_hash_verify() is safe and has no effect. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized hash operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_abort(psa_hash_operation_t *operation); - -/** Clone a hash operation. - * - * This function copies the state of an ongoing hash operation to - * a new operation object. In other words, this function is equivalent - * to calling psa_hash_setup() on \p target_operation with the same - * algorithm that \p source_operation was set up for, then - * psa_hash_update() on \p target_operation with the same input that - * that was passed to \p source_operation. After this function returns, the - * two objects are independent, i.e. subsequent calls involving one of - * the objects do not affect the other object. - * - * \param[in] source_operation The active hash operation to clone. - * \param[in,out] target_operation The operation object to set up. - * It must be initialized but not active. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The \p source_operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the \p target_operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_hash_clone(const psa_hash_operation_t *source_operation, - psa_hash_operation_t *target_operation); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup MAC Message authentication codes - * @{ - */ - -/** Calculate the MAC (message authentication code) of a message. - * - * \note To verify the MAC of a message against an - * expected value, use psa_mac_verify() instead. - * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as - * MAC values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky - * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information - * about the MAC value which could allow an attacker to guess - * a valid MAC and thereby bypass security controls. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It - * must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE. - * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input message. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] mac Buffer where the MAC value is to be written. - * \param mac_size Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] mac_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the MAC value. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * \p mac_size is too small - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The key could not be retrieved from storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_compute(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *mac, - size_t mac_size, - size_t *mac_length); - -/** Calculate the MAC of a message and compare it with a reference value. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It - * must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE. - * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input message. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] mac Buffer containing the expected MAC value. - * \param mac_length Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The expected MAC is identical to the actual MAC of the input. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The MAC of the message was calculated successfully, but it - * differs from the expected value. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The key could not be retrieved from storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_verify(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *mac, - size_t mac_length); - -/** The type of the state data structure for multipart MAC operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a MAC operation object, the application must - * initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_mac_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_mac_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_mac_operation_t operation = PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_mac_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_mac_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_mac_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_mac_operation_s psa_mac_operation_t; - -/** \def PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a MAC operation object of type - * #psa_mac_operation_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for a MAC operation object. - */ -static psa_mac_operation_t psa_mac_operation_init(void); - -/** Set up a multipart MAC calculation operation. - * - * This function sets up the calculation of the MAC - * (message authentication code) of a byte string. - * To verify the MAC of a message against an - * expected value, use psa_mac_verify_setup() instead. - * - * The sequence of operations to calculate a MAC is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_mac_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_mac_sign_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# Call psa_mac_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message each time. The MAC that is calculated is the MAC - * of the concatenation of these messages in order. - * -# At the end of the message, call psa_mac_sign_finish() to finish - * calculating the MAC value and retrieve it. - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_mac_sign_setup(), the - * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_mac_abort(). The - * application may call psa_mac_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_mac_sign_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation through one of the following methods: - * - A successful call to psa_mac_sign_finish(). - * - A call to psa_mac_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_mac_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It - * must remain valid until the operation terminates. - * It must allow the usage PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE. - * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The key could not be retrieved from storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_sign_setup(psa_mac_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Set up a multipart MAC verification operation. - * - * This function sets up the verification of the MAC - * (message authentication code) of a byte string against an expected value. - * - * The sequence of operations to verify a MAC is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_mac_operation_t, e.g. #PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_mac_verify_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# Call psa_mac_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message each time. The MAC that is calculated is the MAC - * of the concatenation of these messages in order. - * -# At the end of the message, call psa_mac_verify_finish() to finish - * calculating the actual MAC of the message and verify it against - * the expected value. - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_mac_verify_setup(), the - * operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_mac_abort(). The - * application may call psa_mac_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_mac_verify_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation through one of the following methods: - * - A successful call to psa_mac_verify_finish(). - * - A call to psa_mac_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_mac_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It - * must remain valid until the operation terminates. - * It must allow the usage - * PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE. - * \param alg The MAC algorithm to compute (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c key is not compatible with \c alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \c alg is not supported or is not a MAC algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The key could not be retrieved from storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_verify_setup(psa_mac_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Add a message fragment to a multipart MAC operation. - * - * The application must call psa_mac_sign_setup() or psa_mac_verify_setup() - * before calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to add to - * the MAC calculation. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_update(psa_mac_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length); - -/** Finish the calculation of the MAC of a message. - * - * The application must call psa_mac_sign_setup() before calling this function. - * This function calculates the MAC of the message formed by concatenating - * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_mac_update(). - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort(). - * - * \warning Applications should not call this function if they expect - * a specific value for the MAC. Call psa_mac_verify_finish() instead. - * Beware that comparing integrity or authenticity data such as - * MAC values with a function such as \c memcmp is risky - * because the time taken by the comparison may leak information - * about the MAC value which could allow an attacker to guess - * a valid MAC and thereby bypass security controls. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation. - * \param[out] mac Buffer where the MAC value is to be written. - * \param mac_size Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] mac_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the MAC value. This is always - * #PSA_MAC_LENGTH(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and - * bit-size respectively of the key and \c alg is the - * MAC algorithm that is calculated. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p mac buffer is too small. You can determine a - * sufficient buffer size by calling PSA_MAC_LENGTH(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active mac sign - * operation), or the library has not been previously initialized - * by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_sign_finish(psa_mac_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *mac, - size_t mac_size, - size_t *mac_length); - -/** Finish the calculation of the MAC of a message and compare it with - * an expected value. - * - * The application must call psa_mac_verify_setup() before calling this function. - * This function calculates the MAC of the message formed by concatenating - * the inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_mac_update(). It then - * compares the calculated MAC with the expected MAC passed as a - * parameter to this function. - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_mac_abort(). - * - * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the - * comparison between the actual MAC and the expected MAC is performed - * in constant time. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active MAC operation. - * \param[in] mac Buffer containing the expected MAC value. - * \param mac_length Size of the \p mac buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The expected MAC is identical to the actual MAC of the message. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The MAC of the message was calculated successfully, but it - * differs from the expected MAC. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active mac verify - * operation), or the library has not been previously initialized - * by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_verify_finish(psa_mac_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *mac, - size_t mac_length); - -/** Abort a MAC operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the - * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object - * can be reused for another operation by calling - * psa_mac_sign_setup() or psa_mac_verify_setup() again. - * - * You may call this function any time after the operation object has - * been initialized by one of the methods described in #psa_mac_operation_t. - * - * In particular, calling psa_mac_abort() after the operation has been - * terminated by a call to psa_mac_abort(), psa_mac_sign_finish() or - * psa_mac_verify_finish() is safe and has no effect. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized MAC operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_mac_abort(psa_mac_operation_t *operation); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup cipher Symmetric ciphers - * @{ - */ - -/** Encrypt a message using a symmetric cipher. - * - * This function encrypts a message with a random IV (initialization - * vector). Use the multipart operation interface with a - * #psa_cipher_operation_t object to provide other forms of IV. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT. - * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to encrypt. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written. - * The output contains the IV followed by - * the ciphertext proper. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** Decrypt a message using a symmetric cipher. - * - * This function decrypts a message encrypted with a symmetric cipher. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must remain valid until the operation - * terminates. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT. - * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message to decrypt. - * This consists of the IV followed by the - * ciphertext proper. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the plaintext is to be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** The type of the state data structure for multipart cipher operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a cipher operation object, the application - * must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_cipher_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_cipher_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_cipher_operation_t operation = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_cipher_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_cipher_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_cipher_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_cipher_operation_s psa_cipher_operation_t; - -/** \def PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a cipher operation object of - * type #psa_cipher_operation_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for a cipher operation object. - */ -static psa_cipher_operation_t psa_cipher_operation_init(void); - -/** Set the key for a multipart symmetric encryption operation. - * - * The sequence of operations to encrypt a message with a symmetric cipher - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_cipher_operation_t, e.g. - * #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# Call either psa_cipher_generate_iv() or psa_cipher_set_iv() to - * generate or set the IV (initialization vector). You should use - * psa_cipher_generate_iv() unless the protocol you are implementing - * requires a specific IV value. - * -# Call psa_cipher_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message each time. - * -# Call psa_cipher_finish(). - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_cipher_abort(). The - * application may call psa_cipher_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A successful call to psa_cipher_finish(). - * - A call to psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_cipher_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must remain valid until the operation - * terminates. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT. - * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Set the key for a multipart symmetric decryption operation. - * - * The sequence of operations to decrypt a message with a symmetric cipher - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_cipher_operation_t, e.g. - * #PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# Call psa_cipher_set_iv() with the IV (initialization vector) for the - * decryption. If the IV is prepended to the ciphertext, you can call - * psa_cipher_update() on a buffer containing the IV followed by the - * beginning of the message. - * -# Call psa_cipher_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message each time. - * -# Call psa_cipher_finish(). - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_cipher_abort(). The - * application may call psa_cipher_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A successful call to psa_cipher_finish(). - * - A call to psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_cipher_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must remain valid until the operation - * terminates. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT. - * \param alg The cipher algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not a cipher algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Generate an IV for a symmetric encryption operation. - * - * This function generates a random IV (initialization vector), nonce - * or initial counter value for the encryption operation as appropriate - * for the chosen algorithm, key type and key size. - * - * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() before - * calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation. - * \param[out] iv Buffer where the generated IV is to be written. - * \param iv_size Size of the \p iv buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] iv_length On success, the number of bytes of the - * generated IV. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p iv buffer is too small. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with no IV set), - * or the library has not been previously initialized - * by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_generate_iv(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *iv, - size_t iv_size, - size_t *iv_length); - -/** Set the IV for a symmetric encryption or decryption operation. - * - * This function sets the IV (initialization vector), nonce - * or initial counter value for the encryption or decryption operation. - * - * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() before - * calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \note When encrypting, applications should use psa_cipher_generate_iv() - * instead of this function, unless implementing a protocol that requires - * a non-random IV. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation. - * \param[in] iv Buffer containing the IV to use. - * \param iv_length Size of the IV in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The size of \p iv is not acceptable for the chosen algorithm, - * or the chosen algorithm does not use an IV. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active cipher - * encrypt operation, with no IV set), or the library has not been - * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_set_iv(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *iv, - size_t iv_length); - -/** Encrypt or decrypt a message fragment in an active cipher operation. - * - * Before calling this function, you must: - * 1. Call either psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(). - * The choice of setup function determines whether this function - * encrypts or decrypts its input. - * 2. If the algorithm requires an IV, call psa_cipher_generate_iv() - * (recommended when encrypting) or psa_cipher_set_iv(). - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to - * encrypt or decrypt. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with an IV set - * if required for the algorithm), or the library has not been - * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_update(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** Finish encrypting or decrypting a message in a cipher operation. - * - * The application must call psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or - * psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() before calling this function. The choice - * of setup function determines whether this function encrypts or - * decrypts its input. - * - * This function finishes the encryption or decryption of the message - * formed by concatenating the inputs passed to preceding calls to - * psa_cipher_update(). - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_cipher_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active cipher operation. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The total input size passed to this operation is not valid for - * this particular algorithm. For example, the algorithm is a based - * on block cipher and requires a whole number of blocks, but the - * total input size is not a multiple of the block size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING - * This is a decryption operation for an algorithm that includes - * padding, and the ciphertext does not contain valid padding. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with an IV set - * if required for the algorithm), or the library has not been - * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_finish(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** Abort a cipher operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the - * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object - * can be reused for another operation by calling - * psa_cipher_encrypt_setup() or psa_cipher_decrypt_setup() again. - * - * You may call this function any time after the operation object has - * been initialized as described in #psa_cipher_operation_t. - * - * In particular, calling psa_cipher_abort() after the operation has been - * terminated by a call to psa_cipher_abort() or psa_cipher_finish() - * is safe and has no effect. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized cipher operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_cipher_abort(psa_cipher_operation_t *operation); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup aead Authenticated encryption with associated data (AEAD) - * @{ - */ - -/** Process an authenticated encryption operation. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the - * operation. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT. - * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] nonce Nonce or IV to use. - * \param nonce_length Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] additional_data Additional data that will be authenticated - * but not encrypted. - * \param additional_data_length Size of \p additional_data in bytes. - * \param[in] plaintext Data that will be authenticated and - * encrypted. - * \param plaintext_length Size of \p plaintext in bytes. - * \param[out] ciphertext Output buffer for the authenticated and - * encrypted data. The additional data is not - * part of this output. For algorithms where the - * encrypted data and the authentication tag - * are defined as separate outputs, the - * authentication tag is appended to the - * encrypted data. - * \param ciphertext_size Size of the \p ciphertext buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - A sufficient output size is - * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, - * \p alg, \p plaintext_length) where - * \c key_type is the type of \p key. - * - #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p - * plaintext_length) evaluates to the maximum - * ciphertext size of any supported AEAD - * encryption. - * \param[out] ciphertext_length On success, the size of the output - * in the \p ciphertext buffer. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * \p ciphertext_size is too small. - * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \p alg, - * \p plaintext_length) or - * #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p plaintext_length) can be used to - * determine the required buffer size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *nonce, - size_t nonce_length, - const uint8_t *additional_data, - size_t additional_data_length, - const uint8_t *plaintext, - size_t plaintext_length, - uint8_t *ciphertext, - size_t ciphertext_size, - size_t *ciphertext_length); - -/** Process an authenticated decryption operation. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the - * operation. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT. - * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * \param[in] nonce Nonce or IV to use. - * \param nonce_length Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] additional_data Additional data that has been authenticated - * but not encrypted. - * \param additional_data_length Size of \p additional_data in bytes. - * \param[in] ciphertext Data that has been authenticated and - * encrypted. For algorithms where the - * encrypted data and the authentication tag - * are defined as separate inputs, the buffer - * must contain the encrypted data followed - * by the authentication tag. - * \param ciphertext_length Size of \p ciphertext in bytes. - * \param[out] plaintext Output buffer for the decrypted data. - * \param plaintext_size Size of the \p plaintext buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - A sufficient output size is - * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, - * \p alg, \p ciphertext_length) where - * \c key_type is the type of \p key. - * - #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p - * ciphertext_length) evaluates to the maximum - * plaintext size of any supported AEAD - * decryption. - * \param[out] plaintext_length On success, the size of the output - * in the \p plaintext buffer. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The ciphertext is not authentic. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * \p plaintext_size is too small. - * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \p alg, - * \p ciphertext_length) or - * #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p ciphertext_length) can be used - * to determine the required buffer size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *nonce, - size_t nonce_length, - const uint8_t *additional_data, - size_t additional_data_length, - const uint8_t *ciphertext, - size_t ciphertext_length, - uint8_t *plaintext, - size_t plaintext_size, - size_t *plaintext_length); - -/** The type of the state data structure for multipart AEAD operations. - * - * Before calling any function on an AEAD operation object, the application - * must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_aead_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_aead_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_aead_operation_t operation = PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_aead_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_aead_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_aead_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_aead_operation_s psa_aead_operation_t; - -/** \def PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for an AEAD operation object of - * type #psa_aead_operation_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for an AEAD operation object. - */ -static psa_aead_operation_t psa_aead_operation_init(void); - -/** Set the key for a multipart authenticated encryption operation. - * - * The sequence of operations to encrypt a message with authentication - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_aead_operation_t, e.g. - * #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# If needed, call psa_aead_set_lengths() to specify the length of the - * inputs to the subsequent calls to psa_aead_update_ad() and - * psa_aead_update(). See the documentation of psa_aead_set_lengths() - * for details. - * -# Call either psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce() to - * generate or set the nonce. You should use - * psa_aead_generate_nonce() unless the protocol you are implementing - * requires a specific nonce value. - * -# Call psa_aead_update_ad() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the non-encrypted additional authenticated data each time. - * -# Call psa_aead_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the message to encrypt each time. - * -# Call psa_aead_finish(). - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_aead_encrypt_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_aead_abort(). The - * application may call psa_aead_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_aead_encrypt_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A successful call to psa_aead_finish(). - * - A call to psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_aead_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must remain valid until the operation - * terminates. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT. - * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_encrypt_setup(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Set the key for a multipart authenticated decryption operation. - * - * The sequence of operations to decrypt a message with authentication - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_aead_operation_t, e.g. - * #PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_aead_decrypt_setup() to specify the algorithm and key. - * -# If needed, call psa_aead_set_lengths() to specify the length of the - * inputs to the subsequent calls to psa_aead_update_ad() and - * psa_aead_update(). See the documentation of psa_aead_set_lengths() - * for details. - * -# Call psa_aead_set_nonce() with the nonce for the decryption. - * -# Call psa_aead_update_ad() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the non-encrypted additional authenticated data each time. - * -# Call psa_aead_update() zero, one or more times, passing a fragment - * of the ciphertext to decrypt each time. - * -# Call psa_aead_verify(). - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_aead_decrypt_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_aead_abort(). The - * application may call psa_aead_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_aead_decrypt_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A successful call to psa_aead_verify(). - * - A call to psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized as per the documentation for - * #psa_aead_operation_t and not yet in use. - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must remain valid until the operation - * terminates. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT. - * \param alg The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not compatible with \p alg. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not supported or is not an AEAD algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or the - * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_decrypt_setup(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Generate a random nonce for an authenticated encryption operation. - * - * This function generates a random nonce for the authenticated encryption - * operation with an appropriate size for the chosen algorithm, key type - * and key size. - * - * The application must call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() before - * calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[out] nonce Buffer where the generated nonce is to be - * written. - * \param nonce_size Size of the \p nonce buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] nonce_length On success, the number of bytes of the - * generated nonce. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p nonce buffer is too small. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active aead encrypt - * operation, with no nonce set), or the library has not been - * previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_generate_nonce(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *nonce, - size_t nonce_size, - size_t *nonce_length); - -/** Set the nonce for an authenticated encryption or decryption operation. - * - * This function sets the nonce for the authenticated - * encryption or decryption operation. - * - * The application must call psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or - * psa_aead_decrypt_setup() before calling this function. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \note When encrypting, applications should use psa_aead_generate_nonce() - * instead of this function, unless implementing a protocol that requires - * a non-random IV. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[in] nonce Buffer containing the nonce to use. - * \param nonce_length Size of the nonce in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The size of \p nonce is not acceptable for the chosen algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, with no nonce - * set), or the library has not been previously initialized - * by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_set_nonce(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *nonce, - size_t nonce_length); - -/** Declare the lengths of the message and additional data for AEAD. - * - * The application must call this function before calling - * psa_aead_update_ad() or psa_aead_update() if the algorithm for - * the operation requires it. If the algorithm does not require it, - * calling this function is optional, but if this function is called - * then the implementation must enforce the lengths. - * - * You may call this function before or after setting the nonce with - * psa_aead_set_nonce() or psa_aead_generate_nonce(). - * - * - For #PSA_ALG_CCM, calling this function is required. - * - For the other AEAD algorithms defined in this specification, calling - * this function is not required. - * - For vendor-defined algorithm, refer to the vendor documentation. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param ad_length Size of the non-encrypted additional - * authenticated data in bytes. - * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext to encrypt in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * At least one of the lengths is not acceptable for the chosen - * algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and - * psa_aead_update_ad() and psa_aead_update() must not have been - * called yet), or the library has not been previously initialized - * by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_set_lengths(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - size_t ad_length, - size_t plaintext_length); - -/** Pass additional data to an active AEAD operation. - * - * Additional data is authenticated, but not encrypted. - * - * You may call this function multiple times to pass successive fragments - * of the additional data. You may not call this function after passing - * data to encrypt or decrypt with psa_aead_update(). - * - * Before calling this function, you must: - * 1. Call either psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup(). - * 2. Set the nonce with psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce(). - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \warning When decrypting, until psa_aead_verify() has returned #PSA_SUCCESS, - * there is no guarantee that the input is valid. Therefore, until - * you have called psa_aead_verify() and it has returned #PSA_SUCCESS, - * treat the input as untrusted and prepare to undo any action that - * depends on the input if psa_aead_verify() returns an error status. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the fragment of - * additional data. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The total input length overflows the additional data length that - * was previously specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, have a nonce - * set, have lengths set if required by the algorithm, and - * psa_aead_update() must not have been called yet), or the library - * has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_update_ad(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length); - -/** Encrypt or decrypt a message fragment in an active AEAD operation. - * - * Before calling this function, you must: - * 1. Call either psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup(). - * The choice of setup function determines whether this function - * encrypts or decrypts its input. - * 2. Set the nonce with psa_aead_generate_nonce() or psa_aead_set_nonce(). - * 3. Call psa_aead_update_ad() to pass all the additional data. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \warning When decrypting, until psa_aead_verify() has returned #PSA_SUCCESS, - * there is no guarantee that the input is valid. Therefore, until - * you have called psa_aead_verify() and it has returned #PSA_SUCCESS: - * - Do not use the output in any way other than storing it in a - * confidential location. If you take any action that depends - * on the tentative decrypted data, this action will need to be - * undone if the input turns out not to be valid. Furthermore, - * if an adversary can observe that this action took place - * (for example through timing), they may be able to use this - * fact as an oracle to decrypt any message encrypted with the - * same key. - * - In particular, do not copy the output anywhere but to a - * memory or storage space that you have exclusive access to. - * - * This function does not require the input to be aligned to any - * particular block boundary. If the implementation can only process - * a whole block at a time, it must consume all the input provided, but - * it may delay the end of the corresponding output until a subsequent - * call to psa_aead_update(), psa_aead_finish() or psa_aead_verify() - * provides sufficient input. The amount of data that can be delayed - * in this way is bounded by #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the message fragment to - * encrypt or decrypt. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - A sufficient output size is - * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, - * \c alg, \p input_length) where - * \c key_type is the type of key and \c alg is - * the algorithm that were used to set up the - * operation. - * - #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p - * input_length) evaluates to the maximum - * output size of any supported AEAD - * algorithm. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. - * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg, \p input_length) or - * #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length) can be used to - * determine the required buffer size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is - * less than the additional data length that was previously - * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or - * the total input length overflows the plaintext length that - * was previously specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, have a nonce - * set, and have lengths set if required by the algorithm), or the - * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_update(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** Finish encrypting a message in an AEAD operation. - * - * The operation must have been set up with psa_aead_encrypt_setup(). - * - * This function finishes the authentication of the additional data - * formed by concatenating the inputs passed to preceding calls to - * psa_aead_update_ad() with the plaintext formed by concatenating the - * inputs passed to preceding calls to psa_aead_update(). - * - * This function has two output buffers: - * - \p ciphertext contains trailing ciphertext that was buffered from - * preceding calls to psa_aead_update(). - * - \p tag contains the authentication tag. - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[out] ciphertext Buffer where the last part of the ciphertext - * is to be written. - * \param ciphertext_size Size of the \p ciphertext buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - A sufficient output size is - * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, - * \c alg) where \c key_type is the type of key - * and \c alg is the algorithm that were used to - * set up the operation. - * - #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE evaluates to - * the maximum output size of any supported AEAD - * algorithm. - * \param[out] ciphertext_length On success, the number of bytes of - * returned ciphertext. - * \param[out] tag Buffer where the authentication tag is - * to be written. - * \param tag_size Size of the \p tag buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - The exact tag size is #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\c - * key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg) where - * \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and - * bit-size of the key, and \c alg is the - * algorithm that were used in the call to - * psa_aead_encrypt_setup(). - * - #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the - * maximum tag size of any supported AEAD - * algorithm. - * \param[out] tag_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned tag. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p ciphertext or \p tag buffer is too small. - * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg) or - * #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE can be used to determine the - * required \p ciphertext buffer size. #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\c key_type, - * \c key_bits, \c alg) or #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE can be used to - * determine the required \p tag buffer size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is - * less than the additional data length that was previously - * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or - * the total length of input to psa_aead_update() so far is - * less than the plaintext length that was previously - * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active encryption - * operation with a nonce set), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_finish(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *ciphertext, - size_t ciphertext_size, - size_t *ciphertext_length, - uint8_t *tag, - size_t tag_size, - size_t *tag_length); - -/** Finish authenticating and decrypting a message in an AEAD operation. - * - * The operation must have been set up with psa_aead_decrypt_setup(). - * - * This function finishes the authenticated decryption of the message - * components: - * - * - The additional data consisting of the concatenation of the inputs - * passed to preceding calls to psa_aead_update_ad(). - * - The ciphertext consisting of the concatenation of the inputs passed to - * preceding calls to psa_aead_update(). - * - The tag passed to this function call. - * - * If the authentication tag is correct, this function outputs any remaining - * plaintext and reports success. If the authentication tag is not correct, - * this function returns #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE. - * - * When this function returns successfully, the operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_aead_abort(). - * - * \note Implementations shall make the best effort to ensure that the - * comparison between the actual tag and the expected tag is performed - * in constant time. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active AEAD operation. - * \param[out] plaintext Buffer where the last part of the plaintext - * is to be written. This is the remaining data - * from previous calls to psa_aead_update() - * that could not be processed until the end - * of the input. - * \param plaintext_size Size of the \p plaintext buffer in bytes. - * This must be appropriate for the selected algorithm and key: - * - A sufficient output size is - * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, - * \c alg) where \c key_type is the type of key - * and \c alg is the algorithm that were used to - * set up the operation. - * - #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE evaluates to - * the maximum output size of any supported AEAD - * algorithm. - * \param[out] plaintext_length On success, the number of bytes of - * returned plaintext. - * \param[in] tag Buffer containing the authentication tag. - * \param tag_length Size of the \p tag buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The calculations were successful, but the authentication tag is - * not correct. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p plaintext buffer is too small. - * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c alg) or - * #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE can be used to determine the - * required buffer size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The total length of input to psa_aead_update_ad() so far is - * less than the additional data length that was previously - * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(), or - * the total length of input to psa_aead_update() so far is - * less than the plaintext length that was previously - * specified with psa_aead_set_lengths(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be an active decryption - * operation with a nonce set), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_verify(psa_aead_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *plaintext, - size_t plaintext_size, - size_t *plaintext_length, - const uint8_t *tag, - size_t tag_length); - -/** Abort an AEAD operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the - * \p operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object - * can be reused for another operation by calling - * psa_aead_encrypt_setup() or psa_aead_decrypt_setup() again. - * - * You may call this function any time after the operation object has - * been initialized as described in #psa_aead_operation_t. - * - * In particular, calling psa_aead_abort() after the operation has been - * terminated by a call to psa_aead_abort(), psa_aead_finish() or - * psa_aead_verify() is safe and has no effect. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized AEAD operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_aead_abort(psa_aead_operation_t *operation); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup asymmetric Asymmetric cryptography - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \brief Sign a message with a private key. For hash-and-sign algorithms, - * this includes the hashing step. - * - * \note To perform a multi-part hash-and-sign signature algorithm, first use - * a multi-part hash operation and then pass the resulting hash to - * psa_sign_hash(). PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(\p alg) can be used to determine the - * hash algorithm to use. - * - * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE. - * \param[in] alg An asymmetric signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with the type of - * \p key. - * \param[in] input The input message to sign. - * \param[in] input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written. - * \param[in] signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. This - * must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - The required signature size is - * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and - * bit-size respectively of key. - * - #PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the - * maximum signature size of any supported - * signature algorithm. - * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes that make up - * the returned signature value. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE flag, - * or it does not permit the requested algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can - * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of \p key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_sign_message(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - uint8_t *signature, - size_t signature_size, - size_t *signature_length); - -/** \brief Verify the signature of a message with a public key, using - * a hash-and-sign verification algorithm. - * - * \note To perform a multi-part hash-and-sign signature verification - * algorithm, first use a multi-part hash operation to hash the message - * and then pass the resulting hash to psa_verify_hash(). - * PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(\p alg) can be used to determine the hash algorithm - * to use. - * - * \param[in] key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be a public key or an asymmetric key - * pair. The key must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE. - * \param[in] alg An asymmetric signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with the type of - * \p key. - * \param[in] input The message whose signature is to be verified. - * \param[in] input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify. - * \param[in] signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE flag, - * or it does not permit the requested algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed signature - * is not a valid signature. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_verify_message(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *signature, - size_t signature_length); - -/** - * \brief Sign a hash or short message with a private key. - * - * Note that to perform a hash-and-sign signature algorithm, you must - * first calculate the hash by calling psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update() - * and psa_hash_finish(), or alternatively by calling psa_hash_compute(). - * Then pass the resulting hash as the \p hash - * parameter to this function. You can use #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(\p alg) - * to determine the hash algorithm to use. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH. - * \param alg A signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with - * the type of \p key. - * \param[in] hash The hash or message to sign. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written. - * \param signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned signature value. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can - * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of \p key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_sign_hash(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_length, - uint8_t *signature, - size_t signature_size, - size_t *signature_length); - -/** - * \brief Verify the signature of a hash or short message using a public key. - * - * Note that to perform a hash-and-sign signature algorithm, you must - * first calculate the hash by calling psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update() - * and psa_hash_finish(), or alternatively by calling psa_hash_compute(). - * Then pass the resulting hash as the \p hash - * parameter to this function. You can use #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(\p alg) - * to determine the hash algorithm to use. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. It - * must be a public key or an asymmetric key pair. The - * key must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH. - * \param alg A signature algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with - * the type of \p key. - * \param[in] hash The hash or message whose signature is to be - * verified. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify. - * \param signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The signature is valid. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed - * signature is not a valid signature. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_verify_hash(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *hash, - size_t hash_length, - const uint8_t *signature, - size_t signature_length); - -/** - * \brief Encrypt a short message with a public key. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be a public key or an asymmetric key - * pair. It must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT. - * \param alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is - * compatible with the type of \p key. - * \param[in] input The message to encrypt. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] salt A salt or label, if supported by the - * encryption algorithm. - * If the algorithm does not support a - * salt, pass \c NULL. - * If the algorithm supports an optional - * salt and you do not want to pass a salt, - * pass \c NULL. - * - * - For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is - * supported. - * \param salt_length Size of the \p salt buffer in bytes. - * If \p salt is \c NULL, pass 0. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the encrypted message is to - * be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. You can - * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of \p key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_asymmetric_encrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *salt, - size_t salt_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** - * \brief Decrypt a short message with a private key. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be an asymmetric key pair. It must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT. - * \param alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is - * compatible with the type of \p key. - * \param[in] input The message to decrypt. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] salt A salt or label, if supported by the - * encryption algorithm. - * If the algorithm does not support a - * salt, pass \c NULL. - * If the algorithm supports an optional - * salt and you do not want to pass a salt, - * pass \c NULL. - * - * - For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is - * supported. - * \param salt_length Size of the \p salt buffer in bytes. - * If \p salt is \c NULL, pass 0. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the decrypted message is to - * be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \c output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. You can - * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \p alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of \p key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_asymmetric_decrypt(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *salt, - size_t salt_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup key_derivation Key derivation and pseudorandom generation - * @{ - */ - -/** The type of the state data structure for key derivation operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a key derivation operation object, the - * application must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation = PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_key_derivation_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_key_derivation_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. - */ -typedef struct psa_key_derivation_s psa_key_derivation_operation_t; - -/** \def PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT - * - * This macro returns a suitable initializer for a key derivation operation - * object of type #psa_key_derivation_operation_t. - */ - -/** Return an initial value for a key derivation operation object. - */ -static psa_key_derivation_operation_t psa_key_derivation_operation_init(void); - -/** Set up a key derivation operation. - * - * A key derivation algorithm takes some inputs and uses them to generate - * a byte stream in a deterministic way. - * This byte stream can be used to produce keys and other - * cryptographic material. - * - * To derive a key: - * -# Start with an initialized object of type #psa_key_derivation_operation_t. - * -# Call psa_key_derivation_setup() to select the algorithm. - * -# Provide the inputs for the key derivation by calling - * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() or psa_key_derivation_input_key() - * as appropriate. Which inputs are needed, in what order, and whether - * they may be keys and if so of what type depends on the algorithm. - * -# Optionally set the operation's maximum capacity with - * psa_key_derivation_set_capacity(). You may do this before, in the middle - * of or after providing inputs. For some algorithms, this step is mandatory - * because the output depends on the maximum capacity. - * -# To derive a key, call psa_key_derivation_output_key(). - * To derive a byte string for a different purpose, call - * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(). - * Successive calls to these functions use successive output bytes - * calculated by the key derivation algorithm. - * -# Clean up the key derivation operation object with - * psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * If this function returns an error, the key derivation operation object is - * not changed. - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_key_derivation_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * Implementations must reject an attempt to derive a key of size 0. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object - * to set up. It must - * have been initialized but not set up yet. - * \param alg The key derivation algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(\p alg) is true). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c alg is not a key derivation algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \c alg is not supported or is not a key derivation algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be inactive), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_setup( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_algorithm_t alg); - -/** Retrieve the current capacity of a key derivation operation. - * - * The capacity of a key derivation is the maximum number of bytes that it can - * return. When you get *N* bytes of output from a key derivation operation, - * this reduces its capacity by *N*. - * - * \param[in] operation The operation to query. - * \param[out] capacity On success, the capacity of the operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_get_capacity( - const psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - size_t *capacity); - -/** Set the maximum capacity of a key derivation operation. - * - * The capacity of a key derivation operation is the maximum number of bytes - * that the key derivation operation can return from this point onwards. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to modify. - * \param capacity The new capacity of the operation. - * It must be less or equal to the operation's - * current capacity. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p capacity is larger than the operation's current capacity. - * In this case, the operation object remains valid and its capacity - * remains unchanged. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active), or the - * library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_set_capacity( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - size_t capacity); - -/** Use the maximum possible capacity for a key derivation operation. - * - * Use this value as the capacity argument when setting up a key derivation - * to indicate that the operation should have the maximum possible capacity. - * The value of the maximum possible capacity depends on the key derivation - * algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_UNLIMITED_CAPACITY ((size_t) (-1)) - -/** Provide an input for key derivation or key agreement. - * - * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm. - * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement - * algorithm for information. - * - * This function passes direct inputs, which is usually correct for - * non-secret inputs. To pass a secret input, which should be in a key - * object, call psa_key_derivation_input_key() instead of this function. - * Refer to the documentation of individual step types - * (`PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx` values of type ::psa_key_derivation_step_t) - * for more information. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use. - * It must have been set up with - * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not - * have produced any output yet. - * \param step Which step the input data is for. - * \param[in] data Input data to use. - * \param data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or - * \c step does not allow direct inputs. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_bytes( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_derivation_step_t step, - const uint8_t *data, - size_t data_length); - -/** Provide a numeric input for key derivation or key agreement. - * - * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm. - * However, when an algorithm requires a particular order, numeric inputs - * usually come first as they tend to be configuration parameters. - * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement - * algorithm for information. - * - * This function is used for inputs which are fixed-size non-negative - * integers. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use. - * It must have been set up with - * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not - * have produced any output yet. - * \param step Which step the input data is for. - * \param[in] value The value of the numeric input. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or - * \c step does not allow numeric inputs. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_integer( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_derivation_step_t step, - uint64_t value); - -/** Provide an input for key derivation in the form of a key. - * - * Which inputs are required and in what order depends on the algorithm. - * Refer to the documentation of each key derivation or key agreement - * algorithm for information. - * - * This function obtains input from a key object, which is usually correct for - * secret inputs or for non-secret personalization strings kept in the key - * store. To pass a non-secret parameter which is not in the key store, - * call psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() instead of this function. - * Refer to the documentation of individual step types - * (`PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx` values of type ::psa_key_derivation_step_t) - * for more information. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use. - * It must have been set up with - * psa_key_derivation_setup() and must not - * have produced any output yet. - * \param step Which step the input data is for. - * \param key Identifier of the key. It must have an - * appropriate type for step and must allow the - * usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE or - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION (see note) - * and the algorithm used by the operation. - * - * \note Once all inputs steps are completed, the operations will allow: - * - psa_key_derivation_output_bytes() if each input was either a direct input - * or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE set; - * - psa_key_derivation_output_key() if the input for step - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD - * was from a key slot with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE and each other input was - * either a direct input or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE set; - * - psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() if each input was either a direct input - * or a key with #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION set; - * - psa_key_derivation_verify_key() under the same conditions as - * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key allows neither #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE nor - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION, or it doesn't allow this - * algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm, or - * \c step does not allow key inputs of the given type - * or does not allow key inputs at all. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid for this input \p step, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_input_key( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_derivation_step_t step, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key); - -/** Perform a key agreement and use the shared secret as input to a key - * derivation. - * - * A key agreement algorithm takes two inputs: a private key \p private_key - * a public key \p peer_key. - * The result of this function is passed as input to a key derivation. - * The output of this key derivation can be extracted by reading from the - * resulting operation to produce keys and other cryptographic material. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to use. - * It must have been set up with - * psa_key_derivation_setup() with a - * key agreement and derivation algorithm - * \c alg (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(\c alg) is true - * and #PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(\c alg) - * is false). - * The operation must be ready for an - * input of the type given by \p step. - * \param step Which step the input data is for. - * \param private_key Identifier of the private key to use. It must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * \param[in] peer_key Public key of the peer. The peer key must be in the - * same format that psa_import_key() accepts for the - * public key type corresponding to the type of - * private_key. That is, this function performs the - * equivalent of - * #psa_import_key(..., - * `peer_key`, `peer_key_length`) where - * with key attributes indicating the public key - * type corresponding to the type of `private_key`. - * For example, for EC keys, this means that peer_key - * is interpreted as a point on the curve that the - * private key is on. The standard formats for public - * keys are documented in the documentation of - * psa_export_public_key(). - * \param peer_key_length Size of \p peer_key in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \c private_key is not compatible with \c alg, - * or \p peer_key is not valid for \c alg or not compatible with - * \c private_key, or \c step does not allow an input resulting - * from a key agreement. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \c alg is not supported or is not a key derivation algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid for this key agreement \p step, - * or the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_key_agreement( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_derivation_step_t step, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t private_key, - const uint8_t *peer_key, - size_t peer_key_length); - -/** Read some data from a key derivation operation. - * - * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and - * return those bytes. - * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this - * function destructively reads the requested number of bytes from the - * stream. - * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read. - * - * If this function returns an error status other than - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output will be written. - * \param output_length Number of bytes to output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * One of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA - * The operation's capacity was less than - * \p output_length bytes. Note that in this case, - * no output is written to the output buffer. - * The operation's capacity is set to 0, thus - * subsequent calls to this function will not - * succeed, even with a smaller output buffer. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed - * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_output_bytes( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_length); - -/** Derive a key from an ongoing key derivation operation. - * - * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm - * and uses those bytes to generate a key deterministically. - * The key's location, usage policy, type and size are taken from - * \p attributes. - * - * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this - * function destructively reads as many bytes as required from the - * stream. - * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read. - * - * If this function returns an error status other than - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * How much output is produced and consumed from the operation, and how - * the key is derived, depends on the key type and on the key size - * (denoted \c bits below): - * - * - For key types for which the key is an arbitrary sequence of bytes - * of a given size, this function is functionally equivalent to - * calling #psa_key_derivation_output_bytes - * and passing the resulting output to #psa_import_key. - * However, this function has a security benefit: - * if the implementation provides an isolation boundary then - * the key material is not exposed outside the isolation boundary. - * As a consequence, for these key types, this function always consumes - * exactly (\c bits / 8) bytes from the operation. - * The following key types defined in this specification follow this scheme: - * - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES; - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ARIA; - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA; - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE; - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_HMAC; - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH. - * - * - For ECC keys on a Montgomery elliptic curve - * (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(\c curve) where \c curve designates a - * Montgomery curve), this function always draws a byte string whose - * length is determined by the curve, and sets the mandatory bits - * accordingly. That is: - * - * - Curve25519 (#PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY, 255 bits): draw a 32-byte - * string and process it as specified in RFC 7748 §5. - * - Curve448 (#PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY, 448 bits): draw a 56-byte - * string and process it as specified in RFC 7748 §5. - * - * - For key types for which the key is represented by a single sequence of - * \c bits bits with constraints as to which bit sequences are acceptable, - * this function draws a byte string of length (\c bits / 8) bytes rounded - * up to the nearest whole number of bytes. If the resulting byte string - * is acceptable, it becomes the key, otherwise the drawn bytes are discarded. - * This process is repeated until an acceptable byte string is drawn. - * The byte string drawn from the operation is interpreted as specified - * for the output produced by psa_export_key(). - * The following key types defined in this specification follow this scheme: - * - * - #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DES. - * Force-set the parity bits, but discard forbidden weak keys. - * For 2-key and 3-key triple-DES, the three keys are generated - * successively (for example, for 3-key triple-DES, - * if the first 8 bytes specify a weak key and the next 8 bytes do not, - * discard the first 8 bytes, use the next 8 bytes as the first key, - * and continue reading output from the operation to derive the other - * two keys). - * - Finite-field Diffie-Hellman keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(\c group) - * where \c group designates any Diffie-Hellman group) and - * ECC keys on a Weierstrass elliptic curve - * (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(\c curve) where \c curve designates a - * Weierstrass curve). - * For these key types, interpret the byte string as integer - * in big-endian order. Discard it if it is not in the range - * [0, *N* - 2] where *N* is the boundary of the private key domain - * (the prime *p* for Diffie-Hellman, the subprime *q* for DSA, - * or the order of the curve's base point for ECC). - * Add 1 to the resulting integer and use this as the private key *x*. - * This method allows compliance to NIST standards, specifically - * the methods titled "key-pair generation by testing candidates" - * in NIST SP 800-56A §5.6.1.1.4 for Diffie-Hellman, - * in FIPS 186-4 §B.1.2 for DSA, and - * in NIST SP 800-56A §5.6.1.2.2 or - * FIPS 186-4 §B.4.2 for elliptic curve keys. - * - * - For other key types, including #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR, - * the way in which the operation output is consumed is - * implementation-defined. - * - * In all cases, the data that is read is discarded from the operation. - * The operation's capacity is decreased by the number of bytes read. - * - * For algorithms that take an input step #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET, - * the input to that step must be provided with psa_key_derivation_input_key(). - * Future versions of this specification may include additional restrictions - * on the derived key based on the attributes and strength of the secret key. - * - * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key. - * If the key type to be created is - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH then the algorithm in - * the policy must be the same as in the current - * operation. - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from. - * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created - * key. For persistent keys, this is the key - * identifier defined in \p attributes. - * \c 0 on failure. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata - * have been saved to persistent storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is - * already a persistent key with the given identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA - * There was not enough data to create the desired key. - * Note that in this case, no output is written to the output buffer. - * The operation's capacity is set to 0, thus subsequent calls to - * this function will not succeed, even with a smaller output buffer. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The key type or key size is not supported, either by the - * implementation in general or in this particular location. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The provided key attributes are not valid for the operation. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input was not provided through a - * key; or one of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed - * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_output_key( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key); - -/** Compare output data from a key derivation operation to an expected value. - * - * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and - * compares those bytes to an expected value in constant time. - * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this - * function destructively reads the expected number of bytes from the - * stream before comparing them. - * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read. - * - * This is functionally equivalent to the following code: - * \code - * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(operation, tmp, output_length); - * if (memcmp(output, tmp, output_length) != 0) - * return PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE; - * \endcode - * except (1) it works even if the key's policy does not allow outputting the - * bytes, and (2) the comparison will be done in constant time. - * - * If this function returns an error status other than - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE, - * the operation enters an error state and must be aborted by calling - * psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from. - * \param[in] expected_output Buffer containing the expected derivation output. - * \param output_length Length of the expected output; this is also the - * number of bytes that will be read. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The output was read successfully, but it differs from the expected - * output. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * One of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't allow - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA - * The operation's capacity was less than - * \p output_length bytes. Note that in this case, - * the operation's capacity is set to 0, thus - * subsequent calls to this function will not - * succeed, even with a smaller expected output. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed - * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *expected_output, - size_t output_length); - -/** Compare output data from a key derivation operation to an expected value - * stored in a key object. - * - * This function calculates output bytes from a key derivation algorithm and - * compares those bytes to an expected value, provided as key of type - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH. - * If you view the key derivation's output as a stream of bytes, this - * function destructively reads the number of bytes corresponding to the - * length of the expected value from the stream before comparing them. - * The operation's capacity decreases by the number of bytes read. - * - * This is functionally equivalent to exporting the key and calling - * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() on the result, except that it - * works even if the key cannot be exported. - * - * If this function returns an error status other than - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE, - * the operation enters an error state and must be aborted by calling - * psa_key_derivation_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The key derivation operation object to read from. - * \param[in] expected A key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH - * containing the expected output. Its policy must - * include the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION flag - * and the permitted algorithm must match the - * operation. The value of this key was likely - * computed by a previous call to - * psa_key_derivation_output_key(). - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The output was read successfully, but if differs from the expected - * output. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * The key passed as the expected value does not exist. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The key passed as the expected value has an invalid type. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key passed as the expected value does not allow this usage or - * this algorithm; or one of the inputs was a key whose policy didn't - * allow #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA - * The operation's capacity was less than - * the length of the expected value. In this case, - * the operation's capacity is set to 0, thus - * subsequent calls to this function will not - * succeed, even with a smaller expected output. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active and completed - * all required input steps), or the library has not been previously - * initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_verify_key( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_id_t expected); - -/** Abort a key derivation operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the \c - * operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be reused - * for another operation by calling psa_key_derivation_setup() again. - * - * This function may be called at any time after the operation - * object has been initialized as described in #psa_key_derivation_operation_t. - * - * In particular, it is valid to call psa_key_derivation_abort() twice, or to - * call psa_key_derivation_abort() on an operation that has not been set up. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation to abort. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_key_derivation_abort( - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *operation); - -/** Perform a key agreement and return the raw shared secret. - * - * \warning The raw result of a key agreement algorithm such as finite-field - * Diffie-Hellman or elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman has biases and should - * not be used directly as key material. It should instead be passed as - * input to a key derivation algorithm. To chain a key agreement with - * a key derivation, use psa_key_derivation_key_agreement() and other - * functions from the key derivation interface. - * - * \param alg The key agreement algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(\p alg) - * is true). - * \param private_key Identifier of the private key to use. It must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * \param[in] peer_key Public key of the peer. It must be - * in the same format that psa_import_key() - * accepts. The standard formats for public - * keys are documented in the documentation - * of psa_export_public_key(). - * \param peer_key_length Size of \p peer_key in bytes. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the decrypted message is to - * be written. - * \param output_size Size of the \c output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p alg is not a key agreement algorithm, or - * \p private_key is not compatible with \p alg, - * or \p peer_key is not valid for \p alg or not compatible with - * \p private_key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * \p output_size is too small - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p alg is not a supported key agreement algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_raw_key_agreement(psa_algorithm_t alg, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t private_key, - const uint8_t *peer_key, - size_t peer_key_length, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup random Random generation - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \brief Generate random bytes. - * - * \warning This function **can** fail! Callers MUST check the return status - * and MUST NOT use the content of the output buffer if the return - * status is not #PSA_SUCCESS. - * - * \note To generate a key, use psa_generate_key() instead. - * - * \param[out] output Output buffer for the generated data. - * \param output_size Number of bytes to generate and output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_generate_random(uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size); - -/** - * \brief Generate a key or key pair. - * - * The key is generated randomly. - * Its location, usage policy, type and size are taken from \p attributes. - * - * Implementations must reject an attempt to generate a key of size 0. - * - * The following type-specific considerations apply: - * - For RSA keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR), - * the public exponent is 65537. - * The modulus is a product of two probabilistic primes - * between 2^{n-1} and 2^n where n is the bit size specified in the - * attributes. - * - * \param[in] attributes The attributes for the new key. - * \param[out] key On success, an identifier for the newly created - * key. For persistent keys, this is the key - * identifier defined in \p attributes. - * \c 0 on failure. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * If the key is persistent, the key material and the key's metadata - * have been saved to persistent storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * This is an attempt to create a persistent key, and there is - * already a persistent key with the given identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_generate_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t *key); - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup interruptible_hash Interruptible sign/verify hash - * @{ - */ - -/** The type of the state data structure for interruptible hash - * signing operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a sign hash operation object, the - * application must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer - * #PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT, for example: - * \code - * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = - * PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function - * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init() to the structure, for - * example: - * \code - * psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t; - -/** The type of the state data structure for interruptible hash - * verification operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a sign hash operation object, the - * application must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer - * #PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT, for example: - * \code - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation = - * PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init() to the structure, for - * example: - * \code - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t; - -/** - * \brief Set the maximum number of ops allowed to be - * executed by an interruptible function in a - * single call. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note The time taken to execute a single op is - * implementation specific and depends on - * software, hardware, the algorithm, key type and - * curve chosen. Even within a single operation, - * successive ops can take differing amounts of - * time. The only guarantee is that lower values - * for \p max_ops means functions will block for a - * lesser maximum amount of time. The functions - * \c psa_sign_interruptible_get_num_ops() and - * \c psa_verify_interruptible_get_num_ops() are - * provided to help with tuning this value. - * - * \note This value defaults to - * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED, which - * means the whole operation will be done in one - * go, regardless of the number of ops required. - * - * \note If more ops are needed to complete a - * computation, #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE will be - * returned by the function performing the - * computation. It is then the caller's - * responsibility to either call again with the - * same operation context until it returns 0 or an - * error code; or to call the relevant abort - * function if the answer is no longer required. - * - * \note The interpretation of \p max_ops is also - * implementation defined. On a hard real time - * system, this can indicate a hard deadline, as a - * real-time system needs a guarantee of not - * spending more than X time, however care must be - * taken in such an implementation to avoid the - * situation whereby calls just return, not being - * able to do any actual work within the allotted - * time. On a non-real-time system, the - * implementation can be more relaxed, but again - * whether this number should be interpreted as as - * hard or soft limit or even whether a less than - * or equals as regards to ops executed in a - * single call is implementation defined. - * - * \note For keys in local storage when no accelerator - * driver applies, please see also the - * documentation for \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(), - * which is the internal implementation in these - * cases. - * - * \warning With implementations that interpret this number - * as a hard limit, setting this number too small - * may result in an infinite loop, whereby each - * call results in immediate return with no ops - * done (as there is not enough time to execute - * any), and thus no result will ever be achieved. - * - * \note This only applies to functions whose - * documentation mentions they may return - * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE. - * - * \param max_ops The maximum number of ops to be executed in a - * single call. This can be a number from 0 to - * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED, where 0 - * is the least amount of work done per call. - */ -void psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(uint32_t max_ops); - -/** - * \brief Get the maximum number of ops allowed to be - * executed by an interruptible function in a - * single call. This will return the last - * value set by - * \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() or - * #PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED if - * that function has never been called. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \return Maximum number of ops allowed to be - * executed by an interruptible function in a - * single call. - */ -uint32_t psa_interruptible_get_max_ops(void); - -/** - * \brief Get the number of ops that a hash signing - * operation has taken so far. If the operation - * has completed, then this will represent the - * number of ops required for the entire - * operation. After initialization or calling - * \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_abort() on - * the operation, a value of 0 will be returned. - * - * \note This interface is guaranteed re-entrant and - * thus may be called from driver code. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * This is a helper provided to help you tune the - * value passed to \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). - * - * \param operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t - * to use. This must be initialized first. - * - * \return Number of ops that the operation has taken so - * far. - */ -uint32_t psa_sign_hash_get_num_ops( - const psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation); - -/** - * \brief Get the number of ops that a hash verification - * operation has taken so far. If the operation - * has completed, then this will represent the - * number of ops required for the entire - * operation. After initialization or calling \c - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_abort() on the - * operation, a value of 0 will be returned. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * This is a helper provided to help you tune the - * value passed to \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). - * - * \param operation The \c - * psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t to - * use. This must be initialized first. - * - * \return Number of ops that the operation has taken so - * far. - */ -uint32_t psa_verify_hash_get_num_ops( - const psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation); - -/** - * \brief Start signing a hash or short message with a - * private key, in an interruptible manner. - * - * \see \c psa_sign_hash_complete() - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note This function combined with \c - * psa_sign_hash_complete() is equivalent to - * \c psa_sign_hash() but - * \c psa_sign_hash_complete() can return early and - * resume according to the limit set with \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the - * maximum time spent in a function call. - * - * \note Users should call \c psa_sign_hash_complete() - * repeatedly on the same context after a - * successful call to this function until \c - * psa_sign_hash_complete() either returns 0 or an - * error. \c psa_sign_hash_complete() will return - * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work - * to do. Alternatively users can call - * \c psa_sign_hash_abort() at any point if they no - * longer want the result. - * - * \note If this function returns an error status, the - * operation enters an error state and must be - * aborted by calling \c psa_sign_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t - * to use. This must be initialized first. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * It must be an asymmetric key pair. The key must - * allow the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH. - * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with - * the type of \p key. - * \param[in] hash The hash or message to sign. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation started successfully - call \c psa_sign_hash_complete() - * with the same context to complete the operation - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH flag, or it does - * not permit the requested algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * An operation has previously been started on this context, and is - * still in progress. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_start( - psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *hash, size_t hash_length); - -/** - * \brief Continue and eventually complete the action of - * signing a hash or short message with a private - * key, in an interruptible manner. - * - * \see \c psa_sign_hash_start() - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note This function combined with \c - * psa_sign_hash_start() is equivalent to - * \c psa_sign_hash() but this function can return - * early and resume according to the limit set with - * \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the - * maximum time spent in a function call. - * - * \note Users should call this function on the same - * operation object repeatedly until it either - * returns 0 or an error. This function will return - * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work - * to do. Alternatively users can call - * \c psa_sign_hash_abort() at any point if they no - * longer want the result. - * - * \note When this function returns successfully, the - * operation becomes inactive. If this function - * returns an error status, the operation enters an - * error state and must be aborted by calling - * \c psa_sign_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t - * to use. This must be initialized first, and have - * had \c psa_sign_hash_start() called with it - * first. - * - * \param[out] signature Buffer where the signature is to be written. - * \param signature_size Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. This - * must be appropriate for the selected - * algorithm and key: - * - The required signature size is - * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c - * key_bits, \c alg) where \c key_type and \c - * key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of key. - * - #PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE evaluates to the - * maximum signature size of any supported - * signature algorithm. - * \param[out] signature_length On success, the number of bytes that make up - * the returned signature value. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Operation completed successfully - * - * \retval #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE - * Operation was interrupted due to the setting of \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). There is still work to be done. - * Call this function again with the same operation object. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p signature buffer is too small. You can - * determine a sufficient buffer size by calling - * #PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c key_type, \c key_bits, \c alg) - * where \c key_type and \c key_bits are the type and bit-size - * respectively of \c key. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * An operation was not previously started on this context via - * \c psa_sign_hash_start(). - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has either not been previously initialized by - * psa_crypto_init() or you did not previously call - * psa_sign_hash_start() with this operation object. It is - * implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize results in - * this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_complete( - psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation, - uint8_t *signature, size_t signature_size, - size_t *signature_length); - -/** - * \brief Abort a sign hash operation. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note This function is the only function that clears - * the number of ops completed as part of the - * operation. Please ensure you copy this value via - * \c psa_sign_hash_get_num_ops() if required - * before calling. - * - * \note Aborting an operation frees all associated - * resources except for the \p operation structure - * itself. Once aborted, the operation object can - * be reused for another operation by calling \c - * psa_sign_hash_start() again. - * - * \note You may call this function any time after the - * operation object has been initialized. In - * particular, calling \c psa_sign_hash_abort() - * after the operation has already been terminated - * by a call to \c psa_sign_hash_abort() or - * psa_sign_hash_complete() is safe. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized sign hash operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation was aborted successfully. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_sign_hash_abort( - psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation); - -/** - * \brief Start reading and verifying a hash or short - * message, in an interruptible manner. - * - * \see \c psa_verify_hash_complete() - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note This function combined with \c - * psa_verify_hash_complete() is equivalent to - * \c psa_verify_hash() but \c - * psa_verify_hash_complete() can return early and - * resume according to the limit set with \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to reduce the - * maximum time spent in a function. - * - * \note Users should call \c psa_verify_hash_complete() - * repeatedly on the same operation object after a - * successful call to this function until \c - * psa_verify_hash_complete() either returns 0 or - * an error. \c psa_verify_hash_complete() will - * return #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is - * more work to do. Alternatively users can call - * \c psa_verify_hash_abort() at any point if they - * no longer want the result. - * - * \note If this function returns an error status, the - * operation enters an error state and must be - * aborted by calling \c psa_verify_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t - * to use. This must be initialized first. - * - * \param key Identifier of the key to use for the operation. - * The key must allow the usage - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH. - * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX - * value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(\p alg) - * is true), that is compatible with - * the type of \p key. - * \param[in] hash The hash whose signature is to be verified. - * \param hash_length Size of the \p hash buffer in bytes. - * \param[in] signature Buffer containing the signature to verify. - * \param signature_length Size of the \p signature buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation started successfully - please call \c - * psa_verify_hash_complete() with the same context to complete the - * operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Another operation has already been started on this context, and is - * still in progress. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH flag, or it does - * not permit the requested algorithm. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_start( - psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *hash, size_t hash_length, - const uint8_t *signature, size_t signature_length); - -/** - * \brief Continue and eventually complete the action of - * reading and verifying a hash or short message - * signed with a private key, in an interruptible - * manner. - * - * \see \c psa_verify_hash_start() - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change - * at any point. It is not bound by the usual - * interface stability promises. - * - * \note This function combined with \c - * psa_verify_hash_start() is equivalent to - * \c psa_verify_hash() but this function can - * return early and resume according to the limit - * set with \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to - * reduce the maximum time spent in a function - * call. - * - * \note Users should call this function on the same - * operation object repeatedly until it either - * returns 0 or an error. This function will return - * #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE if there is more work - * to do. Alternatively users can call - * \c psa_verify_hash_abort() at any point if they - * no longer want the result. - * - * \note When this function returns successfully, the - * operation becomes inactive. If this function - * returns an error status, the operation enters an - * error state and must be aborted by calling - * \c psa_verify_hash_abort(). - * - * \param[in, out] operation The \c psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t - * to use. This must be initialized first, and have - * had \c psa_verify_hash_start() called with it - * first. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Operation completed successfully, and the passed signature is valid. - * - * \retval #PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE - * Operation was interrupted due to the setting of \c - * psa_interruptible_set_max_ops(). There is still work to be done. - * Call this function again with the same operation object. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The calculation was performed successfully, but the passed - * signature is not a valid signature. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * An operation was not previously started on this context via - * \c psa_verify_hash_start(). - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has either not been previously initialized by - * psa_crypto_init() or you did not previously call - * psa_verify_hash_start() on this object. It is - * implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize results in - * this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_complete( - psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation); - -/** - * \brief Abort a verify hash operation. - * - * \warning This is a beta API, and thus subject to change at - * any point. It is not bound by the usual interface - * stability promises. - * - * \note This function is the only function that clears the - * number of ops completed as part of the operation. - * Please ensure you copy this value via - * \c psa_verify_hash_get_num_ops() if required - * before calling. - * - * \note Aborting an operation frees all associated - * resources except for the operation structure - * itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be - * reused for another operation by calling \c - * psa_verify_hash_start() again. - * - * \note You may call this function any time after the - * operation object has been initialized. - * In particular, calling \c psa_verify_hash_abort() - * after the operation has already been terminated by - * a call to \c psa_verify_hash_abort() or - * psa_verify_hash_complete() is safe. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Initialized verify hash operation. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation was aborted successfully. - * - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_verify_hash_abort( - psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t *operation); - - -/**@}*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -/* The file "crypto_sizes.h" contains definitions for size calculation - * macros whose definitions are implementation-specific. */ -#include "crypto_sizes.h" - -/* The file "crypto_struct.h" contains definitions for - * implementation-specific structs that are declared above. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_FILE -#else -#include "crypto_struct.h" -#endif - -/* The file "crypto_extra.h" contains vendor-specific definitions. This - * can include vendor-defined algorithms, extra functions, etc. */ -#include "crypto_extra.h" - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h b/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63fb29e..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_adjust_auto_enabled.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: enable always-on features - * - * Always enable certain features which require a negligible amount of code - * to implement, to avoid some edge cases in the configuration combinatorics. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H - -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA 1 - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_AUTO_ENABLED_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h b/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 63afc0e..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_adjust_config_key_pair_types.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration for key pair types. - * - * See docs/proposed/psa-conditional-inclusion-c.md. - * - Support non-basic operations in a keypair type implicitly enables basic - * support for that keypair type. - * - Support for a keypair type implicitly enables the corresponding public - * key type. - * - Basic support for a keypair type implicilty enables import/export support - * for that keypair type. Warning: this is implementation-specific (mainly - * for the benefit of testing) and may change in the future! - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H - -/***************************************************************** - * ANYTHING -> BASIC - ****************************************************************/ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) || \ - defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif - -/***************************************************************** - * BASIC -> corresponding PUBLIC - ****************************************************************/ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#endif - -/***************************************************************** - * BASIC -> IMPORT+EXPORT - * - * (Implementation-specific, may change in the future.) - ****************************************************************/ - -/* Even though KEY_PAIR symbols' feature several level of support (BASIC, IMPORT, - * EXPORT, GENERATE, DERIVE) we're not planning to have support only for BASIC - * without IMPORT/EXPORT since these last 2 features are strongly used in tests. - * In general it is allowed to include more feature than what is strictly - * requested. - * As a consequence IMPORT and EXPORT features will be automatically enabled - * as soon as the BASIC one is. */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_KEYPAIR_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h b/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h deleted file mode 100644 index cf33465..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_adjust_config_synonyms.h - * \brief Adjust PSA configuration: enable quasi-synonyms - * - * When two features require almost the same code, we automatically enable - * both when either one is requested, to reduce the combinatorics of - * possible configurations. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H - -/****************************************************************/ -/* De facto synonyms */ -/****************************************************************/ - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY -#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA_ANY PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG -#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW -#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT) && !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT -#elif !defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT) && defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS) -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_ADJUST_CONFIG_SYNONYMS_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h b/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h deleted file mode 100644 index 35c2e29..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,210 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers - * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer. - * This file contains the context structures of those algorithms which need to - * rely on other algorithms, i.e. are 'composite' algorithms. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The - * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the - * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h> - -#include "mbedtls/cmac.h" -#include "mbedtls/gcm.h" -#include "mbedtls/ccm.h" -#include "mbedtls/chachapoly.h" - -/* - * MAC multi-part operation definitions. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) -typedef struct { - /** The HMAC algorithm in use */ - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - /** The hash context. */ - struct psa_hash_operation_s hash_ctx; - /** The HMAC part of the context. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opad)[PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE]; -} mbedtls_psa_hmac_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HMAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT, { 0 } } -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC */ - -typedef struct { - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - union { - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_psa_hmac_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC) || defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CMAC */ - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -} mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } } - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD 1 -#endif - -/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS AEAD implementation. */ -typedef struct { - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type); - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_encrypt) : 1; - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tag_length); - - union { - unsigned dummy; /* Enable easier initializing of the union. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM) - mbedtls_ccm_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ccm); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM) - mbedtls_gcm_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(gcm); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_GCM */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) - mbedtls_chachapoly_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(chachapoly); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 */ - - } ctx; - -} mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } - -#include "mbedtls/ecdsa.h" - -/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS interruptible sign hash implementation. */ -typedef struct { -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - mbedtls_ecdsa_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_ctx); - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops); - - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(coordinate_bytes); - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - mbedtls_md_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_alg); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash)[PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)]; - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_length); - -#else - /* Make the struct non-empty if algs not supported. */ - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); - -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || - * defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) && - * defined( MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE ) */ -} mbedtls_psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t; - -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 }, { 0 }, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } -#else -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 } -#endif - -/* Context structure for the Mbed TLS interruptible verify hash - * implementation.*/ -typedef struct { -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) - - mbedtls_ecdsa_context *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(restart_ctx); - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops); - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash)[PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS)]; - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hash_length); - - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(r); - mbedtls_mpi MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(s); - -#else - /* Make the struct non-empty if algs not supported. */ - unsigned MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); - -#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || - * defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA) && - * defined( MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE ) */ - -} mbedtls_psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t; - -#if (defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \ - defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) -#define MBEDTLS_VERIFY_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 }, { 0 }, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 }, \ - { 0 } } -#else -#define MBEDTLS_VERIFY_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0 } -#endif - - -/* EC-JPAKE operation definitions */ - -#include "mbedtls/ecjpake.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE 1 -#endif - -/* Note: the format for mbedtls_ecjpake_read/write function has an extra - * length byte for each step, plus an extra 3 bytes for ECParameters in the - * server's 2nd round. */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_JPAKE_BUFFER_SIZE ((3 + 1 + 65 + 1 + 65 + 1 + 32) * 2) - -typedef struct { - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_len); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE) - mbedtls_ecjpake_role MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(role); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer[MBEDTLS_PSA_JPAKE_BUFFER_SIZE]); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer_length); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer_offset); -#endif - /* Context structure for the Mbed TLS EC-JPAKE implementation. */ - union { - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_JPAKE) - mbedtls_ecjpake_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(jpake); -#endif - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - -} mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT { { 0 } } - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_COMPOSITES_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h b/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b91ae7..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers - * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer. - * This file contains the context structures of key derivation algorithms - * which need to rely on other algorithms. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The - * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the - * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h> - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) -typedef struct { - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info_length); -#if PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE > 0xff -#error "PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE does not fit in uint8_t" -#endif - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(offset_in_block); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number); - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state) : 2; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(info_set) : 1; - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE]; - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(prk)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE]; - struct psa_mac_operation_s MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac); -} psa_hkdf_key_derivation_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF || - MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT || - MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS) -typedef struct { - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(data)[PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE]; -} psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS) -typedef enum { - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_INIT, /* no input provided */ - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_SEED_SET, /* seed has been set */ - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_OTHER_KEY_SET, /* other key has been set - optional */ - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_KEY_SET, /* key has been set */ - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_LABEL_SET, /* label has been set */ - PSA_TLS12_PRF_STATE_OUTPUT /* output has been started */ -} psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_state_t; - -typedef struct psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_s { -#if PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE > 0xff -#error "PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE does not fit in uint8_t" -#endif - - /* Indicates how many bytes in the current HMAC block have - * not yet been read by the user. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(left_in_block); - - /* The 1-based number of the block. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number); - - psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_state_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); - - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secret); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(secret_length); - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(seed); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(seed_length); - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(label); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(label_length); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS) - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(other_secret); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(other_secret_length); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */ - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(Ai)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE]; - - /* `HMAC_hash( prk, A( i ) + seed )` in the notation of RFC 5246, Sect. 5. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE]; -} psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) || - * MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */ -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2) -typedef enum { - PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_INIT, /* no input provided */ - PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_INPUT_COST_SET, /* input cost has been set */ - PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_SALT_SET, /* salt has been set */ - PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_PASSWORD_SET, /* password has been set */ - PSA_PBKDF2_STATE_OUTPUT /* output has been started */ -} psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_state_t; - -typedef struct { - psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_state_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state); - uint64_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(input_cost); - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(salt); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(salt_length); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password)[PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE]; - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_length); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(output_block)[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE]; - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bytes_used); - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_number); -} psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_t; -#endif /* PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2 */ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEY_DERIVATION_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h b/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h deleted file mode 100644 index 98ab4d3..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Context structure declaration of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers - * called through the PSA Crypto driver dispatch layer. - * This file contains the context structures of those algorithms which do not - * rely on other algorithms, i.e. are 'primitive' algorithms. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the Mbed TLS software-based PSA drivers. The - * definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h to define the - * implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include <psa/crypto_driver_common.h> - -/* - * Hash multi-part operation definitions. - */ - -#include "mbedtls/md5.h" -#include "mbedtls/ripemd160.h" -#include "mbedtls/sha1.h" -#include "mbedtls/sha256.h" -#include "mbedtls/sha512.h" -#include "mbedtls/sha3.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH -#endif - -typedef struct { - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make the union non-empty even with no supported algorithms. */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5) - mbedtls_md5_context md5; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160) - mbedtls_ripemd160_context ripemd160; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1) - mbedtls_sha1_context sha1; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224) - mbedtls_sha256_context sha256; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384) - mbedtls_sha512_context sha512; -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_224) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_256) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_384) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA3_512) - mbedtls_sha3_context sha3; -#endif - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -} mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } } - -/* - * Cipher multi-part operation definitions. - */ - -#include "mbedtls/cipher.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CTR) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CFB) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_OFB) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER 1 -#endif - -typedef struct { - /* Context structure for the Mbed TLS cipher implementation. */ - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_length); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_length); - union { - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); - mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher); - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -} mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_PRIMITIVES_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_compat.h b/include/psa/crypto_compat.h deleted file mode 100644 index f896fae..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_compat.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_compat.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: Backward compatibility aliases - * - * This header declares alternative names for macro and functions. - * New application code should not use these names. - * These names may be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* - * To support both openless APIs and psa_open_key() temporarily, define - * psa_key_handle_t to be equal to mbedtls_svc_key_id_t. Do not mark the - * type and its utility macros and functions deprecated yet. This will be done - * in a subsequent phase. - */ -typedef mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_key_handle_t; - -#define PSA_KEY_HANDLE_INIT MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT - -/** Check whether a handle is null. - * - * \param handle Handle - * - * \return Non-zero if the handle is null, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int psa_key_handle_is_null(psa_key_handle_t handle) -{ - return mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(handle); -} - -/** Open a handle to an existing persistent key. - * - * Open a handle to a persistent key. A key is persistent if it was created - * with a lifetime other than #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE. A persistent key - * always has a nonzero key identifier, set with psa_set_key_id() when - * creating the key. Implementations may provide additional pre-provisioned - * keys that can be opened with psa_open_key(). Such keys have an application - * key identifier in the vendor range, as documented in the description of - * #psa_key_id_t. - * - * The application must eventually close the handle with psa_close_key() or - * psa_destroy_key() to release associated resources. If the application dies - * without calling one of these functions, the implementation should perform - * the equivalent of a call to psa_close_key(). - * - * Some implementations permit an application to open the same key multiple - * times. If this is successful, each call to psa_open_key() will return a - * different key handle. - * - * \note This API is not part of the PSA Cryptography API Release 1.0.0 - * specification. It was defined in the 1.0 Beta 3 version of the - * specification but was removed in the 1.0.0 released version. This API is - * kept for the time being to not break applications relying on it. It is not - * deprecated yet but will be in the near future. - * - * \note Applications that rely on opening a key multiple times will not be - * portable to implementations that only permit a single key handle to be - * opened. See also :ref:\`key-handles\`. - * - * - * \param key The persistent identifier of the key. - * \param[out] handle On success, a handle to the key. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. The application can now use the value of `*handle` - * to access the key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY - * The implementation does not have sufficient resources to open the - * key. This can be due to reaching an implementation limit on the - * number of open keys, the number of open key handles, or available - * memory. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST - * There is no persistent key with key identifier \p key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p key is not a valid persistent key identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The specified key exists, but the application does not have the - * permission to access it. Note that this specification does not - * define any way to create such a key, but it may be possible - * through implementation-specific means. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_open_key(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key, - psa_key_handle_t *handle); - -/** Close a key handle. - * - * If the handle designates a volatile key, this will destroy the key material - * and free all associated resources, just like psa_destroy_key(). - * - * If this is the last open handle to a persistent key, then closing the handle - * will free all resources associated with the key in volatile memory. The key - * data in persistent storage is not affected and can be opened again later - * with a call to psa_open_key(). - * - * Closing the key handle makes the handle invalid, and the key handle - * must not be used again by the application. - * - * \note This API is not part of the PSA Cryptography API Release 1.0.0 - * specification. It was defined in the 1.0 Beta 3 version of the - * specification but was removed in the 1.0.0 released version. This API is - * kept for the time being to not break applications relying on it. It is not - * deprecated yet but will be in the near future. - * - * \note If the key handle was used to set up an active - * :ref:\`multipart operation <multipart-operations>\`, then closing the - * key handle can cause the multipart operation to fail. Applications should - * maintain the key handle until after the multipart operation has finished. - * - * \param handle The key handle to close. - * If this is \c 0, do nothing and return \c PSA_SUCCESS. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * \p handle was a valid handle or \c 0. It is now closed. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * \p handle is not a valid handle nor \c 0. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_close_key(psa_key_handle_t handle); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_COMPAT_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_config.h b/include/psa/crypto_config.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5bf00f4..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_config.h - * \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines) - * - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) -/** - * When #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is enabled in mbedtls_config.h, - * this file determines which cryptographic mechanisms are enabled - * through the PSA Cryptography API (\c psa_xxx() functions). - * - * To enable a cryptographic mechanism, uncomment the definition of - * the corresponding \c PSA_WANT_xxx preprocessor symbol. - * To disable a cryptographic mechanism, comment out the definition of - * the corresponding \c PSA_WANT_xxx preprocessor symbol. - * The names of cryptographic mechanisms correspond to values - * defined in psa/crypto_values.h, with the prefix \c PSA_WANT_ instead - * of \c PSA_. - * - * Note that many cryptographic mechanisms involve two symbols: one for - * the key type (\c PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx) and one for the algorithm - * (\c PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx). Mechanisms with additional parameters may involve - * additional symbols. - */ -#else -/** - * When \c MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG is disabled in mbedtls_config.h, - * this file is not used, and cryptographic mechanisms are supported - * through the PSA API if and only if they are supported through the - * mbedtls_xxx API. - */ -#endif -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H - -/* - * CBC-MAC is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS. - */ -//#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_MAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CFB 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_CTR 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_GCM 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_OFB 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS 1 - -/* XTS is not yet supported via the PSA API in Mbed TLS. - * Note: when adding support, also adjust include/mbedtls/config_psa.h */ -//#define PSA_WANT_ALG_XTS 1 - -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192 1 -/* - * SECP224K1 is buggy via the PSA API in Mbed TLS - * (https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/3541). Thus, do not enable it by - * default. - */ -//#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224 1 -/* For secp256r1, consider enabling #MBEDTLS_PSA_P256M_DRIVER_ENABLED - * (see the description in mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h for details). */ -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384 1 -#define PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521 1 - -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_HMAC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ARIA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DES 1 -//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR 1 /* Deprecated */ -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA 1 -//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR 1 /* Deprecated */ -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1 - -/* - * The following symbols extend and deprecate the legacy - * PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR ones. They include the usage of that key in - * the name's suffix. "_USE" is the most generic and it can be used to describe - * a generic suport, whereas other ones add more features on top of that and - * they are more specific. - */ -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 - -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 /* Not supported */ - -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -//#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 /* Not supported */ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h b/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h deleted file mode 100644 index cc11d3b..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_driver_common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_driver_common.h - * \brief Definitions for all PSA crypto drivers - * - * This file contains common definitions shared by all PSA crypto drivers. - * Do not include it directly: instead, include the header file(s) for - * the type(s) of driver that you are implementing. For example, if - * you are writing a dynamically registered driver for a secure element, - * include `psa/crypto_se_driver.h`. - * - * This file is part of the PSA Crypto Driver Model, containing functions for - * driver developers to implement to enable hardware to be called in a - * standardized way by a PSA Cryptographic API implementation. The functions - * comprising the driver model, which driver authors implement, are not - * intended to be called by application developers. - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H - -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -/* Include type definitions (psa_status_t, psa_algorithm_t, - * psa_key_type_t, etc.) and macros to build and analyze values - * of these types. */ -#include "crypto_types.h" -#include "crypto_values.h" -/* Include size definitions which are used to size some arrays in operation - * structures. */ -#include <psa/crypto_sizes.h> - -/** For encrypt-decrypt functions, whether the operation is an encryption - * or a decryption. */ -typedef enum { - PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_DECRYPT, - PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_ENCRYPT -} psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t; - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h b/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h deleted file mode 100644 index d717c51..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper - * interface. This file contains the context structures for 'composite' - * operations, i.e. those operations which need to make use of other operations - * from the primitives (crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h) - * - * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic - * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h - * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H - -#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */ -#include "psa/crypto_builtin_composites.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were - * declared during the autogeneration process. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) -#include <libtestdriver1/include/psa/crypto.h> -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \ - defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC) -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t; -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT -#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT - -#else -typedef mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t; -typedef mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT -#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_MAC_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_MAC */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \ - defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD) -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT -#else -typedef mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_AEAD */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \ - defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE) - -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t; -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT -#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT - -#else -typedef mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t; -typedef mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT -#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_PAKE */ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST */ - -/* Define the context to be used for an operation that is executed through the - * PSA Driver wrapper layer as the union of all possible driver's contexts. - * - * The union members are the driver's context structures, and the member names - * are formatted as `'drivername'_ctx`. This allows for procedural generation - * of both this file and the content of psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h */ - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_mac_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_mac_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx; - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_mac_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx; -#endif -} psa_driver_mac_context_t; - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_aead_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_aead_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx; -#endif -} psa_driver_aead_context_t; - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -} psa_driver_sign_hash_interruptible_context_t; - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -} psa_driver_verify_hash_interruptible_context_t; - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_pake_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_pake_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx; - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_pake_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx; -#endif -} psa_driver_pake_context_t; - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_COMPOSITES_H */ -/* End of automatically generated file. */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h b/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2119051..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper - * interface. This file contains the context structures for key derivation - * operations. - * - * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic - * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h - * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H - -#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */ -#include "psa/crypto_builtin_key_derivation.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were - * declared during the autogeneration process. */ - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND) - psa_hkdf_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hkdf); -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF) || \ - defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS) - psa_tls12_prf_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls12_prf); -#endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS) - psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tls12_ecjpake_to_pms); -#endif -#if defined(PSA_HAVE_SOFT_PBKDF2) - psa_pbkdf2_key_derivation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(pbkdf2); -#endif -} psa_driver_key_derivation_context_t; - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_KEY_DERIVATION_H */ -/* End of automatically generated file. */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h b/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h deleted file mode 100644 index c90a5fb..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Declaration of context structures for use with the PSA driver wrapper - * interface. This file contains the context structures for 'primitive' - * operations, i.e. those operations which do not rely on other contexts. - * - * Warning: This file will be auto-generated in the future. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * \note This header and its content are not part of the Mbed TLS API and - * applications must not depend on it. Its main purpose is to define the - * multi-part state objects of the PSA drivers included in the cryptographic - * library. The definitions of these objects are then used by crypto_struct.h - * to define the implementation-defined types of PSA multi-part state objects. - */ -/* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H - -#include "psa/crypto_driver_common.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for the Mbed TLS software drivers */ -#include "psa/crypto_builtin_primitives.h" - -/* Include the context structure definitions for those drivers that were - * declared during the autogeneration process. */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) -#include <libtestdriver1/include/psa/crypto.h> -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \ - defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER) -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT -#else -typedef mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_CIPHER */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1) && \ - defined(LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH) -typedef libtestdriver1_mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_HASH_OPERATION_INIT \ - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT -#else -typedef mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_HASH_OPERATION_INIT \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT -#endif /* MBEDTLS_TEST_LIBTESTDRIVER1 && - LIBTESTDRIVER1_MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_HASH */ - -typedef struct { - unsigned int initialised : 1; - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t ctx; -} mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_cipher_operation_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_OPAQUE_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT \ - { 0, MBEDTLS_TRANSPARENT_TEST_DRIVER_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT } - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST */ - -/* Define the context to be used for an operation that is executed through the - * PSA Driver wrapper layer as the union of all possible driver's contexts. - * - * The union members are the driver's context structures, and the member names - * are formatted as `'drivername'_ctx`. This allows for procedural generation - * of both this file and the content of psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h */ - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_hash_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_hash_operation_t test_driver_ctx; -#endif -} psa_driver_hash_context_t; - -typedef union { - unsigned dummy; /* Make sure this union is always non-empty */ - mbedtls_psa_cipher_operation_t mbedtls_ctx; -#if defined(PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_TEST) - mbedtls_transparent_test_driver_cipher_operation_t transparent_test_driver_ctx; - mbedtls_opaque_test_driver_cipher_operation_t opaque_test_driver_ctx; -#endif -} psa_driver_cipher_context_t; - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVER_CONTEXTS_PRIMITIVES_H */ -/* End of automatically generated file. */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_extra.h b/include/psa/crypto_extra.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef29b77..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_extra.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2064 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_extra.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS vendor extensions - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * This file is reserved for vendor-specific definitions. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "crypto_types.h" -#include "crypto_compat.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* UID for secure storage seed */ -#define PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID 0xFFFFFF52 - -/* See mbedtls_config.h for definition */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_SLOT_COUNT 32 -#endif - -/** \addtogroup attributes - * @{ - */ - -/** \brief Declare the enrollment algorithm for a key. - * - * An operation on a key may indifferently use the algorithm set with - * psa_set_key_algorithm() or with this function. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param alg2 A second algorithm that the key may be used - * for, in addition to the algorithm set with - * psa_set_key_algorithm(). - * - * \warning Setting an enrollment algorithm is not recommended, because - * using the same key with different algorithms can allow some - * attacks based on arithmetic relations between different - * computations made with the same key, or can escalate harmless - * side channels into exploitable ones. Use this function only - * if it is necessary to support a protocol for which it has been - * verified that the usage of the key with multiple algorithms - * is safe. - */ -static inline void psa_set_key_enrollment_algorithm( - psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_algorithm_t alg2) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2) = alg2; -} - -/** Retrieve the enrollment algorithm policy from key attributes. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * - * \return The enrollment algorithm stored in the attribute structure. - */ -static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_enrollment_algorithm( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2); -} - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) - -/** Retrieve the slot number where a key is stored. - * - * A slot number is only defined for keys that are stored in a secure - * element. - * - * This information is only useful if the secure element is not entirely - * managed through the PSA Cryptography API. It is up to the secure - * element driver to decide how PSA slot numbers map to any other interface - * that the secure element may have. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * \param[out] slot_number On success, the slot number containing the key. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The key is located in a secure element, and \p *slot_number - * indicates the slot number that contains it. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The caller is not permitted to query the slot number. - * Mbed TLS currently does not return this error. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The key is not located in a secure element. - */ -psa_status_t psa_get_key_slot_number( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_slot_number_t *slot_number); - -/** Choose the slot number where a key is stored. - * - * This function declares a slot number in the specified attribute - * structure. - * - * A slot number is only meaningful for keys that are stored in a secure - * element. It is up to the secure element driver to decide how PSA slot - * numbers map to any other interface that the secure element may have. - * - * \note Setting a slot number in key attributes for a key creation can - * cause the following errors when creating the key: - * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the selected secure element does - * not support choosing a specific slot number. - * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED if the caller is not permitted to - * choose slot numbers in general or to choose this specific slot. - * - #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT if the chosen slot number is not - * valid in general or not valid for this specific key. - * - #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS if there is already a key in the - * selected slot. - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - * \param slot_number The slot number to set. - */ -static inline void psa_set_key_slot_number( - psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_slot_number_t slot_number) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) |= MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_FLAG_HAS_SLOT_NUMBER; - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(slot_number) = slot_number; -} - -/** Remove the slot number attribute from a key attribute structure. - * - * This function undoes the action of psa_set_key_slot_number(). - * - * \param[out] attributes The attribute structure to write to. - */ -static inline void psa_clear_key_slot_number( - psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags) &= - ~MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_FLAG_HAS_SLOT_NUMBER; -} - -/** Register a key that is already present in a secure element. - * - * The key must be located in a secure element designated by the - * lifetime field in \p attributes, in the slot set with - * psa_set_key_slot_number() in the attribute structure. - * This function makes the key available through the key identifier - * specified in \p attributes. - * - * \param[in] attributes The attributes of the existing key. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The key was successfully registered. - * Note that depending on the design of the driver, this may or may - * not guarantee that a key actually exists in the designated slot - * and is compatible with the specified attributes. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * There is already a key with the identifier specified in - * \p attributes. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The secure element driver for the specified lifetime does not - * support registering a key. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The identifier in \p attributes is invalid, namely the identifier is - * not in the user range, or - * \p attributes specifies a lifetime which is not located - * in a secure element, or no slot number is specified in \p attributes, - * or the specified slot number is not valid. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The caller is not authorized to register the specified key slot. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_register_se_key( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes); - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** - * \brief Library deinitialization. - * - * This function clears all data associated with the PSA layer, - * including the whole key store. - * - * This is an Mbed TLS extension. - */ -void mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(void); - -/** \brief Statistics about - * resource consumption related to the PSA keystore. - * - * \note The content of this structure is not part of the stable API and ABI - * of Mbed TLS and may change arbitrarily from version to version. - */ -typedef struct mbedtls_psa_stats_s { - /** Number of slots containing key material for a volatile key. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(volatile_slots); - /** Number of slots containing key material for a key which is in - * internal persistent storage. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_slots); - /** Number of slots containing a reference to a key in a - * secure element. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(external_slots); - /** Number of slots which are occupied, but do not contain - * key material yet. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(half_filled_slots); - /** Number of slots that contain cache data. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cache_slots); - /** Number of slots that are not used for anything. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(empty_slots); - /** Number of slots that are locked. */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(locked_slots); - /** Largest key id value among open keys in internal persistent storage. */ - psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_open_internal_key_id); - /** Largest key id value among open keys in secure elements. */ - psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(max_open_external_key_id); -} mbedtls_psa_stats_t; - -/** \brief Get statistics about - * resource consumption related to the PSA keystore. - * - * \note When Mbed TLS is built as part of a service, with isolation - * between the application and the keystore, the service may or - * may not expose this function. - */ -void mbedtls_psa_get_stats(mbedtls_psa_stats_t *stats); - -/** - * \brief Inject an initial entropy seed for the random generator into - * secure storage. - * - * This function injects data to be used as a seed for the random generator - * used by the PSA Crypto implementation. On devices that lack a trusted - * entropy source (preferably a hardware random number generator), - * the Mbed PSA Crypto implementation uses this value to seed its - * random generator. - * - * On devices without a trusted entropy source, this function must be - * called exactly once in the lifetime of the device. On devices with - * a trusted entropy source, calling this function is optional. - * In all cases, this function may only be called before calling any - * other function in the PSA Crypto API, including psa_crypto_init(). - * - * When this function returns successfully, it populates a file in - * persistent storage. Once the file has been created, this function - * can no longer succeed. - * - * If any error occurs, this function does not change the system state. - * You can call this function again after correcting the reason for the - * error if possible. - * - * \warning This function **can** fail! Callers MUST check the return status. - * - * \warning If you use this function, you should use it as part of a - * factory provisioning process. The value of the injected seed - * is critical to the security of the device. It must be - * *secret*, *unpredictable* and (statistically) *unique per device*. - * You should be generate it randomly using a cryptographically - * secure random generator seeded from trusted entropy sources. - * You should transmit it securely to the device and ensure - * that its value is not leaked or stored anywhere beyond the - * needs of transmitting it from the point of generation to - * the call of this function, and erase all copies of the value - * once this function returns. - * - * This is an Mbed TLS extension. - * - * \note This function is only available on the following platforms: - * * If the compile-time option MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is enabled. - * Note that you must provide compatible implementations of - * mbedtls_nv_seed_read and mbedtls_nv_seed_write. - * * In a client-server integration of PSA Cryptography, on the client side, - * if the server supports this feature. - * \param[in] seed Buffer containing the seed value to inject. - * \param[in] seed_size Size of the \p seed buffer. - * The size of the seed in bytes must be greater - * or equal to both #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_BLOCK_SIZE - * and the value of \c MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_PLATFORM - * in `library/entropy_poll.h` in the Mbed TLS source - * code. - * It must be less or equal to - * #MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SEED_SIZE. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The seed value was injected successfully. The random generator - * of the PSA Crypto implementation is now ready for use. - * You may now call psa_crypto_init() and use the PSA Crypto - * implementation. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p seed_size is out of range. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * There was a failure reading or writing from storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The library has already been initialized. It is no longer - * possible to call this function. - */ -psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_inject_entropy(const uint8_t *seed, - size_t seed_size); - -/** \addtogroup crypto_types - * @{ - */ - -/** DSA public key. - * - * The import and export format is the - * representation of the public key `y = g^x mod p` as a big-endian byte - * string. The length of the byte string is the length of the base prime `p` - * in bytes. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4002) - -/** DSA key pair (private and public key). - * - * The import and export format is the - * representation of the private key `x` as a big-endian byte string. The - * length of the byte string is the private key size in bytes (leading zeroes - * are not stripped). - * - * Deterministic DSA key derivation with psa_generate_derived_key follows - * FIPS 186-4 §B.1.2: interpret the byte string as integer - * in big-endian order. Discard it if it is not in the range - * [0, *N* - 2] where *N* is the boundary of the private key domain - * (the prime *p* for Diffie-Hellman, the subprime *q* for DSA, - * or the order of the curve's base point for ECC). - * Add 1 to the resulting integer and use this as the private key *x*. - * - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7002) - -/** Whether a key type is a DSA key (pair or public-only). */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DSA(type) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY) - -#define PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000400) -/** DSA signature with hashing. - * - * This is the signature scheme defined by FIPS 186-4, - * with a random per-message secret number (*k*). - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding DSA signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_DSA(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000500) -#define PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG -/** Deterministic DSA signature with hashing. - * - * This is the deterministic variant defined by RFC 6979 of - * the signature scheme defined by FIPS 186-4. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding DSA signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_DSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK & ~PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) == \ - PSA_ALG_DSA_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_DSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) != 0) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_DETERMINISTIC_DSA(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) && PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg)) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RANDOMIZED_DSA(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) && !PSA_ALG_DSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg)) - - -/* We need to expand the sample definition of this macro from - * the API definition. */ -#undef PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN -#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) \ - PSA_ALG_IS_DSA(alg) - -/**@}*/ - -/** \addtogroup attributes - * @{ - */ - -/** Custom Diffie-Hellman group. - * - * For keys of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(#PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM) or - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(#PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM), the group data comes - * from domain parameters set by psa_set_key_domain_parameters(). - */ -#define PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM ((psa_dh_family_t) 0x7e) - -/** PAKE operation stages. */ -#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_SETUP 0 -#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_COLLECT_INPUTS 1 -#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_COMPUTATION 2 - -/** - * \brief Set domain parameters for a key. - * - * Some key types require additional domain parameters in addition to - * the key type identifier and the key size. Use this function instead - * of psa_set_key_type() when you need to specify domain parameters. - * - * The format for the required domain parameters varies based on the key type. - * - * - For RSA keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY or #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR), - * the domain parameter data consists of the public exponent, - * represented as a big-endian integer with no leading zeros. - * This information is used when generating an RSA key pair. - * When importing a key, the public exponent is read from the imported - * key data and the exponent recorded in the attribute structure is ignored. - * As an exception, the public exponent 65537 is represented by an empty - * byte string. - * - For DSA keys (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY or #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_KEY_PAIR), - * the `Dss-Params` format as defined by RFC 3279 §2.3.2. - * ``` - * Dss-Params ::= SEQUENCE { - * p INTEGER, - * q INTEGER, - * g INTEGER - * } - * ``` - * - For Diffie-Hellman key exchange keys - * (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(#PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM) or - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(#PSA_DH_FAMILY_CUSTOM)), the - * `DomainParameters` format as defined by RFC 3279 §2.3.3. - * ``` - * DomainParameters ::= SEQUENCE { - * p INTEGER, -- odd prime, p=jq +1 - * g INTEGER, -- generator, g - * q INTEGER, -- factor of p-1 - * j INTEGER OPTIONAL, -- subgroup factor - * validationParams ValidationParams OPTIONAL - * } - * ValidationParams ::= SEQUENCE { - * seed BIT STRING, - * pgenCounter INTEGER - * } - * ``` - * - * \note This function may allocate memory or other resources. - * Once you have called this function on an attribute structure, - * you must call psa_reset_key_attributes() to free these resources. - * - * \note This is an experimental extension to the interface. It may change - * in future versions of the library. - * - * \param[in,out] attributes Attribute structure where the specified domain - * parameters will be stored. - * If this function fails, the content of - * \p attributes is not modified. - * \param type Key type (a \c PSA_KEY_TYPE_XXX value). - * \param[in] data Buffer containing the key domain parameters. - * The content of this buffer is interpreted - * according to \p type as described above. - * \param data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - */ -psa_status_t psa_set_key_domain_parameters(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_type_t type, - const uint8_t *data, - size_t data_length); - -/** - * \brief Get domain parameters for a key. - * - * Get the domain parameters for a key with this function, if any. The format - * of the domain parameters written to \p data is specified in the - * documentation for psa_set_key_domain_parameters(). - * - * \note This is an experimental extension to the interface. It may change - * in future versions of the library. - * - * \param[in] attributes The key attribute structure to query. - * \param[out] data On success, the key domain parameters. - * \param data_size Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * The buffer is guaranteed to be large - * enough if its size in bytes is at least - * the value given by - * PSA_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(). - * \param[out] data_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the key domain parameters data. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \emptydescription - */ -psa_status_t psa_get_key_domain_parameters( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - uint8_t *data, - size_t data_size, - size_t *data_length); - -/** Safe output buffer size for psa_get_key_domain_parameters(). - * - * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \note This is an experimental extension to the interface. It may change - * in future versions of the library. - * - * \param key_type A supported key type. - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_get_key_domain_parameters() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported - * by the implementation, this macro shall return either a - * sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, the - * return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? sizeof(int) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(key_type) ? PSA_DH_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DSA(key_type) ? PSA_DSA_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - 0) -#define PSA_DH_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (4 + (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) + 5) * 3 /*without optional parts*/) -#define PSA_DSA_KEY_DOMAIN_PARAMETERS_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (4 + (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) + 5) * 2 /*p, g*/ + 34 /*q*/) - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup psa_tls_helpers TLS helper functions - * @{ - */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) -#include <mbedtls/ecp.h> - -/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the Mbed TLS encoding to PSA. - * - * \note This function is provided solely for the convenience of - * Mbed TLS and may be removed at any time without notice. - * - * \param grpid An Mbed TLS elliptic curve identifier - * (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`). - * \param[out] bits On success, the bit size of the curve. - * - * \return The corresponding PSA elliptic curve identifier - * (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`). - * \return \c 0 on failure (\p grpid is not recognized). - */ -psa_ecc_family_t mbedtls_ecc_group_to_psa(mbedtls_ecp_group_id grpid, - size_t *bits); - -/** Convert an ECC curve identifier from the PSA encoding to Mbed TLS. - * - * \note This function is provided solely for the convenience of - * Mbed TLS and may be removed at any time without notice. - * - * \param curve A PSA elliptic curve identifier - * (`PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`). - * \param bits The bit-length of a private key on \p curve. - * \param bits_is_sloppy If true, \p bits may be the bit-length rounded up - * to the nearest multiple of 8. This allows the caller - * to infer the exact curve from the length of a key - * which is supplied as a byte string. - * - * \return The corresponding Mbed TLS elliptic curve identifier - * (`MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_xxx`). - * \return #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if \c curve is not recognized. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_NONE if \p bits is not - * correct for \p curve. - */ -mbedtls_ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecc_group_of_psa(psa_ecc_family_t curve, - size_t bits, - int bits_is_sloppy); -#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup psa_external_rng External random generator - * @{ - */ - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) -/** External random generator function, implemented by the platform. - * - * When the compile-time option #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG is enabled, - * this function replaces Mbed TLS's entropy and DRBG modules for all - * random generation triggered via PSA crypto interfaces. - * - * \note This random generator must deliver random numbers with cryptographic - * quality and high performance. It must supply unpredictable numbers - * with a uniform distribution. The implementation of this function - * is responsible for ensuring that the random generator is seeded - * with sufficient entropy. If you have a hardware TRNG which is slow - * or delivers non-uniform output, declare it as an entropy source - * with mbedtls_entropy_add_source() instead of enabling this option. - * - * \param[in,out] context Pointer to the random generator context. - * This is all-bits-zero on the first call - * and preserved between successive calls. - * \param[out] output Output buffer. On success, this buffer - * contains random data with a uniform - * distribution. - * \param output_size The size of the \p output buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] output_length On success, set this value to \p output_size. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. The output buffer contains \p output_size bytes of - * cryptographic-quality random data, and \c *output_length is - * set to \p output_size. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY - * The random generator requires extra entropy and there is no - * way to obtain entropy under current environment conditions. - * This error should not happen under normal circumstances since - * this function is responsible for obtaining as much entropy as - * it needs. However implementations of this function may return - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY if there is no way to obtain - * entropy without blocking indefinitely. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE - * A failure of the random generator hardware that isn't covered - * by #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY. - */ -psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_external_get_random( - mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t *context, - uint8_t *output, size_t output_size, size_t *output_length); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup psa_builtin_keys Built-in keys - * @{ - */ - -/** The minimum value for a key identifier that is built into the - * implementation. - * - * The range of key identifiers from #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN - * to #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX within the range from - * #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN and #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX and must not intersect - * with any other set of implementation-chosen key identifiers. - * - * This value is part of the library's ABI since changing it would invalidate - * the values of built-in key identifiers in applications. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fff0000) - -/** The maximum value for a key identifier that is built into the - * implementation. - * - * See #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN for more information. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fffefff) - -/** A slot number identifying a key in a driver. - * - * Values of this type are used to identify built-in keys. - */ -typedef uint64_t psa_drv_slot_number_t; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS) -/** Test whether a key identifier belongs to the builtin key range. - * - * \param key_id Key identifier to test. - * - * \retval 1 - * The key identifier is a builtin key identifier. - * \retval 0 - * The key identifier is not a builtin key identifier. - */ -static inline int psa_key_id_is_builtin(psa_key_id_t key_id) -{ - return (key_id >= MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN) && - (key_id <= MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX); -} - -/** Platform function to obtain the location and slot number of a built-in key. - * - * An application-specific implementation of this function must be provided if - * #MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS is enabled. This would typically be provided - * as part of a platform's system image. - * - * #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(\p key_id) needs to be in the range from - * #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MIN to #MBEDTLS_PSA_KEY_ID_BUILTIN_MAX. - * - * In a multi-application configuration - * (\c MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER is defined), - * this function should check that #MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(\p key_id) - * is allowed to use the given key. - * - * \param key_id The key ID for which to retrieve the - * location and slot attributes. - * \param[out] lifetime On success, the lifetime associated with the key - * corresponding to \p key_id. Lifetime is a - * combination of which driver contains the key, - * and with what persistence level the key is - * intended to be used. If the platform - * implementation does not contain specific - * information about the intended key persistence - * level, the persistence level may be reported as - * #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT. - * \param[out] slot_number On success, the slot number known to the driver - * registered at the lifetime location reported - * through \p lifetime which corresponds to the - * requested built-in key. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The requested key identifier designates a built-in key. - * In a multi-application configuration, the requested owner - * is allowed to access it. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST - * The requested key identifier is not a built-in key which is known - * to this function. If a key exists in the key storage with this - * identifier, the data from the storage will be used. - * \return (any other error) - * Any other error is propagated to the function that requested the key. - * Common errors include: - * - #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED: the key exists but the requested owner - * is not allowed to access it. - */ -psa_status_t mbedtls_psa_platform_get_builtin_key( - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key_id, - psa_key_lifetime_t *lifetime, - psa_drv_slot_number_t *slot_number); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_BUILTIN_KEYS */ - -/** @} */ - -/** \addtogroup crypto_types - * @{ - */ - -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0a000000) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a password-authenticated key exchange (PAKE) - * algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE) - -/** The Password-authenticated key exchange by juggling (J-PAKE) algorithm. - * - * This is J-PAKE as defined by RFC 8236, instantiated with the following - * parameters: - * - * - The group can be either an elliptic curve or defined over a finite field. - * - Schnorr NIZK proof as defined by RFC 8235 and using the same group as the - * J-PAKE algorithm. - * - A cryptographic hash function. - * - * To select these parameters and set up the cipher suite, call these functions - * in any order: - * - * \code - * psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm(cipher_suite, PSA_ALG_JPAKE); - * psa_pake_cs_set_primitive(cipher_suite, - * PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(type, family, bits)); - * psa_pake_cs_set_hash(cipher_suite, hash); - * \endcode - * - * For more information on how to set a specific curve or field, refer to the - * documentation of the individual \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants. - * - * After initializing a J-PAKE operation, call - * - * \code - * psa_pake_setup(operation, cipher_suite); - * psa_pake_set_user(operation, ...); - * psa_pake_set_peer(operation, ...); - * psa_pake_set_password_key(operation, ...); - * \endcode - * - * The password is provided as a key. This can be the password text itself, - * in an agreed character encoding, or some value derived from the password - * as required by a higher level protocol. - * - * (The implementation converts the key material to a number as described in - * Section 2.3.8 of _SEC 1: Elliptic Curve Cryptography_ - * (https://www.secg.org/sec1-v2.pdf), before reducing it modulo \c q. Here - * \c q is order of the group defined by the primitive set in the cipher suite. - * The \c psa_pake_set_password_key() function returns an error if the result - * of the reduction is 0.) - * - * The key exchange flow for J-PAKE is as follows: - * -# To get the first round data that needs to be sent to the peer, call - * \code - * // Get g1 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Get the ZKP public key for x1 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Get the ZKP proof for x1 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * // Get g2 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Get the ZKP public key for x2 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Get the ZKP proof for x2 - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * \endcode - * -# To provide the first round data received from the peer to the operation, - * call - * \code - * // Set g3 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Set the ZKP public key for x3 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Set the ZKP proof for x3 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * // Set g4 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Set the ZKP public key for x4 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Set the ZKP proof for x4 - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * \endcode - * -# To get the second round data that needs to be sent to the peer, call - * \code - * // Get A - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Get ZKP public key for x2*s - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Get ZKP proof for x2*s - * psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * \endcode - * -# To provide the second round data received from the peer to the operation, - * call - * \code - * // Set B - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...); - * // Set ZKP public key for x4*s - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC, ...); - * // Set ZKP proof for x4*s - * psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF, ...); - * \endcode - * -# To access the shared secret call - * \code - * // Get Ka=Kb=K - * psa_pake_get_implicit_key() - * \endcode - * - * For more information consult the documentation of the individual - * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants. - * - * At this point there is a cryptographic guarantee that only the authenticated - * party who used the same password is able to compute the key. But there is no - * guarantee that the peer is the party it claims to be and was able to do so. - * - * That is, the authentication is only implicit (the peer is not authenticated - * at this point, and no action should be taken that assume that they are - like - * for example accessing restricted files). - * - * To make the authentication explicit there are various methods, see Section 5 - * of RFC 8236 for two examples. - * - */ -#define PSA_ALG_JPAKE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0a000100) - -/** @} */ - -/** \defgroup pake Password-authenticated key exchange (PAKE) - * - * This is a proposed PAKE interface for the PSA Crypto API. It is not part of - * the official PSA Crypto API yet. - * - * \note The content of this section is not part of the stable API and ABI - * of Mbed TLS and may change arbitrarily from version to version. - * Same holds for the corresponding macros #PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_PAKE and - * #PSA_ALG_JPAKE. - * @{ - */ - -/** \brief Encoding of the application role of PAKE - * - * Encodes the application's role in the algorithm is being executed. For more - * information see the documentation of individual \c PSA_PAKE_ROLE_XXX - * constants. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_pake_role_t; - -/** Encoding of input and output indicators for PAKE. - * - * Some PAKE algorithms need to exchange more data than just a single key share. - * This type is for encoding additional input and output data for such - * algorithms. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_pake_step_t; - -/** Encoding of the type of the PAKE's primitive. - * - * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff. - * Vendors who define additional types must use an encoding in this range. - * - * For more information see the documentation of individual - * \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_pake_primitive_type_t; - -/** \brief Encoding of the family of the primitive associated with the PAKE. - * - * For more information see the documentation of individual - * \c PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_XXX constants. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_pake_family_t; - -/** \brief Encoding of the primitive associated with the PAKE. - * - * For more information see the documentation of the #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE macro. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_pake_primitive_t; - -/** A value to indicate no role in a PAKE algorithm. - * This value can be used in a call to psa_pake_set_role() for symmetric PAKE - * algorithms which do not assign roles. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_NONE ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x00) - -/** The first peer in a balanced PAKE. - * - * Although balanced PAKE algorithms are symmetric, some of them needs an - * ordering of peers for the transcript calculations. If the algorithm does not - * need this, both #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST and #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND are - * accepted. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x01) - -/** The second peer in a balanced PAKE. - * - * Although balanced PAKE algorithms are symmetric, some of them needs an - * ordering of peers for the transcript calculations. If the algorithm does not - * need this, either #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_FIRST or #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND are - * accepted. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SECOND ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x02) - -/** The client in an augmented PAKE. - * - * Augmented PAKE algorithms need to differentiate between client and server. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_CLIENT ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x11) - -/** The server in an augmented PAKE. - * - * Augmented PAKE algorithms need to differentiate between client and server. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_ROLE_SERVER ((psa_pake_role_t) 0x12) - -/** The PAKE primitive type indicating the use of elliptic curves. - * - * The values of the \c family and \c bits fields of the cipher suite identify a - * specific elliptic curve, using the same mapping that is used for ECC - * (::psa_ecc_family_t) keys. - * - * (Here \c family means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_family() and - * \c bits means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_bits().) - * - * Input and output during the operation can involve group elements and scalar - * values: - * -# The format for group elements is the same as for public keys on the - * specific curve would be. For more information, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_public_key(). - * -# The format for scalars is the same as for private keys on the specific - * curve would be. For more information, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_key(). - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC ((psa_pake_primitive_type_t) 0x01) - -/** The PAKE primitive type indicating the use of Diffie-Hellman groups. - * - * The values of the \c family and \c bits fields of the cipher suite identify - * a specific Diffie-Hellman group, using the same mapping that is used for - * Diffie-Hellman (::psa_dh_family_t) keys. - * - * (Here \c family means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_family() and - * \c bits means the value returned by psa_pake_cs_get_bits().) - * - * Input and output during the operation can involve group elements and scalar - * values: - * -# The format for group elements is the same as for public keys on the - * specific group would be. For more information, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_public_key(). - * -# The format for scalars is the same as for private keys on the specific - * group would be. For more information, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_key(). - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_DH ((psa_pake_primitive_type_t) 0x02) - -/** Construct a PAKE primitive from type, family and bit-size. - * - * \param pake_type The type of the primitive - * (value of type ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t). - * \param pake_family The family of the primitive - * (the type and interpretation of this parameter depends - * on \p pake_type, for more information consult the - * documentation of individual ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t - * constants). - * \param pake_bits The bit-size of the primitive - * (Value of type \c size_t. The interpretation - * of this parameter depends on \p pake_family, for more - * information consult the documentation of individual - * ::psa_pake_primitive_type_t constants). - * - * \return The constructed primitive value of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t. - * Return 0 if the requested primitive can't be encoded as - * ::psa_pake_primitive_t. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(pake_type, pake_family, pake_bits) \ - ((pake_bits & 0xFFFF) != pake_bits) ? 0 : \ - ((psa_pake_primitive_t) (((pake_type) << 24 | \ - (pake_family) << 16) | (pake_bits))) - -/** The key share being sent to or received from the peer. - * - * The format for both input and output at this step is the same as for public - * keys on the group determined by the primitive (::psa_pake_primitive_t) would - * be. - * - * For more information on the format, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_public_key(). - * - * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the - * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x01) - -/** A Schnorr NIZKP public key. - * - * This is the ephemeral public key in the Schnorr Non-Interactive - * Zero-Knowledge Proof (the value denoted by the letter 'V' in RFC 8235). - * - * The format for both input and output at this step is the same as for public - * keys on the group determined by the primitive (::psa_pake_primitive_t) would - * be. - * - * For more information on the format, consult the documentation of - * psa_export_public_key(). - * - * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the - * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x02) - -/** A Schnorr NIZKP proof. - * - * This is the proof in the Schnorr Non-Interactive Zero-Knowledge Proof (the - * value denoted by the letter 'r' in RFC 8235). - * - * Both for input and output, the value at this step is an integer less than - * the order of the group selected in the cipher suite. The format depends on - * the group as well: - * - * - For Montgomery curves, the encoding is little endian. - * - For everything else the encoding is big endian (see Section 2.3.8 of - * _SEC 1: Elliptic Curve Cryptography_ at https://www.secg.org/sec1-v2.pdf). - * - * In both cases leading zeroes are allowed as long as the length in bytes does - * not exceed the byte length of the group order. - * - * For information regarding how the group is determined, consult the - * documentation #PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF ((psa_pake_step_t) 0x03) - -/** The type of the data structure for PAKE cipher suites. - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. - */ -typedef struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s psa_pake_cipher_suite_t; - -/** Return an initial value for a PAKE cipher suite object. - */ -static psa_pake_cipher_suite_t psa_pake_cipher_suite_init(void); - -/** Retrieve the PAKE algorithm from a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query. - * - * \return The PAKE algorithm stored in the cipher suite structure. - */ -static psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_algorithm( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Declare the PAKE algorithm for the cipher suite. - * - * This function overwrites any PAKE algorithm - * previously set in \p cipher_suite. - * - * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to. - * \param algorithm The PAKE algorithm to write. - * (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type ::psa_algorithm_t - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true.) - * If this is 0, the PAKE algorithm in - * \p cipher_suite becomes unspecified. - */ -static void psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm); - -/** Retrieve the primitive from a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query. - * - * \return The primitive stored in the cipher suite structure. - */ -static psa_pake_primitive_t psa_pake_cs_get_primitive( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Declare the primitive for a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * This function overwrites any primitive previously set in \p cipher_suite. - * - * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to. - * \param primitive The primitive to write. If this is 0, the - * primitive type in \p cipher_suite becomes - * unspecified. - */ -static void psa_pake_cs_set_primitive(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_pake_primitive_t primitive); - -/** Retrieve the PAKE family from a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query. - * - * \return The PAKE family stored in the cipher suite structure. - */ -static psa_pake_family_t psa_pake_cs_get_family( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Retrieve the PAKE primitive bit-size from a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query. - * - * \return The PAKE primitive bit-size stored in the cipher suite structure. - */ -static uint16_t psa_pake_cs_get_bits( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Retrieve the hash algorithm from a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to query. - * - * \return The hash algorithm stored in the cipher suite structure. The return - * value is 0 if the PAKE is not parametrised by a hash algorithm or if - * the hash algorithm is not set. - */ -static psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_hash( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Declare the hash algorithm for a PAKE cipher suite. - * - * This function overwrites any hash algorithm - * previously set in \p cipher_suite. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * \param[out] cipher_suite The cipher suite structure to write to. - * \param hash The hash involved in the cipher suite. - * (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type ::psa_algorithm_t - * such that #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\c alg) is true.) - * If this is 0, the hash algorithm in - * \p cipher_suite becomes unspecified. - */ -static void psa_pake_cs_set_hash(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_algorithm_t hash); - -/** The type of the state data structure for PAKE operations. - * - * Before calling any function on a PAKE operation object, the application - * must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_pake_operation_t operation; - * memset(&operation, 0, sizeof(operation)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_pake_operation_t operation = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_pake_operation_t operation = PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_pake_operation_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_pake_operation_t operation; - * operation = psa_pake_operation_init(); - * \endcode - * - * This is an implementation-defined \c struct. Applications should not - * make any assumptions about the content of this structure. - * Implementation details can change in future versions without notice. */ -typedef struct psa_pake_operation_s psa_pake_operation_t; - -/** The type of input values for PAKE operations. */ -typedef struct psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_s psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t; - -/** The type of computation stage for J-PAKE operations. */ -typedef struct psa_jpake_computation_stage_s psa_jpake_computation_stage_t; - -/** Return an initial value for a PAKE operation object. - */ -static psa_pake_operation_t psa_pake_operation_init(void); - -/** Get the length of the password in bytes from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] password_len Password length. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Password hasn't been set yet. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_password_len( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - size_t *password_len); - -/** Get the password from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] buffer Return buffer for password. - * \param buffer_size Size of the return buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] buffer_length Actual size of the password in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Password hasn't been set yet. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_password( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - uint8_t *buffer, size_t buffer_size, size_t *buffer_length); - -/** Get the length of the user id in bytes from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] user_len User id length. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * User id hasn't been set yet. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_user_len( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - size_t *user_len); - -/** Get the length of the peer id in bytes from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] peer_len Peer id length. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Peer id hasn't been set yet. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_peer_len( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - size_t *peer_len); - -/** Get the user id from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] user_id User id. - * \param user_id_size Size of \p user_id in bytes. - * \param[out] user_id_len Size of the user id in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * User id hasn't been set yet. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p user_id is too small. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_user( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - uint8_t *user_id, size_t user_id_size, size_t *user_id_len); - -/** Get the peer id from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] peer_id Peer id. - * \param peer_id_size Size of \p peer_id in bytes. - * \param[out] peer_id_length Size of the peer id in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Peer id hasn't been set yet. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p peer_id is too small. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_peer( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - uint8_t *peer_id, size_t peer_id_size, size_t *peer_id_length); - -/** Get the cipher suite from given inputs. - * - * \param[in] inputs Operation inputs. - * \param[out] cipher_suite Return buffer for role. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Cipher_suite hasn't been set yet. - */ -psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_pake_get_cipher_suite( - const psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t *inputs, - psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Set the session information for a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * The sequence of operations to set up a password-authenticated key exchange - * is as follows: - * -# Allocate an operation object which will be passed to all the functions - * listed here. - * -# Initialize the operation object with one of the methods described in the - * documentation for #psa_pake_operation_t, e.g. - * #PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT. - * -# Call psa_pake_setup() to specify the cipher suite. - * -# Call \c psa_pake_set_xxx() functions on the operation to complete the - * setup. The exact sequence of \c psa_pake_set_xxx() functions that needs - * to be called depends on the algorithm in use. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * A typical sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key - * exchange: - * -# Call psa_pake_output(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...) to get the - * key share that needs to be sent to the peer. - * -# Call psa_pake_input(operation, #PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE, ...) to provide - * the key share that was received from the peer. - * -# Depending on the algorithm additional calls to psa_pake_output() and - * psa_pake_input() might be necessary. - * -# Call psa_pake_get_implicit_key() for accessing the shared secret. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * If an error occurs at any step after a call to psa_pake_setup(), - * the operation will need to be reset by a call to psa_pake_abort(). The - * application may call psa_pake_abort() at any time after the operation - * has been initialized. - * - * After a successful call to psa_pake_setup(), the application must - * eventually terminate the operation. The following events terminate an - * operation: - * - A call to psa_pake_abort(). - * - A successful call to psa_pake_get_implicit_key(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set up. It must have - * been initialized but not set up yet. - * \param[in] cipher_suite The cipher suite to use. (A cipher suite fully - * characterizes a PAKE algorithm and determines - * the algorithm as well.) - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The algorithm in \p cipher_suite is not a PAKE algorithm, or the - * PAKE primitive in \p cipher_suite is not compatible with the - * PAKE algorithm, or the hash algorithm in \p cipher_suite is invalid - * or not compatible with the PAKE algorithm and primitive. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The algorithm in \p cipher_suite is not a supported PAKE algorithm, - * or the PAKE primitive in \p cipher_suite is not supported or not - * compatible with the PAKE algorithm, or the hash algorithm in - * \p cipher_suite is not supported or not compatible with the PAKE - * algorithm and primitive. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_setup(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite); - -/** Set the password for a password-authenticated key exchange from key ID. - * - * Call this function when the password, or a value derived from the password, - * is already present in the key store. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the password for. It - * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and - * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor - * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must - * be on operation for which the password hasn't - * been set yet (psa_pake_set_password_key() - * hasn't been called yet). - * \param password Identifier of the key holding the password or a - * value derived from the password (eg. by a - * memory-hard function). It must remain valid - * until the operation terminates. It must be of - * type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD or - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH. It has to allow - * the usage #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * \p password is not a valid key identifier. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * The key does not have the #PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE flag, or it does not - * permit the \p operation's algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The key type for \p password is not #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD or - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH, or \p password is not compatible with - * the \p operation's cipher suite. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The key type or key size of \p password is not supported with the - * \p operation's cipher suite. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must have been set up.), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_set_password_key(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t password); - -/** Set the user ID for a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * Call this function to set the user ID. For PAKE algorithms that associate a - * user identifier with each side of the session you need to call - * psa_pake_set_peer() as well. For PAKE algorithms that associate a single - * user identifier with the session, call psa_pake_set_user() only. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the user ID for. It - * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and - * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor - * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must - * be on operation for which the user ID hasn't - * been set (psa_pake_set_user() hasn't been - * called yet). - * \param[in] user_id The user ID to authenticate with. - * \param user_id_len Size of the \p user_id buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p user_id is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm and cipher - * suite. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The value of \p user_id is not supported by the implementation. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_set_user(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *user_id, - size_t user_id_len); - -/** Set the peer ID for a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * Call this function in addition to psa_pake_set_user() for PAKE algorithms - * that associate a user identifier with each side of the session. For PAKE - * algorithms that associate a single user identifier with the session, call - * psa_pake_set_user() only. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to set the peer ID for. It - * must have been set up by psa_pake_setup() and - * not yet in use (neither psa_pake_output() nor - * psa_pake_input() has been called yet). It must - * be on operation for which the peer ID hasn't - * been set (psa_pake_set_peer() hasn't been - * called yet). - * \param[in] peer_id The peer's ID to authenticate. - * \param peer_id_len Size of the \p peer_id buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p peer_id is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm and cipher - * suite. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The algorithm doesn't associate a second identity with the session. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * Calling psa_pake_set_peer() is invalid with the \p operation's - * algorithm, the operation state is not valid, or the library has not - * been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_set_peer(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - const uint8_t *peer_id, - size_t peer_id_len); - -/** Set the application role for a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * Not all PAKE algorithms need to differentiate the communicating entities. - * It is optional to call this function for PAKEs that don't require a role - * to be specified. For such PAKEs the application role parameter is ignored, - * or #PSA_PAKE_ROLE_NONE can be passed as \c role. - * - * Refer to the documentation of individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` - * values of type ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) - * for more information. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation object to specify the - * application's role for. It must have been set up - * by psa_pake_setup() and not yet in use (neither - * psa_pake_output() nor psa_pake_input() has been - * called yet). It must be on operation for which - * the application's role hasn't been specified - * (psa_pake_set_role() hasn't been called yet). - * \param role A value of type ::psa_pake_role_t indicating the - * application's role in the PAKE the algorithm - * that is being set up. For more information see - * the documentation of \c PSA_PAKE_ROLE_XXX - * constants. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The \p role is not a valid PAKE role in the \p operation’s algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * The \p role for this algorithm is not supported or is not valid. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid, or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_set_role(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - psa_pake_role_t role); - -/** Get output for a step of a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * Depending on the algorithm being executed, you might need to call this - * function several times or you might not need to call this at all. - * - * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key - * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of - * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type - * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more - * information. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_pake_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation. - * \param step The step of the algorithm for which the output is - * requested. - * \param[out] output Buffer where the output is to be written in the - * format appropriate for this \p step. Refer to - * the documentation of the individual - * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants for more - * information. - * \param output_size Size of the \p output buffer in bytes. This must - * be at least #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\c alg, \c - * primitive, \p output_step) where \c alg and - * \p primitive are the PAKE algorithm and primitive - * in the operation's cipher suite, and \p step is - * the output step. - * - * \param[out] output_length On success, the number of bytes of the returned - * output. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - * The size of the \p output buffer is too small. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p step is not compatible with the operation's algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p step is not supported with the operation's algorithm. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and fully set - * up, and this call must conform to the algorithm's requirements - * for ordering of input and output steps), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_output(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - psa_pake_step_t step, - uint8_t *output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *output_length); - -/** Provide input for a step of a password-authenticated key exchange. - * - * Depending on the algorithm being executed, you might need to call this - * function several times or you might not need to call this at all. - * - * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key - * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of - * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type - * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more - * information. - * - * If this function returns an error status, the operation enters an error - * state and must be aborted by calling psa_pake_abort(). - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation. - * \param step The step for which the input is provided. - * \param[in] input Buffer containing the input in the format - * appropriate for this \p step. Refer to the - * documentation of the individual - * \c PSA_PAKE_STEP_XXX constants for more - * information. - * \param input_length Size of the \p input buffer in bytes. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The verification fails for a #PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PROOF input step. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p input_length is not compatible with the \p operation’s algorithm, - * or the \p input is not valid for the \p operation's algorithm, - * cipher suite or \p step. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * \p step p is not supported with the \p operation's algorithm, or the - * \p input is not supported for the \p operation's algorithm, cipher - * suite or \p step. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The operation state is not valid (it must be active, and fully set - * up, and this call must conform to the algorithm's requirements - * for ordering of input and output steps), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_input(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - psa_pake_step_t step, - const uint8_t *input, - size_t input_length); - -/** Get implicitly confirmed shared secret from a PAKE. - * - * At this point there is a cryptographic guarantee that only the authenticated - * party who used the same password is able to compute the key. But there is no - * guarantee that the peer is the party it claims to be and was able to do so. - * - * That is, the authentication is only implicit. Since the peer is not - * authenticated yet, no action should be taken yet that assumes that the peer - * is who it claims to be. For example, do not access restricted files on the - * peer's behalf until an explicit authentication has succeeded. - * - * This function can be called after the key exchange phase of the operation - * has completed. It imports the shared secret output of the PAKE into the - * provided derivation operation. The input step - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is used when placing the shared key - * material in the key derivation operation. - * - * The exact sequence of calls to perform a password-authenticated key - * exchange depends on the algorithm in use. Refer to the documentation of - * individual PAKE algorithm types (`PSA_ALG_XXX` values of type - * ::psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\c alg) is true) for more - * information. - * - * When this function returns successfully, \p operation becomes inactive. - * If this function returns an error status, both \p operation - * and \c key_derivation operations enter an error state and must be aborted by - * calling psa_pake_abort() and psa_key_derivation_abort() respectively. - * - * \param[in,out] operation Active PAKE operation. - * \param[out] output A key derivation operation that is ready - * for an input step of type - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is not compatible with the - * algorithm in the \p output key derivation operation. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * Input from a PAKE is not supported by the algorithm in the \p output - * key derivation operation. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The PAKE operation state is not valid (it must be active, but beyond - * that validity is specific to the algorithm), or - * the library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(), - * or the state of \p output is not valid for - * the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET step. This can happen if the - * step is out of order or the application has done this step already - * and it may not be repeated. - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_get_implicit_key(psa_pake_operation_t *operation, - psa_key_derivation_operation_t *output); - -/** Abort a PAKE operation. - * - * Aborting an operation frees all associated resources except for the \c - * operation structure itself. Once aborted, the operation object can be reused - * for another operation by calling psa_pake_setup() again. - * - * This function may be called at any time after the operation - * object has been initialized as described in #psa_pake_operation_t. - * - * In particular, calling psa_pake_abort() after the operation has been - * terminated by a call to psa_pake_abort() or psa_pake_get_implicit_key() - * is safe and has no effect. - * - * \param[in,out] operation The operation to abort. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * The library has not been previously initialized by psa_crypto_init(). - * It is implementation-dependent whether a failure to initialize - * results in this error code. - */ -psa_status_t psa_pake_abort(psa_pake_operation_t *operation); - -/**@}*/ - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_pake_output(). - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_pake_output() will not fail due to an insufficient output buffer - * size. The actual size of the output might be smaller in any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE - * - * \param alg A PAKE algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\p alg) is true). - * \param primitive A primitive of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param output_step A value of type ::psa_pake_step_t that is valid for the - * algorithm \p alg. - * \return A sufficient output buffer size for the specified - * PAKE algorithm, primitive, and output step. If the - * PAKE algorithm, primitive, or output step is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(alg, primitive, output_step) \ - (alg == PSA_ALG_JPAKE && \ - primitive == PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC, \ - PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1, 256) ? \ - ( \ - output_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ? 65 : \ - output_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ? 65 : \ - 32 \ - ) : \ - 0) - -/** A sufficient input buffer size for psa_pake_input(). - * - * The value returned by this macro is guaranteed to be large enough for any - * valid input to psa_pake_input() in an operation with the specified - * parameters. - * - * See also #PSA_PAKE_INPUT_MAX_SIZE - * - * \param alg A PAKE algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(\p alg) is true). - * \param primitive A primitive of type ::psa_pake_primitive_t that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param input_step A value of type ::psa_pake_step_t that is valid for the - * algorithm \p alg. - * \return A sufficient input buffer size for the specified - * input, cipher suite and algorithm. If the cipher suite, - * the input type or PAKE algorithm is not recognized, or - * the parameters are incompatible, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE(alg, primitive, input_step) \ - (alg == PSA_ALG_JPAKE && \ - primitive == PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_ECC, \ - PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1, 256) ? \ - ( \ - input_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_KEY_SHARE ? 65 : \ - input_step == PSA_PAKE_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC ? 65 : \ - 32 \ - ) : \ - 0) - -/** Output buffer size for psa_pake_output() for any of the supported PAKE - * algorithm and primitive suites and output step. - * - * This macro must expand to a compile-time constant integer. - * - * The value of this macro must be at least as large as the largest value - * returned by PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE() - * - * See also #PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p alg, \p primitive, \p output_step). - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE 65 - -/** Input buffer size for psa_pake_input() for any of the supported PAKE - * algorithm and primitive suites and input step. - * - * This macro must expand to a compile-time constant integer. - * - * The value of this macro must be at least as large as the largest value - * returned by PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE() - * - * See also #PSA_PAKE_INPUT_SIZE(\p alg, \p primitive, \p output_step). - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_INPUT_MAX_SIZE 65 - -/** Returns a suitable initializer for a PAKE cipher suite object of type - * psa_pake_cipher_suite_t. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_CIPHER_SUITE_INIT { PSA_ALG_NONE, 0, 0, 0, PSA_ALG_NONE } - -/** Returns a suitable initializer for a PAKE operation object of type - * psa_pake_operation_t. - */ -#define PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, PSA_ALG_NONE, 0, PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_STAGE_SETUP, \ - { 0 }, { { 0 } } } - -struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s { - psa_algorithm_t algorithm; - psa_pake_primitive_type_t type; - psa_pake_family_t family; - uint16_t bits; - psa_algorithm_t hash; -}; - -static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_algorithm( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite) -{ - return cipher_suite->algorithm; -} - -static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_algorithm( - psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm) -{ - if (!PSA_ALG_IS_PAKE(algorithm)) { - cipher_suite->algorithm = 0; - } else { - cipher_suite->algorithm = algorithm; - } -} - -static inline psa_pake_primitive_t psa_pake_cs_get_primitive( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite) -{ - return PSA_PAKE_PRIMITIVE(cipher_suite->type, cipher_suite->family, - cipher_suite->bits); -} - -static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_primitive( - psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_pake_primitive_t primitive) -{ - cipher_suite->type = (psa_pake_primitive_type_t) (primitive >> 24); - cipher_suite->family = (psa_pake_family_t) (0xFF & (primitive >> 16)); - cipher_suite->bits = (uint16_t) (0xFFFF & primitive); -} - -static inline psa_pake_family_t psa_pake_cs_get_family( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite) -{ - return cipher_suite->family; -} - -static inline uint16_t psa_pake_cs_get_bits( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite) -{ - return cipher_suite->bits; -} - -static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_pake_cs_get_hash( - const psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite) -{ - return cipher_suite->hash; -} - -static inline void psa_pake_cs_set_hash(psa_pake_cipher_suite_t *cipher_suite, - psa_algorithm_t hash) -{ - if (!PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(hash)) { - cipher_suite->hash = 0; - } else { - cipher_suite->hash = hash; - } -} - -struct psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_s { - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(password_len); - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(user_len); - uint8_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(peer_len); - psa_key_attributes_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(attributes); - psa_pake_cipher_suite_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_suite); -}; - -typedef enum psa_crypto_driver_pake_step { - PSA_JPAKE_STEP_INVALID = 0, /* Invalid step */ - PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 1, /* Round 1: input/output key share (for ephemeral private key X1).*/ - PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 2, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X1 key */ - PSA_JPAKE_X1_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 3, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X1 key */ - PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 4, /* Round 1: input/output key share (for ephemeral private key X2).*/ - PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 5, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X2 key */ - PSA_JPAKE_X2_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 6, /* Round 1: input/output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X2 key */ - PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 7, /* Round 2: output X2S key (our key) */ - PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 8, /* Round 2: output Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X2S key (our key) */ - PSA_JPAKE_X2S_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 9, /* Round 2: output Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X2S key (our key) */ - PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_KEY_SHARE = 10, /* Round 2: input X4S key (from peer) */ - PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_ZK_PUBLIC = 11, /* Round 2: input Schnorr NIZKP public key for the X4S key (from peer) */ - PSA_JPAKE_X4S_STEP_ZK_PROOF = 12 /* Round 2: input Schnorr NIZKP proof for the X4S key (from peer) */ -} psa_crypto_driver_pake_step_t; - -typedef enum psa_jpake_round { - PSA_JPAKE_FIRST = 0, - PSA_JPAKE_SECOND = 1, - PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED = 2 -} psa_jpake_round_t; - -typedef enum psa_jpake_io_mode { - PSA_JPAKE_INPUT = 0, - PSA_JPAKE_OUTPUT = 1 -} psa_jpake_io_mode_t; - -struct psa_jpake_computation_stage_s { - /* The J-PAKE round we are currently on */ - psa_jpake_round_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(round); - /* The 'mode' we are currently in (inputting or outputting) */ - psa_jpake_io_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(io_mode); - /* The number of completed inputs so far this round */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(inputs); - /* The number of completed outputs so far this round */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(outputs); - /* The next expected step (KEY_SHARE, ZK_PUBLIC or ZK_PROOF) */ - psa_pake_step_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(step); -}; - -#define PSA_JPAKE_EXPECTED_INPUTS(round) ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED ? 0 : \ - ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FIRST ? 2 : 1)) -#define PSA_JPAKE_EXPECTED_OUTPUTS(round) ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FINISHED ? 0 : \ - ((round) == PSA_JPAKE_FIRST ? 2 : 1)) - -struct psa_pake_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - /* Algorithm of the PAKE operation */ - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - /* A primitive of type compatible with algorithm */ - psa_pake_primitive_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(primitive); - /* Stage of the PAKE operation: waiting for the setup, collecting inputs - * or computing. */ - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(stage); - /* Holds computation stage of the PAKE algorithms. */ - union { - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_JPAKE) - psa_jpake_computation_stage_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(jpake); -#endif - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(computation_stage); - union { - psa_driver_pake_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - psa_crypto_driver_pake_inputs_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(inputs); - } MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(data); -}; - -static inline struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s psa_pake_cipher_suite_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_pake_cipher_suite_s v = PSA_PAKE_CIPHER_SUITE_INIT; - return v; -} - -static inline struct psa_pake_operation_s psa_pake_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_pake_operation_s v = PSA_PAKE_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_EXTRA_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h b/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7df3614..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_legacy.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_legacy.h - * - * \brief Add temporary suppport for deprecated symbols before they are - * removed from the library. - * - * PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR and MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR - * symbols are deprecated. - * New symols add a suffix to that base name in order to clearly state what is - * the expected use for the key (use, import, export, generate, derive). - * Here we define some backward compatibility support for uses stil using - * the legacy symbols. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE 1 -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT 1 -#endif -#if !defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE 1 -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_DERIVE -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR) //no-check-names -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_IMPORT -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_EXPORT -#endif -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE) -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_GENERATE -#endif -#endif - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_LEGACY_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_platform.h b/include/psa/crypto_platform.h deleted file mode 100644 index f32a101..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_platform.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_platform.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS platform definitions - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * This file contains platform-dependent type definitions. - * - * In implementations with isolation between the application and the - * cryptography module, implementers should take care to ensure that - * the definitions that are exposed to applications match what the - * module implements. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -/* - * Include the build-time configuration information file. Here, we do not - * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which - * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the - * PSA cryptography repository which has a different build system and - * configuration. - */ -#include "psa/build_info.h" - -/* PSA requires several types which C99 provides in stdint.h. */ -#include <stdint.h> - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER) - -/* Building for the PSA Crypto service on a PSA platform, a key owner is a PSA - * partition identifier. - * - * The function psa_its_identifier_of_slot() in psa_crypto_storage.c that - * translates a key identifier to a key storage file name assumes that - * mbedtls_key_owner_id_t is a 32-bit integer. This function thus needs - * reworking if mbedtls_key_owner_id_t is not defined as a 32-bit integer - * here anymore. - */ -typedef int32_t mbedtls_key_owner_id_t; - -/** Compare two key owner identifiers. - * - * \param id1 First key owner identifier. - * \param id2 Second key owner identifier. - * - * \return Non-zero if the two key owner identifiers are equal, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_key_owner_id_equal(mbedtls_key_owner_id_t id1, - mbedtls_key_owner_id_t id2) -{ - return id1 == id2; -} - -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */ - -/* - * When MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM is defined, the code is being built for SPM - * (Secure Partition Manager) integration which separates the code into two - * parts: NSPE (Non-Secure Processing Environment) and SPE (Secure Processing - * Environment). When building for the SPE, an additional header file should be - * included. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM) -#define PSA_CRYPTO_SECURE 1 -#include "crypto_spe.h" -#endif // MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG) -/** The type of the context passed to mbedtls_psa_external_get_random(). - * - * Mbed TLS initializes the context to all-bits-zero before calling - * mbedtls_psa_external_get_random() for the first time. - * - * The definition of this type in the Mbed TLS source code is for - * demonstration purposes. Implementers of mbedtls_psa_external_get_random() - * are expected to replace it with a custom definition. - */ -typedef struct { - uintptr_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(opaque)[2]; -} mbedtls_psa_external_random_context_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_EXTERNAL_RNG */ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h b/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ce14bb..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1383 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_se_driver.h - * \brief PSA external cryptoprocessor driver module - * - * This header declares types and function signatures for cryptography - * drivers that access key material via opaque references. - * This is meant for cryptoprocessors that have a separate key storage from the - * space in which the PSA Crypto implementation runs, typically secure - * elements (SEs). - * - * This file is part of the PSA Crypto Driver HAL (hardware abstraction layer), - * containing functions for driver developers to implement to enable hardware - * to be called in a standardized way by a PSA Cryptography API - * implementation. The functions comprising the driver HAL, which driver - * authors implement, are not intended to be called by application developers. - */ - -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#include "crypto_driver_common.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** \defgroup se_init Secure element driver initialization - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** \brief Driver context structure - * - * Driver functions receive a pointer to this structure. - * Each registered driver has one instance of this structure. - * - * Implementations must include the fields specified here and - * may include other fields. - */ -typedef struct { - /** A read-only pointer to the driver's persistent data. - * - * Drivers typically use this persistent data to keep track of - * which slot numbers are available. This is only a guideline: - * drivers may use the persistent data for any purpose, keeping - * in mind the restrictions on when the persistent data is saved - * to storage: the persistent data is only saved after calling - * certain functions that receive a writable pointer to the - * persistent data. - * - * The core allocates a memory buffer for the persistent data. - * The pointer is guaranteed to be suitably aligned for any data type, - * like a pointer returned by `malloc` (but the core can use any - * method to allocate the buffer, not necessarily `malloc`). - * - * The size of this buffer is in the \c persistent_data_size field of - * this structure. - * - * Before the driver is initialized for the first time, the content of - * the persistent data is all-bits-zero. After a driver upgrade, if the - * size of the persistent data has increased, the original data is padded - * on the right with zeros; if the size has decreased, the original data - * is truncated to the new size. - * - * This pointer is to read-only data. Only a few driver functions are - * allowed to modify the persistent data. These functions receive a - * writable pointer. These functions are: - * - psa_drv_se_t::p_init - * - psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate - * - psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy - * - * The PSA Cryptography core saves the persistent data from one - * session to the next. It does this before returning from API functions - * that call a driver method that is allowed to modify the persistent - * data, specifically: - * - psa_crypto_init() causes a call to psa_drv_se_t::p_init, and may call - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy to complete an action - * that was interrupted by a power failure. - * - Key creation functions cause a call to - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate, and may cause a call to - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy in case an error occurs. - * - psa_destroy_key() causes a call to - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy. - */ - const void *const MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data); - - /** The size of \c persistent_data in bytes. - * - * This is always equal to the value of the `persistent_data_size` field - * of the ::psa_drv_se_t structure when the driver is registered. - */ - const size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data_size); - - /** Driver transient data. - * - * The core initializes this value to 0 and does not read or modify it - * afterwards. The driver may store whatever it wants in this field. - */ - uintptr_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(transient_data); -} psa_drv_se_context_t; - -/** \brief A driver initialization function. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data - * that allows writing. - * \param location The location value for which this driver - * is registered. The driver will be invoked - * for all keys whose lifetime is in this - * location. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The driver is operational. - * The core will update the persistent data in storage. - * \return - * Any other return value prevents the driver from being used in - * this session. - * The core will NOT update the persistent data in storage. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_init_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *persistent_data, - psa_key_location_t location); - -#if defined(__DOXYGEN_ONLY__) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) -/* Mbed TLS with secure element support enabled defines this type in - * crypto_types.h because it is also visible to applications through an - * implementation-specific extension. - * For the PSA Cryptography specification, this type is only visible - * via crypto_se_driver.h. */ -/** An internal designation of a key slot between the core part of the - * PSA Crypto implementation and the driver. The meaning of this value - * is driver-dependent. */ -typedef uint64_t psa_key_slot_number_t; -#endif /* __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ || !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_mac Secure Element Message Authentication Codes - * Generation and authentication of Message Authentication Codes (MACs) using - * a secure element can be done either as a single function call (via the - * `psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t` or `psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t` functions), or in - * parts using the following sequence: - * - `psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t` - * - `psa_drv_se_mac_update_t` - * - `psa_drv_se_mac_update_t` - * - ... - * - `psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t` or `psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t` - * - * If a previously started secure element MAC operation needs to be terminated, - * it should be done so by the `psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t`. Failure to do so may - * result in allocated resources not being freed or in other undefined - * behavior. - */ -/**@{*/ -/** \brief A function that starts a secure element MAC operation for a PSA - * Crypto Driver implementation - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that will contain the - * hardware-specific MAC context - * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the - * operation - * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used to underly the MAC - * operation - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *op_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm); - -/** \brief A function that continues a previously started secure element MAC - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the - * previously-established MAC operation to be - * updated - * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be appended - * to the MAC operation - * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of the input message buffer - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_update_t)(void *op_context, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_length); - -/** \brief a function that completes a previously started secure element MAC - * operation by returning the resulting MAC. - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the - * previously started MAC operation to be - * finished - * \param[out] p_mac A buffer where the generated MAC will be - * placed - * \param[in] mac_size The size in bytes of the buffer that has been - * allocated for the `output` buffer - * \param[out] p_mac_length After completion, will contain the number of - * bytes placed in the `p_mac` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t)(void *op_context, - uint8_t *p_mac, - size_t mac_size, - size_t *p_mac_length); - -/** \brief A function that completes a previously started secure element MAC - * operation by comparing the resulting MAC against a provided value - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the previously - * started MAC operation to be finished - * \param[in] p_mac The MAC value against which the resulting MAC - * will be compared against - * \param[in] mac_length The size in bytes of the value stored in `p_mac` - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation completed successfully and the MACs matched each - * other - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The operation completed successfully, but the calculated MAC did - * not match the provided MAC - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t)(void *op_context, - const uint8_t *p_mac, - size_t mac_length); - -/** \brief A function that aborts a previous started secure element MAC - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the previously - * started MAC operation to be aborted - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t)(void *op_context); - -/** \brief A function that performs a secure element MAC operation in one - * command and returns the calculated MAC - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be MACed - * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of `p_input` - * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used - * \param[in] alg The algorithm to be used to underlie the MAC - * operation - * \param[out] p_mac A buffer where the generated MAC will be - * placed - * \param[in] mac_size The size in bytes of the `p_mac` buffer - * \param[out] p_mac_length After completion, will contain the number of - * bytes placed in the `output` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_length, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - uint8_t *p_mac, - size_t mac_size, - size_t *p_mac_length); - -/** \brief A function that performs a secure element MAC operation in one - * command and compares the resulting MAC against a provided value - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the message to be MACed - * \param[in] input_length The size in bytes of `input` - * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used - * \param[in] alg The algorithm to be used to underlie the MAC - * operation - * \param[in] p_mac The MAC value against which the resulting MAC will - * be compared against - * \param[in] mac_length The size in bytes of `mac` - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The operation completed successfully and the MACs matched each - * other - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE - * The operation completed successfully, but the calculated MAC did - * not match the provided MAC - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_length, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *p_mac, - size_t mac_length); - -/** \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to - * perform secure element MAC operations - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate the table as appropriate - * upon startup. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented (such as - * `psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t`), it should be set to NULL. - * - * Driver implementers should ensure that they implement all of the functions - * that make sense for their hardware, and that they provide a full solution - * (for example, if they support `p_setup`, they should also support - * `p_update` and at least one of `p_finish` or `p_finish_verify`). - * - */ -typedef struct { - /**The size in bytes of the hardware-specific secure element MAC context - * structure - */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size); - /** Function that performs a MAC setup operation - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup); - /** Function that performs a MAC update operation - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_update_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_update); - /** Function that completes a MAC operation - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_finish_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish); - /** Function that completes a MAC operation with a verify check - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_finish_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish_verify); - /** Function that aborts a previously started MAC operation - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_abort_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_abort); - /** Function that performs a MAC operation in one call - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_generate_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_mac); - /** Function that performs a MAC and verify operation in one call - */ - psa_drv_se_mac_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_mac_verify); -} psa_drv_se_mac_t; -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_cipher Secure Element Symmetric Ciphers - * - * Encryption and Decryption using secure element keys in block modes other - * than ECB must be done in multiple parts, using the following flow: - * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t` - * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t` (optional depending upon block mode) - * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t` - * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t` - * - ... - * - `psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t` - * - * If a previously started secure element Cipher operation needs to be - * terminated, it should be done so by the `psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t`. Failure - * to do so may result in allocated resources not being freed or in other - * undefined behavior. - * - * In situations where a PSA Cryptographic API implementation is using a block - * mode not-supported by the underlying hardware or driver, it can construct - * the block mode itself, while calling the `psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t` function - * for the cipher operations. - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** \brief A function that provides the cipher setup function for a - * secure element driver - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that will contain the - * hardware-specific cipher context. - * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the - * operation - * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used in the cipher - * operation - * \param[in] direction Indicates whether the operation is an encrypt - * or decrypt - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *op_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm, - psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t direction); - -/** \brief A function that sets the initialization vector (if - * necessary) for a secure element cipher operation - * - * Rationale: The `psa_se_cipher_*` operation in the PSA Cryptographic API has - * two IV functions: one to set the IV, and one to generate it internally. The - * generate function is not necessary for the drivers to implement as the PSA - * Crypto implementation can do the generation using its RNG features. - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A structure that contains the previously set up - * hardware-specific cipher context - * \param[in] p_iv A buffer containing the initialization vector - * \param[in] iv_length The size (in bytes) of the `p_iv` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t)(void *op_context, - const uint8_t *p_iv, - size_t iv_length); - -/** \brief A function that continues a previously started secure element cipher - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the - * previously started cipher operation - * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the data to be - * encrypted/decrypted - * \param[in] input_size The size in bytes of the buffer pointed to - * by `p_input` - * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the - * output will be placed - * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the - * `p_output` buffer - * \param[out] p_output_length After completion, will contain the number - * of bytes placed in the `p_output` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t)(void *op_context, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_size, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *p_output_length); - -/** \brief A function that completes a previously started secure element cipher - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the - * previously started cipher operation - * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the output - * will be placed - * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the `p_output` - * buffer - * \param[out] p_output_length After completion, will contain the number of - * bytes placed in the `p_output` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t)(void *op_context, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *p_output_length); - -/** \brief A function that aborts a previously started secure element cipher - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure for the - * previously started cipher operation - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t)(void *op_context); - -/** \brief A function that performs the ECB block mode for secure element - * cipher operations - * - * Note: this function should only be used with implementations that do not - * provide a needed higher-level operation. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot The slot of the key to be used for the operation - * \param[in] algorithm The algorithm to be used in the cipher operation - * \param[in] direction Indicates whether the operation is an encrypt or - * decrypt - * \param[in] p_input A buffer containing the data to be - * encrypted/decrypted - * \param[in] input_size The size in bytes of the buffer pointed to by - * `p_input` - * \param[out] p_output The caller-allocated buffer where the output - * will be placed - * \param[in] output_size The allocated size in bytes of the `p_output` - * buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm, - psa_encrypt_or_decrypt_t direction, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_size, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size); - -/** - * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement - * cipher operations using secure elements. - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as - * appropriate upon startup or at build time. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented (such as - * `psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t`), it should be set to NULL. - */ -typedef struct { - /** The size in bytes of the hardware-specific secure element cipher - * context structure - */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size); - /** Function that performs a cipher setup operation */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup); - /** Function that sets a cipher IV (if necessary) */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_set_iv_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_set_iv); - /** Function that performs a cipher update operation */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_update_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_update); - /** Function that completes a cipher operation */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_finish_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_finish); - /** Function that aborts a cipher operation */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_abort_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_abort); - /** Function that performs ECB mode for a cipher operation - * (Danger: ECB mode should not be used directly by clients of the PSA - * Crypto Client API) - */ - psa_drv_se_cipher_ecb_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_ecb); -} psa_drv_se_cipher_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_asymmetric Secure Element Asymmetric Cryptography - * - * Since the amount of data that can (or should) be encrypted or signed using - * asymmetric keys is limited by the key size, asymmetric key operations using - * keys in a secure element must be done in single function calls. - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** - * \brief A function that signs a hash or short message with a private key in - * a secure element - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of an asymmetric key pair - * \param[in] alg A signature algorithm that is compatible - * with the type of `key` - * \param[in] p_hash The hash to sign - * \param[in] hash_length Size of the `p_hash` buffer in bytes - * \param[out] p_signature Buffer where the signature is to be written - * \param[in] signature_size Size of the `p_signature` buffer in bytes - * \param[out] p_signature_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned signature value - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_sign_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *p_hash, - size_t hash_length, - uint8_t *p_signature, - size_t signature_size, - size_t *p_signature_length); - -/** - * \brief A function that verifies the signature a hash or short message using - * an asymmetric public key in a secure element - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of a public key or an asymmetric key - * pair - * \param[in] alg A signature algorithm that is compatible with - * the type of `key` - * \param[in] p_hash The hash whose signature is to be verified - * \param[in] hash_length Size of the `p_hash` buffer in bytes - * \param[in] p_signature Buffer containing the signature to verify - * \param[in] signature_length Size of the `p_signature` buffer in bytes - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The signature is valid. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_verify_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *p_hash, - size_t hash_length, - const uint8_t *p_signature, - size_t signature_length); - -/** - * \brief A function that encrypts a short message with an asymmetric public - * key in a secure element - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of a public key or an asymmetric key - * pair - * \param[in] alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is - * compatible with the type of `key` - * \param[in] p_input The message to encrypt - * \param[in] input_length Size of the `p_input` buffer in bytes - * \param[in] p_salt A salt or label, if supported by the - * encryption algorithm - * If the algorithm does not support a - * salt, pass `NULL`. - * If the algorithm supports an optional - * salt and you do not want to pass a salt, - * pass `NULL`. - * For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is - * supported. - * \param[in] salt_length Size of the `p_salt` buffer in bytes - * If `p_salt` is `NULL`, pass 0. - * \param[out] p_output Buffer where the encrypted message is to - * be written - * \param[in] output_size Size of the `p_output` buffer in bytes - * \param[out] p_output_length On success, the number of bytes that make up - * the returned output - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_encrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *p_salt, - size_t salt_length, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *p_output_length); - -/** - * \brief A function that decrypts a short message with an asymmetric private - * key in a secure element. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Key slot of an asymmetric key pair - * \param[in] alg An asymmetric encryption algorithm that is - * compatible with the type of `key` - * \param[in] p_input The message to decrypt - * \param[in] input_length Size of the `p_input` buffer in bytes - * \param[in] p_salt A salt or label, if supported by the - * encryption algorithm - * If the algorithm does not support a - * salt, pass `NULL`. - * If the algorithm supports an optional - * salt and you do not want to pass a salt, - * pass `NULL`. - * For #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, no salt is - * supported. - * \param[in] salt_length Size of the `p_salt` buffer in bytes - * If `p_salt` is `NULL`, pass 0. - * \param[out] p_output Buffer where the decrypted message is to - * be written - * \param[in] output_size Size of the `p_output` buffer in bytes - * \param[out] p_output_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the returned output - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_asymmetric_decrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t alg, - const uint8_t *p_input, - size_t input_length, - const uint8_t *p_salt, - size_t salt_length, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *p_output_length); - -/** - * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement - * asymmetric cryptographic operations using secure elements. - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as - * appropriate upon startup or at build time. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL. - */ -typedef struct { - /** Function that performs an asymmetric sign operation */ - psa_drv_se_asymmetric_sign_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_sign); - /** Function that performs an asymmetric verify operation */ - psa_drv_se_asymmetric_verify_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_verify); - /** Function that performs an asymmetric encrypt operation */ - psa_drv_se_asymmetric_encrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_encrypt); - /** Function that performs an asymmetric decrypt operation */ - psa_drv_se_asymmetric_decrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_decrypt); -} psa_drv_se_asymmetric_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_aead Secure Element Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data - * Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data (AEAD) operations with secure - * elements must be done in one function call. While this creates a burden for - * implementers as there must be sufficient space in memory for the entire - * message, it prevents decrypted data from being made available before the - * authentication operation is complete and the data is known to be authentic. - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** \brief A function that performs a secure element authenticated encryption - * operation - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Slot containing the key to use. - * \param[in] algorithm The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(`alg`) is true) - * \param[in] p_nonce Nonce or IV to use - * \param[in] nonce_length Size of the `p_nonce` buffer in bytes - * \param[in] p_additional_data Additional data that will be - * authenticated but not encrypted - * \param[in] additional_data_length Size of `p_additional_data` in bytes - * \param[in] p_plaintext Data that will be authenticated and - * encrypted - * \param[in] plaintext_length Size of `p_plaintext` in bytes - * \param[out] p_ciphertext Output buffer for the authenticated and - * encrypted data. The additional data is - * not part of this output. For algorithms - * where the encrypted data and the - * authentication tag are defined as - * separate outputs, the authentication - * tag is appended to the encrypted data. - * \param[in] ciphertext_size Size of the `p_ciphertext` buffer in - * bytes - * \param[out] p_ciphertext_length On success, the size of the output in - * the `p_ciphertext` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_aead_encrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm, - const uint8_t *p_nonce, - size_t nonce_length, - const uint8_t *p_additional_data, - size_t additional_data_length, - const uint8_t *p_plaintext, - size_t plaintext_length, - uint8_t *p_ciphertext, - size_t ciphertext_size, - size_t *p_ciphertext_length); - -/** A function that performs a secure element authenticated decryption operation - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key_slot Slot containing the key to use - * \param[in] algorithm The AEAD algorithm to compute - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(`alg`) is true) - * \param[in] p_nonce Nonce or IV to use - * \param[in] nonce_length Size of the `p_nonce` buffer in bytes - * \param[in] p_additional_data Additional data that has been - * authenticated but not encrypted - * \param[in] additional_data_length Size of `p_additional_data` in bytes - * \param[in] p_ciphertext Data that has been authenticated and - * encrypted. - * For algorithms where the encrypted data - * and the authentication tag are defined - * as separate inputs, the buffer must - * contain the encrypted data followed by - * the authentication tag. - * \param[in] ciphertext_length Size of `p_ciphertext` in bytes - * \param[out] p_plaintext Output buffer for the decrypted data - * \param[in] plaintext_size Size of the `p_plaintext` buffer in - * bytes - * \param[out] p_plaintext_length On success, the size of the output in - * the `p_plaintext` buffer - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_aead_decrypt_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - psa_algorithm_t algorithm, - const uint8_t *p_nonce, - size_t nonce_length, - const uint8_t *p_additional_data, - size_t additional_data_length, - const uint8_t *p_ciphertext, - size_t ciphertext_length, - uint8_t *p_plaintext, - size_t plaintext_size, - size_t *p_plaintext_length); - -/** - * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to implement - * secure element Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data operations - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as - * appropriate upon startup. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL. - */ -typedef struct { - /** Function that performs the AEAD encrypt operation */ - psa_drv_se_aead_encrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_encrypt); - /** Function that performs the AEAD decrypt operation */ - psa_drv_se_aead_decrypt_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_decrypt); -} psa_drv_se_aead_t; -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_key_management Secure Element Key Management - * Currently, key management is limited to importing keys in the clear, - * destroying keys, and exporting keys in the clear. - * Whether a key may be exported is determined by the key policies in place - * on the key slot. - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** An enumeration indicating how a key is created. - */ -typedef enum { - PSA_KEY_CREATION_IMPORT, /**< During psa_import_key() */ - PSA_KEY_CREATION_GENERATE, /**< During psa_generate_key() */ - PSA_KEY_CREATION_DERIVE, /**< During psa_key_derivation_output_key() */ - PSA_KEY_CREATION_COPY, /**< During psa_copy_key() */ - -#ifndef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ - /** A key is being registered with mbedtls_psa_register_se_key(). - * - * The core only passes this value to - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_validate_slot_number, not to - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate. The call to - * `p_validate_slot_number` is not followed by any other call to the - * driver: the key is considered successfully registered if the call to - * `p_validate_slot_number` succeeds, or if `p_validate_slot_number` is - * null. - * - * With this creation method, the driver must return #PSA_SUCCESS if - * the given attributes are compatible with the existing key in the slot, - * and #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST if the driver can determine that there - * is no key with the specified slot number. - * - * This is an Mbed TLS extension. - */ - PSA_KEY_CREATION_REGISTER, -#endif -} psa_key_creation_method_t; - -/** \brief A function that allocates a slot for a key. - * - * To create a key in a specific slot in a secure element, the core - * first calls this function to determine a valid slot number, - * then calls a function to create the key material in that slot. - * In nominal conditions (that is, if no error occurs), - * the effect of a call to a key creation function in the PSA Cryptography - * API with a lifetime that places the key in a secure element is the - * following: - * -# The core calls psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_allocate - * (or in some implementations - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_validate_slot_number). The driver - * selects (or validates) a suitable slot number given the key attributes - * and the state of the secure element. - * -# The core calls a key creation function in the driver. - * - * The key creation functions in the PSA Cryptography API are: - * - psa_import_key(), which causes - * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_IMPORT - * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_import. - * - psa_generate_key(), which causes - * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_GENERATE - * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_import. - * - psa_key_derivation_output_key(), which causes - * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_DERIVE - * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t::p_derive. - * - psa_copy_key(), which causes - * a call to `p_allocate` with \p method = #PSA_KEY_CREATION_COPY - * then a call to psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_export. - * - * In case of errors, other behaviors are possible. - * - If the PSA Cryptography subsystem dies after the first step, - * for example because the device has lost power abruptly, - * the second step may never happen, or may happen after a reset - * and re-initialization. Alternatively, after a reset and - * re-initialization, the core may call - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy on the slot number that - * was allocated (or validated) instead of calling a key creation function. - * - If an error occurs, the core may call - * psa_drv_se_key_management_t::p_destroy on the slot number that - * was allocated (or validated) instead of calling a key creation function. - * - * Errors and system resets also have an impact on the driver's persistent - * data. If a reset happens before the overall key creation process is - * completed (before or after the second step above), it is unspecified - * whether the persistent data after the reset is identical to what it - * was before or after the call to `p_allocate` (or `p_validate_slot_number`). - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data - * that allows writing. - * \param[in] attributes Attributes of the key. - * \param method The way in which the key is being created. - * \param[out] key_slot Slot where the key will be stored. - * This must be a valid slot for a key of the - * chosen type. It must be unoccupied. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - * The core will record \c *key_slot as the key slot where the key - * is stored and will update the persistent data in storage. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t)( - psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *persistent_data, - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_creation_method_t method, - psa_key_slot_number_t *key_slot); - -/** \brief A function that determines whether a slot number is valid - * for a key. - * - * To create a key in a specific slot in a secure element, the core - * first calls this function to validate the choice of slot number, - * then calls a function to create the key material in that slot. - * See the documentation of #psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t for more details. - * - * As of the PSA Cryptography API specification version 1.0, there is no way - * for applications to trigger a call to this function. However some - * implementations offer the capability to create or declare a key in - * a specific slot via implementation-specific means, generally for the - * sake of initial device provisioning or onboarding. Such a mechanism may - * be added to a future version of the PSA Cryptography API specification. - * - * This function may update the driver's persistent data through - * \p persistent_data. The core will save the updated persistent data at the - * end of the key creation process. See the description of - * ::psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t for more information. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data - * that allows writing. - * \param[in] attributes Attributes of the key. - * \param method The way in which the key is being created. - * \param[in] key_slot Slot where the key is to be stored. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The given slot number is valid for a key with the given - * attributes. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * The given slot number is not valid for a key with the - * given attributes. This includes the case where the slot - * number is not valid at all. - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * There is already a key with the specified slot number. - * Drivers may choose to return this error from the key - * creation function instead. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_validate_slot_number_t)( - psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *persistent_data, - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_creation_method_t method, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot); - -/** \brief A function that imports a key into a secure element in binary format - * - * This function can support any output from psa_export_key(). Refer to the - * documentation of psa_export_key() for the format for each key type. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param key_slot Slot where the key will be stored. - * This must be a valid slot for a key of the - * chosen type. It must be unoccupied. - * \param[in] attributes The key attributes, including the lifetime, - * the key type and the usage policy. - * Drivers should not access the key size stored - * in the attributes: it may not match the - * data passed in \p data. - * Drivers can call psa_get_key_lifetime(), - * psa_get_key_type(), - * psa_get_key_usage_flags() and - * psa_get_key_algorithm() to access this - * information. - * \param[in] data Buffer containing the key data. - * \param[in] data_length Size of the \p data buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] bits On success, the key size in bits. The driver - * must determine this value after parsing the - * key according to the key type. - * This value is not used if the function fails. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * Success. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_import_key_t)( - psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - const uint8_t *data, - size_t data_length, - size_t *bits); - -/** - * \brief A function that destroys a secure element key and restore the slot to - * its default state - * - * This function destroys the content of the key from a secure element. - * Implementations shall make a best effort to ensure that any previous content - * of the slot is unrecoverable. - * - * This function returns the specified slot to its default state. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] persistent_data A pointer to the persistent data - * that allows writing. - * \param key_slot The key slot to erase. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS - * The slot's content, if any, has been erased. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_destroy_key_t)( - psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *persistent_data, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot); - -/** - * \brief A function that exports a secure element key in binary format - * - * The output of this function can be passed to psa_import_key() to - * create an equivalent object. - * - * If a key is created with `psa_import_key()` and then exported with - * this function, it is not guaranteed that the resulting data is - * identical: the implementation may choose a different representation - * of the same key if the format permits it. - * - * This function should generate output in the same format that - * `psa_export_key()` does. Refer to the - * documentation of `psa_export_key()` for the format for each key type. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in] key Slot whose content is to be exported. This must - * be an occupied key slot. - * \param[out] p_data Buffer where the key data is to be written. - * \param[in] data_size Size of the `p_data` buffer in bytes. - * \param[out] p_data_length On success, the number of bytes - * that make up the key data. - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE \emptydescription - * \retval #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_export_key_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key, - uint8_t *p_data, - size_t data_size, - size_t *p_data_length); - -/** - * \brief A function that generates a symmetric or asymmetric key on a secure - * element - * - * If the key type \c type recorded in \p attributes - * is asymmetric (#PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ASYMMETRIC(\c type) = 1), - * the driver may export the public key at the time of generation, - * in the format documented for psa_export_public_key() by writing it - * to the \p pubkey buffer. - * This is optional, intended for secure elements that output the - * public key at generation time and that cannot export the public key - * later. Drivers that do not need this feature should leave - * \p *pubkey_length set to 0 and should - * implement the psa_drv_key_management_t::p_export_public function. - * Some implementations do not support this feature, in which case - * \p pubkey is \c NULL and \p pubkey_size is 0. - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param key_slot Slot where the key will be stored. - * This must be a valid slot for a key of the - * chosen type. It must be unoccupied. - * \param[in] attributes The key attributes, including the lifetime, - * the key type and size, and the usage policy. - * Drivers can call psa_get_key_lifetime(), - * psa_get_key_type(), psa_get_key_bits(), - * psa_get_key_usage_flags() and - * psa_get_key_algorithm() to access this - * information. - * \param[out] pubkey A buffer where the driver can write the - * public key, when generating an asymmetric - * key pair. - * This is \c NULL when generating a symmetric - * key or if the core does not support - * exporting the public key at generation time. - * \param pubkey_size The size of the `pubkey` buffer in bytes. - * This is 0 when generating a symmetric - * key or if the core does not support - * exporting the public key at generation time. - * \param[out] pubkey_length On entry, this is always 0. - * On success, the number of bytes written to - * \p pubkey. If this is 0 or unchanged on return, - * the core will not read the \p pubkey buffer, - * and will instead call the driver's - * psa_drv_key_management_t::p_export_public - * function to export the public key when needed. - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_generate_key_t)( - psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t key_slot, - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - uint8_t *pubkey, size_t pubkey_size, size_t *pubkey_length); - -/** - * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to for secure - * element key management - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as - * appropriate upon startup or at build time. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL. - */ -typedef struct { - /** Function that allocates a slot for a key. */ - psa_drv_se_allocate_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_allocate); - /** Function that checks the validity of a slot for a key. */ - psa_drv_se_validate_slot_number_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_validate_slot_number); - /** Function that performs a key import operation */ - psa_drv_se_import_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_import); - /** Function that performs a generation */ - psa_drv_se_generate_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_generate); - /** Function that performs a key destroy operation */ - psa_drv_se_destroy_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_destroy); - /** Function that performs a key export operation */ - psa_drv_se_export_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export); - /** Function that performs a public key export operation */ - psa_drv_se_export_key_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export_public); -} psa_drv_se_key_management_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup driver_derivation Secure Element Key Derivation and Agreement - * Key derivation is the process of generating new key material using an - * existing key and additional parameters, iterating through a basic - * cryptographic function, such as a hash. - * Key agreement is a part of cryptographic protocols that allows two parties - * to agree on the same key value, but starting from different original key - * material. - * The flows are similar, and the PSA Crypto Driver Model uses the same functions - * for both of the flows. - * - * There are two different final functions for the flows, - * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive` and `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export`. - * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive` is used when the key material should be - * placed in a slot on the hardware and not exposed to the caller. - * `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export` is used when the key material should be - * returned to the PSA Cryptographic API implementation. - * - * Different key derivation algorithms require a different number of inputs. - * Instead of having an API that takes as input variable length arrays, which - * can be problematic to manage on embedded platforms, the inputs are passed - * to the driver via a function, `psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral`, that - * is called multiple times with different `collateral_id`s. Thus, for a key - * derivation algorithm that required 3 parameter inputs, the flow would look - * something like: - * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~{.c} - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup(kdf_algorithm, source_key, dest_key_size_bytes); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_0, - * p_collateral_0, - * collateral_0_size); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_1, - * p_collateral_1, - * collateral_1_size); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(kdf_algorithm_collateral_id_2, - * p_collateral_2, - * collateral_2_size); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive(); - * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - * - * key agreement example: - * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~{.c} - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup(alg, source_key. dest_key_size_bytes); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral(DHE_PUBKEY, p_pubkey, pubkey_size); - * psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export(p_session_key, - * session_key_size, - * &session_key_length); - * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** \brief A function that Sets up a secure element key derivation operation by - * specifying the algorithm and the source key sot - * - * \param[in,out] drv_context The driver context structure. - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any - * context information for the implementation - * \param[in] kdf_alg The algorithm to be used for the key derivation - * \param[in] source_key The key to be used as the source material for - * the key derivation - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup_t)(psa_drv_se_context_t *drv_context, - void *op_context, - psa_algorithm_t kdf_alg, - psa_key_slot_number_t source_key); - -/** \brief A function that provides collateral (parameters) needed for a secure - * element key derivation or key agreement operation - * - * Since many key derivation algorithms require multiple parameters, it is - * expected that this function may be called multiple times for the same - * operation, each with a different algorithm-specific `collateral_id` - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any - * context information for the implementation - * \param[in] collateral_id An ID for the collateral being provided - * \param[in] p_collateral A buffer containing the collateral data - * \param[in] collateral_size The size in bytes of the collateral - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral_t)(void *op_context, - uint32_t collateral_id, - const uint8_t *p_collateral, - size_t collateral_size); - -/** \brief A function that performs the final secure element key derivation - * step and place the generated key material in a slot - * - * \param[in,out] op_context A hardware-specific structure containing any - * context information for the implementation - * \param[in] dest_key The slot where the generated key material - * should be placed - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive_t)(void *op_context, - psa_key_slot_number_t dest_key); - -/** \brief A function that performs the final step of a secure element key - * agreement and place the generated key material in a buffer - * - * \param[out] p_output Buffer in which to place the generated key - * material - * \param[in] output_size The size in bytes of `p_output` - * \param[out] p_output_length Upon success, contains the number of bytes of - * key material placed in `p_output` - * - * \retval #PSA_SUCCESS \emptydescription - */ -typedef psa_status_t (*psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export_t)(void *op_context, - uint8_t *p_output, - size_t output_size, - size_t *p_output_length); - -/** - * \brief A struct containing all of the function pointers needed to for secure - * element key derivation and agreement - * - * PSA Crypto API implementations should populate instances of the table as - * appropriate upon startup. - * - * If one of the functions is not implemented, it should be set to NULL. - */ -typedef struct { - /** The driver-specific size of the key derivation context */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(context_size); - /** Function that performs a key derivation setup */ - psa_drv_se_key_derivation_setup_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_setup); - /** Function that sets key derivation collateral */ - psa_drv_se_key_derivation_collateral_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_collateral); - /** Function that performs a final key derivation step */ - psa_drv_se_key_derivation_derive_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_derive); - /** Function that performs a final key derivation or agreement and - * exports the key */ - psa_drv_se_key_derivation_export_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_export); -} psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup se_registration Secure element driver registration - */ -/**@{*/ - -/** A structure containing pointers to all the entry points of a - * secure element driver. - * - * Future versions of this specification may add extra substructures at - * the end of this structure. - */ -typedef struct { - /** The version of the driver HAL that this driver implements. - * This is a protection against loading driver binaries built against - * a different version of this specification. - * Use #PSA_DRV_SE_HAL_VERSION. - */ - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hal_version); - - /** The size of the driver's persistent data in bytes. - * - * This can be 0 if the driver does not need persistent data. - * - * See the documentation of psa_drv_se_context_t::persistent_data - * for more information about why and how a driver can use - * persistent data. - */ - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(persistent_data_size); - - /** The driver initialization function. - * - * This function is called once during the initialization of the - * PSA Cryptography subsystem, before any other function of the - * driver is called. If this function returns a failure status, - * the driver will be unusable, at least until the next system reset. - * - * If this field is \c NULL, it is equivalent to a function that does - * nothing and returns #PSA_SUCCESS. - */ - psa_drv_se_init_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(p_init); - - const psa_drv_se_key_management_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_management); - const psa_drv_se_mac_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac); - const psa_drv_se_cipher_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher); - const psa_drv_se_aead_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(aead); - const psa_drv_se_asymmetric_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(asymmetric); - const psa_drv_se_key_derivation_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(derivation); -} psa_drv_se_t; - -/** The current version of the secure element driver HAL. - */ -/* 0.0.0 patchlevel 5 */ -#define PSA_DRV_SE_HAL_VERSION 0x00000005 - -/** Register an external cryptoprocessor (secure element) driver. - * - * This function is only intended to be used by driver code, not by - * application code. In implementations with separation between the - * PSA cryptography module and applications, this function should - * only be available to callers that run in the same memory space as - * the cryptography module, and should not be exposed to applications - * running in a different memory space. - * - * This function may be called before psa_crypto_init(). It is - * implementation-defined whether this function may be called - * after psa_crypto_init(). - * - * \note Implementations store metadata about keys including the lifetime - * value, which contains the driver's location indicator. Therefore, - * from one instantiation of the PSA Cryptography - * library to the next one, if there is a key in storage with a certain - * lifetime value, you must always register the same driver (or an - * updated version that communicates with the same secure element) - * with the same location value. - * - * \param location The location value through which this driver will - * be exposed to applications. - * This driver will be used for all keys such that - * `location == #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION( lifetime )`. - * The value #PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE is reserved - * and may not be used for drivers. Implementations - * may reserve other values. - * \param[in] methods The method table of the driver. This structure must - * remain valid for as long as the cryptography - * module keeps running. It is typically a global - * constant. - * - * \return #PSA_SUCCESS - * The driver was successfully registered. Applications can now - * use \p location to access keys through the methods passed to - * this function. - * \return #PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE - * This function was called after the initialization of the - * cryptography module, and this implementation does not support - * driver registration at this stage. - * \return #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS - * There is already a registered driver for this value of \p location. - * \return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * \p location is a reserved value. - * \return #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED - * `methods->hal_version` is not supported by this implementation. - * \return #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY - * \return #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED - * \return #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * \return #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT - */ -psa_status_t psa_register_se_driver( - psa_key_location_t location, - const psa_drv_se_t *methods); - -/**@}*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h b/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h deleted file mode 100644 index d22bf10..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_sizes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1282 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_sizes.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS buffer size macros - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * This file contains the definitions of macros that are useful to - * compute buffer sizes. The signatures and semantics of these macros - * are standardized, but the definitions are not, because they depend on - * the available algorithms and, in some cases, on permitted tolerances - * on buffer sizes. - * - * In implementations with isolation between the application and the - * cryptography module, implementers should take care to ensure that - * the definitions that are exposed to applications match what the - * module implements. - * - * Macros that compute sizes whose values do not depend on the - * implementation are in crypto.h. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H - -/* - * Include the build-time configuration information file. Here, we do not - * include `"mbedtls/build_info.h"` directly but `"psa/build_info.h"`, which - * is basically just an alias to it. This is to ease the maintenance of the - * PSA cryptography repository which has a different build system and - * configuration. - */ -#include "psa/build_info.h" - -#define PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(bits) (((bits) + 7u) / 8u) -#define PSA_BYTES_TO_BITS(bytes) ((bytes) * 8u) -#define PSA_MAX_OF_THREE(a, b, c) ((a) <= (b) ? (b) <= (c) ? \ - (c) : (b) : (a) <= (c) ? (c) : (a)) - -#define PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(block_size, length) \ - (((length) + (block_size) - 1) / (block_size) * (block_size)) - -/** The size of the output of psa_hash_finish(), in bytes. - * - * This is also the hash size that psa_hash_verify() expects. - * - * \param alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true), or an HMAC algorithm - * (#PSA_ALG_HMAC(\c hash_alg) where \c hash_alg is a - * hash algorithm). - * - * \return The hash size for the specified hash algorithm. - * If the hash algorithm is not recognized, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_HASH_LENGTH(alg) \ - ( \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_MD5 ? 16u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ? 20u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ? 20u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ? 28u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ? 32u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ? 48u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ? 28u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ? 32u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ? 28u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ? 32u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ? 48u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ? 64u : \ - 0u) - -/** The input block size of a hash algorithm, in bytes. - * - * Hash algorithms process their input data in blocks. Hash operations will - * retain any partial blocks until they have enough input to fill the block or - * until the operation is finished. - * This affects the output from psa_hash_suspend(). - * - * \param alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The block size in bytes for the specified hash algorithm. - * If the hash algorithm is not recognized, return 0. - * An implementation can return either 0 or the correct size for a - * hash algorithm that it recognizes, but does not support. - */ -#define PSA_HASH_BLOCK_LENGTH(alg) \ - ( \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_MD5 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ? 64u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ? 128u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ? 128u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ? 128u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ? 128u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ? 144u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ? 136u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ? 104u : \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ? 72u : \ - 0u) - -/** \def PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE - * - * Maximum size of a hash. - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value - * is the maximum size of a hash in bytes. - */ -/* Note: for HMAC-SHA-3, the block size is 144 bytes for HMAC-SHA3-224, - * 136 bytes for HMAC-SHA3-256, 104 bytes for SHA3-384, 72 bytes for - * HMAC-SHA3-512. */ -/* Note: PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE, - * see the note on MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE for details. */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 144u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 136u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 128u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 128u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 104u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 72u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u -#else /* SHA-1 or smaller */ -#define PSA_HMAC_MAX_HASH_BLOCK_SIZE 64u -#endif - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_512) -#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_384) -#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 48u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_256) -#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 32u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA3_224) -#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 28u -#else /* SHA-1 or smaller */ -#define PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE 20u -#endif - -/** \def PSA_MAC_MAX_SIZE - * - * Maximum size of a MAC. - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value - * is the maximum size of a MAC in bytes. - */ -/* All non-HMAC MACs have a maximum size that's smaller than the - * minimum possible value of PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE in this implementation. */ -/* Note that the encoding of truncated MAC algorithms limits this value - * to 64 bytes. - */ -#define PSA_MAC_MAX_SIZE PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE - -/** The length of a tag for an AEAD algorithm, in bytes. - * - * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to store the - * tag output from psa_aead_finish(). - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \param key_type The type of the AEAD key. - * \param key_bits The size of the AEAD key in bits. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The tag length for the specified algorithm and key. - * If the AEAD algorithm does not have an identified - * tag that can be distinguished from the rest of - * the ciphertext, return 0. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(key_type, key_bits, alg) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \ - ((void) (key_bits), 0u)) - -/** The maximum tag size for all supported AEAD algorithms, in bytes. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg). - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE 16u - -/* The maximum size of an RSA key on this implementation, in bits. - * This is a vendor-specific macro. - * - * Mbed TLS does not set a hard limit on the size of RSA keys: any key - * whose parameters fit in a bignum is accepted. However large keys can - * induce a large memory usage and long computation times. Unlike other - * auxiliary macros in this file and in crypto.h, which reflect how the - * library is configured, this macro defines how the library is - * configured. This implementation refuses to import or generate an - * RSA key whose size is larger than the value defined here. - * - * Note that an implementation may set different size limits for different - * operations, and does not need to accept all key sizes up to the limit. */ -#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS 4096u - -/* The minimum size of an RSA key on this implementation, in bits. - * This is a vendor-specific macro. - * - * Limits RSA key generation to a minimum due to avoid accidental misuse. - * This value cannot be less than 128 bits. - */ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS) -#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_GENERATE_MIN_KEY_BITS MBEDTLS_RSA_GEN_KEY_MIN_BITS -#else -#define PSA_VENDOR_RSA_GENERATE_MIN_KEY_BITS 1024 -#endif - -/* The maximum size of an DH key on this implementation, in bits. - * - * Note that an implementation may set different size limits for different - * operations, and does not need to accept all key sizes up to the limit. */ -#define PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS 8192u - -/* The maximum size of an ECC key on this implementation, in bits. - * This is a vendor-specific macro. */ -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_521) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 521u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_512) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 512u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_448) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 448u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_384) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 384u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_384) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 384u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_256) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_BRAINPOOL_P_R1_256) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 256u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 255u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_224) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 224u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_224) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 224u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_192) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 192u -#elif defined(PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_K1_192) -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 192u -#else -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS 0u -#endif - -/** This macro returns the maximum supported length of the PSK for the - * TLS-1.2 PSK-to-MS key derivation - * (#PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(\c hash_alg)). - * - * The maximum supported length does not depend on the chosen hash algorithm. - * - * Quoting RFC 4279, Sect 5.3: - * TLS implementations supporting these ciphersuites MUST support - * arbitrary PSK identities up to 128 octets in length, and arbitrary - * PSKs up to 64 octets in length. Supporting longer identities and - * keys is RECOMMENDED. - * - * Therefore, no implementation should define a value smaller than 64 - * for #PSA_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_PSK_MAX_SIZE. - */ -#define PSA_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_PSK_MAX_SIZE 128u - -/* The expected size of input passed to psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_input, - * which is expected to work with P-256 curve only. */ -#define PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_INPUT_SIZE 65u - -/* The size of a serialized K.X coordinate to be used in - * psa_tls12_ecjpake_to_pms_input. This function only accepts the P-256 - * curve. */ -#define PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE 32u - -/* The maximum number of iterations for PBKDF2 on this implementation, in bits. - * This is a vendor-specific macro. This can be configured if necessary */ -#define PSA_VENDOR_PBKDF2_MAX_ITERATIONS 0xffffffffU - -/** The maximum size of a block cipher. */ -#define PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE 16u - -/** The size of the output of psa_mac_sign_finish(), in bytes. - * - * This is also the MAC size that psa_mac_verify_finish() expects. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type The type of the MAC key. - * \param key_bits The size of the MAC key in bits. - * \param alg A MAC algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The MAC size for the specified algorithm with - * the specified key parameters. - * \return 0 if the MAC algorithm is not recognized. - * \return Either 0 or the correct size for a MAC algorithm that - * the implementation recognizes, but does not support. - * \return Unspecified if the key parameters are not consistent - * with the algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_MAC_LENGTH(key_type, key_bits, alg) \ - ((alg) & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK ? PSA_MAC_TRUNCATED_LENGTH(alg) : \ - PSA_ALG_IS_HMAC(alg) ? PSA_HASH_LENGTH(PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(alg)) : \ - PSA_ALG_IS_BLOCK_CIPHER_MAC(alg) ? PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \ - ((void) (key_type), (void) (key_bits), 0u)) - -/** The maximum size of the output of psa_aead_encrypt(), in bytes. - * - * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_aead_encrypt() will not fail due to an - * insufficient buffer size. Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of - * the ciphertext may be smaller. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p plaintext_length). - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes. - * - * \return The AEAD ciphertext size for the specified - * algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, plaintext_length) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \ - (plaintext_length) + PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_encrypt(), for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_aead_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, - * \p plaintext_length). - * - * \param plaintext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output buffer size for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(plaintext_length) \ - ((plaintext_length) + PSA_AEAD_TAG_MAX_SIZE) - - -/** The maximum size of the output of psa_aead_decrypt(), in bytes. - * - * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_aead_decrypt() will not fail due to an - * insufficient buffer size. Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of - * the plaintext may be smaller. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p ciphertext_length). - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * \param ciphertext_length Size of the plaintext in bytes. - * - * \return The AEAD ciphertext size for the specified - * algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, ciphertext_length) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \ - (ciphertext_length) > PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) ? \ - (ciphertext_length) - PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(alg) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_decrypt(), for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_aead_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, - * \p ciphertext_length). - * - * \param ciphertext_length Size of the ciphertext in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output buffer size for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(ciphertext_length) \ - (ciphertext_length) - -/** The default nonce size for an AEAD algorithm, in bytes. - * - * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to - * store the nonce output from #psa_aead_generate_nonce(). - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_NONCE_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \note This is not the maximum size of nonce supported as input to - * #psa_aead_set_nonce(), #psa_aead_encrypt() or #psa_aead_decrypt(), - * just the default size that is generated by #psa_aead_generate_nonce(). - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with - * algorithm \p alg. - * - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The default nonce size for the specified key type and algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not recognized, - * or the parameters are incompatible, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) \ - (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) == 16 ? \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_CCM) ? 13u : \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_GCM) ? 12u : \ - 0u : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 && \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(alg, PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) ? 12u : \ - 0u) - -/** The maximum default nonce size among all supported pairs of key types and - * AEAD algorithms, in bytes. - * - * This is equal to or greater than any value that #PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH() - * may return. - * - * \note This is not the maximum size of nonce supported as input to - * #psa_aead_set_nonce(), #psa_aead_encrypt() or #psa_aead_decrypt(), - * just the largest size that may be generated by - * #psa_aead_generate_nonce(). - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_NONCE_MAX_SIZE 13u - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_update(). - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_aead_update() will not fail due to an - * insufficient buffer size. The actual size of the output may be smaller - * in any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length). - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output buffer size for the specified - * algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -/* For all the AEAD modes defined in this specification, it is possible - * to emit output without delay. However, hardware may not always be - * capable of this. So for modes based on a block cipher, allow the - * implementation to delay the output until it has a full block. */ -#define PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 ? \ - PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), (input_length)) : \ - (input_length) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_aead_update(), for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_aead_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length). - * - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \ - (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, (input_length))) - -/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_aead_finish(). - * - * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_aead_finish() will not fail due to an - * insufficient ciphertext buffer size. The actual size of the output may - * be smaller in any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is - compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for the - * specified algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \ - PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_aead_finish(), for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg). - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE) - -/** A sufficient plaintext buffer size for psa_aead_verify(). - * - * If the size of the plaintext buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_aead_verify() will not fail due to an - * insufficient plaintext buffer size. The actual size of the output may - * be smaller in any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is - * compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * \param alg An AEAD algorithm - * (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return A sufficient plaintext buffer size for the - * specified algorithm. - * If the key type or AEAD algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \ - (PSA_AEAD_NONCE_LENGTH(key_type, alg) != 0 && \ - PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient plaintext buffer size for psa_aead_verify(), for any of the - * supported key types and AEAD algorithms. - * - * See also #PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg). - */ -#define PSA_AEAD_VERIFY_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE) - -#define PSA_RSA_MINIMUM_PADDING_SIZE(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) ? \ - 2u * PSA_HASH_LENGTH(PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_GET_HASH(alg)) + 1u : \ - 11u /*PKCS#1v1.5*/) - -/** - * \brief ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size - * - * \param curve_bits Curve size in bits. - * \return Signature size in bytes. - * - * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument is one. - */ -#define PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(curve_bits) \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(curve_bits) * 2u) - -/** Sufficient signature buffer size for psa_sign_hash(). - * - * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a signature using a key - * of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm. - * Note that the actual size of the signature may be smaller - * (some algorithms produce a variable-size signature). - * - * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a - * key pair type or a public key type). - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * \param alg The signature algorithm. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_sign_hash() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported, - * return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, the - * return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_SIGN_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? ((void) alg, PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(key_type) ? PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - ((void) alg, 0u)) - -#define PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) - -/** \def PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE - * - * Maximum size of an asymmetric signature. - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value - * is the maximum size of a signature in bytes. - */ -#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE 1 - -#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)) && \ - (PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE > PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_VENDOR_ECDSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#endif -#if (defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN) || defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)) && \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif - -/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_encrypt(). - * - * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a ciphertext produced using - * a key of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm. - * Note that the actual size of the ciphertext may be smaller, depending - * on the algorithm. - * - * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a - * key pair type or a public key type). - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * \param alg The asymmetric encryption algorithm. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_asymmetric_encrypt() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported, - * return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, the - * return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? \ - ((void) alg, PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_encrypt(), for any - * supported asymmetric encryption. - * - * See also #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg). - */ -/* This macro assumes that RSA is the only supported asymmetric encryption. */ -#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS)) - -/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_decrypt(). - * - * This macro returns a sufficient buffer size for a plaintext produced using - * a key of the specified type and size, with the specified algorithm. - * Note that the actual size of the plaintext may be smaller, depending - * on the algorithm. - * - * \warning This function may call its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type An asymmetric key type (this may indifferently be a - * key pair type or a public key type). - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * \param alg The asymmetric encryption algorithm. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_asymmetric_decrypt() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported, - * return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, the - * return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits, alg) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? \ - PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) - PSA_RSA_MINIMUM_PADDING_SIZE(alg) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_asymmetric_decrypt(), for any - * supported asymmetric decryption. - * - * This macro assumes that RSA is the only supported asymmetric encryption. - * - * See also #PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits, \p alg). - */ -#define PSA_ASYMMETRIC_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS)) - -/* Maximum size of the ASN.1 encoding of an INTEGER with the specified - * number of bits. - * - * This definition assumes that bits <= 2^19 - 9 so that the length field - * is at most 3 bytes. The length of the encoding is the length of the - * bit string padded to a whole number of bytes plus: - * - 1 type byte; - * - 1 to 3 length bytes; - * - 0 to 1 bytes of leading 0 due to the sign bit. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(bits) \ - ((bits) / 8u + 5u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an RSA public key. - * Assumes that the public exponent is less than 2^32. - * - * RSAPublicKey ::= SEQUENCE { - * modulus INTEGER, -- n - * publicExponent INTEGER } -- e - * - * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead; - * - n : INTEGER; - * - 7 bytes for the public exponent. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) + 11u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an RSA key pair. - * Assumes that the public exponent is less than 2^32 and that the size - * difference between the two primes is at most 1 bit. - * - * RSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE { - * version Version, -- 0 - * modulus INTEGER, -- N-bit - * publicExponent INTEGER, -- 32-bit - * privateExponent INTEGER, -- N-bit - * prime1 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit - * prime2 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit - * exponent1 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit - * exponent2 INTEGER, -- N/2-bit - * coefficient INTEGER, -- N/2-bit - * } - * - * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead; - * - 3 bytes of version; - * - 7 half-size INTEGERs plus 2 full-size INTEGERs, - * overapproximated as 9 half-size INTEGERS; - * - 7 bytes for the public exponent. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (9u * PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE((key_bits) / 2u + 1u) + 14u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of a DSA public key. - * - * SubjectPublicKeyInfo ::= SEQUENCE { - * algorithm AlgorithmIdentifier, - * subjectPublicKey BIT STRING } -- contains DSAPublicKey - * AlgorithmIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE { - * algorithm OBJECT IDENTIFIER, - * parameters Dss-Params } -- SEQUENCE of 3 INTEGERs - * DSAPublicKey ::= INTEGER -- public key, Y - * - * - 3 * 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead; - * - 1 + 1 + 7 bytes of algorithm (DSA OID); - * - 4 bytes of BIT STRING overhead; - * - 3 full-size INTEGERs (p, g, y); - * - 1 + 1 + 32 bytes for 1 sub-size INTEGER (q <= 256 bits). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) * 3u + 59u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of a DSA key pair. - * - * DSAPrivateKey ::= SEQUENCE { - * version Version, -- 0 - * prime INTEGER, -- p - * subprime INTEGER, -- q - * generator INTEGER, -- g - * public INTEGER, -- y - * private INTEGER, -- x - * } - * - * - 4 bytes of SEQUENCE overhead; - * - 3 bytes of version; - * - 3 full-size INTEGERs (p, g, y); - * - 2 * (1 + 1 + 32) bytes for 2 sub-size INTEGERs (q, x <= 256 bits). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ASN1_INTEGER_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) * 3u + 75u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an ECC public key. - * - * The representation of an ECC public key is: - * - The byte 0x04; - * - `x_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian; - * - `y_P` as a `ceiling(m/8)`-byte string, big-endian; - * - where m is the bit size associated with the curve. - * - * - 1 byte + 2 * point size. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (2u * PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) + 1u) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an ECC key pair. - * - * An ECC key pair is represented by the secret value. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an DH key pair. - * - * An DH key pair is represented by the secret value. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) - -/* Maximum size of the export encoding of an DH public key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits)) - -/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_export_key() or - * psa_export_public_key(). - * - * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * The following code illustrates how to allocate enough memory to export - * a key by querying the key type and size at runtime. - * \code{c} - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT; - * psa_status_t status; - * status = psa_get_key_attributes(key, &attributes); - * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...); - * psa_key_type_t key_type = psa_get_key_type(&attributes); - * size_t key_bits = psa_get_key_bits(&attributes); - * size_t buffer_size = PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits); - * psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes); - * uint8_t *buffer = malloc(buffer_size); - * if (buffer == NULL) handle_error(...); - * size_t buffer_length; - * status = psa_export_key(key, buffer, buffer_size, &buffer_length); - * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...); - * \endcode - * - * \param key_type A supported key type. - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_export_key() or psa_export_public_key() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not supported, - * return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, the return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_UNSTRUCTURED(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_KEY_PAIR ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_DSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - 0u) - -/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_export_public_key(). - * - * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * The following code illustrates how to allocate enough memory to export - * a public key by querying the key type and size at runtime. - * \code{c} - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT; - * psa_status_t status; - * status = psa_get_key_attributes(key, &attributes); - * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...); - * psa_key_type_t key_type = psa_get_key_type(&attributes); - * size_t key_bits = psa_get_key_bits(&attributes); - * size_t buffer_size = PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits); - * psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes); - * uint8_t *buffer = malloc(buffer_size); - * if (buffer == NULL) handle_error(...); - * size_t buffer_length; - * status = psa_export_public_key(key, buffer, buffer_size, &buffer_length); - * if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) handle_error(...); - * \endcode - * - * \param key_type A public key or key pair key type. - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_export_public_key() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that is not - * supported, return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, - * the return value is unspecified. - * - * If the parameters are valid and supported, - * return the same result as - * #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE( - * \p #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(\p key_type), - * \p key_bits). - */ -#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(key_type) ? PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits) : \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(key_type) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : \ - 0u) - -/** Sufficient buffer size for exporting any asymmetric key pair. - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is - * a sufficient buffer size when calling psa_export_key() to export any - * asymmetric key pair, regardless of the exact key type and key size. - * - * See also #PSA_EXPORT_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits). - */ -#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE 1 - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) -#endif -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASIC) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_KEY_PAIR_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif - -/** Sufficient buffer size for exporting any asymmetric public key. - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is - * a sufficient buffer size when calling psa_export_key() or - * psa_export_public_key() to export any asymmetric public key, - * regardless of the exact key type and key size. - * - * See also #PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits). - */ -#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE 1 - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) -#endif -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_RSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif -#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY) && \ - (PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > \ - PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE \ - PSA_KEY_EXPORT_FFDH_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif - -/** Sufficient output buffer size for psa_raw_key_agreement(). - * - * This macro returns a compile-time constant if its arguments are - * compile-time constants. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * See also #PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \param key_type A supported key type. - * \param key_bits The size of the key in bits. - * - * \return If the parameters are valid and supported, return - * a buffer size in bytes that guarantees that - * psa_raw_key_agreement() will not fail with - * #PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL. - * If the parameters are a valid combination that - * is not supported, return either a sensible size or 0. - * If the parameters are not valid, - * the return value is unspecified. - */ -#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, key_bits) \ - ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(key_type) || \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR(key_type)) ? PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(key_bits) : 0u) - -/** Maximum size of the output from psa_raw_key_agreement(). - * - * This macro expands to a compile-time constant integer. This value is the - * maximum size of the output any raw key agreement algorithm, in bytes. - * - * See also #PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p key_bits). - */ -#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE 1 - -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH) && \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) > PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_ECC_MAX_CURVE_BITS) -#endif -#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_FFDH) && \ - (PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) > PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE) -#undef PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE -#define PSA_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(PSA_VENDOR_FFDH_MAX_KEY_BITS) -#endif - -/** The default IV size for a cipher algorithm, in bytes. - * - * The IV that is generated as part of a call to #psa_cipher_encrypt() is always - * the default IV length for the algorithm. - * - * This macro can be used to allocate a buffer of sufficient size to - * store the IV output from #psa_cipher_generate_iv() when using - * a multi-part cipher operation. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm \p alg. - * - * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The default IV size for the specified key type and algorithm. - * If the algorithm does not use an IV, return 0. - * If the key type or cipher algorithm is not recognized, - * or the parameters are incompatible, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH(key_type, alg) \ - (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) > 1 && \ - ((alg) == PSA_ALG_CTR || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_CFB || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_OFB || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_XTS || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7) ? PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \ - (key_type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 && \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER ? 12u : \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG ? 13u : \ - 0u) - -/** The maximum IV size for all supported cipher algorithms, in bytes. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH(). - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE 16u - -/** The maximum size of the output of psa_cipher_encrypt(), in bytes. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of the output might be smaller. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length). - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its arguments multiple times or - * zero times, so you should not pass arguments that contain - * side effects. - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm - * alg. - * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and - * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \ - (alg == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ? \ - (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) != 0 ? \ - PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), \ - (input_length) + 1u) + \ - PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH((key_type), (alg)) : 0u) : \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - (input_length) + PSA_CIPHER_IV_LENGTH((key_type), (alg)) : \ - 0u)) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_encrypt(), for any of the - * supported key types and cipher algorithms. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_encrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length). - * - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - * - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_ENCRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \ - (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, \ - (input_length) + 1u) + \ - PSA_CIPHER_IV_MAX_SIZE) - -/** The maximum size of the output of psa_cipher_decrypt(), in bytes. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * Depending on the algorithm, the actual size of the output might be smaller. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length). - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm - * alg. - * \param alg A cipher algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and - * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, - * return 0. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) && \ - ((key_type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ? \ - (input_length) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_decrypt(), for any of the - * supported key types and cipher algorithms. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_decrypt() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length). - * - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_DECRYPT_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \ - (input_length) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_update(). - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * The actual size of the output might be smaller in any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(\p input_length). - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm - * alg. - * \param alg A cipher algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - * - * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and - * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg, input_length) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) != 0 ? \ - (((alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING || \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING) ? \ - PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type), \ - input_length) : \ - (input_length)) : 0u) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient output buffer size for psa_cipher_update(), for any of the - * supported key types and cipher algorithms. - * - * If the size of the output buffer is at least this large, it is guaranteed - * that psa_cipher_update() will not fail due to an insufficient buffer size. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg, \p input_length). - * - * \param input_length Size of the input in bytes. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_UPDATE_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(input_length) \ - (PSA_ROUND_UP_TO_MULTIPLE(PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE, input_length)) - -/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_cipher_finish(). - * - * If the size of the ciphertext buffer is at least this large, it is - * guaranteed that psa_cipher_finish() will not fail due to an insufficient - * ciphertext buffer size. The actual size of the output might be smaller in - * any given call. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE(). - * - * \param key_type A symmetric key type that is compatible with algorithm - * alg. - * \param alg A cipher algorithm (PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(\p alg) is true). - * \return A sufficient output size for the specified key type and - * algorithm. If the key type or cipher algorithm is not - * recognized, or the parameters are incompatible, return 0. - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(key_type, alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) ? \ - (alg == PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ? \ - PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(key_type) : \ - 0u) : \ - 0u) - -/** A sufficient ciphertext buffer size for psa_cipher_finish(), for any of the - * supported key types and cipher algorithms. - * - * See also #PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_SIZE(\p key_type, \p alg). - */ -#define PSA_CIPHER_FINISH_OUTPUT_MAX_SIZE \ - (PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_MAX_SIZE) - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_SIZES_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_struct.h b/include/psa/crypto_struct.h deleted file mode 100644 index d5ea8d5..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_struct.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,460 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_struct.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: Mbed TLS structured type implementations - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. - * - * This file contains the definitions of some data structures with - * implementation-specific definitions. - * - * In implementations with isolation between the application and the - * cryptography module, it is expected that the front-end and the back-end - * would have different versions of this file. - * - * <h3>Design notes about multipart operation structures</h3> - * - * For multipart operations without driver delegation support, each multipart - * operation structure contains a `psa_algorithm_t alg` field which indicates - * which specific algorithm the structure is for. When the structure is not in - * use, `alg` is 0. Most of the structure consists of a union which is - * discriminated by `alg`. - * - * For multipart operations with driver delegation support, each multipart - * operation structure contains an `unsigned int id` field indicating which - * driver got assigned to do the operation. When the structure is not in use, - * 'id' is 0. The structure contains also a driver context which is the union - * of the contexts of all drivers able to handle the type of multipart - * operation. - * - * Note that when `alg` or `id` is 0, the content of other fields is undefined. - * In particular, it is not guaranteed that a freshly-initialized structure - * is all-zero: we initialize structures to something like `{0, 0}`, which - * is only guaranteed to initializes the first member of the union; - * GCC and Clang initialize the whole structure to 0 (at the time of writing), - * but MSVC and CompCert don't. - * - * In Mbed TLS, multipart operation structures live independently from - * the key. This allows Mbed TLS to free the key objects when destroying - * a key slot. If a multipart operation needs to remember the key after - * the setup function returns, the operation structure needs to contain a - * copy of the key. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Include the Mbed TLS configuration file, the way Mbed TLS does it - * in each of its header files. */ -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" - -/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the primitive - * algorithms. */ -#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_primitives.h" - -struct psa_hash_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_driver_wrappers.h. - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. the driver context is not active, in use). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - psa_driver_hash_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -}; - -#define PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 } } -static inline struct psa_hash_operation_s psa_hash_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_hash_operation_s v = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -struct psa_cipher_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_required) : 1; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_set) : 1; - - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(default_iv_length); - - psa_driver_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -}; - -#define PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } -static inline struct psa_cipher_operation_s psa_cipher_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_cipher_operation_s v = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the composite - * algorithms. */ -#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_composites.h" - -struct psa_mac_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - uint8_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mac_size); - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_sign) : 1; - psa_driver_mac_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -}; - -#define PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } -static inline struct psa_mac_operation_s psa_mac_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_mac_operation_s v = PSA_MAC_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -struct psa_aead_operation_s { - - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_type); - - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ad_remaining); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(body_remaining); - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nonce_set) : 1; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lengths_set) : 1; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ad_started) : 1; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(body_started) : 1; - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(is_encrypt) : 1; - - psa_driver_aead_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -}; - -#define PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } -static inline struct psa_aead_operation_s psa_aead_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_aead_operation_s v = PSA_AEAD_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -/* Include the context definition for the compiled-in drivers for the key - * derivation algorithms. */ -#include "psa/crypto_driver_contexts_key_derivation.h" - -struct psa_key_derivation_s { - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(can_output_key) : 1; - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(capacity); - psa_driver_key_derivation_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); -}; - -/* This only zeroes out the first byte in the union, the rest is unspecified. */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT { 0, 0, 0, { 0 } } -static inline struct psa_key_derivation_s psa_key_derivation_operation_init( - void) -{ - const struct psa_key_derivation_s v = PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT; - return v; -} - -struct psa_key_policy_s { - psa_key_usage_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage); - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); - psa_algorithm_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg2); -}; -typedef struct psa_key_policy_s psa_key_policy_t; - -#define PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT { 0, 0, 0 } -static inline struct psa_key_policy_s psa_key_policy_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_key_policy_s v = PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT; - return v; -} - -/* The type used internally for key sizes. - * Public interfaces use size_t, but internally we use a smaller type. */ -typedef uint16_t psa_key_bits_t; -/* The maximum value of the type used to represent bit-sizes. - * This is used to mark an invalid key size. */ -#define PSA_KEY_BITS_TOO_LARGE ((psa_key_bits_t) -1) -/* The maximum size of a key in bits. - * Currently defined as the maximum that can be represented, rounded down - * to a whole number of bytes. - * This is an uncast value so that it can be used in preprocessor - * conditionals. */ -#define PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS 0xfff8 - -/** A mask of flags that can be stored in key attributes. - * - * This type is also used internally to store flags in slots. Internal - * flags are defined in library/psa_crypto_core.h. Internal flags may have - * the same value as external flags if they are properly handled during - * key creation and in psa_get_key_attributes. - */ -typedef uint16_t psa_key_attributes_flag_t; - -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_FLAG_HAS_SLOT_NUMBER \ - ((psa_key_attributes_flag_t) 0x0001) - -/* A mask of key attribute flags used externally only. - * Only meant for internal checks inside the library. */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_MASK_EXTERNAL_ONLY ( \ - MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_FLAG_HAS_SLOT_NUMBER | \ - 0) - -/* A mask of key attribute flags used both internally and externally. - * Currently there aren't any. */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_KA_MASK_DUAL_USE ( \ - 0) - -typedef struct { - psa_key_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); - psa_key_bits_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits); - psa_key_lifetime_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime); - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - psa_key_policy_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy); - psa_key_attributes_flag_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags); -} psa_core_key_attributes_t; - -#define PSA_CORE_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT { PSA_KEY_TYPE_NONE, 0, \ - PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE, \ - MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT, \ - PSA_KEY_POLICY_INIT, 0 } - -struct psa_key_attributes_s { - psa_core_key_attributes_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core); -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) - psa_key_slot_number_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(slot_number); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */ - void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(domain_parameters); - size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(domain_parameters_size); -}; - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) -#define PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT { PSA_CORE_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT, 0, NULL, 0 } -#else -#define PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT { PSA_CORE_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT, NULL, 0 } -#endif - -static inline struct psa_key_attributes_s psa_key_attributes_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_key_attributes_s v = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT; - return v; -} - -static inline void psa_set_key_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key) -{ - psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime = attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime); - - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id) = key; - - if (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime)) { - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime) = - PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION( - PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT, - PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(lifetime)); - } -} - -static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t psa_get_key_id( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); -} - -#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER -static inline void mbedtls_set_key_owner_id(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner) = owner; -} -#endif - -static inline void psa_set_key_lifetime(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_lifetime_t lifetime) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime) = lifetime; - if (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime)) { -#ifdef MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) = 0; -#else - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id) = 0; -#endif - } -} - -static inline psa_key_lifetime_t psa_get_key_lifetime( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(lifetime); -} - -static inline void psa_extend_key_usage_flags(psa_key_usage_t *usage_flags) -{ - if (*usage_flags & PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH) { - *usage_flags |= PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE; - } - - if (*usage_flags & PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH) { - *usage_flags |= PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE; - } -} - -static inline void psa_set_key_usage_flags(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_usage_t usage_flags) -{ - psa_extend_key_usage_flags(&usage_flags); - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage) = usage_flags; -} - -static inline psa_key_usage_t psa_get_key_usage_flags( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(usage); -} - -static inline void psa_set_key_algorithm(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_algorithm_t alg) -{ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg) = alg; -} - -static inline psa_algorithm_t psa_get_key_algorithm( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(policy).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(alg); -} - -/* This function is declared in crypto_extra.h, which comes after this - * header file, but we need the function here, so repeat the declaration. */ -psa_status_t psa_set_key_domain_parameters(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_type_t type, - const uint8_t *data, - size_t data_length); - -static inline void psa_set_key_type(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - psa_key_type_t type) -{ - if (attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(domain_parameters) == NULL) { - /* Common case: quick path */ - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type) = type; - } else { - /* Call the bigger function to free the old domain parameters. - * Ignore any errors which may arise due to type requiring - * non-default domain parameters, since this function can't - * report errors. */ - (void) psa_set_key_domain_parameters(attributes, type, NULL, 0); - } -} - -static inline psa_key_type_t psa_get_key_type( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type); -} - -static inline void psa_set_key_bits(psa_key_attributes_t *attributes, - size_t bits) -{ - if (bits > PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS) { - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits) = PSA_KEY_BITS_TOO_LARGE; - } else { - attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits) = (psa_key_bits_t) bits; - } -} - -static inline size_t psa_get_key_bits( - const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes) -{ - return attributes->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(core).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(bits); -} - -/** - * \brief The context for PSA interruptible hash signing. - */ -struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - - psa_driver_sign_hash_interruptible_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(error_occurred) : 1; - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops); -}; - -#define PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 }, 0, 0 } - -static inline struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s -psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_sign_hash_interruptible_operation_s v = - PSA_SIGN_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT; - - return v; -} - -/** - * \brief The context for PSA interruptible hash verification. - */ -struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s { - /** Unique ID indicating which driver got assigned to do the - * operation. Since driver contexts are driver-specific, swapping - * drivers halfway through the operation is not supported. - * ID values are auto-generated in psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h - * ID value zero means the context is not valid or not assigned to - * any driver (i.e. none of the driver contexts are active). */ - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(id); - - psa_driver_verify_hash_interruptible_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(ctx); - - unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(error_occurred) : 1; - - uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(num_ops); -}; - -#define PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT { 0, { 0 }, 0, 0 } - -static inline struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s -psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_init(void) -{ - const struct psa_verify_hash_interruptible_operation_s v = - PSA_VERIFY_HASH_INTERRUPTIBLE_OPERATION_INIT; - - return v; -} - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_STRUCT_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_types.h b/include/psa/crypto_types.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5a1318d..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_types.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,453 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_types.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: type aliases. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. Drivers must include the appropriate driver - * header file. - * - * This file contains portable definitions of integral types for properties - * of cryptographic keys, designations of cryptographic algorithms, and - * error codes returned by the library. - * - * This header file does not declare any function. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H - -/* Make sure the Mbed TLS configuration is visible. */ -#include "mbedtls/build_info.h" -/* Define the MBEDTLS_PRIVATE macro. */ -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE) -#include MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_PLATFORM_FILE -#else -#include "crypto_platform.h" -#endif - -#include <stdint.h> - -/** \defgroup error Error codes - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \brief Function return status. - * - * This is either #PSA_SUCCESS (which is zero), indicating success, - * or a small negative value indicating that an error occurred. Errors are - * encoded as one of the \c PSA_ERROR_xxx values defined here. */ -/* If #PSA_SUCCESS is already defined, it means that #psa_status_t - * is also defined in an external header, so prevent its multiple - * definition. - */ -#ifndef PSA_SUCCESS -typedef int32_t psa_status_t; -#endif - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup crypto_types Key and algorithm types - * @{ - */ - -/** \brief Encoding of a key type. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx`. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint16_t psa_key_type_t; - -/** The type of PSA elliptic curve family identifiers. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`. - * - * The curve identifier is required to create an ECC key using the - * PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR() or PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY() - * macros. - * - * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff. - * Vendors who define additional families must use an encoding in this range. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_ecc_family_t; - -/** The type of PSA Diffie-Hellman group family identifiers. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_DH_FAMILY_xxx`. - * - * The group identifier is required to create a Diffie-Hellman key using the - * PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR() or PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY() - * macros. - * - * Values defined by this standard will never be in the range 0x80-0xff. - * Vendors who define additional families must use an encoding in this range. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_dh_family_t; - -/** \brief Encoding of a cryptographic algorithm. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_ALG_xxx`. - * - * For algorithms that can be applied to multiple key types, this type - * does not encode the key type. For example, for symmetric ciphers - * based on a block cipher, #psa_algorithm_t encodes the block cipher - * mode and the padding mode while the block cipher itself is encoded - * via #psa_key_type_t. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_algorithm_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup key_lifetimes Key lifetimes - * @{ - */ - -/** Encoding of key lifetimes. - * - * The lifetime of a key indicates where it is stored and what system actions - * may create and destroy it. - * - * Lifetime values have the following structure: - * - Bits 0-7 (#PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(\c lifetime)): - * persistence level. This value indicates what device management - * actions can cause it to be destroyed. In particular, it indicates - * whether the key is _volatile_ or _persistent_. - * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information. - * - Bits 8-31 (#PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(\c lifetime)): - * location indicator. This value indicates which part of the system - * has access to the key material and can perform operations using the key. - * See ::psa_key_location_t for more information. - * - * Volatile keys are automatically destroyed when the application instance - * terminates or on a power reset of the device. Persistent keys are - * preserved until the application explicitly destroys them or until an - * integration-specific device management event occurs (for example, - * a factory reset). - * - * Persistent keys have a key identifier of type #mbedtls_svc_key_id_t. - * This identifier remains valid throughout the lifetime of the key, - * even if the application instance that created the key terminates. - * The application can call psa_open_key() to open a persistent key that - * it created previously. - * - * The default lifetime of a key is #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE. The lifetime - * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT is supported if persistent storage is - * available. Other lifetime values may be supported depending on the - * library configuration. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_xxx`. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_key_lifetime_t; - -/** Encoding of key persistence levels. - * - * What distinguishes different persistence levels is what device management - * events may cause keys to be destroyed. _Volatile_ keys are destroyed - * by a power reset. Persistent keys may be destroyed by events such as - * a transfer of ownership or a factory reset. What management events - * actually affect persistent keys at different levels is outside the - * scope of the PSA Cryptography specification. - * - * The PSA Cryptography specification defines the following values of - * persistence levels: - * - \c 0 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE: volatile key. - * A volatile key is automatically destroyed by the implementation when - * the application instance terminates. In particular, a volatile key - * is automatically destroyed on a power reset of the device. - * - \c 1 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT: - * persistent key with a default lifetime. - * - \c 2-254: currently not supported by Mbed TLS. - * - \c 255 = #PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY: - * read-only or write-once key. - * A key with this persistence level cannot be destroyed. - * Mbed TLS does not currently offer a way to create such keys, but - * integrations of Mbed TLS can use it for built-in keys that the - * application cannot modify (for example, a hardware unique key (HUK)). - * - * \note Key persistence levels are 8-bit values. Key management - * interfaces operate on lifetimes (type ::psa_key_lifetime_t) which - * encode the persistence as the lower 8 bits of a 32-bit value. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint8_t psa_key_persistence_t; - -/** Encoding of key location indicators. - * - * If an integration of Mbed TLS can make calls to external - * cryptoprocessors such as secure elements, the location of a key - * indicates which secure element performs the operations on the key. - * Depending on the design of the secure element, the key - * material may be stored either in the secure element, or - * in wrapped (encrypted) form alongside the key metadata in the - * primary local storage. - * - * The PSA Cryptography API specification defines the following values of - * location indicators: - * - \c 0: primary local storage. - * This location is always available. - * The primary local storage is typically the same storage area that - * contains the key metadata. - * - \c 1: primary secure element. - * Integrations of Mbed TLS should support this value if there is a secure - * element attached to the operating environment. - * As a guideline, secure elements may provide higher resistance against - * side channel and physical attacks than the primary local storage, but may - * have restrictions on supported key types, sizes, policies and operations - * and may have different performance characteristics. - * - \c 2-0x7fffff: other locations defined by a PSA specification. - * The PSA Cryptography API does not currently assign any meaning to these - * locations, but future versions of that specification or other PSA - * specifications may do so. - * - \c 0x800000-0xffffff: vendor-defined locations. - * No PSA specification will assign a meaning to locations in this range. - * - * \note Key location indicators are 24-bit values. Key management - * interfaces operate on lifetimes (type ::psa_key_lifetime_t) which - * encode the location as the upper 24 bits of a 32-bit value. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_key_location_t; - -/** Encoding of identifiers of persistent keys. - * - * - Applications may freely choose key identifiers in the range - * #PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MIN to #PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MAX. - * - The implementation may define additional key identifiers in the range - * #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN to #PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX. - * - 0 is reserved as an invalid key identifier. - * - Key identifiers outside these ranges are reserved for future use. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to how values are allocated must require careful - * consideration to allow backward compatibility. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_key_id_t; - -/** Encoding of key identifiers as seen inside the PSA Crypto implementation. - * - * When PSA Crypto is built as a library inside an application, this type - * is identical to #psa_key_id_t. When PSA Crypto is built as a service - * that can store keys on behalf of multiple clients, this type - * encodes the #psa_key_id_t value seen by each client application as - * well as extra information that identifies the client that owns - * the key. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER) -typedef psa_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_t; - -#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */ -/* Implementation-specific: The Mbed TLS library can be built as - * part of a multi-client service that exposes the PSA Cryptography API in each - * client and encodes the client identity in the key identifier argument of - * functions such as psa_open_key(). - */ -typedef struct { - psa_key_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id); - mbedtls_key_owner_id_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner); -} mbedtls_svc_key_id_t; - -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup policy Key policies - * @{ - */ - -/** \brief Encoding of permitted usage on a key. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed as bitwise-ors of macros - * called `PSA_KEY_USAGE_xxx`. - * - * \note Values of this type are encoded in the persistent key store. - * Any changes to existing values will require bumping the storage - * format version and providing a translation when reading the old - * format. - */ -typedef uint32_t psa_key_usage_t; - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup attributes Key attributes - * @{ - */ - -/** The type of a structure containing key attributes. - * - * This is an opaque structure that can represent the metadata of a key - * object. Metadata that can be stored in attributes includes: - * - The location of the key in storage, indicated by its key identifier - * and its lifetime. - * - The key's policy, comprising usage flags and a specification of - * the permitted algorithm(s). - * - Information about the key itself: the key type and its size. - * - Additional implementation-defined attributes. - * - * The actual key material is not considered an attribute of a key. - * Key attributes do not contain information that is generally considered - * highly confidential. - * - * An attribute structure works like a simple data structure where each function - * `psa_set_key_xxx` sets a field and the corresponding function - * `psa_get_key_xxx` retrieves the value of the corresponding field. - * However, a future version of the library may report values that are - * equivalent to the original one, but have a different encoding. Invalid - * values may be mapped to different, also invalid values. - * - * An attribute structure may contain references to auxiliary resources, - * for example pointers to allocated memory or indirect references to - * pre-calculated values. In order to free such resources, the application - * must call psa_reset_key_attributes(). As an exception, calling - * psa_reset_key_attributes() on an attribute structure is optional if - * the structure has only been modified by the following functions - * since it was initialized or last reset with psa_reset_key_attributes(): - * - psa_set_key_id() - * - psa_set_key_lifetime() - * - psa_set_key_type() - * - psa_set_key_bits() - * - psa_set_key_usage_flags() - * - psa_set_key_algorithm() - * - * Before calling any function on a key attribute structure, the application - * must initialize it by any of the following means: - * - Set the structure to all-bits-zero, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes; - * memset(&attributes, 0, sizeof(attributes)); - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to logical zero values, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = {0}; - * \endcode - * - Initialize the structure to the initializer #PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT, - * for example: - * \code - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT; - * \endcode - * - Assign the result of the function psa_key_attributes_init() - * to the structure, for example: - * \code - * psa_key_attributes_t attributes; - * attributes = psa_key_attributes_init(); - * \endcode - * - * A freshly initialized attribute structure contains the following - * values: - * - * - lifetime: #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE. - * - key identifier: 0 (which is not a valid key identifier). - * - type: \c 0 (meaning that the type is unspecified). - * - key size: \c 0 (meaning that the size is unspecified). - * - usage flags: \c 0 (which allows no usage except exporting a public key). - * - algorithm: \c 0 (which allows no cryptographic usage, but allows - * exporting). - * - * A typical sequence to create a key is as follows: - * -# Create and initialize an attribute structure. - * -# If the key is persistent, call psa_set_key_id(). - * Also call psa_set_key_lifetime() to place the key in a non-default - * location. - * -# Set the key policy with psa_set_key_usage_flags() and - * psa_set_key_algorithm(). - * -# Set the key type with psa_set_key_type(). - * Skip this step if copying an existing key with psa_copy_key(). - * -# When generating a random key with psa_generate_key() or deriving a key - * with psa_key_derivation_output_key(), set the desired key size with - * psa_set_key_bits(). - * -# Call a key creation function: psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), - * psa_key_derivation_output_key() or psa_copy_key(). This function reads - * the attribute structure, creates a key with these attributes, and - * outputs a key identifier to the newly created key. - * -# The attribute structure is now no longer necessary. - * You may call psa_reset_key_attributes(), although this is optional - * with the workflow presented here because the attributes currently - * defined in this specification do not require any additional resources - * beyond the structure itself. - * - * A typical sequence to query a key's attributes is as follows: - * -# Call psa_get_key_attributes(). - * -# Call `psa_get_key_xxx` functions to retrieve the attribute(s) that - * you are interested in. - * -# Call psa_reset_key_attributes() to free any resources that may be - * used by the attribute structure. - * - * Once a key has been created, it is impossible to change its attributes. - */ -typedef struct psa_key_attributes_s psa_key_attributes_t; - - -#ifndef __DOXYGEN_ONLY__ -#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) -/* Mbed TLS defines this type in crypto_types.h because it is also - * visible to applications through an implementation-specific extension. - * For the PSA Cryptography specification, this type is only visible - * via crypto_se_driver.h. */ -typedef uint64_t psa_key_slot_number_t; -#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C */ -#endif /* !__DOXYGEN_ONLY__ */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup derivation Key derivation - * @{ - */ - -/** \brief Encoding of the step of a key derivation. - * - * Values of this type are generally constructed by macros called - * `PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_xxx`. - */ -typedef uint16_t psa_key_derivation_step_t; - -/**@}*/ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/include/psa/crypto_values.h b/include/psa/crypto_values.h deleted file mode 100644 index a17879b..0000000 --- a/include/psa/crypto_values.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2763 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \file psa/crypto_values.h - * - * \brief PSA cryptography module: macros to build and analyze integer values. - * - * \note This file may not be included directly. Applications must - * include psa/crypto.h. Drivers must include the appropriate driver - * header file. - * - * This file contains portable definitions of macros to build and analyze - * values of integral types that encode properties of cryptographic keys, - * designations of cryptographic algorithms, and error codes returned by - * the library. - * - * Note that many of the constants defined in this file are embedded in - * the persistent key store, as part of key metadata (including usage - * policies). As a consequence, they must not be changed (unless the storage - * format version changes). - * - * This header file only defines preprocessor macros. - */ -/* - * Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors - * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later - */ - -#ifndef PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H -#define PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H -#include "mbedtls/private_access.h" - -/** \defgroup error Error codes - * @{ - */ - -/* PSA error codes */ - -/* Error codes are standardized across PSA domains (framework, crypto, storage, - * etc.). Do not change the values in this section or even the expansions - * of each macro: it must be possible to `#include` both this header - * and some other PSA component's headers in the same C source, - * which will lead to duplicate definitions of the `PSA_SUCCESS` and - * `PSA_ERROR_xxx` macros, which is ok if and only if the macros expand - * to the same sequence of tokens. - * - * If you must add a new - * value, check with the Arm PSA framework group to pick one that other - * domains aren't already using. */ - -/* Tell uncrustify not to touch the constant definitions, otherwise - * it might change the spacing to something that is not PSA-compliant - * (e.g. adding a space after casts). - * - * *INDENT-OFF* - */ - -/** The action was completed successfully. */ -#define PSA_SUCCESS ((psa_status_t)0) - -/** An error occurred that does not correspond to any defined - * failure cause. - * - * Implementations may use this error code if none of the other standard - * error codes are applicable. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR ((psa_status_t)-132) - -/** The requested operation or a parameter is not supported - * by this implementation. - * - * Implementations should return this error code when an enumeration - * parameter such as a key type, algorithm, etc. is not recognized. - * If a combination of parameters is recognized and identified as - * not valid, return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT instead. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED ((psa_status_t)-134) - -/** The requested action is denied by a policy. - * - * Implementations should return this error code when the parameters - * are recognized as valid and supported, and a policy explicitly - * denies the requested operation. - * - * If a subset of the parameters of a function call identify a - * forbidden operation, and another subset of the parameters are - * not valid or not supported, it is unspecified whether the function - * returns #PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED, #PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED or - * #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED ((psa_status_t)-133) - -/** An output buffer is too small. - * - * Applications can call the \c PSA_xxx_SIZE macro listed in the function - * description to determine a sufficient buffer size. - * - * Implementations should preferably return this error code only - * in cases when performing the operation with a larger output - * buffer would succeed. However implementations may return this - * error if a function has invalid or unsupported parameters in addition - * to the parameters that determine the necessary output buffer size. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL ((psa_status_t)-138) - -/** Asking for an item that already exists - * - * Implementations should return this error, when attempting - * to write an item (like a key) that already exists. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS ((psa_status_t)-139) - -/** Asking for an item that doesn't exist - * - * Implementations should return this error, if a requested item (like - * a key) does not exist. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST ((psa_status_t)-140) - -/** The requested action cannot be performed in the current state. - * - * Multipart operations return this error when one of the - * functions is called out of sequence. Refer to the function - * descriptions for permitted sequencing of functions. - * - * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate - * that a key either exists or not, - * but shall instead return #PSA_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS or #PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST - * as applicable. - * - * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate that a - * key identifier is invalid, but shall return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * instead. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_BAD_STATE ((psa_status_t)-137) - -/** The parameters passed to the function are invalid. - * - * Implementations may return this error any time a parameter or - * combination of parameters are recognized as invalid. - * - * Implementations shall not return this error code to indicate that a - * key identifier is invalid, but shall return #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE - * instead. - */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT ((psa_status_t)-135) - -/** There is not enough runtime memory. - * - * If the action is carried out across multiple security realms, this - * error can refer to available memory in any of the security realms. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY ((psa_status_t)-141) - -/** There is not enough persistent storage. - * - * Functions that modify the key storage return this error code if - * there is insufficient storage space on the host media. In addition, - * many functions that do not otherwise access storage may return this - * error code if the implementation requires a mandatory log entry for - * the requested action and the log storage space is full. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE ((psa_status_t)-142) - -/** There was a communication failure inside the implementation. - * - * This can indicate a communication failure between the application - * and an external cryptoprocessor or between the cryptoprocessor and - * an external volatile or persistent memory. A communication failure - * may be transient or permanent depending on the cause. - * - * \warning If a function returns this error, it is undetermined - * whether the requested action has completed or not. Implementations - * should return #PSA_SUCCESS on successful completion whenever - * possible, however functions may return #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE - * if the requested action was completed successfully in an external - * cryptoprocessor but there was a breakdown of communication before - * the cryptoprocessor could report the status to the application. - */ -#define PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-145) - -/** There was a storage failure that may have led to data loss. - * - * This error indicates that some persistent storage is corrupted. - * It should not be used for a corruption of volatile memory - * (use #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED), for a communication error - * between the cryptoprocessor and its external storage (use - * #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE), or when the storage is - * in a valid state but is full (use #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE). - * - * Note that a storage failure does not indicate that any data that was - * previously read is invalid. However this previously read data may no - * longer be readable from storage. - * - * When a storage failure occurs, it is no longer possible to ensure - * the global integrity of the keystore. Depending on the global - * integrity guarantees offered by the implementation, access to other - * data may or may not fail even if the data is still readable but - * its integrity cannot be guaranteed. - * - * Implementations should only use this error code to report a - * permanent storage corruption. However application writers should - * keep in mind that transient errors while reading the storage may be - * reported using this error code. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-146) - -/** A hardware failure was detected. - * - * A hardware failure may be transient or permanent depending on the - * cause. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE ((psa_status_t)-147) - -/** A tampering attempt was detected. - * - * If an application receives this error code, there is no guarantee - * that previously accessed or computed data was correct and remains - * confidential. Applications should not perform any security function - * and should enter a safe failure state. - * - * Implementations may return this error code if they detect an invalid - * state that cannot happen during normal operation and that indicates - * that the implementation's security guarantees no longer hold. Depending - * on the implementation architecture and on its security and safety goals, - * the implementation may forcibly terminate the application. - * - * This error code is intended as a last resort when a security breach - * is detected and it is unsure whether the keystore data is still - * protected. Implementations shall only return this error code - * to report an alarm from a tampering detector, to indicate that - * the confidentiality of stored data can no longer be guaranteed, - * or to indicate that the integrity of previously returned data is now - * considered compromised. Implementations shall not use this error code - * to indicate a hardware failure that merely makes it impossible to - * perform the requested operation (use #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE, - * #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE, #PSA_ERROR_HARDWARE_FAILURE, - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY or other applicable error code - * instead). - * - * This error indicates an attack against the application. Implementations - * shall not return this error code as a consequence of the behavior of - * the application itself. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED ((psa_status_t)-151) - -/** There is not enough entropy to generate random data needed - * for the requested action. - * - * This error indicates a failure of a hardware random generator. - * Application writers should note that this error can be returned not - * only by functions whose purpose is to generate random data, such - * as key, IV or nonce generation, but also by functions that execute - * an algorithm with a randomized result, as well as functions that - * use randomization of intermediate computations as a countermeasure - * to certain attacks. - * - * Implementations should avoid returning this error after psa_crypto_init() - * has succeeded. Implementations should generate sufficient - * entropy during initialization and subsequently use a cryptographically - * secure pseudorandom generator (PRNG). However implementations may return - * this error at any time if a policy requires the PRNG to be reseeded - * during normal operation. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_ENTROPY ((psa_status_t)-148) - -/** The signature, MAC or hash is incorrect. - * - * Verification functions return this error if the verification - * calculations completed successfully, and the value to be verified - * was determined to be incorrect. - * - * If the value to verify has an invalid size, implementations may return - * either #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT or #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE ((psa_status_t)-149) - -/** The decrypted padding is incorrect. - * - * \warning In some protocols, when decrypting data, it is essential that - * the behavior of the application does not depend on whether the padding - * is correct, down to precise timing. Applications should prefer - * protocols that use authenticated encryption rather than plain - * encryption. If the application must perform a decryption of - * unauthenticated data, the application writer should take care not - * to reveal whether the padding is invalid. - * - * Implementations should strive to make valid and invalid padding - * as close as possible to indistinguishable to an external observer. - * In particular, the timing of a decryption operation should not - * depend on the validity of the padding. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_PADDING ((psa_status_t)-150) - -/** Return this error when there's insufficient data when attempting - * to read from a resource. */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_DATA ((psa_status_t)-143) - -/** The key identifier is not valid. See also :ref:\`key-handles\`. - */ -#define PSA_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ((psa_status_t)-136) - -/** Stored data has been corrupted. - * - * This error indicates that some persistent storage has suffered corruption. - * It does not indicate the following situations, which have specific error - * codes: - * - * - A corruption of volatile memory - use #PSA_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED. - * - A communication error between the cryptoprocessor and its external - * storage - use #PSA_ERROR_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE. - * - When the storage is in a valid state but is full - use - * #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE. - * - When the storage fails for other reasons - use - * #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE. - * - When the stored data is not valid - use #PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID. - * - * \note A storage corruption does not indicate that any data that was - * previously read is invalid. However this previously read data might no - * longer be readable from storage. - * - * When a storage failure occurs, it is no longer possible to ensure the - * global integrity of the keystore. - */ -#define PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT ((psa_status_t)-152) - -/** Data read from storage is not valid for the implementation. - * - * This error indicates that some data read from storage does not have a valid - * format. It does not indicate the following situations, which have specific - * error codes: - * - * - When the storage or stored data is corrupted - use #PSA_ERROR_DATA_CORRUPT - * - When the storage fails for other reasons - use #PSA_ERROR_STORAGE_FAILURE - * - An invalid argument to the API - use #PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT - * - * This error is typically a result of either storage corruption on a - * cleartext storage backend, or an attempt to read data that was - * written by an incompatible version of the library. - */ -#define PSA_ERROR_DATA_INVALID ((psa_status_t)-153) - -/** The function that returns this status is defined as interruptible and - * still has work to do, thus the user should call the function again with the - * same operation context until it either returns #PSA_SUCCESS or any other - * error. This is not an error per se, more a notification of status. - */ -#define PSA_OPERATION_INCOMPLETE ((psa_status_t)-248) - -/* *INDENT-ON* */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup crypto_types Key and algorithm types - * @{ - */ - -/* Note that key type values, including ECC family and DH group values, are - * embedded in the persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a - * consequence, they must not be changed (unless the storage format version - * changes). - */ - -/** An invalid key type value. - * - * Zero is not the encoding of any key type. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_NONE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x0000) - -/** Vendor-defined key type flag. - * - * Key types defined by this standard will never have the - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG bit set. Vendors who define additional key types - * must use an encoding with the #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG bit set and should - * respect the bitwise structure used by standard encodings whenever practical. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_key_type_t) 0x8000) - -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7000) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_RAW ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1000) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2000) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4000) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7000) - -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x3000) - -/** Whether a key type is vendor-defined. - * - * See also #PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_VENDOR_DEFINED(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_VENDOR_FLAG) != 0) - -/** Whether a key type is an unstructured array of bytes. - * - * This encompasses both symmetric keys and non-key data. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_UNSTRUCTURED(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_RAW || \ - ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC) - -/** Whether a key type is asymmetric: either a key pair or a public key. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ASYMMETRIC(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK \ - & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR) == \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY) -/** Whether a key type is the public part of a key pair. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_PUBLIC_KEY) -/** Whether a key type is a key pair containing a private part and a public - * part. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_KEY_PAIR(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_KEY_PAIR) -/** The key pair type corresponding to a public key type. - * - * You may also pass a key pair type as \p type, it will be left unchanged. - * - * \param type A public key type or key pair type. - * - * \return The corresponding key pair type. - * If \p type is not a public key or a key pair, - * the return value is undefined. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_KEY_PAIR_OF_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \ - ((type) | PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR) -/** The public key type corresponding to a key pair type. - * - * You may also pass a key pair type as \p type, it will be left unchanged. - * - * \param type A public key type or key pair type. - * - * \return The corresponding public key type. - * If \p type is not a public key or a key pair, - * the return value is undefined. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) \ - ((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_FLAG_PAIR) - -/** Raw data. - * - * A "key" of this type cannot be used for any cryptographic operation. - * Applications may use this type to store arbitrary data in the keystore. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1001) - -/** HMAC key. - * - * The key policy determines which underlying hash algorithm the key can be - * used for. - * - * HMAC keys should generally have the same size as the underlying hash. - * This size can be calculated with #PSA_HASH_LENGTH(\c alg) where - * \c alg is the HMAC algorithm or the underlying hash algorithm. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_HMAC ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1100) - -/** A secret for key derivation. - * - * This key type is for high-entropy secrets only. For low-entropy secrets, - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD should be used instead. - * - * These keys can be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET or - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input of key derivation algorithms. - * - * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key - * can be used for. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1200) - -/** A low-entropy secret for password hashing or key derivation. - * - * This key type is suitable for passwords and passphrases which are typically - * intended to be memorizable by humans, and have a low entropy relative to - * their size. It can be used for randomly generated or derived keys with - * maximum or near-maximum entropy, but #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE is more suitable - * for such keys. It is not suitable for passwords with extremely low entropy, - * such as numerical PINs. - * - * These keys can be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input of - * key derivation algorithms. Algorithms that accept such an input were - * designed to accept low-entropy secret and are known as password hashing or - * key stretching algorithms. - * - * These keys cannot be used as the #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET input of - * key derivation algorithms, as the algorithms that take such an input expect - * it to be high-entropy. - * - * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key can be - * used for, among the permissible subset defined above. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1203) - -/** A secret value that can be used to verify a password hash. - * - * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key - * can be used for, among the same permissible subset as for - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD_HASH ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1205) - -/** A secret value that can be used in when computing a password hash. - * - * The key policy determines which key derivation algorithm the key - * can be used for, among the subset of algorithms that can use pepper. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_PEPPER ((psa_key_type_t) 0x1206) - -/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the AES block cipher. - * - * The size of the key can be 16 bytes (AES-128), 24 bytes (AES-192) or - * 32 bytes (AES-256). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2400) - -/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the - * ARIA block cipher. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ARIA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2406) - -/** Key for a cipher or MAC algorithm based on DES or 3DES (Triple-DES). - * - * The size of the key can be 64 bits (single DES), 128 bits (2-key 3DES) or - * 192 bits (3-key 3DES). - * - * Note that single DES and 2-key 3DES are weak and strongly - * deprecated and should only be used to decrypt legacy data. 3-key 3DES - * is weak and deprecated and should only be used in legacy protocols. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DES ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2301) - -/** Key for a cipher, AEAD or MAC algorithm based on the - * Camellia block cipher. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CAMELLIA ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2403) - -/** Key for the ChaCha20 stream cipher or the Chacha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm. - * - * ChaCha20 and the ChaCha20_Poly1305 construction are defined in RFC 7539. - * - * \note For ChaCha20 and ChaCha20_Poly1305, Mbed TLS only supports - * 12-byte nonces. - * - * \note For ChaCha20, the initial counter value is 0. To encrypt or decrypt - * with the initial counter value 1, you can process and discard a - * 64-byte block before the real data. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20 ((psa_key_type_t) 0x2004) - -/** RSA public key. - * - * The size of an RSA key is the bit size of the modulus. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4001) -/** RSA key pair (private and public key). - * - * The size of an RSA key is the bit size of the modulus. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7001) -/** Whether a key type is an RSA key (pair or public-only). */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_RSA(type) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY) - -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4100) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7100) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x00ff) -/** Elliptic curve key pair. - * - * The size of an elliptic curve key is the bit size associated with the curve, - * i.e. the bit size of *q* for a curve over a field *F<sub>q</sub>*. - * See the documentation of `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx` curve families for details. - * - * \param curve A value of type ::psa_ecc_family_t that - * identifies the ECC curve to be used. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(curve) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE | (curve)) -/** Elliptic curve public key. - * - * The size of an elliptic curve public key is the same as the corresponding - * private key (see #PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR and the documentation of - * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx` curve families). - * - * \param curve A value of type ::psa_ecc_family_t that - * identifies the ECC curve to be used. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(curve) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE | (curve)) - -/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve key (pair or public-only). */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(type) \ - ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) & \ - ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE) -/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve key pair. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_KEY_PAIR(type) \ - (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR_BASE) -/** Whether a key type is an elliptic curve public key. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \ - (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) == \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE) - -/** Extract the curve from an elliptic curve key type. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_GET_FAMILY(type) \ - ((psa_ecc_family_t) (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ECC(type) ? \ - ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_CURVE_MASK) : \ - 0)) - -/** Check if the curve of given family is Weierstrass elliptic curve. */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_IS_WEIERSTRASS(family) ((family & 0xc0) == 0) - -/** SEC Koblitz curves over prime fields. - * - * This family comprises the following curves: - * secp192k1, secp224k1, secp256k1. - * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_, - * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_. - * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_K1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x17) - -/** SEC random curves over prime fields. - * - * This family comprises the following curves: - * secp192k1, secp224r1, secp256r1, secp384r1, secp521r1. - * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_, - * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_. - * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x12) -/* SECP160R2 (SEC2 v1, obsolete) */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R2 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x1b) - -/** SEC Koblitz curves over binary fields. - * - * This family comprises the following curves: - * sect163k1, sect233k1, sect239k1, sect283k1, sect409k1, sect571k1. - * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_, - * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_. - * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_K1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x27) - -/** SEC random curves over binary fields. - * - * This family comprises the following curves: - * sect163r1, sect233r1, sect283r1, sect409r1, sect571r1. - * They are defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_, - * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_. - * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x22) - -/** SEC additional random curves over binary fields. - * - * This family comprises the following curve: - * sect163r2. - * It is defined in _Standards for Efficient Cryptography_, - * _SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters_. - * https://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECT_R2 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x2b) - -/** Brainpool P random curves. - * - * This family comprises the following curves: - * brainpoolP160r1, brainpoolP192r1, brainpoolP224r1, brainpoolP256r1, - * brainpoolP320r1, brainpoolP384r1, brainpoolP512r1. - * It is defined in RFC 5639. - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_P_R1 ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x30) - -/** Curve25519 and Curve448. - * - * This family comprises the following Montgomery curves: - * - 255-bit: Bernstein et al., - * _Curve25519: new Diffie-Hellman speed records_, LNCS 3958, 2006. - * The algorithm #PSA_ALG_ECDH performs X25519 when used with this curve. - * - 448-bit: Hamburg, - * _Ed448-Goldilocks, a new elliptic curve_, NIST ECC Workshop, 2015. - * The algorithm #PSA_ALG_ECDH performs X448 when used with this curve. - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_MONTGOMERY ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x41) - -/** The twisted Edwards curves Ed25519 and Ed448. - * - * These curves are suitable for EdDSA (#PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA for both curves, - * #PSA_ALG_ED25519PH for the 255-bit curve, - * #PSA_ALG_ED448PH for the 448-bit curve). - * - * This family comprises the following twisted Edwards curves: - * - 255-bit: Edwards25519, the twisted Edwards curve birationally equivalent - * to Curve25519. - * Bernstein et al., _Twisted Edwards curves_, Africacrypt 2008. - * - 448-bit: Edwards448, the twisted Edwards curve birationally equivalent - * to Curve448. - * Hamburg, _Ed448-Goldilocks, a new elliptic curve_, NIST ECC Workshop, 2015. - */ -#define PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS ((psa_ecc_family_t) 0x42) - -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x4200) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE ((psa_key_type_t) 0x7200) -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK ((psa_key_type_t) 0x00ff) -/** Diffie-Hellman key pair. - * - * \param group A value of type ::psa_dh_family_t that identifies the - * Diffie-Hellman group to be used. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR(group) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE | (group)) -/** Diffie-Hellman public key. - * - * \param group A value of type ::psa_dh_family_t that identifies the - * Diffie-Hellman group to be used. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(group) \ - (PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE | (group)) - -/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman key (pair or public-only). */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(type) \ - ((PSA_KEY_TYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_OF_KEY_PAIR(type) & \ - ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE) -/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman key pair. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_KEY_PAIR(type) \ - (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_KEY_PAIR_BASE) -/** Whether a key type is a Diffie-Hellman public key. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH_PUBLIC_KEY(type) \ - (((type) & ~PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) == \ - PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_PUBLIC_KEY_BASE) - -/** Extract the group from a Diffie-Hellman key type. */ -#define PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GET_FAMILY(type) \ - ((psa_dh_family_t) (PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_DH(type) ? \ - ((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_DH_GROUP_MASK) : \ - 0)) - -/** Diffie-Hellman groups defined in RFC 7919 Appendix A. - * - * This family includes groups with the following key sizes (in bits): - * 2048, 3072, 4096, 6144, 8192. A given implementation may support - * all of these sizes or only a subset. - */ -#define PSA_DH_FAMILY_RFC7919 ((psa_dh_family_t) 0x03) - -#define PSA_GET_KEY_TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE_EXPONENT(type) \ - (((type) >> 8) & 7) -/** The block size of a block cipher. - * - * \param type A cipher key type (value of type #psa_key_type_t). - * - * \return The block size for a block cipher, or 1 for a stream cipher. - * The return value is undefined if \p type is not a supported - * cipher key type. - * - * \note It is possible to build stream cipher algorithms on top of a block - * cipher, for example CTR mode (#PSA_ALG_CTR). - * This macro only takes the key type into account, so it cannot be - * used to determine the size of the data that #psa_cipher_update() - * might buffer for future processing in general. - * - * \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument is one. - * - * \warning This macro may evaluate its argument multiple times. - */ -#define PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_LENGTH(type) \ - (((type) & PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_KEY_TYPE_CATEGORY_SYMMETRIC ? \ - 1u << PSA_GET_KEY_TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE_EXPONENT(type) : \ - 0u) - -/* Note that algorithm values are embedded in the persistent key store, - * as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they must not be changed - * (unless the storage format version changes). - */ - -/** Vendor-defined algorithm flag. - * - * Algorithms defined by this standard will never have the #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG - * bit set. Vendors who define additional algorithms must use an encoding with - * the #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG bit set and should respect the bitwise structure - * used by standard encodings whenever practical. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x80000000) - -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x7f000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_SIGN ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000000) -#define PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09000000) - -/** Whether an algorithm is vendor-defined. - * - * See also #PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_DEFINED(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_VENDOR_FLAG) != 0) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a hash algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a hash algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a MAC algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a MAC algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MAC) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a symmetric cipher algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a symmetric cipher algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_CIPHER(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an authenticated encryption - * with associated data (AEAD) algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is an AEAD algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an asymmetric signature algorithm, - * also known as public-key signature algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is an asymmetric signature algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_SIGN) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an asymmetric encryption algorithm, - * also known as public-key encryption algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is an asymmetric encryption algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_ASYMMETRIC_ENCRYPTION) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key agreement algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a key agreement algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key derivation algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a key derivation algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a key stretching / password hashing - * algorithm. - * - * A key stretching / password hashing algorithm is a key derivation algorithm - * that is suitable for use with a low-entropy secret such as a password. - * Equivalently, it's a key derivation algorithm that uses a - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD input step. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a key stretching / password hashing algorithm, 0 - * otherwise. This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a - * supported algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) && \ - (alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING_FLAG) - -/** An invalid algorithm identifier value. */ -/* *INDENT-OFF* (https://github.com/ARM-software/psa-arch-tests/issues/337) */ -#define PSA_ALG_NONE ((psa_algorithm_t)0) -/* *INDENT-ON* */ - -#define PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x000000ff) -/** MD5 */ -#define PSA_ALG_MD5 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000003) -/** PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 */ -#define PSA_ALG_RIPEMD160 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000004) -/** SHA1 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_1 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000005) -/** SHA2-224 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000008) -/** SHA2-256 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000009) -/** SHA2-384 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_384 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000a) -/** SHA2-512 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000b) -/** SHA2-512/224 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000c) -/** SHA2-512/256 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA_512_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0200000d) -/** SHA3-224 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_224 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000010) -/** SHA3-256 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_256 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000011) -/** SHA3-384 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_384 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000012) -/** SHA3-512 */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHA3_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000013) -/** The first 512 bits (64 bytes) of the SHAKE256 output. - * - * This is the prehashing for Ed448ph (see #PSA_ALG_ED448PH). For other - * scenarios where a hash function based on SHA3/SHAKE is desired, SHA3-512 - * has the same output size and a (theoretically) higher security strength. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x02000015) - -/** In a hash-and-sign algorithm policy, allow any hash algorithm. - * - * This value may be used to form the algorithm usage field of a policy - * for a signature algorithm that is parametrized by a hash. The key - * may then be used to perform operations using the same signature - * algorithm parametrized with any supported hash. - * - * That is, suppose that `PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE` is one of the following macros: - * - #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN, #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS, #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT, - * - #PSA_ALG_ECDSA, #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA. - * Then you may create and use a key as follows: - * - Set the key usage field using #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH, for example: - * ``` - * psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH); // or VERIFY - * psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)); - * ``` - * - Import or generate key material. - * - Call psa_sign_hash() or psa_verify_hash(), passing - * an algorithm built from `PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE` and a specific hash. Each - * call to sign or verify a message may use a different hash. - * ``` - * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA_256), ...); - * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA_512), ...); - * psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_xxx_SIGNATURE(PSA_ALG_SHA3_256), ...); - * ``` - * - * This value may not be used to build other algorithms that are - * parametrized over a hash. For any valid use of this macro to build - * an algorithm \c alg, #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(\c alg) is true. - * - * This value may not be used to build an algorithm specification to - * perform an operation. It is only valid to build policies. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x020000ff) - -#define PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00c00000) -#define PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03800000) -/** Macro to build an HMAC algorithm. - * - * For example, #PSA_ALG_HMAC(#PSA_ALG_SHA_256) is HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding HMAC algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_HMAC(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -#define PSA_ALG_HMAC_GET_HASH(hmac_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hmac_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HMAC algorithm. - * - * HMAC is a family of MAC algorithms that are based on a hash function. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is an HMAC algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HMAC(alg) \ - (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK)) == \ - PSA_ALG_HMAC_BASE) - -/* In the encoding of a MAC algorithm, the bits corresponding to - * PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK encode the length to which the MAC is - * truncated. As an exception, the value 0 means the untruncated algorithm, - * whatever its length is. The length is encoded in 6 bits, so it can - * reach up to 63; the largest MAC is 64 bytes so its trivial truncation - * to full length is correctly encoded as 0 and any non-trivial truncation - * is correctly encoded as a value between 1 and 63. */ -#define PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x003f0000) -#define PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET 16 - -/* In the encoding of a MAC algorithm, the bit corresponding to - * #PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG encodes the fact that the algorithm - * is a wildcard algorithm. A key with such wildcard algorithm as permitted - * algorithm policy can be used with any algorithm corresponding to the - * same base class and having a (potentially truncated) MAC length greater or - * equal than the one encoded in #PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK. */ -#define PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00008000) - -/** Macro to build a truncated MAC algorithm. - * - * A truncated MAC algorithm is identical to the corresponding MAC - * algorithm except that the MAC value for the truncated algorithm - * consists of only the first \p mac_length bytes of the MAC value - * for the untruncated algorithm. - * - * \note This macro may allow constructing algorithm identifiers that - * are not valid, either because the specified length is larger - * than the untruncated MAC or because the specified length is - * smaller than permitted by the implementation. - * - * \note It is implementation-defined whether a truncated MAC that - * is truncated to the same length as the MAC of the untruncated - * algorithm is considered identical to the untruncated algorithm - * for policy comparison purposes. - * - * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg) - * is true). This may be a truncated or untruncated - * MAC algorithm. - * \param mac_length Desired length of the truncated MAC in bytes. - * This must be at most the full length of the MAC - * and must be at least an implementation-specified - * minimum. The implementation-specified minimum - * shall not be zero. - * - * \return The corresponding MAC algorithm with the specified - * length. - * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported - * MAC algorithm or if \p mac_length is too small or - * too large for the specified MAC algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_TRUNCATED_MAC(mac_alg, mac_length) \ - (((mac_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK | \ - PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)) | \ - ((mac_length) << PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK)) - -/** Macro to build the base MAC algorithm corresponding to a truncated - * MAC algorithm. - * - * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg) - * is true). This may be a truncated or untruncated - * MAC algorithm. - * - * \return The corresponding base MAC algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported - * MAC algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_FULL_LENGTH_MAC(mac_alg) \ - ((mac_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK | \ - PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)) - -/** Length to which a MAC algorithm is truncated. - * - * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg) - * is true). - * - * \return Length of the truncated MAC in bytes. - * \return 0 if \p mac_alg is a non-truncated MAC algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported - * MAC algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_MAC_TRUNCATED_LENGTH(mac_alg) \ - (((mac_alg) & PSA_ALG_MAC_TRUNCATION_MASK) >> PSA_MAC_TRUNCATION_OFFSET) - -/** Macro to build a MAC minimum-MAC-length wildcard algorithm. - * - * A minimum-MAC-length MAC wildcard algorithm permits all MAC algorithms - * sharing the same base algorithm, and where the (potentially truncated) MAC - * length of the specific algorithm is equal to or larger then the wildcard - * algorithm's minimum MAC length. - * - * \note When setting the minimum required MAC length to less than the - * smallest MAC length allowed by the base algorithm, this effectively - * becomes an 'any-MAC-length-allowed' policy for that base algorithm. - * - * \param mac_alg A MAC algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(\p mac_alg) - * is true). - * \param min_mac_length Desired minimum length of the message authentication - * code in bytes. This must be at most the untruncated - * length of the MAC and must be at least 1. - * - * \return The corresponding MAC wildcard algorithm with the - * specified minimum length. - * \return Unspecified if \p mac_alg is not a supported MAC - * algorithm or if \p min_mac_length is less than 1 or - * too large for the specified MAC algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_MAC(mac_alg, min_mac_length) \ - (PSA_ALG_TRUNCATED_MAC(mac_alg, min_mac_length) | \ - PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) - -#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_MAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00000) -/** The CBC-MAC construction over a block cipher - * - * \warning CBC-MAC is insecure in many cases. - * A more secure mode, such as #PSA_ALG_CMAC, is recommended. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CBC_MAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00100) -/** The CMAC construction over a block cipher */ -#define PSA_ALG_CMAC ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x03c00200) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a MAC algorithm based on a block cipher. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a MAC algorithm based on a block cipher, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_BLOCK_CIPHER_MAC(alg) \ - (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_MAC_SUBCATEGORY_MASK)) == \ - PSA_ALG_CIPHER_MAC_BASE) - -#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00800000) -#define PSA_ALG_CIPHER_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00400000) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a stream cipher. - * - * A stream cipher is a symmetric cipher that encrypts or decrypts messages - * by applying a bitwise-xor with a stream of bytes that is generated - * from a key. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a stream cipher algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier or if it is not a symmetric cipher algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_STREAM_CIPHER(alg) \ - (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG)) == \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_CIPHER | PSA_ALG_CIPHER_STREAM_FLAG)) - -/** The stream cipher mode of a stream cipher algorithm. - * - * The underlying stream cipher is determined by the key type. - * - To use ChaCha20, use a key type of #PSA_KEY_TYPE_CHACHA20. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_STREAM_CIPHER ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04800100) - -/** The CTR stream cipher mode. - * - * CTR is a stream cipher which is built from a block cipher. - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - * For example, to use AES-128-CTR, use this algorithm with - * a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES and a length of 128 bits (16 bytes). - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CTR ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01000) - -/** The CFB stream cipher mode. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CFB ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01100) - -/** The OFB stream cipher mode. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_OFB ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01200) - -/** The XTS cipher mode. - * - * XTS is a cipher mode which is built from a block cipher. It requires at - * least one full block of input, but beyond this minimum the input - * does not need to be a whole number of blocks. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_XTS ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x0440ff00) - -/** The Electronic Code Book (ECB) mode of a block cipher, with no padding. - * - * \warning ECB mode does not protect the confidentiality of the encrypted data - * except in extremely narrow circumstances. It is recommended that applications - * only use ECB if they need to construct an operating mode that the - * implementation does not provide. Implementations are encouraged to provide - * the modes that applications need in preference to supporting direct access - * to ECB. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - * - * This symmetric cipher mode can only be used with messages whose lengths are a - * multiple of the block size of the chosen block cipher. - * - * ECB mode does not accept an initialization vector (IV). When using a - * multi-part cipher operation with this algorithm, psa_cipher_generate_iv() - * and psa_cipher_set_iv() must not be called. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ECB_NO_PADDING ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404400) - -/** The CBC block cipher chaining mode, with no padding. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - * - * This symmetric cipher mode can only be used with messages whose lengths - * are whole number of blocks for the chosen block cipher. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404000) - -/** The CBC block cipher chaining mode with PKCS#7 padding. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - * - * This is the padding method defined by PKCS#7 (RFC 2315) §10.3. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CBC_PKCS7 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04404100) - -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00400000) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an AEAD mode on a block cipher. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is an AEAD algorithm which is an AEAD mode based on - * a block cipher, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD_ON_BLOCK_CIPHER(alg) \ - (((alg) & (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_MASK | PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG)) == \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_AEAD | PSA_ALG_AEAD_FROM_BLOCK_FLAG)) - -/** The CCM authenticated encryption algorithm. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CCM ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05500100) - -/** The CCM* cipher mode without authentication. - * - * This is CCM* as specified in IEEE 802.15.4 §7, with a tag length of 0. - * For CCM* with a nonzero tag length, use the AEAD algorithm #PSA_ALG_CCM. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - * - * Currently only 13-byte long IV's are supported. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CCM_STAR_NO_TAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x04c01300) - -/** The GCM authenticated encryption algorithm. - * - * The underlying block cipher is determined by the key type. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_GCM ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05500200) - -/** The Chacha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm. - * - * The ChaCha20_Poly1305 construction is defined in RFC 7539. - * - * Implementations must support 12-byte nonces, may support 8-byte nonces, - * and should reject other sizes. - * - * Implementations must support 16-byte tags and should reject other sizes. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x05100500) - -/* In the encoding of an AEAD algorithm, the bits corresponding to - * PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK encode the length of the AEAD tag. - * The constants for default lengths follow this encoding. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x003f0000) -#define PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET 16 - -/* In the encoding of an AEAD algorithm, the bit corresponding to - * #PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG encodes the fact that the algorithm - * is a wildcard algorithm. A key with such wildcard algorithm as permitted - * algorithm policy can be used with any algorithm corresponding to the - * same base class and having a tag length greater than or equal to the one - * encoded in #PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK. */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00008000) - -/** Macro to build a shortened AEAD algorithm. - * - * A shortened AEAD algorithm is similar to the corresponding AEAD - * algorithm, but has an authentication tag that consists of fewer bytes. - * Depending on the algorithm, the tag length may affect the calculation - * of the ciphertext. - * - * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) - * is true). - * \param tag_length Desired length of the authentication tag in bytes. - * - * \return The corresponding AEAD algorithm with the specified - * length. - * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported - * AEAD algorithm or if \p tag_length is not valid - * for the specified AEAD algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, tag_length) \ - (((aead_alg) & ~(PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK | \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG)) | \ - ((tag_length) << PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET & \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK)) - -/** Retrieve the tag length of a specified AEAD algorithm - * - * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) - * is true). - * - * \return The tag length specified by the input algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported - * AEAD algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_GET_TAG_LENGTH(aead_alg) \ - (((aead_alg) & PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK) >> \ - PSA_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_OFFSET) - -/** Calculate the corresponding AEAD algorithm with the default tag length. - * - * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding AEAD algorithm with the default - * tag length for that algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG(aead_alg) \ - ( \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_CCM) \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_GCM) \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, PSA_ALG_CHACHA20_POLY1305) \ - 0) -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_DEFAULT_LENGTH_TAG_CASE(aead_alg, ref) \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, 0) == \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(ref, 0) ? \ - ref : - -/** Macro to build an AEAD minimum-tag-length wildcard algorithm. - * - * A minimum-tag-length AEAD wildcard algorithm permits all AEAD algorithms - * sharing the same base algorithm, and where the tag length of the specific - * algorithm is equal to or larger then the minimum tag length specified by the - * wildcard algorithm. - * - * \note When setting the minimum required tag length to less than the - * smallest tag length allowed by the base algorithm, this effectively - * becomes an 'any-tag-length-allowed' policy for that base algorithm. - * - * \param aead_alg An AEAD algorithm identifier (value of type - * #psa_algorithm_t such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(\p aead_alg) is true). - * \param min_tag_length Desired minimum length of the authentication tag in - * bytes. This must be at least 1 and at most the largest - * allowed tag length of the algorithm. - * - * \return The corresponding AEAD wildcard algorithm with the - * specified minimum length. - * \return Unspecified if \p aead_alg is not a supported - * AEAD algorithm or if \p min_tag_length is less than 1 - * or too large for the specified AEAD algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_TAG(aead_alg, min_tag_length) \ - (PSA_ALG_AEAD_WITH_SHORTENED_TAG(aead_alg, min_tag_length) | \ - PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) - -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000200) -/** RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature with hashing. - * - * This is the signature scheme defined by RFC 8017 - * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name - * RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** Raw PKCS#1 v1.5 signature. - * - * The input to this algorithm is the DigestInfo structure used by - * RFC 8017 (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications), §9.2 - * steps 3–6. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_BASE) - -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000300) -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06001300) -/** RSA PSS signature with hashing. - * - * This is the signature scheme defined by RFC 8017 - * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name - * RSASSA-PSS, with the message generation function MGF1, and with - * a salt length equal to the length of the hash, or the largest - * possible salt length for the algorithm and key size if that is - * smaller than the hash length. The specified hash algorithm is - * used to hash the input message, to create the salted hash, and - * for the mask generation. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding RSA PSS signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** RSA PSS signature with hashing with relaxed verification. - * - * This algorithm has the same behavior as #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS when signing, - * but allows an arbitrary salt length (including \c 0) when verifying a - * signature. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding RSA PSS signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS with standard salt. - * - * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard. - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form - * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(\c hash_alg), - * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or - * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not - * a supported algorithm identifier or policy. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_STANDARD_SALT(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_BASE) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS with any salt. - * - * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard. - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form - * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE(\c hash_alg), - * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or - * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not - * a supported algorithm identifier or policy. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is RSA PSS. - * - * This includes any of the RSA PSS algorithm variants, regardless of the - * constraints on salt length. - * - * \param alg An algorithm value or an algorithm policy wildcard. - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is of the form - * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(\c hash_alg) or - * #PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT_BASE(\c hash_alg), - * where \c hash_alg is a hash algorithm or - * #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH. 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not - * a supported algorithm identifier or policy. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_STANDARD_SALT(alg) || \ - PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS_ANY_SALT(alg)) - -#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000600) -/** ECDSA signature with hashing. - * - * This is the ECDSA signature scheme defined by ANSI X9.62, - * with a random per-message secret number (*k*). - * - * The representation of the signature as a byte string consists of - * the concatenation of the signature values *r* and *s*. Each of - * *r* and *s* is encoded as an *N*-octet string, where *N* is the length - * of the base point of the curve in octets. Each value is represented - * in big-endian order (most significant octet first). - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding ECDSA signature algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** ECDSA signature without hashing. - * - * This is the same signature scheme as #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(), but - * without specifying a hash algorithm. This algorithm may only be - * used to sign or verify a sequence of bytes that should be an - * already-calculated hash. Note that the input is padded with - * zeros on the left or truncated on the left as required to fit - * the curve size. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_ANY PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE -#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000700) -/** Deterministic ECDSA signature with hashing. - * - * This is the deterministic ECDSA signature scheme defined by RFC 6979. - * - * The representation of a signature is the same as with #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(). - * - * Note that when this algorithm is used for verification, signatures - * made with randomized ECDSA (#PSA_ALG_ECDSA(\p hash_alg)) with the - * same private key are accepted. In other words, - * #PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(\p hash_alg) differs from - * #PSA_ALG_ECDSA(\p hash_alg) only for signature, not for verification. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * This includes #PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH - * when specifying the algorithm in a usage policy. - * - * \return The corresponding deterministic ECDSA signature - * algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00000100) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK & ~PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) == \ - PSA_ALG_ECDSA_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC_FLAG) != 0) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) && PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg)) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RANDOMIZED_ECDSA(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) && !PSA_ALG_ECDSA_IS_DETERMINISTIC(alg)) - -/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm without prehashing (PureEdDSA), - * using standard parameters. - * - * Contexts are not supported in the current version of this specification - * because there is no suitable signature interface that can take the - * context as a parameter. A future version of this specification may add - * suitable functions and extend this algorithm to support contexts. - * - * PureEdDSA requires an elliptic curve key on a twisted Edwards curve. - * In this specification, the following curves are supported: - * - #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS, 255-bit: Ed25519 as specified - * in RFC 8032. - * The curve is Edwards25519. - * The hash function used internally is SHA-512. - * - #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_TWISTED_EDWARDS, 448-bit: Ed448 as specified - * in RFC 8032. - * The curve is Edwards448. - * The hash function used internally is the first 114 bytes of the - * SHAKE256 output. - * - * This algorithm can be used with psa_sign_message() and - * psa_verify_message(). Since there is no prehashing, it cannot be used - * with psa_sign_hash() or psa_verify_hash(). - * - * The signature format is the concatenation of R and S as defined by - * RFC 8032 §5.1.6 and §5.2.6 (a 64-byte string for Ed25519, a 114-byte - * string for Ed448). - */ -#define PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000800) - -#define PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x06000900) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_EDDSA(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE) - -/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm with prehashing (HashEdDSA), - * using SHA-512 and the Edwards25519 curve. - * - * See #PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA regarding context support and the signature format. - * - * This algorithm is Ed25519 as specified in RFC 8032. - * The curve is Edwards25519. - * The prehash is SHA-512. - * The hash function used internally is SHA-512. - * - * This is a hash-and-sign algorithm: to calculate a signature, - * you can either: - * - call psa_sign_message() on the message; - * - or calculate the SHA-512 hash of the message - * with psa_hash_compute() - * or with a multi-part hash operation started with psa_hash_setup(), - * using the hash algorithm #PSA_ALG_SHA_512, - * then sign the calculated hash with psa_sign_hash(). - * Verifying a signature is similar, using psa_verify_message() or - * psa_verify_hash() instead of the signature function. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ED25519PH \ - (PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE | (PSA_ALG_SHA_512 & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Edwards-curve digital signature algorithm with prehashing (HashEdDSA), - * using SHAKE256 and the Edwards448 curve. - * - * See #PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA regarding context support and the signature format. - * - * This algorithm is Ed448 as specified in RFC 8032. - * The curve is Edwards448. - * The prehash is the first 64 bytes of the SHAKE256 output. - * The hash function used internally is the first 114 bytes of the - * SHAKE256 output. - * - * This is a hash-and-sign algorithm: to calculate a signature, - * you can either: - * - call psa_sign_message() on the message; - * - or calculate the first 64 bytes of the SHAKE256 output of the message - * with psa_hash_compute() - * or with a multi-part hash operation started with psa_hash_setup(), - * using the hash algorithm #PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512, - * then sign the calculated hash with psa_sign_hash(). - * Verifying a signature is similar, using psa_verify_message() or - * psa_verify_hash() instead of the signature function. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ED448PH \ - (PSA_ALG_HASH_EDDSA_BASE | (PSA_ALG_SHAKE256_512 & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/* Default definition, to be overridden if the library is extended with - * more hash-and-sign algorithms that we want to keep out of this header - * file. */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) 0 - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a signature algorithm that can be used - * with psa_sign_hash() and psa_verify_hash(). - * - * This encompasses all strict hash-and-sign algorithms categorized by - * PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(), as well as algorithms that follow the - * paradigm more loosely: - * - #PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW (expects its input to be an encoded hash) - * - #PSA_ALG_ECDSA_ANY (doesn't specify what kind of hash the input is) - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if alg is a signature algorithm that can be used to sign a - * hash. 0 if alg is a signature algorithm that can only be used - * to sign a message. 0 if alg is not a signature algorithm. - * This macro can return either 0 or 1 if alg is not a - * supported algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PSS(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN(alg) || \ - PSA_ALG_IS_ECDSA(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_EDDSA(alg) || \ - PSA_ALG_IS_VENDOR_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a signature algorithm that can be used - * with psa_sign_message() and psa_verify_message(). - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if alg is a signature algorithm that can be used to sign a - * message. 0 if \p alg is a signature algorithm that can only be used - * to sign an already-calculated hash. 0 if \p alg is not a signature - * algorithm. This macro can return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a - * supported algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_MESSAGE(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) || (alg) == PSA_ALG_PURE_EDDSA) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a hash-and-sign algorithm. - * - * Hash-and-sign algorithms are asymmetric (public-key) signature algorithms - * structured in two parts: first the calculation of a hash in a way that - * does not depend on the key, then the calculation of a signature from the - * hash value and the key. Hash-and-sign algorithms encode the hash - * used for the hashing step, and you can call #PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH - * to extract this algorithm. - * - * Thus, for a hash-and-sign algorithm, - * `psa_sign_message(key, alg, input, ...)` is equivalent to - * ``` - * psa_hash_compute(PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg), input, ..., hash, ...); - * psa_sign_hash(key, alg, hash, ..., signature, ...); - * ``` - * Most usefully, separating the hash from the signature allows the hash - * to be calculated in multiple steps with psa_hash_setup(), psa_hash_update() - * and psa_hash_finish(). Likewise psa_verify_message() is equivalent to - * calculating the hash and then calling psa_verify_hash(). - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a hash-and-sign algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN_HASH(alg) && \ - ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) != 0) - -/** Get the hash used by a hash-and-sign signature algorithm. - * - * A hash-and-sign algorithm is a signature algorithm which is - * composed of two phases: first a hashing phase which does not use - * the key and produces a hash of the input message, then a signing - * phase which only uses the hash and the key and not the message - * itself. - * - * \param alg A signature algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_SIGN(\p alg) is true). - * - * \return The underlying hash algorithm if \p alg is a hash-and-sign - * algorithm. - * \return 0 if \p alg is a signature algorithm that does not - * follow the hash-and-sign structure. - * \return Unspecified if \p alg is not a signature algorithm or - * if it is not supported by the implementation. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) ? \ - ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH : \ - 0) - -/** RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption. - * - * \warning Calling psa_asymmetric_decrypt() with this algorithm as a - * parameter is considered an inherently dangerous function - * (CWE-242). Unless it is used in a side channel free and safe - * way (eg. implementing the TLS protocol as per 7.4.7.1 of - * RFC 5246), the calling code is vulnerable. - * - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000200) - -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x07000300) -/** RSA OAEP encryption. - * - * This is the encryption scheme defined by RFC 8017 - * (PKCS#1: RSA Cryptography Specifications) under the name - * RSAES-OAEP, with the message generation function MGF1. - * - * \param hash_alg The hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true) to use - * for MGF1. - * - * \return The corresponding RSA OAEP encryption algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_RSA_OAEP_GET_HASH(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_RSA_OAEP(alg) ? \ - ((alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH : \ - 0) - -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000100) -/** Macro to build an HKDF algorithm. - * - * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is HKDF using HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs: - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt used in the "extract" step. - * It is optional; if omitted, the derivation uses an empty salt. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key used in the "extract" step. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO is the info string used in the "expand" step. - * You must pass #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT before #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET. - * You may pass #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO at any time after steup and before - * starting to generate output. - * - * \warning HKDF processes the salt as follows: first hash it with hash_alg - * if the salt is longer than the block size of the hash algorithm; then - * pad with null bytes up to the block size. As a result, it is possible - * for distinct salt inputs to result in the same outputs. To ensure - * unique outputs, it is recommended to use a fixed length for salt values. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding HKDF algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF algorithm. - * - * HKDF is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based on a hash - * function and the HMAC construction. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000400) -/** Macro to build an HKDF-Extract algorithm. - * - * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is - * HKDF-Extract using HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs: - * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt. - * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the input keying material used in the - * "extract" step. - * The inputs are mandatory and must be passed in the order above. - * Each input may only be passed once. - * - * \warning HKDF-Extract is not meant to be used on its own. PSA_ALG_HKDF - * should be used instead if possible. PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT is provided - * as a separate algorithm for the sake of protocols that use it as a - * building block. It may also be a slight performance optimization - * in applications that use HKDF with the same salt and key but many - * different info strings. - * - * \warning HKDF processes the salt as follows: first hash it with hash_alg - * if the salt is longer than the block size of the hash algorithm; then - * pad with null bytes up to the block size. As a result, it is possible - * for distinct salt inputs to result in the same outputs. To ensure - * unique outputs, it is recommended to use a fixed length for salt values. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding HKDF-Extract algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF-Extract algorithm. - * - * HKDF-Extract is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based - * on a hash function and the HMAC construction. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF-Extract algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF_EXTRACT(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE) - -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000500) -/** Macro to build an HKDF-Expand algorithm. - * - * For example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` is - * HKDF-Expand using HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs: - * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the pseudorandom key (PRK). - * - PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO is the info string. - * - * The inputs are mandatory and must be passed in the order above. - * Each input may only be passed once. - * - * \warning HKDF-Expand is not meant to be used on its own. `PSA_ALG_HKDF` - * should be used instead if possible. `PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND` is provided as - * a separate algorithm for the sake of protocols that use it as a building - * block. It may also be a slight performance optimization in applications - * that use HKDF with the same salt and key but many different info strings. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding HKDF-Expand algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF-Expand algorithm. - * - * HKDF-Expand is a family of key derivation algorithms that are based - * on a hash function and the HMAC construction. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is an HKDF-Expand algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_HKDF_EXPAND(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an HKDF or HKDF-Extract or - * HKDF-Expand algorithm. - * - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is any HKDF type algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_ANY_HKDF(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_BASE || \ - ((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXTRACT_BASE || \ - ((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_HKDF_EXPAND_BASE) - -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000200) -/** Macro to build a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm. - * - * TLS 1.2 uses a custom pseudorandom function (PRF) for key schedule, - * specified in Section 5 of RFC 5246. It is based on HMAC and can be - * used with either SHA-256 or SHA-384. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be - * passed in the order given here: - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED is the seed. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL is the label. - * - * For the application to TLS-1.2 key expansion, the seed is the - * concatenation of ServerHello.Random + ClientHello.Random, - * and the label is "key expansion". - * - * For example, `PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` represents the - * TLS 1.2 PRF using HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is a TLS-1.2 PRF algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_TLS12_PRF(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PRF_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000300) -/** Macro to build a TLS-1.2 PSK-to-MasterSecret algorithm. - * - * In a pure-PSK handshake in TLS 1.2, the master secret is derived - * from the PreSharedKey (PSK) through the application of padding - * (RFC 4279, Section 2) and the TLS-1.2 PRF (RFC 5246, Section 5). - * The latter is based on HMAC and can be used with either SHA-256 - * or SHA-384. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be - * passed in the order given here: - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED is the seed. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET is the other secret for the - * computation of the premaster secret. This input is optional; - * if omitted, it defaults to a string of null bytes with the same length - * as the secret (PSK) input. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the secret key. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL is the label. - * - * For the application to TLS-1.2, the seed (which is - * forwarded to the TLS-1.2 PRF) is the concatenation of the - * ClientHello.Random + ServerHello.Random, - * the label is "master secret" or "extended master secret" and - * the other secret depends on the key exchange specified in the cipher suite: - * - for a plain PSK cipher suite (RFC 4279, Section 2), omit - * PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET - * - for a DHE-PSK (RFC 4279, Section 3) or ECDHE-PSK cipher suite - * (RFC 5489, Section 2), the other secret should be the output of the - * PSA_ALG_FFDH or PSA_ALG_ECDH key agreement performed with the peer. - * The recommended way to pass this input is to use a key derivation - * algorithm constructed as - * PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(ka_alg, PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(hash_alg)) - * and to call psa_key_derivation_key_agreement(). Alternatively, - * this input may be an output of `psa_raw_key_agreement()` passed with - * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes(), or an equivalent input passed with - * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes() or psa_key_derivation_input_key(). - * - for a RSA-PSK cipher suite (RFC 4279, Section 4), the other secret - * should be the 48-byte client challenge (the PreMasterSecret of - * (RFC 5246, Section 7.4.7.1)) concatenation of the TLS version and - * a 46-byte random string chosen by the client. On the server, this is - * typically an output of psa_asymmetric_decrypt() using - * PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT, passed to the key derivation operation - * with `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`. - * - * For example, `PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` represents the - * TLS-1.2 PSK to MasterSecret derivation PRF using HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is a TLS-1.2 PSK to MS algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS_GET_HASH(hkdf_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((hkdf_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/* The TLS 1.2 ECJPAKE-to-PMS KDF. It takes the shared secret K (an EC point - * in case of EC J-PAKE) and calculates SHA256(K.X) that the rest of TLS 1.2 - * will use to derive the session secret, as defined by step 2 of - * https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/draft-cragie-tls-ecjpake-01#section-8.7. - * Uses PSA_ALG_SHA_256. - * This function takes a single input: - * #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET is the shared secret K from EC J-PAKE. - * The only supported curve is secp256r1 (the 256-bit curve in - * #PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1), so the input must be exactly 65 bytes. - * The output has to be read as a single chunk of 32 bytes, defined as - * PSA_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS_DATA_SIZE. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_TLS12_ECJPAKE_TO_PMS ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08000609) - -/* This flag indicates whether the key derivation algorithm is suitable for - * use on low-entropy secrets such as password - these algorithms are also - * known as key stretching or password hashing schemes. These are also the - * algorithms that accepts inputs of type #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD. - * - * Those algorithms cannot be combined with a key agreement algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_STRETCHING_FLAG ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x00800000) - -#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08800100) -/** Macro to build a PBKDF2-HMAC password hashing / key stretching algorithm. - * - * PBKDF2 is defined by PKCS#5, republished as RFC 8018 (section 5.2). - * This macro specifies the PBKDF2 algorithm constructed using a PRF based on - * HMAC with the specified hash. - * For example, `PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)` specifies PBKDF2 - * using the PRF HMAC-SHA-256. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the following inputs, which must be - * provided in the following order: - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_COST is the iteration count. - * This input step must be used exactly once. - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT is the salt. - * This input step must be used one or more times; if used several times, the - * inputs will be concatenated. This can be used to build the final salt - * from multiple sources, both public and secret (also known as pepper). - * - #PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD is the password to be hashed. - * This input step must be used exactly once. - * - * \param hash_alg A hash algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such that - * #PSA_ALG_IS_HASH(\p hash_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding PBKDF2-HMAC-XXX algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p hash_alg is not a supported - * hash algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC(hash_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE | ((hash_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a PBKDF2-HMAC algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is a PBKDF2-HMAC algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key derivation algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2_HMAC(alg) \ - (((alg) & ~PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK) == PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_BASE) -#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC_GET_HASH(pbkdf2_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_HASH | ((pbkdf2_alg) & PSA_ALG_HASH_MASK)) -/** The PBKDF2-AES-CMAC-PRF-128 password hashing / key stretching algorithm. - * - * PBKDF2 is defined by PKCS#5, republished as RFC 8018 (section 5.2). - * This macro specifies the PBKDF2 algorithm constructed using the - * AES-CMAC-PRF-128 PRF specified by RFC 4615. - * - * This key derivation algorithm uses the same inputs as - * #PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_HMAC() with the same constraints. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128 ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x08800200) - -#define PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2(kdf_alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_PBKDF2_HMAC(kdf_alg) || \ - ((kdf_alg) == PSA_ALG_PBKDF2_AES_CMAC_PRF_128)) - -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0xfe00ffff) -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_MASK ((psa_algorithm_t) 0xffff0000) - -/** Macro to build a combined algorithm that chains a key agreement with - * a key derivation. - * - * \param ka_alg A key agreement algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such - * that #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(\p ka_alg) is true). - * \param kdf_alg A key derivation algorithm (\c PSA_ALG_XXX value such - * that #PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(\p kdf_alg) is true). - * - * \return The corresponding key agreement and derivation - * algorithm. - * \return Unspecified if \p ka_alg is not a supported - * key agreement algorithm or \p kdf_alg is not a - * supported key derivation algorithm. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(ka_alg, kdf_alg) \ - ((ka_alg) | (kdf_alg)) - -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_KDF(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_DERIVATION_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION) - -#define PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) \ - (((alg) & PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_MASK) | PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_AGREEMENT) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a raw key agreement algorithm. - * - * A raw key agreement algorithm is one that does not specify - * a key derivation function. - * Usually, raw key agreement algorithms are constructed directly with - * a \c PSA_ALG_xxx macro while non-raw key agreement algorithms are - * constructed with #PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(). - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \p alg is a raw key agreement algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \p alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_RAW_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg) && \ - PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_KDF(alg) == PSA_ALG_CATEGORY_KEY_DERIVATION) - -#define PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION_OR_AGREEMENT(alg) \ - ((PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_DERIVATION(alg) || PSA_ALG_IS_KEY_AGREEMENT(alg))) - -/** The finite-field Diffie-Hellman (DH) key agreement algorithm. - * - * The shared secret produced by key agreement is - * `g^{ab}` in big-endian format. - * It is `ceiling(m / 8)` bytes long where `m` is the size of the prime `p` - * in bits. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_FFDH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09010000) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is a finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm. - * - * This includes the raw finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm as well as - * finite-field Diffie-Hellman followed by any supporter key derivation - * algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is a finite field Diffie-Hellman algorithm, 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key agreement algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_FFDH(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) == PSA_ALG_FFDH) - -/** The elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) key agreement algorithm. - * - * The shared secret produced by key agreement is the x-coordinate of - * the shared secret point. It is always `ceiling(m / 8)` bytes long where - * `m` is the bit size associated with the curve, i.e. the bit size of the - * order of the curve's coordinate field. When `m` is not a multiple of 8, - * the byte containing the most significant bit of the shared secret - * is padded with zero bits. The byte order is either little-endian - * or big-endian depending on the curve type. - * - * - For Montgomery curves (curve types `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_CURVEXXX`), - * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A` - * in little-endian byte order. - * The bit size is 448 for Curve448 and 255 for Curve25519. - * - For Weierstrass curves over prime fields (curve types - * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECPXXX` and `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_BRAINPOOL_PXXX`), - * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A` - * in big-endian byte order. - * The bit size is `m = ceiling(log_2(p))` for the field `F_p`. - * - For Weierstrass curves over binary fields (curve types - * `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECTXXX`), - * the shared secret is the x-coordinate of `d_A Q_B = d_B Q_A` - * in big-endian byte order. - * The bit size is `m` for the field `F_{2^m}`. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_ECDH ((psa_algorithm_t) 0x09020000) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm is an elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman - * algorithm. - * - * This includes the raw elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman algorithm as well as - * elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman followed by any supporter key derivation - * algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is an elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman algorithm, - * 0 otherwise. - * This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * key agreement algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_ECDH(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT_GET_BASE(alg) == PSA_ALG_ECDH) - -/** Whether the specified algorithm encoding is a wildcard. - * - * Wildcard values may only be used to set the usage algorithm field in - * a policy, not to perform an operation. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return 1 if \c alg is a wildcard algorithm encoding. - * \return 0 if \c alg is a non-wildcard algorithm encoding (suitable for - * an operation). - * \return This macro may return either 0 or 1 if \c alg is not a supported - * algorithm identifier. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_IS_WILDCARD(alg) \ - (PSA_ALG_IS_HASH_AND_SIGN(alg) ? \ - PSA_ALG_SIGN_GET_HASH(alg) == PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH : \ - PSA_ALG_IS_MAC(alg) ? \ - (alg & PSA_ALG_MAC_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) != 0 : \ - PSA_ALG_IS_AEAD(alg) ? \ - (alg & PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG) != 0 : \ - (alg) == PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH) - -/** Get the hash used by a composite algorithm. - * - * \param alg An algorithm identifier (value of type #psa_algorithm_t). - * - * \return The underlying hash algorithm if alg is a composite algorithm that - * uses a hash algorithm. - * - * \return \c 0 if alg is not a composite algorithm that uses a hash. - */ -#define PSA_ALG_GET_HASH(alg) \ - (((alg) & 0x000000ff) == 0 ? ((psa_algorithm_t) 0) : 0x02000000 | ((alg) & 0x000000ff)) - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup key_lifetimes Key lifetimes - * @{ - */ - -/* Note that location and persistence level values are embedded in the - * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they - * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes). - */ - -/** The default lifetime for volatile keys. - * - * A volatile key only exists as long as the identifier to it is not destroyed. - * The key material is guaranteed to be erased on a power reset. - * - * A key with this lifetime is typically stored in the RAM area of the - * PSA Crypto subsystem. However this is an implementation choice. - * If an implementation stores data about the key in a non-volatile memory, - * it must release all the resources associated with the key and erase the - * key material if the calling application terminates. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE ((psa_key_lifetime_t) 0x00000000) - -/** The default lifetime for persistent keys. - * - * A persistent key remains in storage until it is explicitly destroyed or - * until the corresponding storage area is wiped. This specification does - * not define any mechanism to wipe a storage area, but integrations may - * provide their own mechanism (for example to perform a factory reset, - * to prepare for device refurbishment, or to uninstall an application). - * - * This lifetime value is the default storage area for the calling - * application. Integrations of Mbed TLS may support other persistent lifetimes. - * See ::psa_key_lifetime_t for more information. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT ((psa_key_lifetime_t) 0x00000001) - -/** The persistence level of volatile keys. - * - * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0x00) - -/** The default persistence level for persistent keys. - * - * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0x01) - -/** A persistence level indicating that a key is never destroyed. - * - * See ::psa_key_persistence_t for more information. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY ((psa_key_persistence_t) 0xff) - -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) \ - ((psa_key_persistence_t) ((lifetime) & 0x000000ff)) - -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_LOCATION(lifetime) \ - ((psa_key_location_t) ((lifetime) >> 8)) - -/** Whether a key lifetime indicates that the key is volatile. - * - * A volatile key is automatically destroyed by the implementation when - * the application instance terminates. In particular, a volatile key - * is automatically destroyed on a power reset of the device. - * - * A key that is not volatile is persistent. Persistent keys are - * preserved until the application explicitly destroys them or until an - * implementation-specific device management event occurs (for example, - * a factory reset). - * - * \param lifetime The lifetime value to query (value of type - * ::psa_key_lifetime_t). - * - * \return \c 1 if the key is volatile, otherwise \c 0. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_VOLATILE(lifetime) \ - (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) == \ - PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE) - -/** Whether a key lifetime indicates that the key is read-only. - * - * Read-only keys cannot be created or destroyed through the PSA Crypto API. - * They must be created through platform-specific means that bypass the API. - * - * Some platforms may offer ways to destroy read-only keys. For example, - * consider a platform with multiple levels of privilege, where a - * low-privilege application can use a key but is not allowed to destroy - * it, and the platform exposes the key to the application with a read-only - * lifetime. High-privilege code can destroy the key even though the - * application sees the key as read-only. - * - * \param lifetime The lifetime value to query (value of type - * ::psa_key_lifetime_t). - * - * \return \c 1 if the key is read-only, otherwise \c 0. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_IS_READ_ONLY(lifetime) \ - (PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_GET_PERSISTENCE(lifetime) == \ - PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_READ_ONLY) - -/** Construct a lifetime from a persistence level and a location. - * - * \param persistence The persistence level - * (value of type ::psa_key_persistence_t). - * \param location The location indicator - * (value of type ::psa_key_location_t). - * - * \return The constructed lifetime value. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(persistence, location) \ - ((location) << 8 | (persistence)) - -/** The local storage area for persistent keys. - * - * This storage area is available on all systems that can store persistent - * keys without delegating the storage to a third-party cryptoprocessor. - * - * See ::psa_key_location_t for more information. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE ((psa_key_location_t) 0x000000) - -#define PSA_KEY_LOCATION_VENDOR_FLAG ((psa_key_location_t) 0x800000) - -/* Note that key identifier values are embedded in the - * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they - * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes). - */ - -/** The null key identifier. - */ -/* *INDENT-OFF* (https://github.com/ARM-software/psa-arch-tests/issues/337) */ -#define PSA_KEY_ID_NULL ((psa_key_id_t)0) -/* *INDENT-ON* */ -/** The minimum value for a key identifier chosen by the application. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x00000001) -/** The maximum value for a key identifier chosen by the application. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x3fffffff) -/** The minimum value for a key identifier chosen by the implementation. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MIN ((psa_key_id_t) 0x40000000) -/** The maximum value for a key identifier chosen by the implementation. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_ID_VENDOR_MAX ((psa_key_id_t) 0x7fffffff) - - -#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER) - -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT ((psa_key_id_t) 0) -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(id) (id) -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(id) (0) - -/** Utility to initialize a key identifier at runtime. - * - * \param unused Unused parameter. - * \param key_id Identifier of the key. - */ -static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_make( - unsigned int unused, psa_key_id_t key_id) -{ - (void) unused; - - return key_id; -} - -/** Compare two key identifiers. - * - * \param id1 First key identifier. - * \param id2 Second key identifier. - * - * \return Non-zero if the two key identifier are equal, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_equal(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id1, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id2) -{ - return id1 == id2; -} - -/** Check whether a key identifier is null. - * - * \param key Key identifier. - * - * \return Non-zero if the key identifier is null, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key) -{ - return key == 0; -} - -#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */ - -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_INIT ((mbedtls_svc_key_id_t){ 0, 0 }) -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_KEY_ID(id) ((id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id)) -#define MBEDTLS_SVC_KEY_ID_GET_OWNER_ID(id) ((id).MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner)) - -/** Utility to initialize a key identifier at runtime. - * - * \param owner_id Identifier of the key owner. - * \param key_id Identifier of the key. - */ -static inline mbedtls_svc_key_id_t mbedtls_svc_key_id_make( - mbedtls_key_owner_id_t owner_id, psa_key_id_t key_id) -{ - return (mbedtls_svc_key_id_t){ .MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) = key_id, - .MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner) = owner_id }; -} - -/** Compare two key identifiers. - * - * \param id1 First key identifier. - * \param id2 Second key identifier. - * - * \return Non-zero if the two key identifier are equal, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_equal(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id1, - mbedtls_svc_key_id_t id2) -{ - return (id1.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) == id2.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id)) && - mbedtls_key_owner_id_equal(id1.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner), id2.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(owner)); -} - -/** Check whether a key identifier is null. - * - * \param key Key identifier. - * - * \return Non-zero if the key identifier is null, zero otherwise. - */ -static inline int mbedtls_svc_key_id_is_null(mbedtls_svc_key_id_t key) -{ - return key.MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_id) == 0; -} - -#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER */ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup policy Key policies - * @{ - */ - -/* Note that key usage flags are embedded in the - * persistent key store, as part of key metadata. As a consequence, they - * must not be changed (unless the storage format version changes). - */ - -/** Whether the key may be exported. - * - * A public key or the public part of a key pair may always be exported - * regardless of the value of this permission flag. - * - * If a key does not have export permission, implementations shall not - * allow the key to be exported in plain form from the cryptoprocessor, - * whether through psa_export_key() or through a proprietary interface. - * The key may however be exportable in a wrapped form, i.e. in a form - * where it is encrypted by another key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000001) - -/** Whether the key may be copied. - * - * This flag allows the use of psa_copy_key() to make a copy of the key - * with the same policy or a more restrictive policy. - * - * For lifetimes for which the key is located in a secure element which - * enforce the non-exportability of keys, copying a key outside the secure - * element also requires the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT. - * Copying the key inside the secure element is permitted with just - * #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY if the secure element supports it. - * For keys with the lifetime #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_VOLATILE or - * #PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT, the usage flag #PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY - * is sufficient to permit the copy. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_COPY ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000002) - -/** Whether the key may be used to encrypt a message. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a symmetric encryption operation, - * for an AEAD encryption-and-authentication operation, - * or for an asymmetric encryption operation, - * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the public key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000100) - -/** Whether the key may be used to decrypt a message. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a symmetric decryption operation, - * for an AEAD decryption-and-verification operation, - * or for an asymmetric decryption operation, - * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the private key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000200) - -/** Whether the key may be used to sign a message. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC calculation operation or for - * an asymmetric message signature operation, if otherwise permitted by the - * key’s type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the private key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_MESSAGE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000400) - -/** Whether the key may be used to verify a message. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC verification operation or for - * an asymmetric message signature verification operation, if otherwise - * permitted by the key’s type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the public key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_MESSAGE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00000800) - -/** Whether the key may be used to sign a message. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC calculation operation - * or for an asymmetric signature operation, - * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the private key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00001000) - -/** Whether the key may be used to verify a message signature. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a MAC verification operation - * or for an asymmetric signature verification operation, - * if otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy. - * - * For a key pair, this concerns the public key. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00002000) - -/** Whether the key may be used to derive other keys or produce a password - * hash. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used for a key derivation operation or for - * a key agreement operation, if otherwise permitted by the key's type and - * policy. - * - * If this flag is present on all keys used in calls to - * psa_key_derivation_input_key() for a key derivation operation, then it - * permits calling psa_key_derivation_output_bytes() or - * psa_key_derivation_output_key() at the end of the operation. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00004000) - -/** Whether the key may be used to verify the result of a key derivation, - * including password hashing. - * - * This flag allows the key to be used: - * - * This flag allows the key to be used in a key derivation operation, if - * otherwise permitted by the key's type and policy. - * - * If this flag is present on all keys used in calls to - * psa_key_derivation_input_key() for a key derivation operation, then it - * permits calling psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes() or - * psa_key_derivation_verify_key() at the end of the operation. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_DERIVATION ((psa_key_usage_t) 0x00008000) - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup derivation Key derivation - * @{ - */ - -/* Key input steps are not embedded in the persistent storage, so you can - * change them if needed: it's only an ABI change. */ - -/** A secret input for key derivation. - * - * This should be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE - * (passed to psa_key_derivation_input_key()) - * or the shared secret resulting from a key agreement - * (obtained via psa_key_derivation_key_agreement()). - * - * The secret can also be a direct input (passed to - * key_derivation_input_bytes()). In this case, the derivation operation - * may not be used to derive keys: the operation will only allow - * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(), - * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(), or - * psa_key_derivation_verify_key(), but not - * psa_key_derivation_output_key(). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0101) - -/** A low-entropy secret input for password hashing / key stretching. - * - * This is usually a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PASSWORD (passed to - * psa_key_derivation_input_key()) or a direct input (passed to - * psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()) that is a password or passphrase. It can - * also be high-entropy secret such as a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE or - * the shared secret resulting from a key agreement. - * - * The secret can also be a direct input (passed to - * key_derivation_input_bytes()). In this case, the derivation operation - * may not be used to derive keys: the operation will only allow - * psa_key_derivation_output_bytes(), - * psa_key_derivation_verify_bytes(), or - * psa_key_derivation_verify_key(), but not - * psa_key_derivation_output_key(). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_PASSWORD ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0102) - -/** A high-entropy additional secret input for key derivation. - * - * This is typically the shared secret resulting from a key agreement obtained - * via `psa_key_derivation_key_agreement()`. It may alternatively be a key of - * type `PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE` passed to `psa_key_derivation_input_key()`, or - * a direct input passed to `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_OTHER_SECRET \ - ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0103) - -/** A label for key derivation. - * - * This should be a direct input. - * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_LABEL ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0201) - -/** A salt for key derivation. - * - * This should be a direct input. - * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA or - * #PSA_KEY_TYPE_PEPPER. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0202) - -/** An information string for key derivation. - * - * This should be a direct input. - * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0203) - -/** A seed for key derivation. - * - * This should be a direct input. - * It can also be a key of type #PSA_KEY_TYPE_RAW_DATA. - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SEED ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0204) - -/** A cost parameter for password hashing / key stretching. - * - * This must be a direct input, passed to psa_key_derivation_input_integer(). - */ -#define PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_COST ((psa_key_derivation_step_t) 0x0205) - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup helper_macros Helper macros - * @{ - */ - -/* Helper macros */ - -/** Check if two AEAD algorithm identifiers refer to the same AEAD algorithm - * regardless of the tag length they encode. - * - * \param aead_alg_1 An AEAD algorithm identifier. - * \param aead_alg_2 An AEAD algorithm identifier. - * - * \return 1 if both identifiers refer to the same AEAD algorithm, - * 0 otherwise. - * Unspecified if neither \p aead_alg_1 nor \p aead_alg_2 are - * a supported AEAD algorithm. - */ -#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ALG_AEAD_EQUAL(aead_alg_1, aead_alg_2) \ - (!(((aead_alg_1) ^ (aead_alg_2)) & \ - ~(PSA_ALG_AEAD_TAG_LENGTH_MASK | PSA_ALG_AEAD_AT_LEAST_THIS_LENGTH_FLAG))) - -/**@}*/ - -/**@}*/ - -/** \defgroup interruptible Interruptible operations - * @{ - */ - -/** Maximum value for use with \c psa_interruptible_set_max_ops() to determine - * the maximum number of ops allowed to be executed by an interruptible - * function in a single call. - */ -#define PSA_INTERRUPTIBLE_MAX_OPS_UNLIMITED UINT32_MAX - -/**@}*/ - -#endif /* PSA_CRYPTO_VALUES_H */ diff --git a/include/secp256k1.h b/include/secp256k1.h deleted file mode 100644 index f4053f2..0000000 --- a/include/secp256k1.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,909 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SECP256K1_H -#define SECP256K1_H - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include <stddef.h> - -/** Unless explicitly stated all pointer arguments must not be NULL. - * - * The following rules specify the order of arguments in API calls: - * - * 1. Context pointers go first, followed by output arguments, combined - * output/input arguments, and finally input-only arguments. - * 2. Array lengths always immediately follow the argument whose length - * they describe, even if this violates rule 1. - * 3. Within the OUT/OUTIN/IN groups, pointers to data that is typically generated - * later go first. This means: signatures, public nonces, secret nonces, - * messages, public keys, secret keys, tweaks. - * 4. Arguments that are not data pointers go last, from more complex to less - * complex: function pointers, algorithm names, messages, void pointers, - * counts, flags, booleans. - * 5. Opaque data pointers follow the function pointer they are to be passed to. - */ - -/** Opaque data structure that holds context information - * - * The primary purpose of context objects is to store randomization data for - * enhanced protection against side-channel leakage. This protection is only - * effective if the context is randomized after its creation. See - * secp256k1_context_create for creation of contexts and - * secp256k1_context_randomize for randomization. - * - * A secondary purpose of context objects is to store pointers to callback - * functions that the library will call when certain error states arise. See - * secp256k1_context_set_error_callback as well as - * secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback for details. Future library versions - * may use context objects for additional purposes. - * - * A constructed context can safely be used from multiple threads - * simultaneously, but API calls that take a non-const pointer to a context - * need exclusive access to it. In particular this is the case for - * secp256k1_context_destroy, secp256k1_context_preallocated_destroy, - * and secp256k1_context_randomize. - * - * Regarding randomization, either do it once at creation time (in which case - * you do not need any locking for the other calls), or use a read-write lock. - */ -typedef struct secp256k1_context_struct secp256k1_context; - -/** Opaque data structure that holds rewritable "scratch space" - * - * The purpose of this structure is to replace dynamic memory allocations, - * because we target architectures where this may not be available. It is - * essentially a resizable (within specified parameters) block of bytes, - * which is initially created either by memory allocation or TODO as a pointer - * into some fixed rewritable space. - * - * Unlike the context object, this cannot safely be shared between threads - * without additional synchronization logic. - */ -typedef struct secp256k1_scratch_space_struct secp256k1_scratch_space; - -/** Opaque data structure that holds a parsed and valid public key. - * - * The exact representation of data inside is implementation defined and not - * guaranteed to be portable between different platforms or versions. It is - * however guaranteed to be 64 bytes in size, and can be safely copied/moved. - * If you need to convert to a format suitable for storage or transmission, - * use secp256k1_ec_pubkey_serialize and secp256k1_ec_pubkey_parse. To - * compare keys, use secp256k1_ec_pubkey_cmp. - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned char data[64]; -} secp256k1_pubkey; - -/** Opaque data structured that holds a parsed ECDSA signature. - * - * The exact representation of data inside is implementation defined and not - * guaranteed to be portable between different platforms or versions. It is - * however guaranteed to be 64 bytes in size, and can be safely copied/moved. - * If you need to convert to a format suitable for storage, transmission, or - * comparison, use the secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_serialize_* and - * secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_parse_* functions. - */ -typedef struct { - unsigned char data[64]; -} secp256k1_ecdsa_signature; - -/** A pointer to a function to deterministically generate a nonce. - * - * Returns: 1 if a nonce was successfully generated. 0 will cause signing to fail. - * Out: nonce32: pointer to a 32-byte array to be filled by the function. - * In: msg32: the 32-byte message hash being verified (will not be NULL) - * key32: pointer to a 32-byte secret key (will not be NULL) - * algo16: pointer to a 16-byte array describing the signature - * algorithm (will be NULL for ECDSA for compatibility). - * data: Arbitrary data pointer that is passed through. - * attempt: how many iterations we have tried to find a nonce. - * This will almost always be 0, but different attempt values - * are required to result in a different nonce. - * - * Except for test cases, this function should compute some cryptographic hash of - * the message, the algorithm, the key and the attempt. - */ -typedef int (*secp256k1_nonce_function)( - unsigned char *nonce32, - const unsigned char *msg32, - const unsigned char *key32, - const unsigned char *algo16, - void *data, - unsigned int attempt -); - -# if !defined(SECP256K1_GNUC_PREREQ) -# if defined(__GNUC__)&&defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) -# define SECP256K1_GNUC_PREREQ(_maj,_min) \ - ((__GNUC__<<16)+__GNUC_MINOR__>=((_maj)<<16)+(_min)) -# else -# define SECP256K1_GNUC_PREREQ(_maj,_min) 0 -# endif -# endif - -/* When this header is used at build-time the SECP256K1_BUILD define needs to be set - * to correctly setup export attributes and nullness checks. This is normally done - * by secp256k1.c but to guard against this header being included before secp256k1.c - * has had a chance to set the define (e.g. via test harnesses that just includes - * secp256k1.c) we set SECP256K1_NO_BUILD when this header is processed without the - * BUILD define so this condition can be caught. - */ -#ifndef SECP256K1_BUILD -# define SECP256K1_NO_BUILD -#endif - -/* Symbol visibility. */ -#if defined(_WIN32) - /* GCC for Windows (e.g., MinGW) accepts the __declspec syntax - * for MSVC compatibility. A __declspec declaration implies (but is not - * exactly equivalent to) __attribute__ ((visibility("default"))), and so we - * actually want __declspec even on GCC, see "Microsoft Windows Function - * Attributes" in the GCC manual and the recommendations in - * https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility. */ -# if defined(SECP256K1_BUILD) -# if defined(DLL_EXPORT) || defined(SECP256K1_DLL_EXPORT) - /* Building libsecp256k1 as a DLL. - * 1. If using Libtool, it defines DLL_EXPORT automatically. - * 2. In other cases, SECP256K1_DLL_EXPORT must be defined. */ -# define SECP256K1_API extern __declspec (dllexport) -# endif - /* The user must define SECP256K1_STATIC when consuming libsecp256k1 as a static - * library on Windows. */ -# elif !defined(SECP256K1_STATIC) - /* Consuming libsecp256k1 as a DLL. */ -# define SECP256K1_API extern __declspec (dllimport) -# endif -#endif -#ifndef SECP256K1_API -# if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) && defined(SECP256K1_BUILD) - /* Building libsecp256k1 on non-Windows using GCC or compatible. */ -# define SECP256K1_API extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) -# else - /* All cases not captured above. */ -# define SECP256K1_API extern -# endif -#endif - -/* Warning attributes - * NONNULL is not used if SECP256K1_BUILD is set to avoid the compiler optimizing out - * some paranoid null checks. */ -# if defined(__GNUC__) && SECP256K1_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4) -# define SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__)) -# else -# define SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT -# endif -# if !defined(SECP256K1_BUILD) && defined(__GNUC__) && SECP256K1_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4) -# define SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(_x) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__(_x))) -# else -# define SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(_x) -# endif - -/* Attribute for marking functions, types, and variables as deprecated */ -#if !defined(SECP256K1_BUILD) && defined(__has_attribute) -# if __has_attribute(__deprecated__) -# define SECP256K1_DEPRECATED(_msg) __attribute__ ((__deprecated__(_msg))) -# else -# define SECP256K1_DEPRECATED(_msg) -# endif -#else -# define SECP256K1_DEPRECATED(_msg) -#endif - -/* All flags' lower 8 bits indicate what they're for. Do not use directly. */ -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_MASK ((1 << 8) - 1) -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_CONTEXT (1 << 0) -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_COMPRESSION (1 << 1) -/* The higher bits contain the actual data. Do not use directly. */ -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_VERIFY (1 << 8) -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_SIGN (1 << 9) -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_DECLASSIFY (1 << 10) -#define SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_COMPRESSION (1 << 8) - -/** Context flags to pass to secp256k1_context_create, secp256k1_context_preallocated_size, and - * secp256k1_context_preallocated_create. */ -#define SECP256K1_CONTEXT_NONE (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_CONTEXT) - -/** Deprecated context flags. These flags are treated equivalent to SECP256K1_CONTEXT_NONE. */ -#define SECP256K1_CONTEXT_VERIFY (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_CONTEXT | SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_VERIFY) -#define SECP256K1_CONTEXT_SIGN (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_CONTEXT | SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_SIGN) - -/* Testing flag. Do not use. */ -#define SECP256K1_CONTEXT_DECLASSIFY (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_CONTEXT | SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_CONTEXT_DECLASSIFY) - -/** Flag to pass to secp256k1_ec_pubkey_serialize. */ -#define SECP256K1_EC_COMPRESSED (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_COMPRESSION | SECP256K1_FLAGS_BIT_COMPRESSION) -#define SECP256K1_EC_UNCOMPRESSED (SECP256K1_FLAGS_TYPE_COMPRESSION) - -/** Prefix byte used to tag various encoded curvepoints for specific purposes */ -#define SECP256K1_TAG_PUBKEY_EVEN 0x02 -#define SECP256K1_TAG_PUBKEY_ODD 0x03 -#define SECP256K1_TAG_PUBKEY_UNCOMPRESSED 0x04 -#define SECP256K1_TAG_PUBKEY_HYBRID_EVEN 0x06 -#define SECP256K1_TAG_PUBKEY_HYBRID_ODD 0x07 - -/** A built-in constant secp256k1 context object with static storage duration, to be - * used in conjunction with secp256k1_selftest. - * - * This context object offers *only limited functionality* , i.e., it cannot be used - * for API functions that perform computations involving secret keys, e.g., signing - * and public key generation. If this restriction applies to a specific API function, - * it is mentioned in its documentation. See secp256k1_context_create if you need a - * full context object that supports all functionality offered by the library. - * - * It is highly recommended to call secp256k1_selftest before using this context. - */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_context *secp256k1_context_static; - -/** Deprecated alias for secp256k1_context_static. */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_context *secp256k1_context_no_precomp -SECP256K1_DEPRECATED("Use secp256k1_context_static instead"); - -/** Perform basic self tests (to be used in conjunction with secp256k1_context_static) - * - * This function performs self tests that detect some serious usage errors and - * similar conditions, e.g., when the library is compiled for the wrong endianness. - * This is a last resort measure to be used in production. The performed tests are - * very rudimentary and are not intended as a replacement for running the test - * binaries. - * - * It is highly recommended to call this before using secp256k1_context_static. - * It is not necessary to call this function before using a context created with - * secp256k1_context_create (or secp256k1_context_preallocated_create), which will - * take care of performing the self tests. - * - * If the tests fail, this function will call the default error handler to abort the - * program (see secp256k1_context_set_error_callback). - */ -SECP256K1_API void secp256k1_selftest(void); - - -/** Create a secp256k1 context object (in dynamically allocated memory). - * - * This function uses malloc to allocate memory. It is guaranteed that malloc is - * called at most once for every call of this function. If you need to avoid dynamic - * memory allocation entirely, see secp256k1_context_static and the functions in - * secp256k1_preallocated.h. - * - * Returns: pointer to a newly created context object. - * In: flags: Always set to SECP256K1_CONTEXT_NONE (see below). - * - * The only valid non-deprecated flag in recent library versions is - * SECP256K1_CONTEXT_NONE, which will create a context sufficient for all functionality - * offered by the library. All other (deprecated) flags will be treated as equivalent - * to the SECP256K1_CONTEXT_NONE flag. Though the flags parameter primarily exists for - * historical reasons, future versions of the library may introduce new flags. - * - * If the context is intended to be used for API functions that perform computations - * involving secret keys, e.g., signing and public key generation, then it is highly - * recommended to call secp256k1_context_randomize on the context before calling - * those API functions. This will provide enhanced protection against side-channel - * leakage, see secp256k1_context_randomize for details. - * - * Do not create a new context object for each operation, as construction and - * randomization can take non-negligible time. - */ -SECP256K1_API secp256k1_context *secp256k1_context_create( - unsigned int flags -) SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; - -/** Copy a secp256k1 context object (into dynamically allocated memory). - * - * This function uses malloc to allocate memory. It is guaranteed that malloc is - * called at most once for every call of this function. If you need to avoid dynamic - * memory allocation entirely, see the functions in secp256k1_preallocated.h. - * - * Cloning secp256k1_context_static is not possible, and should not be emulated by - * the caller (e.g., using memcpy). Create a new context instead. - * - * Returns: pointer to a newly created context object. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context to copy (not secp256k1_context_static). - */ -SECP256K1_API secp256k1_context *secp256k1_context_clone( - const secp256k1_context *ctx -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT; - -/** Destroy a secp256k1 context object (created in dynamically allocated memory). - * - * The context pointer may not be used afterwards. - * - * The context to destroy must have been created using secp256k1_context_create - * or secp256k1_context_clone. If the context has instead been created using - * secp256k1_context_preallocated_create or secp256k1_context_preallocated_clone, the - * behaviour is undefined. In that case, secp256k1_context_preallocated_destroy must - * be used instead. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context to destroy, constructed using - * secp256k1_context_create or secp256k1_context_clone - * (i.e., not secp256k1_context_static). - */ -SECP256K1_API void secp256k1_context_destroy( - secp256k1_context *ctx -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Set a callback function to be called when an illegal argument is passed to - * an API call. It will only trigger for violations that are mentioned - * explicitly in the header. - * - * The philosophy is that these shouldn't be dealt with through a - * specific return value, as calling code should not have branches to deal with - * the case that this code itself is broken. - * - * On the other hand, during debug stage, one would want to be informed about - * such mistakes, and the default (crashing) may be inadvisable. - * When this callback is triggered, the API function called is guaranteed not - * to cause a crash, though its return value and output arguments are - * undefined. - * - * When this function has not been called (or called with fn==NULL), then the - * default handler will be used. The library provides a default handler which - * writes the message to stderr and calls abort. This default handler can be - * replaced at link time if the preprocessor macro - * USE_EXTERNAL_DEFAULT_CALLBACKS is defined, which is the case if the build - * has been configured with --enable-external-default-callbacks. Then the - * following two symbols must be provided to link against: - * - void secp256k1_default_illegal_callback_fn(const char *message, void *data); - * - void secp256k1_default_error_callback_fn(const char *message, void *data); - * The library can call these default handlers even before a proper callback data - * pointer could have been set using secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback or - * secp256k1_context_set_error_callback, e.g., when the creation of a context - * fails. In this case, the corresponding default handler will be called with - * the data pointer argument set to NULL. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: fun: pointer to a function to call when an illegal argument is - * passed to the API, taking a message and an opaque pointer. - * (NULL restores the default handler.) - * data: the opaque pointer to pass to fun above, must be NULL for the default handler. - * - * See also secp256k1_context_set_error_callback. - */ -SECP256K1_API void secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback( - secp256k1_context *ctx, - void (*fun)(const char *message, void *data), - const void *data -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Set a callback function to be called when an internal consistency check - * fails. - * - * The default callback writes an error message to stderr and calls abort - * to abort the program. - * - * This can only trigger in case of a hardware failure, miscompilation, - * memory corruption, serious bug in the library, or other error would can - * otherwise result in undefined behaviour. It will not trigger due to mere - * incorrect usage of the API (see secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback - * for that). After this callback returns, anything may happen, including - * crashing. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: fun: pointer to a function to call when an internal error occurs, - * taking a message and an opaque pointer (NULL restores the - * default handler, see secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback - * for details). - * data: the opaque pointer to pass to fun above, must be NULL for the default handler. - * - * See also secp256k1_context_set_illegal_callback. - */ -SECP256K1_API void secp256k1_context_set_error_callback( - secp256k1_context *ctx, - void (*fun)(const char *message, void *data), - const void *data -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Create a secp256k1 scratch space object. - * - * Returns: a newly created scratch space. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: size: amount of memory to be available as scratch space. Some extra - * (<100 bytes) will be allocated for extra accounting. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT secp256k1_scratch_space *secp256k1_scratch_space_create( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - size_t size -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Destroy a secp256k1 scratch space. - * - * The pointer may not be used afterwards. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * scratch: space to destroy - */ -SECP256K1_API void secp256k1_scratch_space_destroy( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_scratch_space *scratch -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Parse a variable-length public key into the pubkey object. - * - * Returns: 1 if the public key was fully valid. - * 0 if the public key could not be parsed or is invalid. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: pubkey: pointer to a pubkey object. If 1 is returned, it is set to a - * parsed version of input. If not, its value is undefined. - * In: input: pointer to a serialized public key - * inputlen: length of the array pointed to by input - * - * This function supports parsing compressed (33 bytes, header byte 0x02 or - * 0x03), uncompressed (65 bytes, header byte 0x04), or hybrid (65 bytes, header - * byte 0x06 or 0x07) format public keys. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_parse( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t inputlen -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Serialize a pubkey object into a serialized byte sequence. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: output: pointer to a 65-byte (if compressed==0) or 33-byte (if - * compressed==1) byte array to place the serialized key - * in. - * In/Out: outputlen: pointer to an integer which is initially set to the - * size of output, and is overwritten with the written - * size. - * In: pubkey: pointer to a secp256k1_pubkey containing an - * initialized public key. - * flags: SECP256K1_EC_COMPRESSED if serialization should be in - * compressed format, otherwise SECP256K1_EC_UNCOMPRESSED. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_serialize( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output, - size_t *outputlen, - const secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - unsigned int flags -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - -/** Compare two public keys using lexicographic (of compressed serialization) order - * - * Returns: <0 if the first public key is less than the second - * >0 if the first public key is greater than the second - * 0 if the two public keys are equal - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * In: pubkey1: first public key to compare - * pubkey2: second public key to compare - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_cmp( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - const secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey1, - const secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey2 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Parse an ECDSA signature in compact (64 bytes) format. - * - * Returns: 1 when the signature could be parsed, 0 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: sig: pointer to a signature object - * In: input64: pointer to the 64-byte array to parse - * - * The signature must consist of a 32-byte big endian R value, followed by a - * 32-byte big endian S value. If R or S fall outside of [0..order-1], the - * encoding is invalid. R and S with value 0 are allowed in the encoding. - * - * After the call, sig will always be initialized. If parsing failed or R or - * S are zero, the resulting sig value is guaranteed to fail verification for - * any message and public key. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_parse_compact( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig, - const unsigned char *input64 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Parse a DER ECDSA signature. - * - * Returns: 1 when the signature could be parsed, 0 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: sig: pointer to a signature object - * In: input: pointer to the signature to be parsed - * inputlen: the length of the array pointed to be input - * - * This function will accept any valid DER encoded signature, even if the - * encoded numbers are out of range. - * - * After the call, sig will always be initialized. If parsing failed or the - * encoded numbers are out of range, signature verification with it is - * guaranteed to fail for every message and public key. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_parse_der( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig, - const unsigned char *input, - size_t inputlen -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Serialize an ECDSA signature in DER format. - * - * Returns: 1 if enough space was available to serialize, 0 otherwise - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: output: pointer to an array to store the DER serialization - * In/Out: outputlen: pointer to a length integer. Initially, this integer - * should be set to the length of output. After the call - * it will be set to the length of the serialization (even - * if 0 was returned). - * In: sig: pointer to an initialized signature object - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_serialize_der( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output, - size_t *outputlen, - const secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - -/** Serialize an ECDSA signature in compact (64 byte) format. - * - * Returns: 1 - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: output64: pointer to a 64-byte array to store the compact serialization - * In: sig: pointer to an initialized signature object - * - * See secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_parse_compact for details about the encoding. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_serialize_compact( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output64, - const secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Verify an ECDSA signature. - * - * Returns: 1: correct signature - * 0: incorrect or unparseable signature - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * In: sig: the signature being verified. - * msghash32: the 32-byte message hash being verified. - * The verifier must make sure to apply a cryptographic - * hash function to the message by itself and not accept an - * msghash32 value directly. Otherwise, it would be easy to - * create a "valid" signature without knowledge of the - * secret key. See also - * https://bitcoin.stackexchange.com/a/81116/35586 for more - * background on this topic. - * pubkey: pointer to an initialized public key to verify with. - * - * To avoid accepting malleable signatures, only ECDSA signatures in lower-S - * form are accepted. - * - * If you need to accept ECDSA signatures from sources that do not obey this - * rule, apply secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_normalize to the signature prior to - * verification, but be aware that doing so results in malleable signatures. - * - * For details, see the comments for that function. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ecdsa_verify( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - const secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig, - const unsigned char *msghash32, - const secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - -/** Convert a signature to a normalized lower-S form. - * - * Returns: 1 if sigin was not normalized, 0 if it already was. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: sigout: pointer to a signature to fill with the normalized form, - * or copy if the input was already normalized. (can be NULL if - * you're only interested in whether the input was already - * normalized). - * In: sigin: pointer to a signature to check/normalize (can be identical to sigout) - * - * With ECDSA a third-party can forge a second distinct signature of the same - * message, given a single initial signature, but without knowing the key. This - * is done by negating the S value modulo the order of the curve, 'flipping' - * the sign of the random point R which is not included in the signature. - * - * Forgery of the same message isn't universally problematic, but in systems - * where message malleability or uniqueness of signatures is important this can - * cause issues. This forgery can be blocked by all verifiers forcing signers - * to use a normalized form. - * - * The lower-S form reduces the size of signatures slightly on average when - * variable length encodings (such as DER) are used and is cheap to verify, - * making it a good choice. Security of always using lower-S is assured because - * anyone can trivially modify a signature after the fact to enforce this - * property anyway. - * - * The lower S value is always between 0x1 and - * 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0, - * inclusive. - * - * No other forms of ECDSA malleability are known and none seem likely, but - * there is no formal proof that ECDSA, even with this additional restriction, - * is free of other malleability. Commonly used serialization schemes will also - * accept various non-unique encodings, so care should be taken when this - * property is required for an application. - * - * The secp256k1_ecdsa_sign function will by default create signatures in the - * lower-S form, and secp256k1_ecdsa_verify will not accept others. In case - * signatures come from a system that cannot enforce this property, - * secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_normalize must be called before verification. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_normalize( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sigout, - const secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sigin -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** An implementation of RFC6979 (using HMAC-SHA256) as nonce generation function. - * If a data pointer is passed, it is assumed to be a pointer to 32 bytes of - * extra entropy. - */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_nonce_function secp256k1_nonce_function_rfc6979; - -/** A default safe nonce generation function (currently equal to secp256k1_nonce_function_rfc6979). */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_nonce_function secp256k1_nonce_function_default; - -/** Create an ECDSA signature. - * - * Returns: 1: signature created - * 0: the nonce generation function failed, or the secret key was invalid. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * Out: sig: pointer to an array where the signature will be placed. - * In: msghash32: the 32-byte message hash being signed. - * seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. - * noncefp: pointer to a nonce generation function. If NULL, - * secp256k1_nonce_function_default is used. - * ndata: pointer to arbitrary data used by the nonce generation function - * (can be NULL). If it is non-NULL and - * secp256k1_nonce_function_default is used, then ndata must be a - * pointer to 32-bytes of additional data. - * - * The created signature is always in lower-S form. See - * secp256k1_ecdsa_signature_normalize for more details. - */ -SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_ecdsa_sign( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_ecdsa_signature *sig, - const unsigned char *msghash32, - const unsigned char *seckey, - secp256k1_nonce_function noncefp, - const void *ndata -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - -/** Verify an ECDSA secret key. - * - * A secret key is valid if it is not 0 and less than the secp256k1 curve order - * when interpreted as an integer (most significant byte first). The - * probability of choosing a 32-byte string uniformly at random which is an - * invalid secret key is negligible. - * - * Returns: 1: secret key is valid - * 0: secret key is invalid - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *seckey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2); - -/** Compute the public key for a secret key. - * - * Returns: 1: secret was valid, public key stores. - * 0: secret was invalid, try again. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * Out: pubkey: pointer to the created public key. - * In: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_create( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - const unsigned char *seckey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Negates a secret key in place. - * - * Returns: 0 if the given secret key is invalid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify. 1 otherwise - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * In/Out: seckey: pointer to the 32-byte secret key to be negated. If the - * secret key is invalid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify, this function returns 0 and - * seckey will be set to some unspecified value. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_seckey_negate( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2); - -/** Same as secp256k1_ec_seckey_negate, but DEPRECATED. Will be removed in - * future versions. */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_privkey_negate( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) - SECP256K1_DEPRECATED("Use secp256k1_ec_seckey_negate instead"); - -/** Negates a public key in place. - * - * Returns: 1 always - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * In/Out: pubkey: pointer to the public key to be negated. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_negate( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2); - -/** Tweak a secret key by adding tweak to it. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid or the resulting secret key would be - * invalid (only when the tweak is the negation of the secret key). 1 - * otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In/Out: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. If the secret key is - * invalid according to secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify, this - * function returns 0. seckey will be set to some unspecified - * value if this function returns 0. - * In: tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak, which must be valid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify or 32 zero bytes. For uniformly - * random 32-byte tweaks, the chance of being invalid is - * negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_add( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Same as secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_add, but DEPRECATED. Will be removed in - * future versions. */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_privkey_tweak_add( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) - SECP256K1_DEPRECATED("Use secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_add instead"); - -/** Tweak a public key by adding tweak times the generator to it. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid or the resulting public key would be - * invalid (only when the tweak is the negation of the corresponding - * secret key). 1 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In/Out: pubkey: pointer to a public key object. pubkey will be set to an - * invalid value if this function returns 0. - * In: tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak, which must be valid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify or 32 zero bytes. For uniformly - * random 32-byte tweaks, the chance of being invalid is - * negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_tweak_add( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Tweak a secret key by multiplying it by a tweak. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid. 1 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In/Out: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. If the secret key is - * invalid according to secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify, this - * function returns 0. seckey will be set to some unspecified - * value if this function returns 0. - * In: tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak. If the tweak is invalid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify, this function returns 0. For - * uniformly random 32-byte arrays the chance of being invalid - * is negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_mul( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Same as secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_mul, but DEPRECATED. Will be removed in - * future versions. */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_privkey_tweak_mul( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *seckey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) - SECP256K1_DEPRECATED("Use secp256k1_ec_seckey_tweak_mul instead"); - -/** Tweak a public key by multiplying it by a tweak value. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid. 1 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In/Out: pubkey: pointer to a public key object. pubkey will be set to an - * invalid value if this function returns 0. - * In: tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak. If the tweak is invalid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify, this function returns 0. For - * uniformly random 32-byte arrays the chance of being invalid - * is negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_tweak_mul( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - const unsigned char *tweak32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Randomizes the context to provide enhanced protection against side-channel leakage. - * - * Returns: 1: randomization successful - * 0: error - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * In: seed32: pointer to a 32-byte random seed (NULL resets to initial state). - * - * While secp256k1 code is written and tested to be constant-time no matter what - * secret values are, it is possible that a compiler may output code which is not, - * and also that the CPU may not emit the same radio frequencies or draw the same - * amount of power for all values. Randomization of the context shields against - * side-channel observations which aim to exploit secret-dependent behaviour in - * certain computations which involve secret keys. - * - * It is highly recommended to call this function on contexts returned from - * secp256k1_context_create or secp256k1_context_clone (or from the corresponding - * functions in secp256k1_preallocated.h) before using these contexts to call API - * functions that perform computations involving secret keys, e.g., signing and - * public key generation. It is possible to call this function more than once on - * the same context, and doing so before every few computations involving secret - * keys is recommended as a defense-in-depth measure. Randomization of the static - * context secp256k1_context_static is not supported. - * - * Currently, the random seed is mainly used for blinding multiplications of a - * secret scalar with the elliptic curve base point. Multiplications of this - * kind are performed by exactly those API functions which are documented to - * require a context that is not secp256k1_context_static. As a rule of thumb, - * these are all functions which take a secret key (or a keypair) as an input. - * A notable exception to that rule is the ECDH module, which relies on a different - * kind of elliptic curve point multiplication and thus does not benefit from - * enhanced protection against side-channel leakage currently. - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_context_randomize( - secp256k1_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *seed32 -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1); - -/** Add a number of public keys together. - * - * Returns: 1: the sum of the public keys is valid. - * 0: the sum of the public keys is not valid. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: out: pointer to a public key object for placing the resulting public key. - * In: ins: pointer to array of pointers to public keys. - * n: the number of public keys to add together (must be at least 1). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ec_pubkey_combine( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey *out, - const secp256k1_pubkey * const *ins, - size_t n -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -/** Compute a tagged hash as defined in BIP-340. - * - * This is useful for creating a message hash and achieving domain separation - * through an application-specific tag. This function returns - * SHA256(SHA256(tag)||SHA256(tag)||msg). Therefore, tagged hash - * implementations optimized for a specific tag can precompute the SHA256 state - * after hashing the tag hashes. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object - * Out: hash32: pointer to a 32-byte array to store the resulting hash - * In: tag: pointer to an array containing the tag - * taglen: length of the tag array - * msg: pointer to an array containing the message - * msglen: length of the message array - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_tagged_sha256( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *hash32, - const unsigned char *tag, - size_t taglen, - const unsigned char *msg, - size_t msglen -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(5); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* SECP256K1_H */ diff --git a/include/secp256k1_ecdh.h b/include/secp256k1_ecdh.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d9da34..0000000 --- a/include/secp256k1_ecdh.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SECP256K1_ECDH_H -#define SECP256K1_ECDH_H - -#include "secp256k1.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** A pointer to a function that hashes an EC point to obtain an ECDH secret - * - * Returns: 1 if the point was successfully hashed. - * 0 will cause secp256k1_ecdh to fail and return 0. - * Other return values are not allowed, and the behaviour of - * secp256k1_ecdh is undefined for other return values. - * Out: output: pointer to an array to be filled by the function - * In: x32: pointer to a 32-byte x coordinate - * y32: pointer to a 32-byte y coordinate - * data: arbitrary data pointer that is passed through - */ -typedef int (*secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function)( - unsigned char *output, - const unsigned char *x32, - const unsigned char *y32, - void *data -); - -/** An implementation of SHA256 hash function that applies to compressed public key. - * Populates the output parameter with 32 bytes. */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function_sha256; - -/** A default ECDH hash function (currently equal to secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function_sha256). - * Populates the output parameter with 32 bytes. */ -SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function_default; - -/** Compute an EC Diffie-Hellman secret in constant time - * - * Returns: 1: exponentiation was successful - * 0: scalar was invalid (zero or overflow) or hashfp returned 0 - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: output: pointer to an array to be filled by hashfp. - * In: pubkey: pointer to a secp256k1_pubkey containing an initialized public key. - * seckey: a 32-byte scalar with which to multiply the point. - * hashfp: pointer to a hash function. If NULL, - * secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function_sha256 is used - * (in which case, 32 bytes will be written to output). - * data: arbitrary data pointer that is passed through to hashfp - * (can be NULL for secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function_sha256). - */ -SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_ecdh( - const secp256k1_context *ctx, - unsigned char *output, - const secp256k1_pubkey *pubkey, - const unsigned char *seckey, - secp256k1_ecdh_hash_function hashfp, - void *data -) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* SECP256K1_ECDH_H */ diff --git a/include/secp256k1_extrakeys.h b/include/secp256k1_extrakeys.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc6d4f..0000000 --- a/include/secp256k1_extrakeys.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SECP256K1_EXTRAKEYS_H -#define SECP256K1_EXTRAKEYS_H - -#include "secp256k1.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** Opaque data structure that holds a parsed and valid "x-only" public key. - * An x-only pubkey encodes a point whose Y coordinate is even. It is - * serialized using only its X coordinate (32 bytes). See BIP-340 for more - * information about x-only pubkeys. - * - * The exact representation of data inside is implementation defined and not - * guaranteed to be portable between different platforms or versions. It is - * however guaranteed to be 64 bytes in size, and can be safely copied/moved. - * If you need to convert to a format suitable for storage, transmission, use - * use secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_serialize and secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_parse. To - * compare keys, use secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_cmp. - */ - typedef struct { - unsigned char data[64]; - } secp256k1_xonly_pubkey; - - /** Opaque data structure that holds a keypair consisting of a secret and a - * public key. - * - * The exact representation of data inside is implementation defined and not - * guaranteed to be portable between different platforms or versions. It is - * however guaranteed to be 96 bytes in size, and can be safely copied/moved. - */ - typedef struct { - unsigned char data[96]; - } secp256k1_keypair; - - /** Parse a 32-byte sequence into a xonly_pubkey object. - * - * Returns: 1 if the public key was fully valid. - * 0 if the public key could not be parsed or is invalid. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: pubkey: pointer to a pubkey object. If 1 is returned, it is set to a - * parsed version of input. If not, it's set to an invalid value. - * In: input32: pointer to a serialized xonly_pubkey. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_parse( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pubkey, - const unsigned char* input32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Serialize an xonly_pubkey object into a 32-byte sequence. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: output32: pointer to a 32-byte array to place the serialized key in. - * In: pubkey: pointer to a secp256k1_xonly_pubkey containing an initialized public key. - */ - SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_serialize( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - unsigned char* output32, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pubkey - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Compare two x-only public keys using lexicographic order - * - * Returns: <0 if the first public key is less than the second - * >0 if the first public key is greater than the second - * 0 if the two public keys are equal - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: pubkey1: first public key to compare - * pubkey2: second public key to compare - */ - SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_cmp( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pk1, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pk2 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Converts a secp256k1_pubkey into a secp256k1_xonly_pubkey. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: xonly_pubkey: pointer to an x-only public key object for placing the converted public key. - * pk_parity: Ignored if NULL. Otherwise, pointer to an integer that - * will be set to 1 if the point encoded by xonly_pubkey is - * the negation of the pubkey and set to 0 otherwise. - * In: pubkey: pointer to a public key that is converted. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_from_pubkey( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* xonly_pubkey, - int* pk_parity, - const secp256k1_pubkey* pubkey - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - - /** Tweak an x-only public key by adding the generator multiplied with tweak32 - * to it. - * - * Note that the resulting point can not in general be represented by an x-only - * pubkey because it may have an odd Y coordinate. Instead, the output_pubkey - * is a normal secp256k1_pubkey. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid or the resulting public key would be - * invalid (only when the tweak is the negation of the corresponding - * secret key). 1 otherwise. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: output_pubkey: pointer to a public key to store the result. Will be set - * to an invalid value if this function returns 0. - * In: internal_pubkey: pointer to an x-only pubkey to apply the tweak to. - * tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak, which must be valid - * according to secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify or 32 zero - * bytes. For uniformly random 32-byte tweaks, the chance of - * being invalid is negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_tweak_add( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey* output_pubkey, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* internal_pubkey, - const unsigned char* tweak32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - - /** Checks that a tweaked pubkey is the result of calling - * secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_tweak_add with internal_pubkey and tweak32. - * - * The tweaked pubkey is represented by its 32-byte x-only serialization and - * its pk_parity, which can both be obtained by converting the result of - * tweak_add to a secp256k1_xonly_pubkey. - * - * Note that this alone does _not_ verify that the tweaked pubkey is a - * commitment. If the tweak is not chosen in a specific way, the tweaked pubkey - * can easily be the result of a different internal_pubkey and tweak. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid or the tweaked pubkey is not the - * result of tweaking the internal_pubkey with tweak32. 1 otherwise. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: tweaked_pubkey32: pointer to a serialized xonly_pubkey. - * tweaked_pk_parity: the parity of the tweaked pubkey (whose serialization - * is passed in as tweaked_pubkey32). This must match the - * pk_parity value that is returned when calling - * secp256k1_xonly_pubkey with the tweaked pubkey, or - * this function will fail. - * internal_pubkey: pointer to an x-only public key object to apply the tweak to. - * tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_tweak_add_check( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - const unsigned char* tweaked_pubkey32, - int tweaked_pk_parity, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* internal_pubkey, - const unsigned char* tweak32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(5); - - /** Compute the keypair for a secret key. - * - * Returns: 1: secret was valid, keypair is ready to use - * 0: secret was invalid, try again with a different secret - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * Out: keypair: pointer to the created keypair. - * In: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte secret key. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_keypair_create( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_keypair* keypair, - const unsigned char* seckey - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Get the secret key from a keypair. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: seckey: pointer to a 32-byte buffer for the secret key. - * In: keypair: pointer to a keypair. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_keypair_sec( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - unsigned char* seckey, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Get the public key from a keypair. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: pubkey: pointer to a pubkey object, set to the keypair public key. - * In: keypair: pointer to a keypair. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_keypair_pub( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_pubkey* pubkey, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - - /** Get the x-only public key from a keypair. - * - * This is the same as calling secp256k1_keypair_pub and then - * secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_from_pubkey. - * - * Returns: 1 always. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * Out: pubkey: pointer to an xonly_pubkey object, set to the keypair - * public key after converting it to an xonly_pubkey. - * pk_parity: Ignored if NULL. Otherwise, pointer to an integer that will be set to the - * pk_parity argument of secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_from_pubkey. - * In: keypair: pointer to a keypair. - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_keypair_xonly_pub( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pubkey, - int* pk_parity, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - - /** Tweak a keypair by adding tweak32 to the secret key and updating the public - * key accordingly. - * - * Calling this function and then secp256k1_keypair_pub results in the same - * public key as calling secp256k1_keypair_xonly_pub and then - * secp256k1_xonly_pubkey_tweak_add. - * - * Returns: 0 if the arguments are invalid or the resulting keypair would be - * invalid (only when the tweak is the negation of the keypair's - * secret key). 1 otherwise. - * - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In/Out: keypair: pointer to a keypair to apply the tweak to. Will be set to - * an invalid value if this function returns 0. - * In: tweak32: pointer to a 32-byte tweak, which must be valid according to - * secp256k1_ec_seckey_verify or 32 zero bytes. For uniformly - * random 32-byte tweaks, the chance of being invalid is - * negligible (around 1 in 2^128). - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_keypair_xonly_tweak_add( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - secp256k1_keypair* keypair, - const unsigned char* tweak32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* SECP256K1_EXTRAKEYS_H */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/include/secp256k1_schnorrsig.h b/include/secp256k1_schnorrsig.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c338f4..0000000 --- a/include/secp256k1_schnorrsig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_H -#define SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_H - -#include "secp256k1.h" -#include "secp256k1_extrakeys.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** This module implements a variant of Schnorr signatures compliant with - * Bitcoin Improvement Proposal 340 "Schnorr Signatures for secp256k1" - * (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0340.mediawiki). - */ - - /** A pointer to a function to deterministically generate a nonce. - * - * Same as secp256k1_nonce function with the exception of accepting an - * additional pubkey argument and not requiring an attempt argument. The pubkey - * argument can protect signature schemes with key-prefixed challenge hash - * inputs against reusing the nonce when signing with the wrong precomputed - * pubkey. - * - * Returns: 1 if a nonce was successfully generated. 0 will cause signing to - * return an error. - * Out: nonce32: pointer to a 32-byte array to be filled by the function - * In: msg: the message being verified. Is NULL if and only if msglen - * is 0. - * msglen: the length of the message - * key32: pointer to a 32-byte secret key (will not be NULL) - * xonly_pk32: the 32-byte serialized xonly pubkey corresponding to key32 - * (will not be NULL) - * algo: pointer to an array describing the signature - * algorithm (will not be NULL) - * algolen: the length of the algo array - * data: arbitrary data pointer that is passed through - * - * Except for test cases, this function should compute some cryptographic hash of - * the message, the key, the pubkey, the algorithm description, and data. - */ - typedef int (*secp256k1_nonce_function_hardened)( - unsigned char* nonce32, - const unsigned char* msg, - size_t msglen, - const unsigned char* key32, - const unsigned char* xonly_pk32, - const unsigned char* algo, - size_t algolen, - void* data - ); - - /** An implementation of the nonce generation function as defined in Bitcoin - * Improvement Proposal 340 "Schnorr Signatures for secp256k1" - * (https://github.com/bitcoin/bips/blob/master/bip-0340.mediawiki). - * - * If a data pointer is passed, it is assumed to be a pointer to 32 bytes of - * auxiliary random data as defined in BIP-340. If the data pointer is NULL, - * the nonce derivation procedure follows BIP-340 by setting the auxiliary - * random data to zero. The algo argument must be non-NULL, otherwise the - * function will fail and return 0. The hash will be tagged with algo. - * Therefore, to create BIP-340 compliant signatures, algo must be set to - * "BIP0340/nonce" and algolen to 13. - */ - SECP256K1_API const secp256k1_nonce_function_hardened secp256k1_nonce_function_bip340; - - /** Data structure that contains additional arguments for schnorrsig_sign_custom. - * - * A schnorrsig_extraparams structure object can be initialized correctly by - * setting it to SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_INIT. - * - * Members: - * magic: set to SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_MAGIC at initialization - * and has no other function than making sure the object is - * initialized. - * noncefp: pointer to a nonce generation function. If NULL, - * secp256k1_nonce_function_bip340 is used - * ndata: pointer to arbitrary data used by the nonce generation function - * (can be NULL). If it is non-NULL and - * secp256k1_nonce_function_bip340 is used, then ndata must be a - * pointer to 32-byte auxiliary randomness as per BIP-340. - */ - typedef struct { - unsigned char magic[4]; - secp256k1_nonce_function_hardened noncefp; - void* ndata; - } secp256k1_schnorrsig_extraparams; - -#define SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_MAGIC { 0xda, 0x6f, 0xb3, 0x8c } -#define SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_INIT {\ - SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_MAGIC,\ - NULL,\ - NULL\ -} - - /** Create a Schnorr signature. - * - * Does _not_ strictly follow BIP-340 because it does not verify the resulting - * signature. Instead, you can manually use secp256k1_schnorrsig_verify and - * abort if it fails. - * - * This function only signs 32-byte messages. If you have messages of a - * different size (or the same size but without a context-specific tag - * prefix), it is recommended to create a 32-byte message hash with - * secp256k1_tagged_sha256 and then sign the hash. Tagged hashing allows - * providing an context-specific tag for domain separation. This prevents - * signatures from being valid in multiple contexts by accident. - * - * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * Out: sig64: pointer to a 64-byte array to store the serialized signature. - * In: msg32: the 32-byte message being signed. - * keypair: pointer to an initialized keypair. - * aux_rand32: 32 bytes of fresh randomness. While recommended to provide - * this, it is only supplemental to security and can be NULL. A - * NULL argument is treated the same as an all-zero one. See - * BIP-340 "Default Signing" for a full explanation of this - * argument and for guidance if randomness is expensive. - */ - SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign32( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - unsigned char* sig64, - const unsigned char* msg32, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair, - const unsigned char* aux_rand32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4); - - /** Same as secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign32, but DEPRECATED. Will be removed in - * future versions. */ - SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - unsigned char* sig64, - const unsigned char* msg32, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair, - const unsigned char* aux_rand32 - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(3) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(4) - SECP256K1_DEPRECATED("Use secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign32 instead"); - - /** Create a Schnorr signature with a more flexible API. - * - * Same arguments as secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign except that it allows signing - * variable length messages and accepts a pointer to an extraparams object that - * allows customizing signing by passing additional arguments. - * - * Equivalent to secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign32(..., aux_rand32) if msglen is 32 - * and extraparams is initialized as follows: - * ``` - * secp256k1_schnorrsig_extraparams extraparams = SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_EXTRAPARAMS_INIT; - * extraparams.ndata = (unsigned char*)aux_rand32; - * ``` - * - * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object (not secp256k1_context_static). - * Out: sig64: pointer to a 64-byte array to store the serialized signature. - * In: msg: the message being signed. Can only be NULL if msglen is 0. - * msglen: length of the message. - * keypair: pointer to an initialized keypair. - * extraparams: pointer to an extraparams object (can be NULL). - */ - SECP256K1_API int secp256k1_schnorrsig_sign_custom( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - unsigned char* sig64, - const unsigned char* msg, - size_t msglen, - const secp256k1_keypair* keypair, - secp256k1_schnorrsig_extraparams* extraparams - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(5); - - /** Verify a Schnorr signature. - * - * Returns: 1: correct signature - * 0: incorrect signature - * Args: ctx: pointer to a context object. - * In: sig64: pointer to the 64-byte signature to verify. - * msg: the message being verified. Can only be NULL if msglen is 0. - * msglen: length of the message - * pubkey: pointer to an x-only public key to verify with - */ - SECP256K1_API SECP256K1_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT int secp256k1_schnorrsig_verify( - const secp256k1_context* ctx, - const unsigned char* sig64, - const unsigned char* msg, - size_t msglen, - const secp256k1_xonly_pubkey* pubkey - ) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(1) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(2) SECP256K1_ARG_NONNULL(5); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* SECP256K1_SCHNORRSIG_H */ |